JP7269216B2 - game machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to gaming machines.

Conventionally, as this type of gaming machine, a winning lottery that determines whether or not to execute a special game triggered by the entry of a game ball into a starting winning hole provided in a game area, and a special symbol indicating the result of the winning lottery. As the determination is made, the variable display of the special symbols is executed, and the stop display of the jackpot symbols indicating that the result of the winning lottery is to execute the special game (winning the jackpot) is performed. A game is known in which a special game in which prize balls can be obtained is executed. In such a gaming machine, it is common to set the degree of advantage of the game profit to be given to the player differently depending on the type of the determined jackpot symbol. For example, as the game state, a non-time-saving game state in which it is relatively difficult for a game ball to enter a predetermined starting prize-winning opening, and a time-saving gaming state in which a game ball relatively easily enters a predetermined starting prize-winning opening are provided. A game machine is known in which, when a specific jackpot symbol is determined, the game state after the end of the special game is set to a time-saving game state (see Patent Documents 1 and 2).

JP 2015-107139 A JP 2008-253554 A

However, in the gaming machine as described above, the game state set after the execution of the special game is associated with the type of the jackpot symbol, and the determination of the execution of the special game (winning of the jackpot) and the execution of the special game. Without execution, the non-time-saving game state cannot be changed to the time-saving game state. As a result, since there are large restrictions on changing to a different game state, it is difficult to design game specifications with a high degree of freedom, and there arises a problem that it is not possible to provide novel game features that can increase the interest of players. was

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Accordingly, it is an object of the present invention to provide a game machine capable of imparting novel game features that enhance the interest of players.

In order to achieve the above objects, the present invention is configured as follows.
(1) The gaming machine according to the present invention is a jackpot associated with execution of a special game advantageous to the player, a small win associated with execution of a small winning game that is a game different from the special game, or Determination means capable of determining either the big win or the loss that is neither the big win nor the small win , performing variable display of symbols corresponding to the result of the determination, and performing a predetermined stop display after completion of the variable display of the symbols. A display means that can stop and display the pattern until time elapses, a non-time-saving game state in which it is relatively difficult for a game ball to enter a predetermined entry area, and a game ball is relatively easy to enter the entry area and a setting means capable of setting one of the time-saving game states, wherein the special game can be executed based on the entry of a predetermined number of game balls into a predetermined special area during the small winning game, and the setting. The means can set the time-saving gaming state based on the variation display of the symbols being performed a predetermined number of times during the non-time-saving gaming state, and when the determination result of the predetermined number of times is a failure. In the period from the end of the predetermined number of times of the variable display of the symbol until the stop display time elapses, the time-saving game state can be set, and the time-saving game state is set. can be executed, and if the result of the determination for the predetermined number of times is a small hit, the When a non-time-saving game state is entered and a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the special area during the small winning game executed after the stop display time elapses, after the small winning game ends, the predetermined number of times The time-saving game state is set based on the execution of the variable display of the symbols, and a notice to the effect that the time-saving game state has been set is executed, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small winning game. Sometimes, after the end of the special game based on the entry, the time-saving game state is set according to the winning of the small win .

In the gaming machine according to the present invention, since the time-saving game state is set based on the fact that the symbol variation display is performed a predetermined number of times during the non-time-saving game state, the time-saving game is performed without going through the decision to execute the special game. It is possible to set the state, and it is possible to set the time-saving game state without going through the decision to execute the special game (winning the jackpot) or the execution of the special game like the conventional game machine. It is possible to design a game with high game specifications, and it is possible to provide a novel game property that can enhance the interest of the player.
In addition, during the period from the end of the variable display of the pattern at the predetermined number of times until the stop display time elapses, along with the setting of the time-saving game state, notification to the effect that the time-saving game state has been set is executed. As a result, the setting of the time-saving game state and the notification that the time-saving game state has been set are performed almost at the same time, so that the player can be prevented from feeling uncomfortable.

According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of imparting novel game features that enhance the interest of the player.

1 is an external perspective view of a pachinko machine; FIG. 1 is an external perspective view of a pachinko machine with a front door opened; FIG. 1 is a schematic front view of a game board of a pachinko machine; FIG. It is a schematic front view of the inside of the attacker device of the pachinko machine. 1 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a pachinko machine; FIG. It is explanatory drawing of the hit/fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit/fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit/fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit/fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit/fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit/fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is an explanatory diagram of a special symbol random number determination table of the pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the special electric accessary product operation table of a pachinko machine. It is an explanatory diagram of a game state setting table of the pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the variation pattern table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit determination random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is an explanatory diagram of a normal symbol variation pattern determination table of the pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the 2nd start prize-winning opening control table of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the main process in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the timer interrupt processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the process at the time of sensor detection in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the process at the time of gate detection in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flow chart showing an outline of the first start winning opening detection processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flow chart showing the outline of the second start winning opening detection processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the prior determination process in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the process at the time of the specific area|region detection in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart showing an outline of special figure-related control processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flow chart showing an outline of special symbol variation start processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the winning/wrong judging process in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the variation pattern determination process in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flow chart showing an outline of special symbol variation stop processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the post-stop processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flow chart showing an outline of a special game control process in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flowchart showing an outline of a small winning game control process in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flowchart showing an outline of special game end processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the normal figure related control processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flow chart showing an outline of normal symbol variation start processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flow chart showing an outline of normal symbol variation stop processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flow chart showing an outline of normal symbol stop post-processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the movable piece control processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a state transition diagram showing transition to each game state of the pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the variation production|presentation of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the variation production|presentation of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the variation production|presentation of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the variation production|presentation of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the variation production|presentation of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the fluctuation production|presentation determination table of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the execution ratio of the announcement production|presentation of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the execution ratio of the look-ahead effect|action of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the special information production|presentation of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the special information production|presentation of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the special information production|presentation of a pachinko machine. It is a time chart showing the progress of the pachinko machine variation effect and special notification effect. It is a time chart showing the progress of the pachinko machine variation effect and special notification effect. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the main process in the sub-control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the timer interrupt processing in the sub-control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flow chart showing the outline of the variation pattern command reception processing in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit-or-fail random number determination table of the pachinko machine which concerns on a modification (2). It is an explanatory diagram of a variation pattern table of the pachinko machine according to the modified example (36). It is an explanatory diagram of a variation pattern table of the pachinko machine according to the modified example (36). It is a state transition diagram showing transition to each game state of the pachinko machine according to another application example 1. FIG. FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of a pachinko machine according to another application example 3; It is a state transition diagram showing transition to each game state of the pachinko machine according to another application example 3. FIG. FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of a pachinko machine according to another application example 4; It is a state transition diagram showing transition to each game state of the pachinko machine according to another example 4 of application. FIG. 11 is a schematic front view of a game board of a pachinko machine according to another application example 5; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of the pachinko machine according to another application example 5; FIG. 11 is a state transition diagram showing transitions to game states of the pachinko machine according to another application example 5; FIG. 21 is a schematic front view of a game board of a pachinko machine according to another application example 6; FIG. 21 is an enlarged view of a second start winning opening and a movable piece of a pachinko machine according to another application example 6; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of the pachinko machine according to another application example 6; 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of post-stop processing of the pachinko machine according to another application example 6. FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of a time-saving activation count execution process of a pachinko machine according to another application example 6. FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of a special game ending process of a pachinko machine according to another application example 6; 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of RAM clearing processing of a pachinko machine according to another application example 6. FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of processing at the time of transmission of a specification designation command of a pachinko machine according to another application example 6; FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of a display mode of the number of times of time saving and the number of times of time saving activated in a pachinko machine according to another application example 6; FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of a display mode of the number of times of time saving and the number of times of time saving activated in a pachinko machine according to another application example 6; FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of a display mode of the number of times of time saving and the number of times of time saving activated in a pachinko machine according to another application example 6; FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of a display mode of the number of times of time saving and the number of times of time saving activated in a pachinko machine according to another application example 6; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of a win/fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine according to another application example 7; FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a win/fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine according to another application example 7; FIG. 21 is a schematic front view of a game board of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; FIG. 21 is an enlarged view of a specific second starting winning opening and a movable piece of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; FIG. 20 is a state transition diagram showing transitions to game states of the pachinko machine according to another application example 8; FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of a variation performance mode executed when a jackpot is won during a normal game state in a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of a variation performance mode executed when a jackpot is won during a normal game state in a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of a special symbol variation start process of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of special symbol variation stop processing of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of post-stop processing of the pachinko machine according to another application example 8. FIG. FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing an outline of a time-saving activation count execution process of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; FIG. 29 is a flow chart showing an outline of a time-saving activation count start process of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8. FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of a special game ending process of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing an outline of a RAM clearing process of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; FIG. FIG. 21 is a schematic front view of a game board of a pachinko machine according to another application example 9; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of a pachinko machine according to another application example 9; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of a pachinko machine according to another application example 9; FIG. 20 is a state transition diagram showing transitions to game states of the pachinko machine according to another application example 9; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of the pachinko machine according to another application example 10; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of the pachinko machine according to another application example 10; It is explanatory drawing of the value of the 1st low probability short working hours counter A and the 1st low probability short working hours counter B after 1 decrement in the pachinko machine which concerns on the example 10 of another application. 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of a special symbol variation start process of a pachinko machine according to another application example 10; 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of a pachinko machine discrimination process according to another application example 10; FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing an outline of a time point determination process of a pachinko machine according to another application example 10; FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of special game end processing of a pachinko machine according to another application example 10; FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing an outline of a RAM clearing process of a pachinko machine according to another application example 10; FIG. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the jackpot non-passing 1st low probability short-time command reception processing of the pachinko machine which concerns on the example 10 of another application. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the 1st low probability time saving start command reception process of the pachinko machine which concerns on the example 10 of another application. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the 1st low probability time saving end command reception process of the pachinko machine which concerns on the example 10 of another application. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the variation pattern command reception processing during the 1st low probability time saving game state of the pachinko machine which concerns on the example 10 of another application. FIG. 22 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of the pachinko machine according to another application example 11; FIG. 22 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of setting of a time-saving gaming state of a pachinko machine according to another application example 11; FIG. 22 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of setting of a time-saving gaming state of a pachinko machine according to another application example 11; FIG. 22 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of setting of a time-saving gaming state of a pachinko machine according to another application example 11; FIG. 22 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of setting of a time-saving gaming state of a pachinko machine according to another application example 11; FIG. 22 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of setting of a time-saving gaming state of a pachinko machine according to another application example 11; It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the process at the time of the time reduction grant winning of the pachinko machine which concerns on the example 11 of another application. 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of processing at the end of the time-saving gaming state of the pachinko machine according to another application example 11; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of a pachinko machine according to another application example 12; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of a pachinko machine according to another application example 12; It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the process at the time of the time reduction grant winning of the pachinko machine which concerns on the example 12 of another application. 29 is a flow chart showing an outline of a small winning symbol determination process of a pachinko machine according to another application example 12; FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing an outline of processing when reaching the number of completion times of the pachinko machine according to another application example 12; FIG. It is a figure which shows an example of the production|presentation during the high probability time-saving game state of the pachinko machine which concerns on the other example 12 of application. It is a figure which shows an example of the production|presentation during the 1st low probability time-saving game state of the pachinko machine which concerns on the example 12 of another application. It is a figure which shows an example of the production|presentation during the 2nd low probability time-saving game state of the pachinko machine which concerns on the other example 12 of application. It is a figure which shows an example of the production|presentation during the 2nd low probability time-saving game state of the pachinko machine which concerns on the other example 12 of application. It is a figure which shows an example of the production|presentation during the 2nd low probability time-saving game state of the pachinko machine which concerns on the other example 12 of application. FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of a pachinko machine according to another application example 13; FIG. 32 is an explanatory diagram of a variation pattern table selected in a pachinko machine according to another application example 13; FIG. 23 is an explanatory diagram of a variation pattern table of a pachinko machine according to another application example 13; FIG. 23 is an explanatory diagram of a variation pattern table of a pachinko machine according to another application example 13; FIG. 23 is an explanatory diagram of a variation pattern table of a pachinko machine according to another application example 13; FIG. 22 is an explanatory diagram of a first selection information setting table of a pachinko machine according to another application example 13; FIG. 31 is an explanatory diagram of a second selection information setting table of a pachinko machine according to another application example 13; FIG. 23 is an explanatory diagram of an offset value determination table of a pachinko machine according to another application example 13; FIG. 23 is an explanatory diagram of a correspondence table of a pachinko machine according to another application example 13; FIG. 32 is an explanatory diagram of a stop display time determination table for a pachinko machine according to another application example 13; 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of variation pattern determination processing of a pachinko machine according to another application example 13; 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of stop display time determination processing of a pachinko machine according to another application example 13; It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the 1st low probability time saving gaming state setting process at the time of a small hit of the pachinko machine which concerns on the example 13 of another application. 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of special game end time information setting processing of a pachinko machine according to another application example 13; It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the information setting process at the time of the 2nd low probability time saving game state completion|finish of the pachinko machine which concerns on the example 13 of another application.

BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION Hereinafter, embodiments and application examples of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
Here, the names of members, devices, etc., names of means, symbols, step numbers, etc. (hereinafter referred to as symbols, etc.) used in the following embodiments and application examples, unless otherwise specified, are and shall be used as specific to each application. Therefore, for convenience of explanation, the same reference numerals and the like may be used in the embodiment and each application example, but these indicate that they are the reference numerals and the like in the embodiment and each application example.
(External configuration of pachinko machine P)
The gaming machine according to this embodiment is a pachinko machine P that uses game balls as game media. Although not shown in particular, in a game hall where pachinko machines P are installed, a plurality of pachinko machines P are arranged side by side in a game machine installation area called an island, and a game for renting out game balls is provided. A ball lending device is installed adjacent to each pachinko machine P. Each pachinko machine P is connected to a corresponding game ball lending device R.
The game ball lending device R is capable of inserting a storage medium (card) in which value information necessary for inserting banknotes and lending game balls is stored. After inserting banknotes (or inserting a card) into the game ball lending device R, by performing a predetermined operation on the pachinko machine P, it is possible to receive game balls from the game ball lending device R. It is possible.

The pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. A body frame 2 which is a rectangular frame body attached to the machine frame 1 so as to be openable and closable by means of a hinge mechanism (not particularly shown), and which has a hollow portion (not particularly shown), and the body frame. A front door 3 is attached to the door 2 by a hinge mechanism (not particularly shown) so that it can be opened and closed, and has an opening (not particularly shown) formed in the front.

A speaker serving as an audio output device 10 is provided at the lower left portion of the machine frame 1, as shown in FIG. A game board 11 for forming a game area 12 is accommodated in the hollow portion of the body frame 2 . The front door 3 also has a transparent plate 4 covering the opening, an upper plate 6 and a receiving tray 7 positioned below the transparent plate 4 and capable of receiving game balls, and attached to the right of the receiving tray 7 for receiving game balls. An operation handle 5 for performing a shooting operation, and a speaker as an audio output device 10 attached one each to the upper left and right sides of the transparent plate 4 are provided.

In this pachinko machine P, when the body frame 2 is closed with respect to the machine frame 1 and the front door 3 is closed, the transparent plate 4 is positioned in front of the game board 11 with a gap therebetween. As a result, the game board 11 positioned behind can be viewed through the transparent plate 4 .

In addition, game balls rented by the game ball renting device R and prize balls paid out from the pachinko machine P are led to the upper plate 6.例文帳に追加The upper tray 6 can receive a predetermined amount of game balls, and when the upper tray 6 is filled with the game balls, the game balls to be lent or put out after that are guided to the receiving tray 7. It's like Also, although not shown, the bottom surface of the tray 7 is provided with a discharge hole for discharging the stored game balls and an opening/closing plate capable of opening and closing the discharge hole. In the normal state, the discharge hole is closed by the opening and closing plate, but by moving the opening and closing lever 8 (see FIG. 1) attached integrally with the opening and closing plate in the lateral direction, the opening and closing plate also moves in the same direction, and the discharge hole is discharged. A hole is opened. Thereby, the game ball can be dropped from the discharge hole and discharged to the outside of the receiving tray 7. - 特許庁

Further, the operating handle 5 is formed so that the player can rotate it in a predetermined direction. Then, when the player rotates the operating handle 5, the game balls received in the upper tray 6 are sent to a shooting device (not particularly shown), and are fired at an intensity corresponding to the rotation angle of the operating handle 5. A game ball is shot toward a game area 12 by a shooting device. The game balls shot in this manner are guided by a pair of rails 13 a and 13 b fixed to the game board 11 and rise to reach the game area 12 .

Here, the game area 12 is fixed to the game board 11 in the space formed between the game board 11 and the transparent plate 4 when the main body frame 2 and the front door 3 are closed with respect to the machine frame 1. It is a substantially circular portion partitioned by a pair of rails 13a and 13b, and is an area in which game balls can flow down.
As shown in FIG. 3, the game areas 12 are a first game area 12a on the left side as seen from the player facing the pachinko machine P, and an area on the right side as seen from the player facing the pachinko machine P. and the second game area 12b. These two game areas 12 are different in the possibility of game ball entry depending on the firing intensity of the launcher. Specifically, when the firing strength of the firing device is less than a predetermined strength (strength to the extent that the game ball fired by the firing device does not reach the highest point of the game area 12), the game ball is placed in the first game area. Enter 12a. On the other hand, when the firing strength of the firing device is equal to or higher than a predetermined strength (the strength at which the game ball fired by the firing device can reach the highest point in the game area 12), the game ball is placed in the second game area 12b. enter the

Also, in the game area 12, as shown in FIG. 3, there are a windmill and a large number of nails for making the flowing direction of game balls irregular, a general winning hole 14 into which game balls can enter, and a starter. A first starting prize winning port 15 and a second starting winning prize port 16 as areas, a gate 20 through which game balls can pass, an attacker device 17 that operates when a predetermined condition is satisfied, and guides game balls out of the game area 12. An out port 19 and a performance display device 21 as a performance device for performing performance as the game progresses are provided. In addition, in FIG. 3, only some nails are shown, and other nails are omitted.

As shown in FIG. 3, the general winning opening 14 is provided at a position slightly leftward from the lower center of the game area 12, and when a game ball enters the general winning opening 14, a predetermined number (5 in this embodiment) ) prize balls will be paid out.
The number and position of the general prize winning openings 14 are not particularly limited.

As shown in FIG. 3, the first starting winning opening 15 is provided at a position slightly lower than the center of the game area 12, and the second starting winning opening 16 is provided in the game area 12 as shown in FIG. It is located slightly above the center of the right part of the . In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, only game balls that flow down the first game area 12a can be entered into the first start winning hole 15, and game balls that flow down the second game area 12b can be entered. It is not possible to enter the ball. In addition, only game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can be entered into the second start winning opening 16, and game balls flowing down the first game area 12a cannot be entered.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 3, the second start winning opening 16 is provided with a movable piece 16b (ordinary electric accessory) that can be opened and closed. Then, when the movable piece 16b is closed, the second starting winning opening 16 is in a closed state, and the game ball cannot enter the second starting winning opening 16.例文帳に追加On the other hand, when the movable piece 16b is opened, the second start winning opening 16 is opened, and the movable piece 16b functions as a guide member for guiding the game ball toward the second starting winning opening 16. As a result, it is possible to enter the game ball into the second start winning hole 16. - 特許庁
In addition, the configuration of the movable piece 16b is not particularly limited. , a cover member that rotates in the front-rear direction about a horizontal axis relative to the game board 11 to open and close the second start-up prize-winning port 16, or slides up and down to open and close the second start-up prize-winning port. 16 may be configured by a shutter member that opens and closes.
In addition, the installation position of the first start prize winning port 15 and the second start prize winning port 16 is not particularly limited. The game balls flowing down the first game area 12a and the second game area 12b) may be arranged at positions where they can easily enter.

Then, when the game ball enters the first starting prize winning port 15 or the second starting winning prize port 16, a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out, and whether or not a jackpot (hereinafter, also referred to as a jackpot winner) is won. , Whether or not the winning of the small hit described later (hereinafter, also referred to as the right or wrong of the small hit), whether to grant the time-saving gaming state described later (hereinafter, also referred to as the right or wrong of the time-saving grant). One special symbol is determined from a plurality of predetermined special symbols according to the result of the lottery. A plurality of types are provided for the special symbols that can be determined, and depending on the type of the determined special symbols, execution of a special game advantageous to the player, execution of a small winning game, and provision of a time-saving game state (described later) Game profits such as setting of the first time-saving gaming state) are given.
In addition, the number of prize balls paid out based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 or the second start prize winning port 16 is not particularly limited as long as it is one or more, and any number can be used. good. In addition, the number of prize balls is the same between the starting winning port (second starting winning port 16) provided with the movable piece 16b and the starting winning port (first starting winning port 15) not provided with the movable piece 16b. , or may be different. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the number of prize balls paid out based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 is four, and the number of prize balls paid out based on the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning port 16 is four. The number of prize balls paid out is one.

The gate 20 is provided above the second starting prize opening 16, as shown in FIG. When the game ball passes through this gate 20, a lottery for normal symbols, which will be described later, is performed. Then, when the result of the lottery for the normal symbol is a hit, the movable piece 16b provided in the above-described second start winning opening 16 is opened for a predetermined time.

The attacker device 17 is provided in the lower right portion of the game area 12 (below the second start winning opening 16), as shown in FIG. The attacker device 17 includes a large winning opening 18 into which a game ball can enter, and an opening/closing door 18b for opening and closing the large winning opening 18.例文帳に追加In the normal state, the opening and closing door 18b is closed and the big winning opening 18 is closed, so that the game ball cannot enter the big winning opening 18, but the special game or small winning game is executed, the opening/closing door 18b is opened to open the big winning opening 18, so that the game ball can be entered into the big winning opening 18. Specifically, during the above-mentioned special game, a round game in which the big winning opening 18 is opened is executed a plurality of times, and during the above-mentioned small winning game, the opening of the big winning opening 18 is one. It is designed to be held several times. When one game ball enters the big winning hole 18, a predetermined number of prize balls (10 in this embodiment) are paid out.
Further, as shown in FIG. 3, game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can enter the big winning opening 18, and game balls flowing down the first game area 12a cannot enter. It's like Also, although not shown in particular, the game balls flowing down the second game area 12b are nailed so that almost all of them can reach the big winning opening 18 except those that have entered the second starting winning opening 16. and windmills are installed. Therefore, as long as the big winning hole 18 is open, the game ball will enter the big winning hole 18 as long as the game ball continues to be launched.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 4(a) and 4(b), inside the attacker device 17, there is provided a rolling road 51 on which a game ball entering the big winning opening 18 can roll leftward. there is This turning road 51 branches into an upper passage 52 and a lower passage 53 at a predetermined position in the rolling direction. A region 58 is provided, and at the end of the lower passage 53 is provided a specific region 57 into which a game ball that has entered the big winning opening 18 can enter (see FIGS. 4(a) and 4(b)).

Further, as shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B, a distribution member for distributing game balls to either the upper passage 52 or the lower passage 53 is provided at the position where the upper passage 52 and the lower passage 53 diverge. 59 are provided. The sorting member 59 is rotatable about an axis orthogonal to the game board 11, and has a first position that opens the path to the upper passage 52 and blocks the path to the lower passage 53, and a position that opens the passage to the upper passage 52. and a second position that blocks the path to the lower passage 53 and opens the path to the lower passage 53 . Then, the game ball entered into the special winning opening 18 proceeds to the upper passage 52 and enters the general area 58 when the distribution member 59 is positioned at the first position, and when the distribution member 59 is positioned at the second position. When it is there, it proceeds to the lower passage 53 and enters the specific area 57 .

In addition, although not shown, the attacker device 17 includes a specific area discharge port for discharging game balls that have entered the specific region 57 to the outside of the big winning opening 18 (back side of the game board 11), and a general area. A general area discharge port is provided for discharging game balls that have entered 58 to the outside of the big prize winning port 18 (back side of the game board 11).

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the mode (opening/closing pattern) of the opening/closing door 18b in the round game executed during the above-described special game and the sorting mode (opening/closing pattern) of the opening/closing door 18b are performed for each type of special symbol determined when the jackpot is won. The operation mode (operation pattern) of the member 59 is set.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a predetermined number (one in this embodiment) of game balls enter the specific area 57 during a specific round game, the game state after the end of the special game is the player's It is set to a game state that combines a high probability game state and a time saving game state which are advantageous game states for. On the other hand, when a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during a specific round game (that is, when all game balls entering the big winning opening 18 enter the general area 58), The game state after the end of the special game is set to a game state (normal game state) combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state.
The opening/closing pattern of the opening/closing door 18b, the operation pattern of the distribution member 59, and the setting of the game state will be described in detail later.
In addition, as described above, it is not possible to set the game state after the end of the special game to the high-probability game state or the time-saving game state by entering the predetermined number of game balls into the specific area 57 in the round game during the special game. Instead, the game state after the end of the special game may be set to a high-probability game state or a time-saving game state according to the type of special symbols determined when a big hit is won. For example, when a jackpot is won and a specific special pattern is determined, the game state after the end of the special game is set to a game state combining a high probability game state and a time saving game state (high probability time saving game state). However, if a special pattern other than a specific special pattern is determined, the game state after the special game is set to a game state (normal game state) that combines a low probability game state and a non-time-saving game state. may be made. Thus, when the game state after the end of the special game is determined according to the type of the special symbol, there is no need to provide the specific area 57 described above.

Out port 19, as shown in FIG. It accepts game balls that did not enter the ball. The game balls received by the out port 19 are guided to the back side of the game board 11 and collected.

The effect display device 21 is provided substantially in the center of the game area 12, as shown in FIG. A liquid crystal display device is used as the effect display device 21 in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment. In addition, the effect display device 21 is provided with a display section 21a for displaying images such as moving images and still images. dummy symbols) are variably displayed, and by the stop display mode of each of the performance symbols 50, a variable performance is performed to inform the player of the result of the winning lottery.
Note that the effect display device 21 is not limited to a liquid crystal display device. For example, a drum-type display device or the like that uses a plurality of drums with patterns attached to the outer periphery to perform various displays may be used.

The pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment includes a performance display device 21 as a performance device, a speaker as the above-described audio output device 10, and a performance lighting device 23 that performs performance by emitting light in various colors and lighting patterns. lamp (see FIG. 1).
Note that the production device is not limited to these, and for example, a production accessory device or the like that can be moved in various timings and modes may be provided.

In addition, at the front position of the upper tray 6, an effect operation device 9 is provided, which can be operated by the player to advance or switch effects that are executed during a game, waiting, or the like. The effect operation device 9 in this embodiment is composed of an operation dial 9a which is a circular ring-shaped frame and can be rotated, and an operation button 9b which is fitted in the operation dial 9a and can be pressed. . When the operation dial 9a is rotated or the operation button 9b is pressed while a predetermined effect is being executed by the effect display device 21, various effects such as a variable effect progress or the display is switched to a different one. It is designed to
Note that the effect operation device 9 is not limited to the operation dial 9a, the operation button 9b, or the like, and a cross key or the like that allows input in the up, down, left, or right direction may be provided. In addition, the operation dial 9a, the operation button 9b, and other effects operation devices 9 may be provided, and the above-described cross key may be provided separately.

Further, as shown in FIG. 3, in the lower right part of the game board 11 and outside the game area 12, there is a first special symbol display device 30 as a device for displaying various situations regarding the game. , a second special symbol display device 31, a first special symbol reservation display device 38, a second special symbol reservation display device 39, a normal symbol display device 32 and a normal symbol reservation display device 33 are provided.

Further, as described above, the game ball lending device R is electrically connected to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment. The pachinko machine P is designed to be accepted. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine P has a value information display device 35 that displays value information (balance information) stored in the card, a ball lending button 36 that can be pressed, and a button 36 that can be pressed. A card return button 37 is provided.

(Configuration of control means of pachinko machine P)
Next, control means for controlling games and effects of the pachinko machine P will be described.
The control means described above is composed of various control boards. More specifically, as shown in FIG. A launch payout control board 200 for controlling payout, a sub-control board 300 for controlling various effects, and a game ball lending control board 400 for relaying operations to the game ball lending device R are provided.

Further, as shown in FIG. 5, the main control board 100 is connected with the launch payout control board 200 and the sub control board 300, and the launch payout control board 200 is connected with the game ball lending control board 400. there is Furthermore, the main control board 100 and the launch payout control board 200 are connected to an external information terminal board 500 for outputting various information on the progress of the game to the outside of the pachinko machine P (for example, a hall computer in a game hall, etc.). It is
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as described above, the launch payout control board 200 controls both the launch of game balls and the payout of prize balls. board) and a board for controlling the payout of prize balls (payout control board) may be provided separately.

Moreover, although not shown, a power supply board is connected to each board provided in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment. This power supply board is provided with a backup power supply, and when the voltage value of the power supplied to the pachinko machine P falls below a predetermined value, it is determined that power has been cut off, and a power cutoff signal is output to the main control board 100. .

The main control board 100 controls the game performed in the pachinko machine P, and more specifically, it starts when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 or the second starting winning hole 16. A special pattern game (lottery, determination of special patterns, fluctuation display of special patterns (hereinafter also referred to as fluctuation of special patterns)), a general pattern game that is started when the game ball passes through the gate 20 ( Lottery of normal symbols, variation display of normal symbols (hereinafter also referred to as variation of normal symbols), etc., special games advantageous to the player, small winning games, etc. are controlled.
As shown in FIG. 5, the main control board 100 includes a main CPU 101 for performing various arithmetic processing, a main ROM 102 for storing control programs for progressing the game, data necessary for the game, tables, etc. and a main RAM 103 that is used as a temporary storage area or the like.
The main CPU 101 reads the control program stored in the main ROM 102 and performs arithmetic processing based on signals from each detection sensor and timer, which will be described later, and also controls various devices connected to the main CPU 101 and performs arithmetic operations. Commands are sent to other boards based on the results of processing.

Further, as shown in FIG. 5, the main control board 100 includes a general winning hole detection sensor 14a for detecting that a game ball has entered the general winning hole 14, and a game ball entering the first starting winning hole 15. A first start winning opening detection sensor 15a for detecting that a game ball has landed, a second starting winning opening detection sensor 16a for detecting that a game ball has entered the second starting winning opening 16, and a game ball to a big winning opening 18. A large winning hole detection sensor 18a that detects that a ball has entered, a gate detection sensor 20a that detects that a game ball has passed through the gate 20, and a fraud detection sensor that detects magnetism, radio waves, etc. directed to the game board 11. 35 and a specific area detection sensor 57a for detecting that a game ball has entered the specific area 57 are connected. Detection signals output from these detection sensors are input to the main control board 100 .
It should be noted that the sensors connected to the main control board 100 are not limited to these, and for example, a general area detection sensor or the like that detects that a game ball has entered the general area 58 may be provided.

Further, the main control board 100 includes, as devices to be controlled, a starting prize winning opening solenoid 16c that drives the movable piece 16b of the second starting winning prize opening 16 to open and close, and a opening and closing door 18b of the big winning prize opening 18. A large winning opening solenoid 18c, a distribution member solenoid 59c for displacing the distribution member 59, a first special symbol display device 30, a second special symbol display device 31, a normal symbol display device 32, and a first special symbol reservation display. The device 38, the second special figure reservation display device 39, and the normal design reservation display device 33 are connected.
By driving each solenoid by the main control board 100, opening/closing control of the second starting prize winning port 16 and the big winning prize port 18 and displacement control of the distribution member 59 are performed, and display control of each display device is performed. It is supposed to be done.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, a plurality of stages from a set value 1 to a set value 6 are defined as the setting regarding the ball output. are different. For example, setting value 6 is set so that the probability of winning the jackpot is higher than setting value 1, and the higher the probability of winning the jackpot, the higher the possibility of winning a prize ball. By changing the set value, the payout amount of prize balls assumed in the pachinko machine P changes. The success/failure random number determination table 110 used in a success/fail lottery, which will be described later, is provided corresponding to each of the set values 1 to 6. When the set value is changed, the success/failure random number determination table 110 provided for each set value is displayed. The entire table 110 is changed.
Although not shown, the main control board 100 is provided with a RAM clear switch and a setting switch that are used to change the above set values. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the power is turned on with the front door 3 open and both the RAM clear switch and the setting switch turned on, the setting value is changed to a setting change state. . In this setting change state, the setting value can be changed by operating the RAM clear switch.

The launch payout control board 200, although not particularly shown, is equipped with a CPU, a ROM, and a RAM in the same manner as the main control board 100, and is connected to the main control board 100 so as to be able to communicate bidirectionally. .

As shown in FIG. 5, the launch payout control board 200 includes a touch sensor 5a for detecting that a player touches the operating handle 5, and a touch sensor 5a for detecting that the player touches the operating handle 5, as devices for controlling the shooting of game balls. An operation volume 5b for detecting an angle (rotational angle), a shooting stop switch 5c for stopping shooting of game balls, and a ball feeder for sending game balls received in the upper tray 6 to a shooting device (not shown). A solenoid 60 and a shooting motor 61 for shooting game balls are connected. Further, control signals output from the touch sensor 5a, the operation volume 5b, and the firing stop switch 5c are input to the firing payout control board 200. FIG.

When the control signal from the touch sensor 5a and the operation volume 5b is input to the ejection payout control board 200, control is performed to energize the ball feeding solenoid 60 and the ejection motor 61 to shoot the game ball. Also, while the ball feeding solenoid 60 and the shooting motor 61 are energized, the game balls are continuously shot at intervals of 0.6 seconds (i.e., a shooting pace of 100 balls per minute). . On the other hand, when the control signal from the firing stop switch 5c is input to the firing payout control board 200, the energization of the ball feeding solenoid 60 and the firing motor 61 is stopped to stop the firing of the game balls.
A rotary solenoid may be used instead of the shooting motor 61 as a device for shooting game balls.

Also, as shown in FIG. 5, the launch payout control board 200 is provided with a game ball stored in a game ball storage section (not particularly shown) as a device for controlling the payout of game balls. A payout motor 62 for putting out balls and a payout counting switch 63 for detecting and counting the put out game balls are connected. When the ejection payout control board 200 receives the payout number command transmitted from the main control board 100, the ejection payout control board 200 pays out a predetermined number of game balls (prize balls) based on the payout number command. The payout motor 62 is controlled as follows. At this time, the number of game balls put out is counted by the payout counting switch 63, and it is possible to determine whether or not a predetermined number of game balls (prize balls) have been put out.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 5, the firing payout control board 200 includes a front door open detection sensor 3a for detecting the open state of the front door 3 and a tray full tank detection sensor 7a for detecting the full tank state of the tray 7. , are connected.

When the front door open detection sensor 3a detects that the front door 3 is open, it outputs an open detection signal to the ejection payout control board 200. While the front door 3 is open, the open detection signal is output. output continuously. Then, the launch payout control board 200 transmits a door opening command to the main control board 100 when the open detection signal is input. On the other hand, when the front door open detection sensor 3a stops detecting that the front door 3 is open, it turns off and stops outputting the door open detection signal. When the input of the door open detection signal stops, the launch payout control board 200 determines that the front door 3 is closed, and stops sending the door open command to the main control board 100 .

The tray full detection sensor 7 a is provided at a predetermined position of the tray 7 . When the receiving tray 7 is filled with a predetermined amount or more of game balls to be paid out as prize balls, the stored game balls reach the above-described predetermined position.
The receiving tray full tank detection sensor 7a is turned on when it detects that the game balls have reached the above-described predetermined position, and outputs a receiving tray detection signal to the discharge payout control board 200. While reaching the predetermined position, the tray detection signal is continuously output. Then, the launch payout control board 200 transmits a saucer full command to the main control board 100 when the saucer detection signal is input. On the other hand, when the receiving tray full detection sensor 7a no longer detects that the game ball has reached the predetermined position, it turns off and stops outputting the receiving tray detection signal. Then, when the input of the saucer detection signal stops, the launch payout control board 200 determines that the full state of the saucer 7 has been cancelled, and stops sending the saucer full command to the main control board 100 .

Further, as described above, the game ball lending control board 400 that relays the operation to the game ball lending device R is connected to the launch payout control board 200 . As shown in FIG. 5, the launch payout control board 200 includes, via the game ball lending control board 400, a value information display device 35, a ball lending switch 36a for detecting pressing operation of the ball lending button 36, and a card return controller. A card return switch 37a for detecting a pressing operation of the button 37 is connected.

When the ball lending button 36 is pressed, a detection signal output from the ball lending switch 36a is input to the launch payout control board 200, and the launch payout control board 200 sends the game ball to the game ball lending device R. to send a lending request signal requesting the lending of the Then, when the game ball lending device R receives the lending request signal, the game ball lending device R performs processing for subtracting predetermined value information from the stored value information, and corresponds to the subtracted value information. Control is performed to pay out the number of game balls to be set.
Further, when the card return button 37 is pressed, a detection signal output from the card return switch 37a is input to the launch payout control board 200, and the launch payout control board 200 instructs the game ball lending device R to Send a return request signal to request the return of the card. When the game ball lending device R receives the return request signal, the game ball lending device R controls to discharge the card.

The sub-control board 300 controls effects that are executed during a game, standby, or the like.
As shown in FIG. 5, the sub-control board 300 includes a sub-CPU 301 for performing various arithmetic processing, a sub-ROM 302 for storing control programs for executing effects, data and tables required for executing effects, and a calculation A sub-RAM 303 used as a temporary storage area or the like during processing is provided, and is connected so as to enable one-way communication from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 .
The sub CPU 301 reads out the control program stored in the sub ROM 302 and performs arithmetic processing based on commands transmitted from the main control board 100 and signals from the timer, and performs image control for controlling image display. A board (not shown in particular), an audio control board (not shown in particular) for controlling audio output, and an illumination control board (not shown in particular) for controlling lighting , to send a command for effect execution.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as described above, the voice control board and the lighting control board are provided separately, but the functions of these boards are integrated into one board (voice lighting control board). ) may be provided, and the substrate may control both audio output and lighting.

Further, the sub-control board 300 is connected with the effect display device 21 through the image control board, and is connected with the sound output device 10 through the sound control board. Further, the sub-control board 300 includes, via the electric decoration control board, the effect lighting device 23, a rotation operation detection sensor 9c for detecting a rotation operation of the operation dial 9a, and a depression operation sensor for detecting a depression operation of the operation button 9b. are connected to the detection sensor 9d.

The image control board includes an image CPU, an image ROM, an image RAM, etc., although not shown. The image ROM of the image control board stores image data such as the effect pattern 50 displayed on the effect display device 21 and the background. Then, based on the command transmitted from the sub control board 300, the image CPU controls the image display by the effect display device 21 by storing the image data read from the image ROM in the image RAM.

The audio control board includes a sound chip (CPU), a sound ROM, a sound RAM, etc., although not shown. The sound ROM stores sound data such as voices and BGM output from the voice output device 10 . Then, based on the command transmitted from the sub control board 300, the sound data read from the sound ROM is stored in the sound RAM, thereby controlling the sound output from the sound output device 10. FIG.

The illumination control board controls the lighting of the lighting by the effect lighting device 23 based on the command from the sub control board 300 . In addition, the electric decoration control board outputs a rotation operation detection signal output from the rotation operation detection sensor 9c based on the rotation operation of the operation dial 9a, or a depression signal output from the depression operation detection sensor 9d based on the depression operation of the operation button 9b. When the operation detection signal is input, it transmits a predetermined command to the sub control board 300 .

(Overview of Pachinko Machine P Game)
Next, a game in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment will be described based on various tables stored in the main ROM 102. FIG.
As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the special game and the normal game progress in parallel. Also, as the game state when proceeding with these two games, either a low probability game state (so-called non-probability variable state) or a high probability game state (so-called probability change state), and a non-time-saving game state or time-saving game Any game state of the state and any game state in combination with are set. Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, two of the first time-saving game state and the second time-saving game state are provided as the time-saving game state, and one of the time-saving game states is set. there is
Specifically, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, a game state (hereinafter referred to as a normal game state) combining a low-probability game state and a non-time-saving game state, a low-probability game state and a first time-saving game state are combined Game state (hereinafter referred to as the first low probability time-saving game state), a game state combining a low probability game state and a second time-saving game state (hereinafter referred to as a second low probability time-saving game state), or a high probability game state and Any game state of the game state combining the second time-saving game state (hereinafter referred to as high-probability time-saving game state) is set.

Here, the low-probability game state and the high-probability game state are game states in which the probability of winning a jackpot is set to be different by a lottery to be described later. The probability to do is set to a value higher than the low probability game state. That is, during the high-probability game state, it is easier to win a big hit by lottery than during the low-probability game state.

In addition, the non-time-saving game state and the time-saving game state are game states in which the difficulty of entering the game ball into the second start winning hole 16 is set to be different, and in the time-saving game state, the non-time-saving game It is set so that the movable piece 16b is more likely to be maintained in the open state (that is, the second start winning opening 16 is more likely to be in the open state). That is, it is easier for the game ball to enter the second start winning opening 16 during the time-saving gaming state than during the non-time-saving gaming state.
Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, two of the first time-saving game state and the second time-saving game state are provided as the time-saving game state. It is set so that the movable piece 16b is more likely to be maintained in the open state than in the one-hour short game state. That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the game ball is most likely to enter the second start winning opening 16 during the second time saving game state, and then the second starting winning opening 16 during the first time saving game state A game ball can easily enter into the second start winning hole 16 during a non-time-saving game state.
In the initial state immediately after shipment from the factory or after resetting, the normal game state is set.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a game ball launched by a launching device (not shown) and flowing down the game area 12 enters the first start prize winning port 15 or the second start prize winning port 16, a winning lottery is performed. is performed, and a special symbol associated with a game profit based on the result of the lottery is determined. In the winning lottery in this form, first, the determination of the winning of the jackpot is performed, and if the determination result that the jackpot has not been won (hereinafter also referred to as the jackpot non-winning) is derived, then the small hit If the judgment is made and the judgment result that the small hit has not been won (hereinafter also referred to as non-winning of the small hit) is derived, then No, in other words, whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state) is determined, and the determination result that the time-saving gaming state is not granted (hereinafter, also referred to as non-winning of time-saving granting) is derived. It will fail.
Then, when the determination result of winning the big win is derived by this lottery (that is, winning the big win), the big winning hole 18 is opened and the game ball can be entered into the big winning hole 18.例文帳に追加A special game is executed, and the game state after the end of the special game is set to any one of a normal game state, a second low-probability time-saving game state, or a high-probability time-saving game state. That is, after the end of the special game, it is designed to shift to either the normal game state, the second low probability time saving game state or the high probability time saving game state.

In addition, when the determination result of the winning of the small winning is derived by the above-mentioned lottery (that is, winning the small winning), the large winning opening 18 is opened and the game ball can be entered into the big winning opening 18. A small winning game is executed. Then, in this small winning game, when the game ball enters the big winning opening 18, a predetermined number of game balls are paid out as described above. In addition, the game state after the end of the small winning game remains the game state before the start of the small winning game. That is, when the small winning game is executed, the game state is not changed.

In addition, when the determination result (hereinafter also referred to as winning of the time saving grant) is derived to give the time saving game state by the above-mentioned success or failure lottery, the first time saving game state is set without changing the low probability game state It has become. In other words, when the time saving provision is elected by the above-mentioned success or failure lottery, the game state shifts from the normal game state to the first low probability time saving game state. On the other hand, if the time-saving provision is not won by the above-mentioned lottery, the game state remains in the normal game state.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, determination of the appropriateness of time reduction provision is performed only in the winning lottery during the normal game state, and determination of the appropriateness of time reduction provision is not performed in the winning lottery during other game states. . Therefore, during other game states, since the determination result of the winning of the time saving provision is not derived, the game state is not changed without passing through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game. is set.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the game ball flowing down the first game area 12a can enter the first start winning hole 15. As shown in FIG. In addition, the game ball flowing down the second game area 12b can pass through the gate 20, enter the second start winning opening 16, and enter the big winning opening 18.
Then, during the normal game state and the first low-probability time-saving game state, the game ball is launched to the player toward the first game area 12a so that the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 ( so-called left-handed), during the second low probability time-saving game state, during the high probability time-saving game state and during the special game, the game ball enters the big winning opening 18, or the game ball passes through the gate 20 and The player is made to launch a game ball toward the second game area 12b (so-called right-handed hitting) so as to enter the second start winning hole 16.例文帳に追加
Specifically, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, during the high-probability time-saving game state, and during the special game, the effect display device 21 displays an instruction to launch the game ball toward the second game area 12b. Therefore, during the normal game state and during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the effect display device 21 displays an instruction to launch the game ball toward the first game area 12a.

The winning lottery is used to determine various random numbers that are acquired when a game ball enters the first starting prize winning port 15 or the second starting winning prize port 16, and the random numbers that are stored in the main ROM 102. It is done based on various tables of
Here, the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment is a random number used for determining the result of the lottery (big win, small win, provision of time-saving gaming state or loss) as a random number related to the determination of the win-or-loss lottery and special symbols. It has a special symbol random number used to determine the type of special symbol, and a variation pattern random number used to determine a variation pattern command to be described later.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, a hardware random number built in the main control board 100 is used as the hit/fail random number. The success/fail random numbers are updated according to a certain rule, and the random number sequence is automatically changed each time the random number sequence makes a round, and the start value is changed each time the system is reset.
Also, the variation pattern command is for determining the pattern (variation time, mode) of variation production that can notify the result of the lottery. The random numbers used to determine the variation pattern command are not limited to those described above. For example, other random numbers may be used in addition to these random numbers.

Then, when a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16, random numbers are obtained for the above random numbers, and each random number is stored in the reserved storage area of the main RAM 103. It's like
This reserved storage area stores each random number (hereinafter referred to as the first special random number) obtained by entering the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 and relating to the determination of the winning lottery and special symbols. Each random value of the random number related to the determination of the winning lottery and the special symbol (hereinafter referred to as the second special figure A second reserved storage area for storing random numbers). These reserved storage areas are each composed of a total of four storage units from the first storage unit to the fourth storage unit, a total of four sets of the first special random numbers, and a total of four Group storage is possible.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, the first special random number is stored in order from the first storage part of the first reservation storage area. It's becoming For example, in a state where the first special random number is not stored in any storage unit of the first reserved storage area, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15, it is acquired with this as a trigger. The first special random number is stored in the first storage section of the first reserved storage area. Also, in the state where the first special random number is stored in the first storage part of the first reservation storage area, when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, it is acquired with this as a trigger. The first special random number is stored in the second storage section of the first reserved storage area. Also, in the state where the first special random number is stored in the first storage unit and the second storage unit of the first reservation storage area, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15, this The first special random number acquired at the opportunity is stored in the third storage section of the first reserved storage area. In addition, in the state where the first special random number is stored in the first storage unit to the third storage unit of the first reservation storage area, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15, this The first special random number acquired at the opportunity is stored in the fourth storage unit of the first reserved storage area. Then, in the state in which the first special random number is stored in the first storage unit to the fourth storage unit of the first reserved storage area, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15, this entry The first special random number related to the sphere is not stored.

Similarly, when a game ball enters the second starting winning hole 16, the second special random numbers are stored in order from the first storage part of the second reservation storage area. The specific storage process is the same as the above-described storage of the first special random number, so the description is omitted.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the number of sets of the first special random numbers (hereinafter referred to as the first reservation number) stored in the first reservation storage area is the first reservation number counter (particularly shown ) and stored in the second reservation storage area (hereinafter referred to as the second reservation number) is the second reservation number counter (not particularly shown) It is designed to be remembered.
In this specification, as described above, storing the first special random number and the second special random number in the reserved storage area is also referred to as "reserved" or "reserved storage". The number or the second pending number is also simply referred to as the "holding number".

The pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment includes a success/failure random number determination table 110 for determining the result of the lottery, a special symbol random number determination table 111 for determining the type of special symbol, and executed when a jackpot is won. Special electric role product operation table 112 for controlling the small winning game executed when winning a special game and a small winning, after the determination result of giving the time saving game state is derived (the first A game state setting table 113 for setting the game state after the time-saving pattern determined to set the time-saving game state is determined) or after the special game is finished, and a variation for determining the variation pattern command It has a pattern table 114 .
Note that the tables relating to the lottery and the like are not limited to these, and other tables may be provided as appropriate when it is necessary to make judgments or decisions based on random numbers.

The success/failure random number determination table 110 is for determining the result of the success/failure lottery (winning the jackpot, winning the small prize, winning or losing the short-time award), and is roughly divided into the success/failures referred to in the low-probability gaming state. A random number determination table 110 (hereinafter referred to as table A) and a win/loss random number determination table 110 (hereinafter referred to as table B) referred to in the high probability game state are provided. Also, as shown in FIGS. 6 to 11, each of the tables A and B has six types corresponding to the set values being set.

Specifically, the table A includes a table A1 that is referred to when the setting value is "1", a table A2 that is referred to when the setting value is "2", and a setting value of "3". Table A3 referred to when the setting value is "4", Table A4 referred to when the setting value is "5", and Table A5 referred to when the setting value is "6" A table A6 is provided which is referenced in the case.
Table B includes table B1 that is referenced when the setting value is "1", table B2 that is referenced when the setting value is "2", and table B that is referenced when the setting value is "3". B3, a table B4 referred to when the setting value is "4", a table B5 referred to when the setting value is "5", and a table referred to when the setting value is "6" B6 is provided.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 or the second starting winning hole 16, one win/fail random number within the numerical range of 0-65535 is acquired. Then, according to the set value set in the pachinko machine P and the game state at the time of the winning/failing lottery, one of the winning/failing random number determination tables 110 is selected, and the acquired winning/failing random number is selected. The result of the lottery is determined based on the success/failure random number determination table 110 .

As shown in FIG. 6(a), according to the table A1, when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1373, it is determined to be a big win, and when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined to be a small hit. It is determined that if the random number is 3310 to 3964, it is determined to be elected for the time saving grant, and if it is a random number other than this (0 to 999, 1374 to 1999, 3965 to 65535), it is determined to be lost. . Therefore, the probability of winning the jackpot in this table A1 is about 1/175, the probability of winning the small win is about 1/50, and the probability of winning the time reduction award is about 1/100.

As shown in FIG. 7(a), according to the table A2, when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1384, it is determined that the jackpot is won, and when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined that the small hit is won. It is determined that if the random number is 3310 to 3964, it is determined to be elected for time saving, and if it is a random number other than this (0 to 999, 1385 to 1999, 3965 to 65535), it is determined to be lost. . Therefore, the probability of winning the jackpot in this table A2 is about 1/170, the probability of winning the small win is about 1/50, and the probability of winning the time saving grant is about 1/100.

As shown in FIG. 8(a), according to the table A3, when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1396, it is determined that the jackpot is won, and when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309, it is decided that the small hit is won. It is determined that if the random number is 3310 to 3964, it is determined to be elected for the time saving grant, and if it is a random number other than this (0 to 999, 1397 to 1999, 3965 to 65535), it is determined to be lost. . Therefore, the probability of winning the jackpot in this table A3 is about 1/165, the probability of winning the small win is about 1/50, and the probability of winning the time reduction award is about 1/100.

As shown in FIG. 9(a), according to the table A4, when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1408, it is determined that the jackpot is won, and when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined that the small hit is won. It is determined that if the random number is 3310 to 3964, it is determined to be elected for time saving, and if it is a random number other than this (0 to 999, 1409 to 1999, 3965 to 65535), it is determined to be lost. . Therefore, the probability of winning the jackpot in this table A4 is about 1/160, the probability of winning the small win is about 1/50, and the probability of winning the time reduction award is about 1/100.

As shown in FIG. 10(a), according to the table A5, it is determined that the winning of the jackpot is won when the random number is 1000 to 1421, and the winning of the small hit is determined when the random number is 2000 to 3309. It is determined that if the random number is 3310 to 3964, it is determined to be elected for the time saving grant, and if it is a random number other than this (0 to 999, 1422 to 1999, 3965 to 65535), it is determined to be lost. . Therefore, the probability of winning the jackpot in this table A5 is about 1/155, the probability of winning the small win is about 1/50, and the probability of winning the time reduction award is about 1/100.

As shown in FIG. 11 (a), according to the table A6, it is determined that the winning of the jackpot is won when the random number is 1000 to 1434, and the winning of the small hit is determined when the random number is 2000 to 3309. It is determined that if the random number is 3310 to 3964, it is determined to be elected for the time saving grant, and if it is a random number other than this (0 to 999, 1435 to 1999, 3965 to 65535), it is determined to be lost. . Therefore, the probability of winning the jackpot in this table A6 is about 1/150, the probability of winning the small win is about 1/50, and the probability of winning the time reduction award is about 1/100.

Further, as shown in FIG. 6(b), according to the table B1, it is determined that the jackpot is won when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1484, and the small hit is won when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309. It is judged as winning, and if it is other random numbers (0-999, 1485-1999, 3310-65535), it is judged as losing. Therefore, the probability of winning a big win in this table B1 is about 1/135, and the probability of winning a small win is about 1/50.

As shown in FIG. 7(b), according to the table B2, when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1503, it is determined to be a big hit, and when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined to be a small hit. Random numbers other than these (0 to 999, 1504 to 1999, 3310 to 65535) are determined to be lost. Therefore, the probability of winning a big win in this table B2 is about 1/130, and the probability of winning a small win is about 1/50.

As shown in FIG. 8(b), according to the table B3, when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1523, it is determined that the jackpot is won, and when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309, it is decided that the small hit is won. Random numbers other than these (0 to 999, 1524 to 1999, 3310 to 65535) are determined to be lost. Therefore, the probability of winning a big win in this table B3 is about 1/125, and the probability of winning a small win is about 1/50.

As shown in FIG. 9(b), according to the table B4, when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1545, it is determined that the jackpot is won, and when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined that the small hit is won. Random numbers other than these (0 to 999, 1546 to 1999, 3310 to 65535) are determined to be lost. Therefore, the probability of winning a big win in this table B4 is about 1/120, and the probability of winning a small win is about 1/50.

As shown in FIG. 10(b), according to the table B5, when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1568, it is determined to be a big win, and when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined to be a small hit. Random numbers other than these (0 to 999, 1569 to 1999, 3310 to 65535) are determined to be lost. Therefore, the probability of winning a big win in this table B5 is about 1/115, and the probability of winning a small win is about 1/50.

As shown in FIG. 11(b), according to the table B6, when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1594, it is determined that the jackpot is won, and when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309, it is decided that the small hit is won. Random numbers other than these (0 to 999, 1595 to 1999, 3310 to 65535) are determined to be lost. Therefore, the probability of winning a big win in this table B6 is about 1/110, and the probability of winning a small win is about 1/50.

As described above, the hit/fail random number determination table 110 referenced in the high probability gaming state and the hit/fail random number determination table 110 referenced in the low probability gaming state (for example, table A1 and table B1) have the same associated set value. etc.), the success/failure random number determination table 110 referred to in the high-probability gaming state is set to have a higher probability of winning a jackpot than the success/failure random number determination table 110 referred to in the low-probability gaming state. ing.
In addition, the numerical range of the hit/fail random number determined to be the winning of the jackpot in the hit/fail random number determination table 110 referred to in the low probability game state is associated with the same set value as the hit/fail random number determination table 110, the high probability game. It is included in the numerical range of the hit/fail random numbers determined to be winning the jackpot in the hit/fail random number determination table 110 referenced in the state (specifically, the lower limit value in the numerical range determined to be winning the jackpot is the same, and different upper limits). That is, the hit/fail random number determined to be a big hit in the hit/fail random number determination table 110 referred to in the low probability game state is associated with the same set value, and the hit/fail random number determination table 110 referred to in the high probability game state. But it will be judged as a big hit.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, the numerical range of the hit/fail random numbers determined as winning the jackpot is set so that the lower limit is the same and the upper limit is different. , and may be set so that the upper limit is the same and the lower limit is different.

Also, in any table, the numerical range of hit/fail random numbers determined to win a small win is outside the numerical range of hit/fail random numbers determined to win a big win, and the upper and lower limits of the numerical range are the same. This is set so that the odds of winning a small prize are the same. That is, regardless of the set value and the game state (high-probability game state, low-probability game state), it is determined that a small hit is won with the same probability.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, it is possible to win a small prize in the winning lottery based on either the first special random number or the second special random number, but it is not limited to this. It may be set so that it is possible to win a small prize only in the winning lottery based on the first special random number, or it is set so that it is possible to win a small winning only in the winning lottery based on the second special random number. good too.

In addition, the success or failure random number determination table 110 (table A1, table A2, table A3, table A4, table A5, table A6) referred to in the low probability gaming state is a numerical value of the success or failure random number that is determined to be winning the time saving grant The range is set so that the upper and lower limits of the numerical range are the same, and the probability of winning the short-time award is the same. is set to be Therefore, during the normal game state, regardless of the setting value that is set, it will be determined with the same probability that the winning of time reduction grant.
In addition, as described above, in the winning lottery in the game state other than the normal gaming state, the determination of the success or failure of the time saving grant is not performed, so the success or failure random number determination table 110 (table B1, table B2, None of the table B3, table B4, table B5, and table B6) is provided with a numerical value area for determining the winning of time saving grant. Therefore, during the high-probability gaming state, it is not determined that the time-saving grant is elected.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the numerical range determined to win the big win, the numerical range determined to win the small win, and the numerical range determined to win the time-saving award are all continuous. Although it is configured by a range of numerical values, it is not limited to this, and may be configured by a discontinuous numerical range including numerical values that result in a failure between them.

The special symbol random number determination table 111 is for determining the type of special symbol, and as shown in FIGS. It has a first starting winning opening determination table 111a to be referred to and a second starting winning opening determination table 111b to be referred to when a winning lottery is performed by a second special random number.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a game ball enters the first start prize winning port 15 or the second start prize winning port 16, one special symbol random number within the numerical range of 0-199 is acquired. Then, when the above-mentioned lottery is performed, the special symbol random number determination table of either the first start winning hole determination table 111a or the second start winning hole determination table 111b according to the starting winning hole into which the game ball entered. 111 is selected, and based on the acquired special symbol random number and the selected special symbol random number determination table 111, the type of special symbol is determined.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, four types of jackpot patterns (X1, X2, X3, X4) are provided as special patterns (hereinafter also referred to as jackpot patterns) determined when a jackpot is won. , In addition, two types of small winning patterns (Y1, Y2) are provided as special patterns (hereinafter also referred to as small winning patterns) that are determined when a small winning is won. 7 types of time-saving patterns (J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7) are provided as special patterns (hereinafter also referred to as time-saving patterns) that are determined when this occurs, and in the case of loss Two types of losing symbols (Z1, Z2) are provided as special symbols (hereinafter, also referred to as losing symbols) that are determined for the second game.

As shown in FIG. 12(a), according to the first start winning hole determination table 111a, when the jackpot is won, the jackpot symbol X1 is determined when the special symbol random number is 0 to 1, When the special symbol random number is 2-139, the big winning symbol X2 is determined, and when the special symbol random number is 140-199, the big winning symbol X3 is determined. That is, in the first start winning hole determination table 111a, when the jackpot is won, the probability of determining the jackpot pattern X1 is 1%, the probability of deciding the jackpot pattern X2 is 69%, and the jackpot pattern X3. is determined with a probability of 30%.
In addition, when winning a small hit, the small hit pattern Y1 is determined when the special pattern random number is 0 to 99, and the small hit pattern Y2 is determined when the special pattern random number is 100 to 199. be done. That is, in the first start winning hole determination table 111a, when a small win is won, the probability of determining the small winning pattern Y1 and the probability of determining the small winning pattern Y2 are both 50%. ing.
In addition, when winning the time saving grant, the time saving pattern J1 is determined when the special symbol random number is 0 to 99, and the time saving pattern J2 is determined when the special symbol random number is 100 to 149, When the special symbol random number was 150 to 183, the time saving pattern J3 was determined, when the special symbol random number was 184 to 193, the time saving pattern J4 was determined, and when the special symbol random number was 194 to 197. A time saving pattern J5 is determined, and a time saving pattern J6 is determined when the special symbol random number is 198-199. That is, in the first start winning opening determination table 111a, when the time reduction award is won, the probability that the time reduction design J1 is determined is 50%, the probability that the time reduction design J2 is determined is 25%, and the time reduction design. The probability that J3 is decided is 17%, the probability that the time saving pattern J4 is decided is 5%, the probability that the time saving pattern J5 is decided is 2%, and the probability that the time saving pattern J6 is decided is 1%.
In addition, in the case of losing, when the special symbol random number is 0-19, the losing symbol Z1 is determined, and when the special symbol random number is 20-199, the losing symbol Z2 is determined. That is, in the first start winning hole determination table 111a, the probability that the losing symbol Z1 is determined is 10%, and the probability that the losing symbol Z2 is determined is 90%.

As shown in FIG. 12(b), according to the second start winning hole determination table 111b, when the jackpot is won, the jackpot pattern X1 is determined when the special symbol random number is 0 to 139, When the special symbol random number is 140 to 199, the jackpot symbol X4 is determined. That is, in the second start winning hole determination table 111b, when a big win is won, the probability that the big win symbol X1 is determined is 70%, and the probability that the big win symbol X4 is determined is 30%. .
Also, in the case of winning the time saving grant, when the special symbol random number is 0 to 199 (that is, no matter what value the special symbol random number is), the time saving design J7 is determined. That is, in the second start winning opening determination table 111b, the probability that the time saving pattern J7 is determined when winning the time saving award is 100%.
It should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 12 (b), the type of small hit pattern determined when winning a small hit and the probability of determining the type, and the type of losing pattern determined in the case of losing The determination probability of the type is set to the same content as the first start winning hole determination table 111a.

The special electric role product operation table 112 is for controlling a special game that is executed when a big win is won and a small winning game that is executed when a small win is won. It is referred to for activating the big winning opening solenoid 18c and the distribution member solenoid 59c during execution of the small winning game. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. An operation table 112a, a second operation table 112b referred to when a big win is won and a big win symbol X2 is determined, and a third operation table referred to when a big win is won and a big win symbol X3 or X4 is determined. 112c, and a fourth operation table 112d that is referred to when a small win is won and a small win symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined.

Specifically, when a big win is won and a big win symbol X1 is determined, a special game is executed with reference to the first operation table 112a shown in FIG. 13(a). According to the first operation table 112a, the game ends when either the big winning hole 18 is opened for 29.0 seconds or 10 game balls enter the big winning hole 18. A round game is executed a total of 10 times from 1 round to 10 rounds. In addition, during execution of each round game, the open/close door 18b is displaced from the closed position to the open position, remains at the open position for 29.0 seconds, and then displaces from the open position to the closed position (open/close pattern). As a result, the big winning opening 18 is opened only once, and the time (that is, the interval time) during which the big winning opening 18 closes between each round game is set to 2.0 seconds.
Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 13(a), when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the sorting member 59 stays at the first position during each round game of the 1st round, the 2nd round, and the 4th to 10th rounds. It is designed to operate in a mode (operation pattern) of being (positioned). On the other hand, during the round game of 3 rounds, the sorting member 59 is operated in a mode that it stays at the second position.

Also, when the big win is won and the big win symbol X2 is determined, the special game is executed with reference to the second operation table 112b shown in FIG. 13(b). According to the second operation table 112b, a round game ending under the same conditions as the above-described first operation table 112a is executed a total of 10 times from the 1st round to the 10th round. The opening/closing pattern of the opening/closing door 18b and the interval time are also set to the same contents as those of the first operation table 112a.
Further, as shown in FIG. 13(b), when the jackpot pattern X2 is determined, during each round game of the 1st round, the 2nd round, the 4th round to the 10th round, the jackpot pattern X1 is determined. Similarly, the sorting member 59 is designed to operate in such a manner that it stays at the first position, and furthermore, during three rounds of the round game, the sorting member 59 operates in such a manner that it stays at the first position. It has become.

Also, when a big win is won and a big win symbol X3 or X4 is determined, a special game is executed with reference to the third operation table 112c shown in FIG. 13(c). According to the third operation table 112c, a round game ending under the same conditions as those of the first operation table 112a and the second operation table 112b is executed four times in total from the 1st round to the 4th round. The opening/closing pattern and interval time of the opening/closing door 18b are set to the same contents as those of the first operation table 112a and the second operation table 112b.
Further, as shown in FIG. 13(c), when the jackpot pattern X3 or X4 is determined, the jackpot pattern X1 and the jackpot pattern X2 are determined during each round game of the 1st round, the 2nd round, and the 4th round. As in the case of the second round, the sorting member 59 stays at the first position. Further, during the round game of three rounds, sorting is performed in the same manner as when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined. It is adapted to operate in such a manner that member 59 remains in the first position.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, the big winning opening 18 is continuously opened for 29.0 seconds in three rounds of the round game (specific round game). Since it is opened and the distribution member 59 is stopped at the second position, as long as the game balls are launched toward the second game area 12b, the game balls enter the big winning opening 18 and a predetermined number of them are surely obtained. A game ball can be made to enter a specific area 57. - 特許庁
On the other hand, when the big winning symbols X2, X3 or X4 are determined, the big winning opening 18 is continuously opened for 29.0 seconds in the round game of 3 rounds, but the distribution member 59 is at the first position. Therefore, even if a game ball enters the big winning hole 18, all the game balls enter the general area 58, making it impossible for the game balls to enter the specific area 57.例文帳に追加

Also, when a small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined by winning a small winning game, a small winning game is executed with reference to the fourth operation table 112d shown in FIG. 13(d). According to this fourth operation table 112d, the opening of the big winning hole 18 for 0.05 seconds is performed once, and when 10 game balls enter while the big winning hole 18 is open, the big winning hole 18 is closed. do.
Further, as shown in FIG. 13(d), during the small winning game, the sorting member 59 is operated in a mode of stopping at the first position.
As described above, in the small winning game, since the big winning opening 18 is opened only for 0.05 seconds, it is almost impossible to enter the game ball into the big winning opening 18 . In addition, since the distribution member 50 stays at the first position during the small winning game, even if the game ball enters the big winning opening 18, the game ball enters the general area 58, and the game ball enters the specific area. It is impossible to enter 57.

The game state setting table 113 includes the game state after the end of the special game in the case where the special game is executed, and the time reduction symbols J1, J2, J3, J4, which are won in the winning lottery during the normal game state. This is for setting the game state after J5, J6 or J7 is determined.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when a special game is executed, the type of the jackpot pattern determined at the time of the jackpot that triggered the execution of the special game, and the specified area 57 during the special game. Depending on whether or not a number (one in this embodiment) of game balls have entered, the game state after the special game is finished is set. In addition, when the time reduction design J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6 or J7 is determined in the success or failure lottery during the normal game state, the game state determined for each time reduction design is set. It is designed to be Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as will be described later, whether or not the game ball can enter the specific area 57 is set corresponding to the type of the determined jackpot symbol. Whether or not to shift to a high probability time-saving gaming state after the end of the special game based on the determination is determined by the jackpot design.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, after winning a jackpot in the low-probability time-saving game state and shifting to the high-probability game state, the high-probability game state is continuously performed without shifting to the low-probability game state. A jackpot pattern associated with a setting is determined, and the number of times the jackpot pattern is determined consecutively (hereinafter referred to as the number of consecutive high-precision setting times) reaches a predetermined upper limit number (10000 times in this embodiment). Sometimes, after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol, the low probability game state is forcibly set. That is, through the execution of the special game, when the above-mentioned jackpot pattern is continuously determined up to the upper limit number of times without transitioning to the low probability game state, after the special game based on the determination, the high probability game state A low-probability game state is forcibly set even when the conditions for setting are satisfied.
Similarly, after winning a jackpot in the non-time-saving gaming state and shifting to the time-saving gaming state (in this form, the second time-saving gaming state), the time-saving gaming state is set continuously without transitioning to the non-time-saving gaming state. The associated jackpot pattern is determined, and the number of times the jackpot pattern is determined in succession (hereinafter referred to as the number of consecutive time reduction settings) reaches a predetermined upper limit number (10000 times in this embodiment). After the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern, the non-time-saving game state is forcibly set. That is, through the execution of the special game, when the above-mentioned jackpot pattern is continuously determined to the upper limit number of times without moving to the non-time-saving game state, after the special game based on the determination, the time-saving game state is A non-time-saving game state is forcibly set even when a set condition is satisfied.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, considering the set probability of winning the jackpot and the probability of determining each jackpot pattern, it is possible that the number of consecutive high-accuracy settings and the number of consecutive time-saving settings will reach 10000 times. However, substantially, the high probability game state and the time saving game state continue until the conditions for setting the low probability game state and the conditions for setting the non time saving game state are satisfied.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 14(a) to 14(j), the game state setting table 113 determines the jackpot symbol X1, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 during the special game. A first game state setting table 113a referred to when entering, and a second game referred to when a jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during a special game. A state setting table 113b, a third game state setting table 113c referred to when a jackpot symbol X4 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls do not enter a specific area 57 during a special game, and a success/failure during a normal game state. A fourth game state setting table 113d to be referred to when time reduction grant is won in the lottery and the time reduction pattern J1 is determined, and when time reduction grant is won and the time reduction design J2 is determined in the winning lottery during the normal game state. The fifth game state setting table 113e to be referred to, the sixth game state setting table 113f to be referred to when the time saving design J3 is determined by winning the time saving award in the lottery during the normal game state, and the normal game state A seventh game state setting table 113g to be referred to when time reduction grant is won and time reduction pattern J4 is determined in the winning lottery, and time reduction grant is won in the winning lottery during the normal game state and time reduction design J5 is determined. The eighth game state setting table 113h to be referred to in the case, the ninth game state setting table 113i to be referred to when the time saving design J6 is determined by winning the time saving award in the winning lottery during the normal game state, and the normal game A 10th game state setting table 113j is provided which is referred to when the time saving design J7 is determined by winning the time saving award in the winning lottery during the state.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 14(a), when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 during the special game, the number of continuous high-accuracy setting times is predetermined. When the upper limit number of times has not been reached, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the high probability game state, and the number of continuations of the high probability game state (hereinafter referred to as the high probability number) is set to 10000 times. Along with this, when the number of continuous time reduction settings has not reached the predetermined upper limit number of times, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the second time reduction game state, and the number of time reduction times is set to 10000 times. be.
That is, in the above-described case, when the number of continuous high-precision setting times and the number of continuous time-saving setting times have not reached the upper limit number of times, after the special game is finished, the result of the winning lottery is derived 10000 times without winning the jackpot. Until, the high probability game state and the second time saving game state (that is, high probability time saving game state) continue. As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the probability of winning the jackpot in the high-probability game state is about 1/110 to 1/135, so that the jackpot is substantially won again. Until, the high probability time-saving game state will continue.

On the other hand, in the above case, when the continuous high probability setting number has reached the predetermined upper limit number of times, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the low probability game state, and the continuous time reduction When the set number of times reaches the predetermined upper limit number of times, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the non-time-saving game state.

In addition, as described above, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the distribution member 59 stays at the second position during three rounds in the special game. A predetermined number of game balls always enter the specific area 57 . That is, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, as long as the game ball is launched to the second game area 12b, the high probability time-saving game state is surely set.
Also, although not shown in particular, when a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the special game even though the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game is changed. , Low-probability time-saving game state and non-time-saving game state (that is, normal game state) is set.

As shown in FIG. 14(b), when the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the special game, the game state after the special game ends is low. It is set to the probability time-saving gaming state. Along with this, when the number of continuous time reduction settings has not reached the predetermined upper limit number of times, and the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is the time reduction game state (that is, the first time reduction game state), The game state after the end of the special game is set to the second time-saving game state, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 10000 times.
That is, in the above-described case, when the number of times of continuous time reduction setting has not reached the upper limit number of times, and the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot is the time saving gaming state, the result of the winning lottery without winning the jackpot The low probability game state and the second time saving game state (that is, the second low probability time saving game state) continue until it is derived 10000 times. As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the probability of winning the jackpot in the low-probability game state is approximately 1/150 to 1/175, so that the jackpot is substantially won again. Until, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state will continue.

On the other hand, in the above-described case, when the number of times of continuous time reduction setting does not reach the predetermined upper limit number of times, and the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is a non-time reduction game state, the special game The game state after the end is set to the non-time-saving game state. Also, similarly, when the number of times of continuous time reduction setting has reached the predetermined upper limit number of times, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the non-time reduction game state. That is, at any time, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state (that is, normal game state).

As described above, when the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined, the distribution member 59 stays at the first position during three rounds of the special game, so that a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57. never. That is, whenever the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined, either the second low-probability time-saving gaming state or the normal gaming state is set.

As shown in FIG. 14(c), when the jackpot pattern X4 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the special game, the game state after the special game ends is low probability time saving. Set to game state. Along with this, when the number of consecutive time reduction settings has not reached the predetermined upper limit number of times, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the second time reduction game state, and the number of time reduction times is set to 100 times. be.
That is, in the above-described case, when the number of continuous time reduction settings has not reached the upper limit number of times, until the result of the winning lottery is derived 100 times without winning the jackpot, the low probability game state and the second time reduction game state (That is, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state) continues.

On the other hand, in the above-described case, when the continuous time reduction setting number has reached the predetermined upper limit number, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the non-time reduction game state. That is, at this time, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state (that is, normal game state).

As described above, when the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, the sorting member 59 stays at the first position during three rounds of the special game, so a predetermined number of game balls cannot enter the specific area 57. do not have. That is, whenever the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, either the second low-probability time-saving gaming state or the normal gaming state is set.

As shown in FIG. 14(d), when the time saving design J1 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the success or failure lottery during the normal game state, the game state after the determination, the low probability game state does not change The first time-saving game state is set, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 10 times. That is, in this case, the low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state (that is, the first low-probability time-saving game state) continue until the winning lottery result is derived 10 times without winning the jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 14(e), when the time saving design J2 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the winning lottery during the normal game state, the game state after the determination, the low probability game state does not change The first time-saving game state is set, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 20 times. That is, in this case, the low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state (first low-probability time-saving game state) continue until the winning lottery result is derived 20 times without winning the jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 14(f), when the time saving design J3 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the success or failure lottery during the normal game state, the game state after the determination, the low probability game state does not change The first time-saving game state is set, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 30 times. That is, in this case, the low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state (first low-probability time-saving game state) continue until the winning lottery result is derived 30 times without winning the jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 14 (g), when the winning of the time saving grant is elected in the winning lottery during the normal game state and the time saving pattern J4 is determined, the game state after the determination does not change the low probability game state. The first time-saving game state is set, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 50 times. That is, in this case, the low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state (first low-probability time-saving game state) continue until the winning lottery result is derived 50 times without winning the jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 14(h), when the time saving design J5 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the success or failure lottery during the normal game state, the game state after the determination, the low probability game state does not change The first time-saving game state is set, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 100 times. That is, in this case, the low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state (first low-probability time-saving game state) continue until the winning lottery result is derived 100 times without winning the jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 14 (i), when the time saving design J6 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the success or failure lottery during the normal game state, the game state after the determination, the low probability game state does not change It is set to the first time-saving game state, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 1000 times. That is, in this case, the low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state (first low-probability time-saving game state) continue until the winning lottery result is derived 1000 times without winning the jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 14 (j), when the time saving design J7 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the success or failure lottery during the normal game state, the game state after the determination, the low probability game state does not change It is set to the first time-saving game state, and the number of times of time-saving is set to one. That is, in this case, the low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state (first low-probability time-saving game state) continue until the winning lottery result is derived once without winning the jackpot.

In addition, when the time saving pattern J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6 or J7 is determined as described above, after the fluctuation of the special pattern (time saving pattern) stops (starting the fluctuation of the next special pattern When), the first low-probability time-saving game state described above is set.

The variation pattern table 114 is for determining variation pattern commands, as described above.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the special symbols are determined as described above, the variation pattern command is determined based on the result of the determination. As described above, the variation pattern command is for determining the variation pattern of the variation effect, and the variation pattern command determines the aspect of the variation effect and the variation time (the variation time of the variation display of the special symbols). In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the variable performance is divided into the first half and the second half. is also determined by the variation pattern command.
Specifically, the determined variation pattern command is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300, and the sub control board 300, based on the received variation pattern command, provides a specific aspect of the variation effect (for example, , an image to be displayed on the display unit 21a, etc.).

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, a plurality of types of variation pattern commands are provided, and each variation pattern command is associated with the variation pattern table 114 . Types of variation pattern commands to be determined and determination ratios are set for each variation pattern table 114 .

The pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as the variation pattern table 114, during the normal game state or during the first low probability time-saving game state (that is, during left-handed) game ball to the first start winning opening 15 Table A, which is referred to when is entered, is in the second low-probability time-saving game state or in the high-probability time-saving game state (that is, right-handed) to the second start winning port 16 It has tables B and C that are referred to when the ball is hit (see FIG. 15).

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, after winning a jackpot in the normal game state or the first low-probability time-saving game state and shifting to at least one of the second time-saving game state or the high-probability game state, The jackpot won continuously without shifting to the normal game state or the first low probability time saving game state (from the so-called first hit, at least either the second time saving game state or the high probability game state continues. When the continuous jackpot number condition that the number of consecutively won jackpots (hereinafter referred to as "continuous jackpot wins") reaches a predetermined number of times (for example, three times) is not established, the table B is referred to and the consecutive jackpot number condition is established. is established, table C is referred to.

Then, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16, one variation pattern random number is acquired within the numerical range of 0 to 249, and the acquired variation pattern random number, The special symbols determined as described above, the current number of reservations (the first number of reservations or the second number of reservations), the current game state and the above-mentioned consecutive jackpot number conditions (the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number ), the variation pattern command is determined based on the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the success or failure of establishment.

In addition, although not shown in particular, as the variation pattern table 114, when the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 during the normal game state or the first low probability time saving game state, the second A table to be referred to when a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 during a low probability time saving game state or a high probability time saving game state is also provided. However, as long as the display of the instruction to launch the game ball on the effect display device 21 is followed, the game ball enters only the first start winning hole 15 during the normal game state or the first low probability time saving game state, During the second low-probability time-saving game state or during the high-probability time-saving game state, the game ball enters only the second start winning hole 16.例文帳に追加Therefore, during the normal game state or during the first low probability time-saving game state entering the game ball to the second start winning port 16, during the second low probability time-saving game state or during the high probability time-saving game state First start The entry of game balls into the winning opening 15 is irregular, and in the following, such irregular entry is not considered, and during the normal game state or the first low-probability time-saving game state, the second A game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, and the game ball enters the second starting winning hole 16 during the second low probability time saving game state or high probability time saving game state.

Then, when determining the variation pattern command by referring to the table A (when determining the variation pattern command based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15), the first number of reservations at the time is referenced. On the other hand, when determining the variation pattern command with reference to the table B or table C (when determining the variation pattern command based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16), the The second pending number at the time is referenced.

As shown in FIG. 15 (a), according to the table A, the lost pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined (that is, the result of the lottery is lost), and the current first pending number is 0 or 1 , when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 209, the variation pattern “13 seconds variation” (the variation pattern in which the variation time in the first half is set to 0 seconds and the variation time in the second half is set to 13 seconds) is associated. The variation pattern command "00H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 210 to 229, the variation pattern "20 second variation" (the first half variation time is 13 seconds, the second half variation time is 7 seconds The variation pattern command “01H” associated with the variation pattern set to ) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 230 to 239, the variation pattern “45 seconds variation” (the variation time in the first half is 20 second, the fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time in the latter half is set to 25 seconds) is determined, and when the fluctuation pattern random number is 240 to 249, it is called "60 second fluctuation" A variation pattern command "03H" associated with a variation pattern (a variation pattern in which the variation time in the first half is set to 20 seconds and the variation time in the second half is set to 40 seconds) is determined.

In addition, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current first reservation number is 2 or more, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 209, the fluctuation pattern of "3 second fluctuation" (fluctuation in the first half The variation pattern command "04H" associated with the variation pattern in which the time is set to 0 seconds and the variation time in the latter half is set to 3 seconds is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 210 to 229, "20 seconds The variation pattern command "01H" associated with the variation pattern of "variation" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 230 to 239, the variation pattern command "02H" associated with the variation pattern of "45 second variation" ” is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the variation pattern command “03H” associated with the variation pattern of “60 second variation” is determined.

Also, when the time saving pattern J1 is determined, regardless of the current number of first reservations, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 9, the fluctuation pattern "18 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time of the first half is 0 seconds , a variation pattern in which the variation time in the latter half is set to 18 seconds) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 10 to 249, the variation of “60 seconds variation” A variation pattern command "B3H" associated with the pattern is determined.
Also, when the time saving pattern J2 is determined, regardless of the current number of first reservations, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 9, the fluctuation pattern "30 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time of the first half is 0 seconds , a variation pattern in which the variation time in the latter half is set to 30 seconds) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 10 to 249, the variation of "60 seconds variation" A variation pattern command "B4H" associated with the pattern is determined.
Also, when the time saving pattern J3 is determined, regardless of the current number of first reservations, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 9, the fluctuation pattern "36 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time of the first half is 0 seconds , a variation pattern in which the variation time in the latter half is set to 36 seconds) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 10 to 249, the variation of “60 seconds variation” A variation pattern command "B5H" associated with the pattern is determined.

Also, when the time saving pattern J4 is determined, regardless of the current number of first reservations, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 9, the fluctuation pattern "46 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time in the first half is 0 seconds , a variation pattern in which the variation time in the latter half is set to 46 seconds) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 10 to 249, the variation of “60 seconds variation” A variation pattern command "B6H" associated with the pattern is determined.
Also, when the time saving pattern J5 is determined, regardless of the current number of first reservations, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 9, the fluctuation pattern "66 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time of the first half is 0 seconds , a variation pattern in which the variation time in the latter half is set to 66 seconds) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 10 to 249, the variation of “60 seconds variation” A variation pattern command "B7H" associated with the pattern is determined.
Also, when the time saving pattern J6 is determined, regardless of the current number of first reservations, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 9, the fluctuation pattern "68 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time of the first half is 0 seconds , a variation pattern in which the variation time in the latter half is set to 68 seconds) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 10 to 249, the variation of “60 seconds variation” A variation pattern command "B8H" associated with the pattern is determined.
Also, when the time saving pattern J7 is determined, regardless of the current first reservation number, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 249 (any value of the variation pattern random number) "60 seconds variation" A variation pattern command "B9H" associated with the variation pattern is determined.

In addition, when the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined (that is, the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the small winning), regardless of the current first reservation number, the fluctuation pattern random number was 0 to 124 When the variation pattern command “22H” associated with the variation pattern of “45 seconds variation” was determined, and when the variation pattern random number was 125 to 249, the variation pattern of “60 seconds variation” was associated. A variation pattern command "23H" is determined.

In addition, when the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined (that is, the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot), the fluctuation pattern random number was 0 to 124 regardless of the current first pending number. When the variation pattern command “A2H” associated with the variation pattern of “45 seconds variation” was determined, and when the variation pattern random number was 125 to 249, the variation pattern of “60 seconds variation” was associated. A variation pattern command "A3H" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 15(b), according to Table B, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current second pending number is 0 or 1, the variation pattern random number was 0 to 209 When the variation pattern command “00H” associated with the variation pattern of “13 seconds variation” was determined, and when the variation pattern random number was 210 to 239, the variation pattern of “45 seconds variation” was associated. The variation pattern command "02H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 240-249, the variation pattern command "03H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" is determined.

In addition, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current second reservation number is 2 or more, the variation pattern of "3 second variation" is associated when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 209. The variation pattern command "04H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 210 to 239, the variation pattern command "02H" associated with the variation pattern of "45 seconds variation" is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 240. ∼249, the variation pattern command "03H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" is determined.

Also, when the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 124, the fluctuation pattern of "45 seconds fluctuation" is associated fluctuation The pattern command "22H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 125-249, the variation pattern command "23H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 second variation" is determined.

Further, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X4 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 124, the variation pattern associated with the variation pattern of "45 seconds variation" The command "A2H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 125-249, the variation pattern command "A3H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 second variation" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 15(c), according to Table C, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current second pending number is 0 or 1, the variation pattern random number was 0 to 209 When the variation pattern command "05H" associated with the variation pattern "26 seconds variation" (the variation pattern in which the variation time in the first half is set to 0 seconds and the variation time in the second half is set to 26 seconds) is determined, When the fluctuation pattern random number was 210 to 239, the fluctuation pattern "90 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time in the first half was set to 30 seconds and the fluctuation time in the second half was set to 60 seconds) was associated. When the fluctuation pattern command "06H" is determined and the fluctuation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the fluctuation pattern of "120 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time in the first half is set to 30 seconds, and the fluctuation time in the second half is set to 90 seconds. The variation pattern command "07H" associated with the variation pattern) is determined.

In addition, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current second reservation number is 2 or more, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 209, the variation pattern of "6 second variation" (fluctuation in the first half The variation pattern command "08H" associated with the variation pattern in which the time is set to 0 seconds and the variation time in the latter half is set to 6 seconds is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 210 to 239, "90 seconds The variation pattern command "06H" associated with the variation pattern of "variation" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the variation pattern command "07H" associated with the variation pattern of "120 second variation" ” is determined.

Further, when the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 124, the fluctuation pattern of "90 seconds fluctuation" is associated with the fluctuation The pattern command "26H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 125-249, the variation pattern command "27H" associated with the variation pattern of "120 second variation" is determined.

Further, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X4 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 124, the variation pattern associated with the variation pattern of "90 seconds variation" The command "A6H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 125-249, the variation pattern command "A7H" associated with the variation pattern of "120 second variation" is determined.

In this way, the variation time associated with the variation pattern determined in Table C is set to be longer than the variation time associated with the variation pattern determined in Table B. That is, in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state and high-probability time-saving gaming state, before the above-described continuous jackpot number conditions are established (before the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number), the above-mentioned continuous jackpot number conditions are established. After that (after the number of consecutive big wins reaches a predetermined number), the determination ratio of the long fluctuation time is higher.
As a result, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, after the condition for the number of consecutive big wins is satisfied, the time from winning the jackpot to winning the next jackpot is longer than before the condition for the number of consecutive big wins is satisfied. , and thus the number of special games executed per unit time (the number of jackpot wins per unit time) can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to appropriately prevent the occurrence of a situation in which the gambling nature becomes extremely high, such as a sudden increase in the number of prize balls acquired by the player due to the execution of a large number of special games in a short period of time. be able to.

The variation pattern command determined as described above is transmitted to the sub control board 300, and based on the variation pattern command, the specific aspect of the first half of the variation production and the specific aspect of the second half of the variation production are determined. be. Then, the variable effect is executed according to the specific mode determined in this way, but the total of the variable time in the first half and the variable time in the second half set in the variable pattern command is the variable effect (special symbol time from the start to the end of the variable display).
For example, if the determined variation pattern command is "02H" (the variation time of the first half is 20 seconds and the variation time of the second half is 25 seconds), the variation time of the first half and the variation time of the second half are The total value of 45 seconds (=20 seconds + 25 seconds) is the variation time of the entire variation effect (the entire variation display of special symbols).
In addition, for the fluctuation pattern commands of "00H", "04H", "05H", "BAH", "BBH", "BCH", "BDH", "BEH", and "BFH", the fluctuation time of the first half is "0 second" is defined. When these variation pattern commands are determined, during the corresponding variation time of the latter half, the entire variation performance is executed in a manner determined according to the variation pattern command.

In addition, based on the above-mentioned fluctuation time, the effect display device 21 performs a variable effect, and the special symbol display device (the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31) displays the variable display of the special symbol. done.
Specifically, when the starting winning opening into which the game ball enters is the first starting winning opening 15, the first special symbol display device 30 blinks during the above-described fluctuation time, and the gaming ball enters. When the starting winning opening is the second starting winning opening 16, the second special symbol display device 31 blinks during the fluctuation time described above. Then, after the fluctuation time has elapsed, the determined special symbol is stopped and displayed. As will be described later, the stop display of this special symbol is performed until a predetermined stop display time elapses.

Regarding the mode of the variable performance, neither the first half of the variable performance nor the second half of the variable performance is determined based on the variation pattern command, and other commands other than the variation pattern command are determined. In addition to determining, the mode of the first half of the variable performance may be determined based on one of the commands, and the mode of the second half of the variable performance may be determined based on the other command.
Also, instead of dividing the variable effect into the first half and the second half, it may be divided into more parts, and the mode of each part may be determined based on the corresponding command.

Next, a description will be given of processing related to the normal game.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a game ball that is shot by a shooting device (not shown) and flows down the game area 12 passes through the gate 20, the movable piece 16b of the second start winning opening 16 is operated. A normal symbol lottery is performed to determine whether or not to open the movable piece 16b. Then, when a win is obtained by the lottery of this normal pattern, the movable piece 16b opens for a predetermined time, and the second start winning opening 16 is opened, so that the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16. easier.
This lottery for the normal symbols is based on a winning determination random number acquired when the game ball passes through the gate 20 and a winning determination random number determination table 116 stored in the main ROM 102 for determining the random number. is done.

Then, when the game ball passes through the gate 20, the above-mentioned winning determination random number is acquired, and the random number is stored in the normal pattern reservation storage area of the main RAM 103 with an upper limit of four. Specifically, this normal map reservation storage area is composed of a total of four storage units from the first storage unit to the fourth storage unit, and the order of passing through the gate 20 is stored from the first storage unit. It has become. Further, when the determined random number is already stored in several storage units, the determined random number is stored in the storage unit with the smallest number among the empty storage units. Then, when four winning determination random numbers are already stored in the normal pattern holding storage area, even if the game ball passes through the gate 20, the winning determination random numbers related to this passage are not stored in the normal pattern holding storage area. .
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, a hardware random number built in the main control board 100 is used as the winning determination random number. This winning random number is updated according to a certain rule, and the random number sequence is automatically changed each time the random number sequence makes a round, and the start value is changed each time the system is reset.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the number of hit determination random numbers stored in the general pattern reservation storage area (hereinafter referred to as the general pattern reservation number) is a normal pattern reservation number counter (not particularly shown) is stored in

The hit decision random number determination table 116 is for determining whether or not it is hit by lottery of normal symbols, and as shown in FIGS. During the normal game state), during the special game, the first determination table 116a referred to during the small winning game, and the second determination referred to during the first time-saving game state (that is, during the first low probability time-saving game state) It has a table 116b and a third determination table 116c that is referred to during the second time-saving gaming state (that is, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state or during the high-probability time-saving gaming state).
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a game ball passes through the gate 20, one winning random number within the numerical range of 0-65535 is acquired. And, if the game state at the time of performing the lottery of the normal symbols is a non-time-saving game state, or if the time of performing the lottery of the normal symbols is during the special game or during the small winning game, the first determination table 116a is selected. Then, a lottery for a normal symbol is performed based on the acquired hit determination random number and the selected first determination table 116a. In addition, if the game state at the time when the lottery of the normal symbols is performed is the first time-saving game state, the second determination table 116b is selected, based on the acquired hit determination random number and the selected second determination table 116b. A lottery for normal designs will be held. In addition, if the game state at the time of performing the lottery of normal symbols is the second time-saving game state, the third determination table 116c is selected, based on the acquired hit determination random number and the selected third determination table 116c. A lottery for normal designs will be held.

As shown in FIG. 16(a), according to the first determination table 116a, it is determined to be a hit when the hit determination random number is 1, and when the hit determination random number is other than this (0, 2 to 65535). is judged to be a failure. Therefore, the probability of winning in the first determination table 116a is 1/65536.
Also, as shown in FIG. 16(b), according to the second determination table 116b, it is determined to be a hit when the hit determination random number is 1 to 5, and the hit determination random number other than this (0, 6 to 65535). If it is, it is determined to be lost. Therefore, the probability of winning in the second determination table 116b is 5/65536.
Also, as shown in FIG. 16(c), according to the third determination table 116c, it is determined that the hit is determined when the hit decision random number is 1 to 65500, and other hit decision random numbers (0, 65501 to 65535). If it is, it is determined to be lost. Therefore, the probability of winning in the third determination table 116c is about 99/100.
In addition, when winning is determined by lottery of normal symbols, winning symbols are determined, and when losing, losing symbols are determined.

In addition, the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment includes a normal symbol variation pattern determination table 117 and a second start winning opening opening table as a table for determining the normal symbol variation pattern and controlling the opening and closing of the movable piece 16b. A control table 118 is provided.

The normal symbol variation pattern determination table 117 is for determining the normal symbol variation pattern. As described above, when the game ball passes through the gate 20 and the normal symbol lottery is performed, the normal symbol variation pattern is determined based on the normal symbol variation pattern determination table 117 .
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 17, when the game state is a non-time-saving game state, or during a special game or a small winning game, a normal pattern in which a fluctuation time of 3 seconds is set is determined, and when the game state is the first time-saving game state, the normal symbol variation pattern in which the variation time of 2 seconds is set is determined, and when the game state is the second time-saving game state , a normal symbol variation pattern in which a variation time of 0.5 seconds is set is determined. Then, when the normal symbol variation pattern is determined, the normal symbol display device 32 (see FIG. 3) blinks during the variation time set for the normal symbol variation pattern. Then, when the normal pattern lottery results in winning and the winning pattern is determined, the normal pattern display device 32 lights up, and when the losing pattern is determined as the losing pattern, the normal pattern display device 32 is turned on. lights out.
In this specification, the blinking display of the normal design display device 32 is "normal design fluctuation", the lighting or extinguishing of the normal design display device 32 is "normal design stop display", and the "normal design stoppage". , "Normal symbol fluctuation stop", etc.

Further, the second starting winning opening control table 118 is referred to for controlling the operation of the movable piece 16b provided in the second starting winning opening 16. FIG.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the normal symbol display device 32 lights up, the movable piece 16b of the second start winning prize opening 16 opens and closes in a manner determined in the second start winning prize opening control table 118. ing. Specifically, when the game state is a non-time-saving game state, or during a special game or a small winning game, as shown in FIG. second × 1 time), the movable piece 16b of the second start winning opening 16 is opened for 0.05 seconds. In addition, when the game state is the first time-saving game state, as shown in FIG. 18, the start winning opening solenoid 16c is energized for 0.2 seconds (= 0.2 seconds × 1 time), so the second start The movable piece 16b of the winning opening 16 is opened for 0.2 seconds. In addition, when the game state is the second time-saving game state, as shown in FIG. 18, the start winning opening solenoid 16c is energized for 1.8 seconds (= 0.9 seconds × 2 times), so the second start The movable piece 16b of the winning opening 16 is opened for a total of 1.8 seconds.

As described above, in the non-time-saving gaming state and the time-saving gaming state, the conditions for opening and closing the second start winning opening 16 are respectively defined, and according to the contents of these conditions, in the time-saving gaming state, Since the 2-start winning opening 16 is easily maintained in the open state, the game ball is more likely to enter the second starting winning opening 16 than in the non-time-saving game state.
Also, in the first time-saving game state of the time-saving game state, the second start winning opening 16 is more likely to be maintained in the open state than the non-time-saving game state, but it is more likely than the second time-saving game state of the time-saving game state. It is difficult to keep the second start winning opening 16 open. That is, during the first time-saving gaming state, it is easier to enter the second start winning opening 16 than during the non-time-saving gaming state, and during the second time-saving gaming state, the second starting winning opening is more than during the first time-saving gaming state. It is designed to make it easier to enter 16. Therefore, during the second time-saving game state, the decrease in game balls accompanying the progress of the game is suppressed more than during the non-time-saving game state and the first time-saving game state, and during the first time-saving game state, more than the non-time-saving game state. However, you will be able to acquire the opportunity to win a lottery.

In addition, when the game state is the time-saving game state, as described above, the second determination table 116b and the third determination table 116c are executed as processing for making it easier to maintain the second start winning opening 16 in the open state. Lottery of normal symbols by (hit decision random number determination table 116 set with a higher probability of winning than non-time-saving game state), variation time for the first time-saving game state and variation time for the second time-saving game state (non- Determination of the fluctuation time shorter than the time-saving game state), and opening by the opening pattern for the first time-saving game state and the opening pattern for the second time-saving game state (opening pattern with a longer total opening time than the non-time-saving game state) Although all of the control is performed, it is not limited to this, and for example, at least one of the above-described processes may be performed.

(Outline of processing in pachinko machine P)
Next, the outline of the processing executed by the main control board 100 with the progress of the above-mentioned special game, normal game and special game will be described using a flowchart.
First, the main processing of the main control board 100 will be described.
When power is supplied from the power board, a system reset occurs in the main CPU 101, and the main CPU 101 executes the main processing shown in the flowchart of FIG.

In step 100, the main CPU 101 reads a boot program from the main ROM 102 and initializes flags and the like stored in the main RAM 103 as an initialization process when the power is turned on. A command is stored in a performance transmission data storage area provided in the main RAM 103 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 101.
In step 101, the main CPU 101 updates the initial value update random number for the special symbol random number referred to when updating the special symbol random number. This special symbol random number initial value update random number is for determining the initial value of the special symbol random number. That is, the special symbol random number is updated with the initial value update random number for the special symbol random number at the time of starting the update as the initial value. Then, when this random number range is circulated once, the update of the special symbol random number is continued with the special symbol random number initial value update random number at that time as the initial value. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 102 .

At step 102, the main CPU 101 updates the variation pattern random number for determining the variation pattern. After the processing of step 102 is completed, the processing of steps 101 and 102 is repeated until a predetermined interrupt processing is performed.

Next, timer interrupt processing of the main control board 100 will be described.
A reset clock pulse generation circuit provided on the main control board 100 generates a clock pulse every predetermined period (4 milliseconds in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment). Timer interrupt processing is executed.

At step 200, the main CPU 101 executes timer update processing for updating various timer counters. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 201 .
In addition, the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment employs a subtraction timer, and each time the timer interrupt processing of the main control board 100 is executed, the timer counter is subtracted by 1, and when it reaches 0, the subtraction is stopped. It has become.
At step 201, the main CPU 101 updates the special symbol random number. Specifically, the random number counter is updated by adding "1", and if the result of the addition exceeds the maximum value of the random number range, the random number counter is returned to "0", and when the random number counter completes one cycle, updates the random number from the value of the initial value update random number for the special symbol random number at that time. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 202 .

At step 202, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not there is an input from the gate detection sensor 20a, the first starting winning opening detecting sensor 15a, the second starting winning opening detecting sensor 16a, and the specific area detecting sensor 57a. A sensor detection process for performing a predetermined process is executed. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 203 .
In step 203, the main CPU 101 executes a special figure related control process for controlling the special figure game, the special game and the small winning game. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 204 .

In step 204, the main CPU 101 executes a general-purpose related control process for controlling the general-purpose game. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 205 .
At step 205, the main CPU 101 executes error-related processing for controlling the occurrence and cancellation of various errors. Specifically, when the main control board 100 receives a door open command based on the opening of the front door 3, a pan full command based on the full state of the pan 7, or the like, the main CPU 101 designates the corresponding error. A command (for example, a door opening command, a saucer full command, etc.) is generated and stored (set) in the performance transmission data storage area. Also, when the main control board 100 no longer receives the above-described command, the main CPU 101 generates a corresponding error cancellation designation command (for example, a door closing command, a full tank cancellation command, etc.) and stores the performance transmission data. store in the area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 206 .

In step 206, when detection signals from the general winning opening detection sensor 14a, the first start winning opening detection sensor 15a, the second start winning opening detection sensor 16a, and the big winning opening detection sensor 18a are input to the main CPU 101, The main CPU 101 updates a prize ball counter provided corresponding to each detection signal, and transmits a payout number designation command corresponding to each detection signal to the launch payout control board 200 . When the ball is paid out by the launch payout control board 200, a payout command is transmitted to the main control board 100 for each payout, and when the main CPU 101 receives the payout command, the prize ball counter is decremented. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 207 .
In step 207, the main CPU 101 outputs external information data for outputting the game state of the pachinko machine P to the outside of the pachinko machine P, starting prize winning opening solenoid data for opening and closing the movable piece 16b of the second starting winning opening 16. , Large winning opening solenoid data for controlling the opening and closing of the large winning opening 18, various display devices (first special symbol display device 30, second special symbol display device 31, normal symbol display device 32, first special symbol reservation display The device 38, the second special figure reservation display device 39 and the normal design reservation display device 33) display data and the like are created. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 208 .

In step 208, the main CPU 101 performs output control processing such as port output for outputting each data signal created in step 207 and command transmission for transmitting the command stored in the effect transmission data storage area. to run. Then, the timer interrupt processing of the main control board 100 ends.

Next, the sensor detection process of step 202 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 300 , the main CPU 101 executes gate detection processing for performing a normal symbol lottery based on the game ball passing through the gate 20 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 301 .
At step 301 , the main CPU 101 executes first start winning opening detection processing for performing a lottery based on the fact that a game ball has entered the first starting winning opening 15 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 302 .

At step 302 , the main CPU 101 executes a second starting winning opening detection process for performing a lottery based on the game ball entering the second starting winning opening 16 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 303 .
At step 303 , the main CPU 101 executes specific area detection processing for performing predetermined processing based on the entry of the game ball into the specific area 57 . Then, the sensor detection process ends.

Next, the gate detection process of step 300 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 400, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the detection signal from the gate detection sensor 20a is input. When it is determined that the detection signal from the gate detection sensor 20a is not input, the gate detection processing ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the detection signal from the gate detection sensor 20a has been input, the process proceeds to the next step 401 .
In step 401, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the value of the normal pattern pending number counter (that is, the normal pattern pending number at the present time) is less than "4". If it is determined that the value is not less than "4" (that is, "4"), the gate detection processing ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value is less than 4, the process proceeds to next step 402 .

At step 402, the main CPU 101 increments the value of the normal pattern pending number counter by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 403 .
At step 403, the main CPU 101 acquires the winning determination random number, stores it in the general pattern reservation storage area, and terminates the gate detection process.

Next, the processing at the time of detection of the first start winning opening in step 301 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 500, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a detection signal is input from the first start winning opening detection sensor 15a. When it is determined that the detection signal from the first start winning hole detection sensor 15a is not input, the first start winning hole detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the detection signal from the first starting prize winning opening detection sensor 15a has been input, the next step 501 is performed.
At step 501, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the value of the first pending number counter (that is, the current first pending number) is less than "4". Then, when it is determined that the value is not less than "4" (that is, "4"), the process at the time of detection of the first start winning prize opening is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value is less than "4", the process proceeds to step 502 below.

At step 502, the main CPU 101 increments the value of the first pending number counter by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 503 .
At step 503, the main CPU 101 obtains a hit/fail random number and stores it in the storage section of the first reserved storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 504 .

At step 504, the main CPU 101 acquires the special symbol random number updated at step 201 described above, and stores it in the storage section of the first reserved storage area where the hit/fail random number was stored at step 503 described above. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 505.
At step 505, the main CPU 101 acquires the variation pattern random number updated at step 102 described above, and stores it in the storage section of the first reserved storage area where the hit/fail random number was stored at step 503 described above. As described above, the acquired hit/fail random numbers, special symbol random numbers and variation pattern random numbers are all stored in the same storage unit of the first reserved storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 506 .

At step 506, the main CPU 101 generates a starting winning command indicating that the first special symbol random number and the first time saving symbol random number have been stored, and stores it in the performance transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 507 .
At step 507, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the current gaming state is the non-time-saving gaming state or the first time-saving gaming state. Then, when it is determined that it is neither the non-time-saving game state nor the first time-saving game state (that is, the second time-saving game state), the first start winning opening detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it determines with it being a non-time saving game state or the 1st time saving game state, it progresses to following step 508. FIG.

In step 508, the main CPU 101 determines the stored first special random number before starting to fluctuate based on the first special random number (when the first special random number is acquired (stored as pending)). Preliminary determination processing is executed to perform various determinations related to the winning lottery. Then, the processing at the time of detection of the first start winning prize opening is ended.

Next, the processing at the time of detection of the second start winning opening in step 302 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 600, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a detection signal is input from the second start winning opening detection sensor 16a. Then, when it is determined that the detection signal from the second start winning opening detection sensor 16a is not input, the second start winning opening detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the detection signal from the second starting prize winning opening detection sensor 16a has been input, the next step 601 is performed.
At step 601, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the value of the second pending number counter (that is, the current second pending number) is less than "4". Then, when it is determined that the value is not less than "4" (that is, "4"), the processing at the time of detection of the second starting winning opening is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value is less than "4", the next step 602 is performed.

At step 602, the main CPU 101 increments the value of the second pending number counter by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 603 .
At step 603, the main CPU 101 acquires a hit/fail random number and stores it in the storage section of the second reserved storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 604 .

At step 604, the main CPU 101 acquires the special symbol random number updated at step 201 described above, and stores it in the storage section of the second reserved storage area in which the hit/fail random number was stored at step 603 described above. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 605 .
At step 605, the main CPU 101 acquires the variation pattern random number updated at step 102 described above, and stores it in the storage section of the second reserved storage area in which the hit/fail random number was stored at step 603 described above. As described above, the acquired hit/fail random numbers, special symbol random numbers and variation pattern random numbers are all stored in the same storage section of the second reserved storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 606 .

At step 606, the main CPU 101 generates a start winning command indicating that the second special random number has been stored, and stores it in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 607 .
At step 607, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the current gaming state is the second time-saving gaming state. And, when it is determined that it is not in the second time-saving game state (that is, it is in the non-time-saving game state or the first time-saving game state), the second start winning opening detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it determines with it being a 2nd time saving game state, it progresses to following step 608. FIG.

In step 608, the main CPU 101, regarding the stored second special random number, before the start of fluctuation based on the second special random number (when the second special random number is acquired (stored as pending)) Preliminary determination processing is executed to perform various determinations related to the winning lottery. Then, the processing at the time of detection of the second start winning prize opening is ended.

Next, the preliminary determination processing of steps 508 and 608 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. It should be noted that, in the pre-determination process of step 508 described above, the following process is executed based on the success or failure random number, the special symbol random number and the variation pattern random number stored in the storage unit of the first reservation storage area, and the first reservation number. Then, in the above-described step 608 prior determination processing, the following processing is executed based on the success or failure random number, the special symbol random number and the variation pattern random number stored in the storage unit of the second reservation storage area, and the second reservation number be done.
At step 650, the main CPU 101 determines the type of starting winning opening into which the game ball entered (first starting winning opening 15, second starting winning opening 16), number of reservations (number of first reservations, number of second reservations), and , Check the game state (normal game state, first low probability time saving game state, second low probability time saving game state, high probability time saving game state). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 651 .

At step 651, the main CPU 101 selects one of the set values that are set in the win/fail random number determination table 110 and the gaming state confirmed at step 650 (tables A1 to A6 and tables B1 to B6). either), and based on the acquired table and the stored random numbers, the winning/failing determination process is executed to determine the result of the winning/failing lottery. After that, data relating to the result of the determination (winning of the big win, winning of the small win, winning of the short-time giving or losing) is stored in a predetermined processing area of the main RAM 103 . It should be noted that, even in this prior determination process, the determination of whether or not the time saving provision is appropriate is performed only when the game state confirmed in step 650 (that is, the game state set at the time point) is the normal game state, It is not performed when it is in a game state other than the normal game state. Therefore, in the case of a game state other than the normal game state, any result of winning a big win, winning a small win or losing is derived. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 652 .
At step 652, the main CPU 101 executes special symbol determination processing for determining the type of special symbol. Specifically, when the starting winning opening into which the game ball enters is the first starting winning opening 15 (first special random number), the first starting winning opening determination table 111a is acquired, and the table and , Based on the stored special symbol random number, the type of jackpot pattern (big hit pattern X1, X2, X3), the type of small hit pattern (small hit pattern Y1, Y2), the type of time saving pattern (time saving pattern J1, J2 , J3, J4, J5, J6), or the type of the lost pattern (losing pattern Z1, Z2). In addition, when the starting winning opening into which the game ball enters is the second starting winning opening 16 (second special random number), the second starting winning opening determination table 111b is acquired, and the table and the stored Based on the special symbol random number, the type of jackpot pattern (big hit pattern X1, X4), the type of small hit pattern (small hit pattern Y1, Y2), the type of time saving pattern (time saving pattern J7), or the losing pattern The type (losing pattern Z1, Z2) is determined. Then, data relating to the determination result (type of special symbol) is stored in a predetermined processing area of the main RAM 103 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 653 .

In step 653, the main CPU 101 determines the gaming state confirmed in step 650, the type of the start winning opening into which the game ball entered, and the above-described consecutive jackpot count condition (the number of consecutive jackpot hits reaches a predetermined number). Acquire the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to whether or not the establishment of Then, go to the next step 654 .
In step 654, the main CPU 101 generates a variation pattern command based on the type of special symbol determined in step 652 above, the number of reservations, the variation pattern table 114 acquired in step 653 above, and the stored variation pattern random number. A variation pattern command determination process for determining is executed. Then, go to the next step 655 .

At step 655, the main CPU 101 generates a pre-determined command including the result of the lottery determined at step 612, the type of special symbol determined at step 652, and the variation pattern command determined at step 654. is stored in the performance transmission data storage area. Then, the preliminary determination process is terminated.
By the above processing, for the first special random number or the second special random number stored as pending, the result of the lottery determined at the start of the fluctuation of the special symbol, the type of special symbol and the variation pattern command are the advance determination command , the random number is transmitted to the sub-control board 300 in advance (that is, before the start of variation) at the time of acquisition of the random number.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, in the above-described preliminary determination process, the To determine the first special random number or the second special random number acquired based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 and stored in the reserved storage area (second reserved storage area) However, it is not limited to this. For example, in the preliminary determination process, instead of directly determining the random numbers stored in the reserved storage area, random numbers stored in other storage areas (for example, registers) may be determined.

Next, the specific area detection processing in step 303 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 670, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a special game is being played. Then, when it is determined that the special game is not being performed, the specific area detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the special game is being played, the process proceeds to the next step 671 .
At step 671, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the detection signal from the specific area detection sensor 57a has been input a predetermined number of times (once in this embodiment). If it is determined that the detection signal from the specific area detection sensor 57a has not been input a predetermined number of times, the specific area detection process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the detection signal from the specific area detection sensor 57a has been input a predetermined number of times, the process proceeds to the next step 672 .
At step 672 , the main CPU 101 turns on an entry flag indicating that a predetermined number of game balls have entered the specific area 57 . Then, the process at the time of specific area detection ends.

Next, the special figure related control process of step 203 mentioned above is demonstrated with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 700, the main CPU 101 loads the value of the execution phase data. This execution phase data indicates which of the plurality of functional modules (subroutines) that constitute the special figure-related control process is executed. Specifically, the execution phase data includes data "00" indicating execution of special symbol variation start processing described later, data "01" indicating execution of special symbol variation stop processing described later, and post-stop processing described later. Data "02" indicating the execution of, data "03" indicating the execution of a special game control process described later, data "04" indicating the execution of a small winning game control process described later, and special game end processing described later and data "05" indicating execution.
Based on the value of the execution phase data loaded in step 700, the main CPU 101 performs special symbol variation start processing (step 701), special symbol variation stop processing (step 702), post-stop processing (step 703), special Either the game control process (step 704), the small winning game control process (step 705) or the special game end process (step 706) is executed. Then, the special figure-related control process is terminated.

Next, the special symbol variation start processing of step 701 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 800, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is data "00" indicating execution of the special symbol variation start process. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is "00", the process proceeds to the next step 801. FIG. On the other hand, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "00", the special symbol variation start process is terminated.
In step 801, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the second special random number is stored in the storage section of the second reserved storage area, that is, whether or not the second reserved number counter is "1" or more. . And when it determines with the 2nd special random number being memorize|stored, it progresses to step 804. FIG. On the other hand, if it is determined that the second special random number is not stored, the process proceeds to the next step 802 .

In step 802, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the first special random number is stored in the storage section of the first reserved storage area, that is, whether or not the first reserved number counter is "1" or more. . Then, when it is determined that the first special random number is not stored, the process proceeds to step 812 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the first special random number is stored, the process proceeds to the next step 803 .
At step 803, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the first reservation number counter by "1" and shifts the first reservation storage area. Specifically, each random number stored in the first storage unit of the first reserved storage area is stored in a predetermined processing area provided in the main RAM 103, and the second storage unit of the first reserved storage area . . Each random number stored in the fourth storage unit is shifted to a storage unit with a smaller number by one. As a result, each random number stored in the first reserved storage area is used in a so-called first-in first-out (FIFO) process for the success/failure determination process described later. Then, go to step 805 .

Also, in step 804, which proceeds when it is determined that the second special random number is stored in step 801 described above, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the second reservation number counter by "1", and the second reservation storage Perform region shift processing. Specifically, each random number stored in the first storage unit of the second reserved storage area is stored in a predetermined processing area provided in the main RAM 103, and the second storage unit of the second reserved storage area . . Each random number stored in the fourth storage unit is shifted to a storage unit with a smaller number by one. As a result, each random number stored in the second reserved storage area is used in a so-called first-in first-out (FIFO) process for the success/failure determination process described later. Then, go to step 805 .
At step 805, the main CPU 101 increments the count value of the variation counter for counting the number of executions of the win/fail lottery (the number of variations of the special symbol) by "1". Further, the main CPU 101 stores a variation number command including the count value of the variation number counter in the effect transmission data storage area. As a result, the change number command is transmitted to the sub control board 300, and the sub control board 300 can grasp the current count value of the change number counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 806 .

At step 806, the main CPU 101 executes a winning/failing determination process for deriving the winning/failing lottery result. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 807 .
At step 807, the main CPU 101 executes special symbol determination processing for determining the type of special symbol. Specifically, when the starting winning opening into which the game ball enters is the first starting winning opening 15 (first special random number), the first starting winning opening determination table 111a is acquired, and the table and , The result of the winning lottery determined in step 806 above (winning the jackpot, winning the small win, winning the time reduction grant, losing), and the special design stored in the predetermined processing area in the above step 803 or step 804 Based on the random number, the type of jackpot pattern (big hit pattern X1, X2, X3), the type of small hit pattern (small hit pattern Y1, Y2), the type of time saving pattern (time saving pattern J1, J2, J3, J4, J5) , J6), or determine the type of the lost symbol (losing symbols Z1, Z2). In addition, when the starting winning opening into which the game ball enters is the second starting winning opening 16 (second special random number), the second starting winning opening determination table 111b is acquired, and the table and the above-mentioned The result of the winning lottery determined in step 806 (winning the jackpot, winning the small win, winning the time saving grant, losing) and the special symbol random number stored in the predetermined processing area in the above step 803 or step 804 Based on, the type of jackpot design (jackpot design X1, X4), the type of small hit design (small hit design Y1, Y2), the type of time reduction design (time reduction design J7), or the type of loss design (loss design Z1, Z2) is determined. Then, data corresponding to the determined special symbol is stored in a predetermined temporary storage area of the main RAM103. Further, in this special symbol determination process, the current game state, that is, the game state at the time when the special symbol is determined is stored in the game state buffer. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 808 .
In addition, in the fluctuation start processing of the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when both the first special random number and the second special random number are stored, the second special random number is given priority over the first special random number. Although random numbers are to be processed, they are not limited to this, and may be processed in the order in which they are stored in the reserved storage area.

At step 808, the main CPU 101 stores a symbol determination command indicating the type of special symbol determined at step 807 in the effect transmission data storage area. As a result, information relating to the type of the determined special symbol is transmitted to the sub-control board 300 at the start of variation. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 809 .
At step 809, the main CPU 101 executes variation pattern determination processing for determining a variation pattern based on the variation pattern random number stored in the processing area at step 803 or step 804 described above. Then, go to the next step 810 .

At step 810 , the main CPU 101 sets variable display data for starting variable display of special symbols on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31 . As a result, when the special symbol fluctuating display is performed based on the first special symbol random number, the first special symbol display device 30 starts blinking display, and the special symbol is displayed based on the second special symbol random number. When the variable display is performed, the second special symbol display device 31 starts blinking display. Here, the blinking display means that "-" blinks at a predetermined interval on each display device.
Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the first special figure random number is stored in the first reservation storage area, the first special figure reservation display device 38 displays the first reservation number in a recognizable manner. And, when the second special figure random number is stored in the second reservation storage area, the second special figure reservation display device 39 is displayed in such a manner that the second reservation number can be recognized. Then, when the variable display of the above-mentioned special symbol is performed based on the first special symbol random number, at the same time as the start of the variable display, the first special symbol reservation is performed to indicate that the first reservation number is reduced by one. When the display device 38 is display controlled and the variable display of the special symbol described above is performed based on the second special random number, at the same time as the start of the variable display, the second reservation number is reduced by one. , the display of the second special figure reservation display device 39 is controlled.
Then, the process proceeds to the next step 811.

At step 811, the main CPU 101 sets the execution phase data to "01" so that the special symbol variation stop processing is executed in the special symbol related control processing, and ends the special symbol variation start processing.
In addition, in step 812, which proceeds when it is determined that the first special random number is not stored in the first reservation storage area in step 802 described above, the main CPU 101 performs the effect display based on the fact that the variable display is not performed. A customer waiting determination process for displaying customer waiting in the device 21 is executed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 counts the time during which the special symbols are not variably displayed, and when a predetermined customer waiting time (for example, 30 seconds) elapses without the special symbols being variably displayed. , a customer waiting command for displaying a customer waiting screen on the performance display device 21 is stored in the performance transmission data storage area assuming that the customer waiting state has occurred. Then, the special symbol variation start process is terminated.

Next, the suitability determination processing of step 806 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 850, the main CPU 101 selects one of the set values and the current game state (low-probability game state, high-probability game state) from the hit/fail random number determination table 110, and selects Judging whether or not the jackpot is won (that is, judging whether or not the jackpot is successful) based on the table and the random number stored in the predetermined processing area in step 803 or step 804. Execute the judgment process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 acquires information on the numerical range for winning the jackpot from the above table, and determines whether or not the above-described win/fail random number belongs to the acquired numerical range. If the above-mentioned hit/fail random number falls within the above-mentioned numerical range, it is determined that a big win has been won, and if the above-mentioned hit/fail random number does not belong to the above-described numerical range, it is determined that a big win has not been won. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 851 .
At step 851, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the jackpot success/failure determination process executed at step 850 is a jackpot win (that is, whether a jackpot win or not). Then, when it is determined that the jackpot has not been won (the jackpot has not been won), the process proceeds to step 853 . On the other hand, if it is determined that a jackpot has been won, the process proceeds to the next step 852 .

At step 852 , the main 101 stores information indicating that the jackpot has been won in a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103 . Then, the suitability determination process is terminated.
Also, at step 853 to which the main CPU 101 proceeds when it is determined at step 851 that the jackpot has not been won, the main CPU 101 stores the table selected at step 850 and the table stored in the predetermined processing area at step 803 or step 804 above. Based on the success or failure random number (that is, the same success or failure random number as the determination target in step 850 described above), it is determined whether or not the small hit will be won (i.e., the determination of the success or failure of the small hit ) to execute the small hit right or wrong determination process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 acquires information on the numerical range for winning a small prize from the above table, and determines whether or not the above-described win/fail random number belongs to the acquired numerical range. Then, when the above-mentioned hit/fail random number falls within the above-described numerical range, it is determined that a small win has been won, and when the above-mentioned hit/fail random number does not belong within the above-described numerical range, it is determined that a small win has not been won. Then, go to the next step 854 .

In step 854, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the small win win/loss determination process executed in step 853 is a win of a small win (that is, whether or not a win of a small win is won). Then, when it is determined that the small winning is not won (non-winning of the small winning), the process proceeds to step 856 . On the other hand, if it is determined that a small win has been won, the process proceeds to the next step 855 .
At step 855 , the main 101 stores information indicating that a small win has been won in a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103 . Then, the suitability determination process is terminated.

Also, in step 856 to which the main CPU 101 proceeds when it is determined in step 854 that the small win is not won, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the currently set game state is the normal game state. And, when it is determined that it is not the normal gaming state (that is, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, or the high-probability time-saving gaming state), the process proceeds to step 860 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the game is in the normal game state, the process proceeds to the next step 857 .
At step 857, the main CPU 101 processes the random numbers stored in the table selected at step 850 and the predetermined processing area at step 803 or 804 (that is, the random numbers to be determined at steps 850 and 853). Based on the same success or failure random number), determine whether or not to win the time reduction grant (that is, determine whether the time reduction grant is appropriate) Execute the time reduction grant determination process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 acquires information on the numerical range for winning the time-saving award from the table described above, and determines whether or not the above-described hit/fail random number belongs to the acquired numerical range. Then, when the above-mentioned success or failure random number belongs within the above-mentioned numerical range, it is determined that the time-saving grant is won, and when the above-mentioned success or failure random number does not belong to the above-mentioned numerical range, it is determined that the time-saving grant is not won. Then, go to the next step 858 .

In step 858, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the time reduction granting suitability determination process executed in step 857 was winning of the time reduction grant (that is, whether or not the time reduction grant was won). Then, when it is determined that it is not elected for the reduction of working hours (not elected for the small hit), the process proceeds to step 860 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the winning of the time saving provision is made, the process proceeds to the next step 859 .
In step 859 , the main 101 stores information indicating that the time-saving award has been won in a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103 . Then, the suitability determination process is terminated.

In addition, in step 860 to which it proceeds when it is determined that it is not in the normal game state in step 856 described above, or when it is determined that it is not won in the time reduction grant in step 858 described above, the main CPU 101 stores a predetermined memory in the main RAM 103 The area is memorized to the effect that it is a failure. Then, the suitability determination process is terminated.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, each of the big hit success/failure determination processing, the small hit success/failure determination processing, and the time saving grant success/failure determination processing is performed in the hit/fail random number determination table 110 corresponding to the set value and the game state. is executed by a common processing program (same module) for selecting, acquiring information on the numerical range to be judged, and judging whether or not the random number belongs to the numerical range It's like

Next, the variation pattern determination processing of step 809 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 900, the main CPU 101 determines the type of the starting winning opening into which the game ball entered (first starting winning opening 15, second starting winning opening 16), number of reservations (number of first reservations, number of second reservations), game Check the state (normal game state, first low probability time saving game state, second low probability time saving game state, high probability time saving game state). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 901 .
In step 901, the main CPU 101 checks the gaming state confirmed in step 900, the type of the starting winning hole into which the game ball entered, and the above-described consecutive jackpot count condition (the number of consecutive jackpot hits reaches a predetermined number). Acquire the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to whether or not the establishment of Then, the process proceeds to the next step 902 .

In step 902, the main CPU 101 uses the variation pattern table 114 obtained in step 901 described above, the type of special symbol determined in step 807 described above, the pending number confirmed in step 900 described above, and the Alternatively, at 804, a variation pattern command is determined based on the variation pattern random number stored in the processing area, and the determined variation pattern command is stored in a predetermined processing area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 903 .
At step 903, the main CPU 101 stores the variation pattern command determined at step 902 in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 904 .

At step 904 , the main CPU 101 determines the variation time associated with the variation pattern command based on the variation pattern table 114 . Then, the determined variable time is set in the variable time timer counter. Then, the variation pattern determination process is terminated.

Next, the special symbol variation stop processing of step 702 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1000, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is data "01" indicating execution of the special symbol variation stop process. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "01", the special symbol variation stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the execution phase data is "01", the process proceeds to step 1001 below.

At step 1001, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the variable time set in the variable time timer counter at step 904 has elapsed. Then, when it is determined that the variation time has not passed, the special symbol variation stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the fluctuation time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1002 .
At step 1002, the main CPU 101 sets stop display data for stop-displaying the special symbol determined at step 807 on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31, and sets the special symbol. stop display. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1003 .

At step 1003, the main CPU 101 stores a symbol determination command indicating that the special symbol is determined in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1004 .
At step 1004, the main CPU 101 sets a stop display time for stopping display of the special symbol in a stop display time timer counter. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the determined special symbols are time-saving symbols (J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7), a stop display time of 3 seconds is set, and otherwise 0.5 seconds is set. A pause display time of 5 seconds is set. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1005 .

At step 1005, the main CPU 101 sets "02" to the execution phase data so that the post-stop process is executed in the special figure-related control process. Then, the special symbol variation stop processing is terminated.

Next, the post-stop processing of step 703 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1100, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is data "02" indicating execution of post-stop processing. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "02", the post-stop process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the execution phase data is "02", the process proceeds to the next step 1101. FIG.
At step 1101, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the stop display time set in the stop display time timer counter at step 1004 has elapsed. Then, when it is determined that the stop display time has not elapsed, the post-stop process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1102 .

At step 1102, the main CPU 101 stores a stop display end command indicating that the stop display time has elapsed in the effect transmission data storage area. As a result, the fact that the stop display time has elapsed is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Also, the main CPU 101 stores the current game state in the game state buffer. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1103 .
In step 1103, the main CPU 101 executes a time saving frequency update process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets a first time saving game flag indicating that the current game state is the first time saving game state, or a second time saving game flag indicating that the current game state is the second time saving game state. It is determined whether or not any of the game flags is turned on. And when it determines with the 1st time saving game flag or the 2nd time saving game flag being ON, the time saving frequency storage area provided in main RAM103 is updated. In this time-saving number storage area, the number of remaining fluctuations until the time-saving game state ends is stored. Then, the stored number of remaining fluctuations is decremented by "1". In addition, when the remaining number of fluctuations becomes "0" by updating the remaining number of fluctuations, a process of turning off the first time-saving game flag or the second time-saving game flag that has been on is also executed. Further, when it is determined that neither the first time-saving game flag nor the second time-saving game flag is turned on, the main CPU 101 does not perform any processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1104 .

At step 1104, the main CPU 101 performs highly accurate count update processing. Here, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a high-probability game flag indicating that the current game state is a high-probability game state is turned on. Then, when it is determined that the high-probability game flag is turned on, the high-probability number storage area provided in the main RAM 103 is updated. In this high-probability-number storage area, the number of fluctuations remaining until the high-probability game state ends is stored. Then, the stored number of remaining fluctuations is decremented by "1". Further, when the remaining number of fluctuations becomes "0" by updating the remaining number of fluctuations, a process of turning off the high certainty game flag is also executed. Further, when it is determined that the high probability game flag is not turned on, the main CPU 101 does not perform any processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1105 .

At step 1105, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbol that is stopped and displayed is a jackpot symbol. When it is determined that the stopped special symbol is not a big hit symbol (that is, it is a small winning symbol, a time saving symbol, or a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 1111 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the stopped special symbol is a jackpot symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1106 .
At step 1106, the main CPU 101 sets a jackpot winning command for transmitting to the sub-control board 300 the game state at the time of winning the jackpot and the types of the jackpot symbols displayed stopped (jackpot symbols X1, X2, X3, X4). do. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1107 .

At step 1107, the main CPU 101 resets the current gaming state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1108 .
At step 1108, the main CPU 101 sets the opening time, which is the waiting time set at the start of the special game, in the opening time timer counter, and sends an opening command indicating that the opening process is started. memorize to Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1109 .

At step 1109, the main CPU 101 sets the number of rounds in the main RAM 103 based on the type of the jackpot symbol that is stopped and displayed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets the number of rounds to "10" if the stopped jackpot symbol is X1 or X2, and sets the number of rounds to "10" if the stopped jackpot symbol is X3 or X4. Set "4" as the number. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1110 .
At step 1110, the main CPU 101 sets the execution phase data to "03" so that the special game control process is executed in the special figure related control process. Then, the post-stop process is terminated.

In addition, in step 1111, which is advanced when it is determined in step 1105 that the special symbols stopped and displayed are not the big winning symbols, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbols stopped and displayed are small winning symbols. do. Then, when it is determined that the stopped special symbol is not a small hit symbol (that is, it is a time saving symbol or a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 1114 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the stopped special symbol is a small winning symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1112 .
At step 1112, the main CPU 101 sets the opening time, which is the waiting time set at the start of the small win game, in the opening time timer counter, and stores the opening command indicating that the opening process is to be started as transmission data for effect. store in the area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1113 .

At step 1113, the main CPU 101 sets "04" to the execution phase data so that the small winning game control process is executed in the special figure related control process. Then, the post-stop processing is terminated.

Further, in step 1114, which is advanced when it is determined in step 1111 above that the special symbol stopped and displayed is not a small winning symbol, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbol stopped and displayed is a time-saving symbol. do. Then, when it is determined that the stopped and displayed special symbol is not a time saving symbol (that is, it is a lost symbol), the process proceeds to step 1116 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the stopped special symbol is the time saving symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1115 .
In step 1115, the main CPU 101 executes a first low-probability time-saving gaming state setting process for setting the game state to a first low-probability time-saving gaming state. Specifically, when the first time saving game flag is turned on, and the time saving pattern stopped and displayed is J1, the number of time saving times is set to "10", and the time saving pattern stopped and displayed is J2. If the number of times of time saving is set to "20", and if the time saving pattern stopped and displayed is J3, the number of time saving is set to "30", and if the time saving pattern stopped and displayed is J4. , set "50" to the number of times of working hours, and set "100" to the number of times of working hours when the stopped working hours pattern was J5, and set "100" to the number of working hours when the stopped working hours pattern was J6. "1000" is set to the number of times of time saving, and "1" is set to the number of times of time saving when the stop-displayed time saving pattern is J7. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1116 .

At step 1116, the main CPU 101 confirms the set game state and stores a game state command indicating the game state in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1117 .
At step 1117, the main CPU 101 sets the execution phase data to "00" so that the special symbol variation start process is executed in the special figure related control process. Then, the post-stop process is terminated.

Next, the special game control processing of step 704 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1200, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is data "03" indicating execution of the special game control process. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "03", the special game control process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the execution phase data is "03", the process proceeds to the next step 1201. FIG.
At step 1201, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the opening time set in the opening time timer counter at step 1108 has elapsed. And, when it is determined that the opening time has not passed, the special game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the opening time has passed, the process proceeds to the next step 1202 .

At step 1202, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not ending processing, which is waiting processing performed after the end of all round games in this special game control processing, is in progress. Then, if it is determined that the ending process is in progress, the process proceeds to step 1210 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the ending process is not being performed, the process proceeds to the next step 1203 .
In step 1203, the main CPU 101 performs a large winning opening opening/closing control process for opening and closing the large winning opening 18 and operating the distribution member 59 based on the special electric role product operation table 112 corresponding to the type of the jackpot symbol stopped and displayed. to run. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1204 .

At step 1204, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the round game has started based on the large winning opening opening/closing control at step 1203 described above. Then, if it is determined that the round game is not started, the process proceeds to step 1206 . On the other hand, if it is determined that it is time to start the round game, the process proceeds to the next step 1205 .
At step 1205, the main CPU 101 stores a round game start command indicating the start of the round game in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1206 .
In addition, the round game start command is provided for each number of times of the round game, so that it is possible to transmit to the sub-control board 300 how many times the round game has been started.

At step 1206, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the round game has ended based on the above-described big winning opening opening/closing control at step 1203. And, when it is determined that the round game has not ended, the special game control process is ended. On the other hand, when it is determined that the round game has ended, the process proceeds to the next step 1207 .
At step 1207, the main CPU 101 decrements the number of rounds stored in the main RAM 103 by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1208 .

At step 1208, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the round number decremented at step 1207 is "0". And, when it is determined that the number of rounds is not "0", the special game control process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the number of rounds is "0", the process proceeds to the next step 1209 .
At step 1209, the main CPU 101 sets the ending time, which is the waiting time set at the end of the special game, in the ending time timer counter, and sends an ending command indicating the start of the ending process to the effect transmission data storage area. Remember. Then, the special game control process is terminated.

Also, in step 1210 to which the main CPU 101 proceeds when it is determined in step 1202 that the ending process is in progress, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the ending time set in the ending time timer counter in step 1209 has elapsed. And when it determines with the said ending time not having passed, it complete|finishes special game control processing. On the other hand, if it is determined that the ending time has passed, the process proceeds to the next step 1211 .
At step 1211, the main CPU 101 stores a special game end command indicating that the special game has ended in the performance transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1212 .

At step 1212, the main CPU 101 sets the execution phase data to "05" so that the special game ending process is executed in the special figure related control process. Then, the special game control process is terminated.

Next, the small hit game control process of step 705 mentioned above is demonstrated with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1250, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is data "04" indicating execution of the small winning game control process. And when it determines with execution phase data not being "04", it ends small hit game control processing. On the other hand, when it is determined that the execution phase data is "04", the process proceeds to the next step 1251. FIG.
At step 1251, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the opening time set in the opening time timer counter at step 1112 has elapsed. And when it determines with opening time not having passed, it ends small hit game control processing. On the other hand, if it is determined that the opening time has passed, the process proceeds to the next step 1252 .

At step 1252, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the ending process, which is the standby process performed after the opening and closing of the big winning opening 18 in the small winning game control process, is in progress. Then, if it is determined that the ending process is in progress, the process proceeds to step 1256 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the ending process is not being performed, the process proceeds to the next step 1253 .
At step 1253 , the main CPU 101 performs small winning game execution processing for opening and closing the big winning opening 18 based on the fourth operation table 112 d in the special electric role product operation table 112 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1254 .

At step 1254, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the opening and closing of the big winning opening 18 have been completed. Then, when it is determined that the opening and closing of the big winning opening 18 is not completed, the small winning game control process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the opening and closing of the big winning opening 18 is finished, the process proceeds to the next step 1255 .
At step 1255, the main CPU 101 sets the ending time, which is the waiting time set at the end of the small win game, in the ending time timer counter, and transmits the ending command indicating that the ending process is started. memorize to Then, the small winning game control process is terminated.

Also, in step 1256 to which the main CPU 101 proceeds when it is determined in step 1252 that the ending process is in progress, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the ending time set in the ending time timer counter in step 1255 has elapsed. And when it determines with the said ending time not having passed, it complete|finishes a small hit game control process. On the other hand, if it is determined that the ending time has passed, the process proceeds to the next step 1257 .
At step 1257, the main CPU 101 stores a small winning game end command indicating that the small winning game has ended in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, go to the next step 1258 .

At step 1258, the main CPU 101 confirms the set game state, and stores a game state command indicating the game state in the effect transmission data storage area. Also, the main CPU 101 sets "00" to the execution phase data so that the special symbol variation process is executed in the special symbol related control process. Then, the small winning game control process is terminated.

Next, the special game end processing of step 705 mentioned above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1300, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is data "05" indicating execution of special game end processing. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "05", the special game end processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the execution phase data is "05", the process proceeds to the next step 1301. FIG.
At step 1301, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the entry flag is on. Then, if it is determined that the entry flag is not on (that is, it is off), the process proceeds to step 1309 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the entry flag is ON, the process proceeds to the next step 1302 .

In step 1302, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the continuous probability variable setting number counter for counting the above-described continuous variable probability setting number counter by 1, and the value of the continuous time reduction setting number counter for counting the above-mentioned continuous time reduction setting number. is decremented by 1. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1303 .
At step 1303, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the value of the continuous variable probability setting number counter has reached 0, that is, whether or not the continuous variable probability setting number has reached a predetermined upper limit number of times. Then, when it is determined that the value of the continuous variable probability setting number counter has not reached 0, the process proceeds to step 1305 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the value of the continuous variable probability setting number counter has reached 0, the process proceeds to the next step 1304 .

At step 1304, the main CPU 101 executes a low-probability game state setting process for setting the game state to a low-probability game state. Specifically, the high certainty game flag is turned off. In addition, the main CPU 101 sets a predetermined upper limit number of times "10000" in the continuous variable probability setting number counter. Then, go to step 1306 .
Also, in step 1305, which proceeds when it is determined that the value of the continuous variable probability setting number counter has not reached 0 in step 1303, high probability game state setting processing for setting the game state to a high probability game state is executed. . Specifically, the high certainty game flag is turned on, and "10000" is set to the high certainty number of times. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1306 .

In step 1306, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the value of the continuous time reduction setting number counter has reached 0, that is, whether or not the continuous time reduction setting number has reached a predetermined upper limit number of times. And when it determines with the value of the continuous time reduction setting counter having not reached|attained 0, it progresses to step 1308. FIG. On the other hand, when it is determined that the value of the counter for the number of times of setting short working hours has reached 0, the process proceeds to the next step 1307 .
At step 1307, the main CPU 101 executes non-time-saving gaming state setting processing for setting the gaming state to a non-time-saving gaming state. Specifically, the first time saving game flag and the second time saving game flag are turned off. In addition, the main CPU 101 sets the predetermined upper limit number of times to the counter for the number of consecutive time reduction settings, which is “10000”. Then, the process proceeds to step 1311 .

In addition, in step 1308, which proceeds when it is determined that the value of the continuous time reduction setting number counter has not reached 0 in step 1306, the main CPU 101 sets the game state to the second time reduction game state. Execute state setting processing. Specifically, the second time saving game flag is turned on, and "10000" is set to the number of times of time saving. Then, the process proceeds to step 1311 .
Also, in step 1309, which proceeds when it is determined that the entry flag is not turned on in step 1301 described above, the main CPU 101 executes the same low-probability time-saving gaming state setting process as in step 1304 described above, and a continuous probability variable setting number counter. is set to "10000" which is the predetermined upper limit number of times. Then, go to the next step 1310 .

In step 1310, the main CPU 101 executes time saving/non time saving game state setting processing for setting the game state to the non time saving game state or the second time saving game state. Specifically, when the jackpot pattern determined at the time of winning the jackpot is X2 or X3, when the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is the time saving game state (first time saving game state), the second time saving game state is changed. In order to set it, the second time saving game flag is turned on, and "10000" is set to the number of times of time saving. On the other hand, when the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is the non-time-saving game state, the first time-saving game flag and the second time-saving game flag are turned off so as to set the non-time-saving game state. In addition, when the big win pattern determined at the time of winning the big win is X4, the second time saving game flag is turned on and the number of times of time saving is set to "100" in order to set the second time saving game state. Then, the process proceeds to step 1311 .
In step 1311, the main CPU 101 determines that the set gaming state is a high-probability time-saving gaming state (high-probability gaming state and second time-saving gaming state) or a second low-probability time-saving gaming state (low-probability gaming state and second time-saving gaming state). ). Then, if it is determined that neither of these is the case, the process proceeds to step 1313 . On the other hand, if it is determined to be either, the process proceeds to the next step 1312 .

At step 1312, the main CPU 101 increments by one the value of the number of consecutive big wins counter for counting the number of consecutive big wins. When the value of the consecutive big win counter reaches a value corresponding to a predetermined number of times (three times in this embodiment), the condition for the number of consecutive big wins is established. Then, go to step 1314 .
In addition, in step 1313, which proceeds when it is determined that the gaming state set in step 1311 is neither the high-probability time-saving gaming state nor the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the main CPU 101 sets the value of the continuous jackpot frequency counter. reset (clear to zero). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1314 .

At step 1314, the main CPU 101 turns off the entry flag. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1315 .
At step 1315, the main CPU 101 sets a game state designation command in the effect transmission data storage area according to the game state set as described above. In this game state designation command, information on or off the high certainty game flag, information on or off the first time-saving game flag, information on or off the second time-saving game flag , information on the number of times of high probability, and the number of times of working hours are included. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1316 .

At step 1316, the main CPU 101 sets "00" to the execution phase data so that the variation start process is executed in the special figure related control process. Then, the special game ending process is terminated.

Next, the above-described general-purpose map-related control processing in step 204 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1400, the main CPU 101 loads the value of the general pattern execution phase data. This normal map execution phase data indicates which of the plurality of functional modules (subroutines) constituting the normal map related control process is to be executed. Specifically, this general pattern execution phase data includes data "10" indicating execution of normal symbol fluctuation start processing described later, data "11" indicating execution of normal symbol variation stop processing described later, and normal It has data "12" indicating execution of post-symbol stop processing and data "13" indicating execution of movable piece control processing described later.
Then, the main CPU 101 performs normal symbol fluctuation start processing (step 1401), normal symbol fluctuation stop processing (step 1402), normal symbol stop post-processing (step 1403) or the movable piece control process (step 1404). Then, the general/universal figure-related control process is terminated.

Next, the normal symbol variation start processing of step 1401 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1500, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal pattern execution phase data is "10" indicating execution of the normal pattern fluctuation start process. Then, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is not "10", the normal pattern fluctuation start process is terminated. On the other hand, when the normal pattern execution phase data is determined to be “10”, the process proceeds to the next step 1501 .
In step 1501, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a hit determination random number is stored in the normal pattern reservation storage area, that is, whether or not the normal pattern reservation number counter is equal to or greater than "1". Then, when it is determined that the general pattern holding number counter is not "1" or more (that is, "0"), the normal pattern fluctuation start processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number counter of the normal pattern is greater than or equal to "1", the process proceeds to the next step 1502.

At step 1502, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the normal pattern pending number counter by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1503 .
At step 1503, the main CPU 101 executes shift processing of the normal diagram reservation storage area. Specifically, the winning determination random number stored in the first storage unit is stored in a predetermined processing area provided in the main RAM 103, and the winning number stored in the second storage unit to the fourth storage unit is stored. The decision random number is shifted to a storage unit with a smaller number. As a result, the hit determination random number stored in the general pattern reservation storage area is so-called first-in first-out (FIFO), and is used for the election determination process described later. Then, go to step 1504 .

In step 1504, the main CPU 101 determines the hit determination random number determination table 116 (first Judgment table 116a, second judgment table 116b or third judgment table 116c) is selected, and based on the selected table and the hit determination random number stored in the processing area in step 1503 described above, the normal design Winning decision processing for deriving the result of the lottery is executed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the first determination table 116a when it is in the non-time-saving game state, during the special game, or during the small winning game, and when it is in the first time-saving game state, With reference to the second determination table 116b, in the case of the second time-saving gaming state, with reference to the third determination table 116c, the determination random number stored in the processing area is determined. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1505 .
At step 1505, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the winning determination process at step 1504 is a win. Then, if it is determined to be a hit, the process proceeds to the next step 1506 . On the other hand, if it is determined not to win (that is, to lose), the process proceeds to step 1507 .

At step 1506 , the main CPU 101 stores winning symbol data in a predetermined processing area of the main RAM 103 . Then, go to step 1508 .
Also, in step 1507 to which the result of the lottery determination process is determined to be no win (that is, lose) in step 1505 described above, the main CPU 101 stores the losing symbol data in a predetermined processing area of the main RAM 103 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1508 .

In step 1508, the main CPU 101 confirms whether the current state of the pachinko machine P is a non-time-saving game state, a first time-saving game state, a second time-saving game state, during a special game, or during a small winning game. A normal symbol variation pattern determining table 117 is referred to, and a normal symbol variation time corresponding to the current state of the pachinko machine P is set in a normal symbol variation time timer counter. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets "3 seconds" to the normal figure fluctuation time counter during the non-time-saving game state, during the special game, or during the small winning game, and during the first time-saving game state In some cases, "2 seconds" is set to the normal pattern fluctuation time counter, and "0.6 seconds" is set to the normal pattern fluctuation time counter when it is in the second time reduction game state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1509 .
At step 1509, the main CPU 101 sets variable display data for starting variable display of normal symbols. As a result, when the variable display of normal symbols is performed, the normal symbol display device 32 starts blinking display. In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the winning determination random number is stored in the normal pattern reservation storage area, the normal pattern reservation display device 33 is displayed in a manner that allows recognition of the normal pattern reservation number. It's becoming Then, when the variable display of normal symbols is performed, the display of the normal symbol reservation display device 33 is controlled so as to indicate that the number of normal symbol reservations is reduced by one at the same time as the start of the variable display. Then, go to the next step 1510 .

In step 1510, the main CPU 101 stores the current state of the pachinko machine P in the gaming machine state buffer as the state of the pachinko machine P at the start of fluctuation. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1511 .
In step 1511, the main CPU 101 sets "11" to the normal pattern execution phase data so that the normal pattern fluctuation stop processing is executed in the normal pattern related control processing. Then, the normal symbol variation start process is terminated.

Next, the normal symbol variation stop processing of step 1402 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1600, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal pattern execution phase data is data "11" indicating execution of the normal pattern fluctuation stop process. Then, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is not "11", the normal pattern fluctuation stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is "11", the process proceeds to the next step 1601.
In step 1601, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal symbol variation time set in the normal symbol variation time timer counter in step 1508 has elapsed. And when it determines with the said fluctuation|variation time not having passed, the normal design fluctuation|variation stop processing is complete|finished. On the other hand, if it is determined that the fluctuation time has passed, the process proceeds to the next step 1602 .

In step 1602, the main CPU 101 sets stop display data for stopping and displaying the normal symbols on the normal symbol display device 32, and executes stop display of the normal symbols. Then, it proceeds to the next step 1603 .
In step 1603, the main CPU 101 sets a variable stop display time for stop-displaying normal symbols in a normal pattern stop display time timer counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1604 .

In step 1604, the main CPU 101 sets "12" to the normal pattern execution phase data so that the normal pattern stop post-processing is executed in the normal pattern related control process. Then, the normal symbol variation stop processing is terminated.

Next, the normal symbol stop post-processing in step 1403 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 1700, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal symbol execution phase data is data "12" indicating execution of normal symbol stop post-processing. Then, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is not "12", the normal pattern stop post-processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is "12", the process proceeds to the next step 1701.
In step 1701, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the fluctuation stop display time set in the normal pattern stop display time timer counter in step 1603 has passed. And when it determines with the said fluctuation|variation stop display time not having passed, the process after a normal design stop is complete|finished. On the other hand, if it is determined that the fluctuation stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1702 .

At step 1702, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal symbol displayed in a stopped state is a winning symbol. Then, when it is determined that the normal symbol that is stopped and displayed is not a winning symbol (that is, it is a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 1704 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the normal symbol that is stopped and displayed is a winning symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1703 .
At step 1703, the main CPU 101 sets "13" to the normal map execution phase data so that the movable piece control process is executed in the normal map related control process. Then, the normal symbol stop post-processing is terminated.

Further, in step 1704, which proceeds when it is determined in step 1702 that the normal symbols stopped and displayed are not winning symbols (that is, they are losing symbols), the main CPU 101 starts normal symbol variation in the normal symbol-related control processing. "10" is set to the normal figure execution phase data so that the process is executed. Then, the normal symbol stop post-processing is terminated.

Next, the movable piece control processing of step 1404 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1800, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal pattern execution phase data is data "13" indicating execution of the movable piece control process. Then, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is not "13", the movable piece control process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is "13", the process proceeds to the next step 1801.
At step 1801, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the movable piece 16b is under operation control, that is, whether or not the start winning opening solenoid 16c is energized. Then, when it is determined that the movable piece 16b is under operation control, the process proceeds to step 1804 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the movable piece 16b is not under operation control, the process proceeds to the next step 1802 .

In step 1802, the main CPU 101 determines that the state of the pachinko machine P at the start of normal symbol fluctuation is in the non-time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state, the second time-saving game state, the special game, or the small winning game. Check whether it was Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1803 .
At step 1803, the main CPU 101 refers to the second starting prize winning opening control table 118, and in accordance with the state of the pachinko machine P confirmed at step 1802, electrification control data (opening data) for the starting winning opening solenoid 16c. , the number of times of energization (number of times of opening) and the energization time (opening time) are set. Then, the movable piece control process ends.

Further, in step 1804, which is followed when it is determined in step 1801 that the movable piece 16b is under operation control, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the energization time (release time) set in step 1803 has elapsed. judge. Then, when it is determined that the energization time (opening time) has not elapsed, the movable piece control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the energization time (opening time) has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1805 .
At step 1805, the main CPU 101 stops the operation of the movable piece 16b, that is, stops the energization of the start winning opening solenoid 16c. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1806 .

At step 1806, the main CPU 101 sets "10" to the normal pattern execution phase data so that the normal pattern fluctuation start processing is executed in the normal pattern related control processing. Then, the movable piece control process ends.

(Playability of pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, the normal game state (game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state), the first low-probability time-saving game state (low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state game state combining game state), second low probability time saving game state (game state combining low probability game state and second time saving game state), or high probability time saving game state (high probability game state and second time saving game state A game state combining game states) is set, and the game progresses.

When a player starts playing a game, the normal game state is often set. During this normal game state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left-handed hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched accordingly, the game ball is , there is a possibility that the ball will enter the first starting prize winning port 15, and the ball will not enter the second starting prize winning port 16. - 特許庁Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined (see FIG. 12(a)). . Then, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57, the game state after the special game is finished is set to a high-probability time-saving game state, and the jackpot pattern X2 or X3 is determined. If it is done, a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57, and the game state after the special game ends is set to the normal game state (see FIGS. 14(a) and 41). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, if the player hits to the left as instructed during the normal game state, the jackpot will be won to shift to the normal game state or the high-probability time-saving game state (Fig. 41). However, since it is 1% of the time when the jackpot is won, the jackpot pattern X1 is determined (see FIG. 12(a)). It is extremely difficult to shift to the game state.

Here, when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 during the normal game state, the decision is made as to whether or not the time reduction grant is appropriate in the winning lottery, and the winning of the time reduction grant is determined with a probability of about 1/100. (see FIGS. 6(a), 7(a), 8(a), 9(a), 10(a), 11(a)). Then, when the time saving pattern J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6 or J7 is determined, the game state is set to the first low-probability time saving game state without going through the jackpot and the special game. At the same time, when the time-saving pattern J1 is determined, the first low-probability time-saving game state continues until the result of the winning lottery is derived 10 times without winning the jackpot, and when the time-saving pattern J2 is determined. Then, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state continues until the winning lottery result is derived 20 times without winning the jackpot, and when the time-saving pattern J3 is determined, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. However, it continues until the result of the winning lottery is derived 30 times without winning the jackpot, and when the time saving pattern J4 is determined, the first low-probability time saving game state is the winning lottery without winning the big win. is derived 50 times, and when the time-saving pattern J5 is determined, the first low-probability time-saving game state continues until the result of the winning lottery is derived 100 times without winning the jackpot. When the time saving pattern J6 is determined, the first low-probability time saving game state is continued until the result of the winning lottery is derived 1000 times without winning the jackpot, and when the time saving pattern J7 is determined. 2, the first low-probability time-saving game state is continued until the result of the winning lottery is derived once without winning the jackpot.

In addition, during the first low probability time-saving gaming state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the first game area 12a (left hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched accordingly As in the normal game state, lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15.例文帳に追加Then, if a jackpot is won during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined in the same manner as during the normal game state, and the probability of each jackpot pattern determination (decision of the jackpot pattern X1 The probability is 1%, and the probability of determining the jackpot pattern X2 or X3 is 99%) is the same as during the normal game state, so when the jackpot is won during the first low-probability time-saving game state, almost the jackpot pattern X2 or X3 is determined (see FIG. 12(a)). Then, when the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, since the game state at the time of jackpot winning is the time-saving gaming state, the gaming state after the special game is the second. It is set to a low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 10000 times (see FIG. 14(b) and FIG. 41). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (when the time-saving design J1 is determined, the time-saving design J2 is determined until the result of the winning lottery is derived 10 times. When the result of the winning lottery is derived 20 times, the time saving pattern J4 is determined until the result of the winning lottery is derived 30 times when the time saving pattern J3 is determined. In the case, until the result of the winning lottery is derived 50 times, if the time saving pattern J5 is determined, until the result of the winning lottery is derived 100 times, If the time saving pattern J6 is determined Until the result of the lottery is derived 1000 times, and if the time-saving pattern J7 is determined, the result of the lottery is derived once). It will shift to the probability time-saving gaming state (see FIG. 41).

During the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (right hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched accordingly, the game The ball may enter the second start prize winning port 16 and never enter the first start prize winning port 15.例文帳に追加Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16, and if the big win is won, the big win symbol X1 or X4 is determined (see FIG. 12(b)). Then, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, similarly to the above, a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57, and the game state after the end of the special game is set to a high probability time-saving game state, and the number of times of time-saving is set. is set to 10000 times. Further, when the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game without a predetermined number of game balls entering the specific area 57 is again set to the second low-probability time-saving game state to save time. The number of times is set to 100 (see FIG. 14(c) and FIG. 41). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, if the right hitting is performed as instructed during the second low probability time saving game state, whether the second low probability time saving game state is reset by winning the jackpot Or, it will shift to a high-probability time-saving gaming state (see FIG. 41). Here, when the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is shifted to the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the number of times of time-saving is set to 10000 times, and during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the normal game state or the first low probability Since the second start prize-winning port 16 is much easier to maintain in the open state than during the time-saving game state, the player can win the next big win almost certainly while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls accompanying the progress of the game. And, since it is 70% when the jackpot is won that the jackpot pattern X1 is determined (see FIG. 12(b)), during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, when the jackpot is won It is easy to shift to a high-probability time-saving game state.

During the high-probability time-saving gaming state, similarly to the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the launching of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (right hitting) is instructed, and the game ball is launched accordingly. As long as there is, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, and when the big win is won, the big win pattern X1 or X4 is determined (see FIG. 12 (b) ). Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the game state after the predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 and the special game is finished is again set to the high-probability time-saving game state, and the number of times of time-saving is 10000. times. Further, when the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the second low-probability time-saving game state without entering the predetermined number of game balls into the specific area 57, and the number of times of time-saving is 100. times (see FIG. 12(c) and FIG. 41).
During the high-probability time-saving game state, similarly to the second low-probability time-saving game state, it is possible to win the next big win almost certainly while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls.

In addition, when the jackpot pattern X4 is determined in the second low probability time-saving gaming state or high probability time-saving gaming state, the second low probability time-saving gaming state of 100 time-saving times is set (Fig. 12 (c) , see FIG. 41), if a jackpot is won before the winning lottery is performed 100 times, it is possible to expect a transition to a high-probability time-saving gaming state again.

Thus, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, during the normal game state, the first low by the determination of the winning of the time saving grant (time saving pattern J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6 or J7) based on the winning lottery Aiming to transition to the probability reduction gaming state, during the first low probability reduction gaming state (until the result of the lottery is 10 times, 20 times, 30 times, 50 times, 100 times, 1000 times or 1 time ) by winning the jackpot, aiming to transition to the second low-probability time-saving game state, and then continuing the second low-probability time-saving game state and high probability time-saving game state. A new playability is given. That is, the first low-probability time-saving game state that can be shifted from the normal game state without winning the jackpot and the special game shifts to the second low-probability time-saving game state or high probability time-saving game state that is advantageous for the player. A game property such as a chance zone for a game is imparted, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the success or failure of the time saving provision is determined in the winning lottery during the normal game state, and the time saving giving is won by the winning lottery and the time saving symbols J1, J2, J3. , J4, J5, J6 or J7 is determined, it is possible to shift to the time-saving gaming state without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game. It is possible to give a novel impression to the player, and to provide a wide variety of transitions to the time-saving game state, thereby providing unprecedented game performance.
Further, according to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, in the win/loss lottery, the win/loss determination is performed based on the win/loss random number, and when it is determined that the win/loss is not won, the same win/loss is performed during the normal game state. Since the judgment of whether or not to give time reduction is based on random numbers, the type of random numbers used for making various judgments can be suppressed, and the load on hardware resources such as the main CPU 101 and main RAM 103 is reduced. can do.
In addition, according to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, since the probability of winning the time saving grant is the same regardless of the set value, the set value is set by setting the time saving game state without winning the jackpot It is possible to prevent a situation in which the degree of gambling becomes excessively high when the degree of advantage for each game changes and a predetermined set value is set.

(Outline of production in pachinko machine P)
As described above, by executing various processes in the main control board 100, the special figure game, the normal figure game, the special game and the small winning game progress. During the progress of these games, various commands are transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300, and the sub-control board 300 receives these commands, thereby allowing the sub-control board 300 to control the progress of the game. Execute the control of the production accompanying.
In the following, it is executed during the variable display of the special symbols, and the variable effect that can notify the result of the winning lottery, and the variable effect in the case where the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant, and the time saving grant Winning and a special notification effect that can notify the number of times of time saving in the first low probability time saving game state based on the winning will be described.

(Outline of variable production)
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, during the variable display of the special symbols, a variable effect is executed in which the result of the winning lottery can be notified by the display mode of the effect symbols 50 . In this variable effect, the effect symbol 50 (dummy symbol) is variably displayed superimposed on the background image displayed on the display section 21a of the effect display device 21.例文帳に追加Then, the result of the lottery can be notified to the player by the combination of the effect symbols 50 that are displayed in a stationary manner after being variably displayed (a mode of stationary display).

Specifically, after the start of the variable display of the special symbols, the variable display of all the performance symbols 50 is started from the state where all the performance symbols 50 are stopped and displayed (FIGS. 42(a) and (b), See FIGS. 43(a) and (b)). A downward arrow in the drawing indicates that the effect pattern 50 is displayed to scroll from above to below.
After that, the production pattern 50 positioned on the left side (hereinafter referred to as the first stop pattern), the production pattern 50 positioned on the right side (hereinafter referred to as the second stop pattern), the production pattern 50 positioned in the center (hereinafter referred to as the third stop pattern) ) (see FIGS. 42(c) to (e) and FIGS. 43(c) to (e)).

Then, when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot, all the performance symbols 50 are stop-displayed with the same symbols (see FIG. 43(e)). That is, by stop-displaying all the performance symbols 50 with the same symbols, it is informed that the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot.

In addition, when the result of the lottery is a loss, all the performance symbols 50 are not stop-displayed with the same symbols (see FIG. 42(e)). That is, by stop-displaying at least one effect symbol 50 in a pattern different from the other effect symbols 50, it is shown that the result of the lottery is a loss. It should be noted that the stop display mode described above does not positively notify that the result of the winning lottery is a loss, but simply makes the player aware that the result is a loss (not a big win or a small win). is.
Also, although not shown in particular, when the result of the lottery is a small win, a specific mode indicating that fact (for example, the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol become the same symbol, The effect symbol 50 is stop-displayed in a combination where the third stop symbol is a special symbol indicating winning of a small hit. That is, by stop-displaying the effect pattern 50 in a specific mode, it is informed that the result of the lottery is a small win.
In addition, the stop display mode of the production pattern 50 in the case of winning a small hit is not limited to the above contents, and the same mode as when the result of the lottery is a loss (that is, at least one production pattern 50 may be stopped and displayed in a pattern different from the other production patterns 50). As a result, the player may not be able to grasp whether the result of the winning lottery is a loss or winning a small prize, depending on the stop display mode of the performance symbols 50.例文帳に追加

Also, if the result of the lottery is the winning of the time saving grant, a special mode indicating that (for example, the first stop design and the second stop design become the same odd number design other than "7", The effect pattern 50 is stopped and displayed in a combination where the 3 stop patterns are "7", etc.), and a setting image indicating that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set (for example, "CHANCE ZONE rush!" character images, etc.) are displayed (see FIGS. 44(g) to 44(h)), and the number of working hours is reported (see FIG. 44(i)). That is, the effect pattern 50 is stopped and displayed in a special mode, and the above-described setting image is displayed, so that the result of the winning lottery is notified that the time saving grant is won, and the number of time saving times is notified. , The type of the determined time saving pattern is notified.

Also, the third stop symbol is stop-displayed substantially simultaneously with the stop-display of the special symbol on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31 . As a result, the special symbols are stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31 prior to the stop display of the performance symbols 50, and the result of the lottery is grasped by the type of the special symbols. prevent this from happening.

(Aspect of the first half of the variable production)
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are used as the first half of the variable effect (from the start of the variable effect until the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are stopped and displayed). There are provided a no-reach pattern in which symbols different from the symbol are stopped and displayed, and a variable reach pattern in which the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are stopped and displayed with the same symbol (so-called reach display is performed). there is

A plurality of types of reach-free patterns and reach-fluctuation patterns are provided, respectively, and various methods of fluctuation are set.
Specifically, as the no-reach pattern, a no-reach pattern A in which the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are stopped and displayed with different symbols without causing any particular change in the manner of fluctuation or the display contents of the performance symbol 50. , all the production patterns 50 are temporarily stopped in a predetermined stop display mode (for example, the first stop pattern and the second stop pattern are temporarily stopped with numbers different by 1, and the third stop pattern is a temporary stop suggesting a temporary stop). After a pseudo-continuous effect is executed in which display is performed a predetermined number of times (for example, once) in which the variable display is resumed by temporarily stopping at the stop symbol and the variable display is resumed, the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are different symbols. A no-reach pattern B that is stopped and displayed is provided.
Further, as the reach variation pattern, the reach variation pattern A in which the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are stopped and displayed with the same symbol without causing any particular change in the method of variation or the display contents of the effect symbol 50, is described above. There is provided a ready-to-win variation pattern B in which the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are stop-displayed with different symbols after the pseudo continuous effect is executed.

As for the number of times of temporary stop and the timing of temporary stop in the pseudo-continuous effect, various times and various points of time may be set. In addition, it is set so that a pseudo-continuous effect in which the above-mentioned temporary stop is performed a specific number of times (for example, 4 times) is performed only when a jackpot is won or when a time-saving award is won, and the pseudo-continuous effect is performed. When it is executed, it may be made possible to grasp that the winning of the jackpot or the winning of the reduction of working hours is decided. In addition, after the ready-to-win display is performed, the third stop symbol is temporarily stopped, and then the variable display is resumed. You may set so that the execution ratio of continuous production may become high.
Further, the no-reach pattern and the reach-variation pattern are not limited to the above-described modes. For example, as the ready-to-win fluctuation pattern, the ready-to-win display in which the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are stopped and displayed in the same pattern is not performed, and instead of performing the ready-to-win display, a predetermined image is displayed to the effect that the ready-to-win has occurred. You may provide the aspect etc. which alert|report by displaying.

(Aspect of the second half of the variable production)
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the latter half of the variable effect when the mode of the first half of the variable effect is the non-reach pattern (the second stop symbol is stop-displayed and then the third stop symbol is stop-displayed). ), there is provided a normal losing pattern in which the third stop symbol is stopped and displayed as it is to notify that the result of the winning lottery is a losing (see FIG. 42).
As a mode of the second half of the variable performance when the first half of the variable performance is the ready-to-win variation pattern, a predetermined development performance image is displayed on the performance display device 21 together with the variable display of the third stop pattern after the ready-to-win display. The reach development effect is executed, and the result of the lottery is a developed pattern (see FIG. 44) that notifies that the result of the lottery is the winning of the jackpot, the winning of the small win, the winning of the time reduction grant, or the loss, and the above-mentioned reach after the reach display A no-development pattern (see FIG. 43) is provided for notifying that the result of the lottery is big winning, small winning, short-time giving winning or losing without execution of development performance.

A plurality of types of development pattern modes are provided, and various types of development effect images and the like are set. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, a development pattern A and a development pattern B are provided as patterns with development.
In the development pattern A, a moving image (hereinafter referred to as development performance image A) is displayed in which the performance symbols 50 are sequentially destroyed and the finally displayed performance symbol 50 is determined as the third stop symbol. Yes (see FIGS. 44(e) to (g)), and as will be described later, it can be executed in any case of winning a jackpot, winning a small win, winning a short-time award, and losing. .
In the case where the development pattern A is executed, when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot, a display is made to the effect that the effect pattern 50 constituting the stop display mode of finally winning the jackpot has been reached. When the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the small winning, a display is made to the effect that the performance pattern 50 constituting the stop display mode of finally winning the winning of the small winning is reached, and the result of the winning lottery is reduced in time. When the award is won, a display is made to the effect that the production pattern 50 that constitutes the stop display mode that finally wins the time saving award is reached (see FIGS. 44 (e) to (g)), and the winning lottery. When the result of (2) is a loss, a display is made to the effect that the effect symbol 50 constituting the stop display mode that finally leads to a loss is reached. As a result, it is notified whether the result of the winning lottery is winning a big win, winning a small win, winning a reduction in working hours, or losing.

Development pattern B, although not particularly illustrated, displays a moving image in which a predetermined character challenges a mission and the result of the challenge is shown.
In this development pattern B, four types of patterns, development pattern B1, development pattern B2, development pattern B3, and development pattern B4, are provided. are associated with a development effect image B1, a development effect image B2, a development effect image B3, or a development effect image B4, which are different from each other. Specifically, the development effect image B1 is displayed in the development pattern B1, the development effect image B2 is displayed in the development pattern B2, the development effect image B3 is displayed in the development pattern B3, and the development effect image B4 is displayed in the development pattern B4. configured to be displayed.

In addition, as will be described later, this development pattern B can be executed only in the case of winning a jackpot or winning a time-saving award.
Then, when the development pattern B1, the development pattern B2, the development pattern B3, or the development pattern B4 is executed, if the result of the lottery is a big win, the above-mentioned mission is finally succeeded. After the display is performed, the stop display mode that becomes the winning of the jackpot is displayed (see FIGS. 46(b) to (d)), and when the result of the lottery is the winning of the time reduction grant, the above-mentioned finally The setting image and the number of times of time saving are displayed indicating that the first low probability time saving game state is set after the display that the mission has failed is displayed (see FIGS. 45 (e) to (h)). It is As a result, it is notified whether the result of the winning lottery is the winning of a big hit or the winning of a time saving grant.
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the variable performance by the development pattern B is executed, it is determined that the result of the winning lottery is either the winning of the jackpot or the winning of the reduction of working hours. , the player's interest in the execution of the variable presentation by the development pattern B can be heightened.

In addition, the pattern with development is not limited to the above-mentioned mode. For example, as a pattern with development, after a predetermined development effect image is displayed, other development effect images set with a higher expectation of winning a jackpot or a higher expectation of winning a time saving grant than the development effect image It is also possible to provide a mode in which the display is switched to, or a mode in which the winning of the jackpot or the reduction of working hours is reported after being once notified of the loss.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as a mode of variable performance, separately from the various modes described above, all the performance symbols 50 are displayed in a variable manner, and after the lapse of the variable time, these performance symbols 50 are displayed. A special variation pattern is provided in which the are all stopped and displayed.

Further, in each of the effects described above, in addition to displaying an image, a predetermined sound may be output, or the effect lighting device 23 (lamp) may emit light in a predetermined lighting pattern or color.

(Determination of Mode of Variable Production)
Next, determination of the execution mode of the above-described variable effect will be described.
The main ROM 302 of the sub-control board 300 stores a variable performance determination table 119 that defines a variable performance mode for each variable pattern command that can be determined by the main control board 100 . Then, when the sub CPU 301 of the sub control board 300 receives a variation pattern command from the main control board 100 at the start of variation, it refers to the variation performance determination table 119 and determines the mode of variation performance based on the received variation pattern command. do.

In the variable effect determination table 119, the mode of the variable effect is determined in association with each variable pattern command and the variable effect random number acquired within a predetermined numerical range (0 to 249 in this embodiment). When the sub CPU 301 of the sub control board 300 receives the variation pattern command from the main control board 100, it acquires a variation effect random number of 1 from a predetermined numerical range (0 to 249). Then, the sub CPU 301 determines the aspect of the variable effect based on the variable effect determination table 119, the received variable pattern command, and the acquired variable effect random number. As a result, the effect display device 21 executes a variable effect based on the determined mode.

As shown in FIG. 47, according to the variable effect determination table 119, when the received variable pattern command is "00H", "04H", "05H" or "08H" ), the first half is a non-reach pattern A and the second half is a normal failure pattern (hereinafter referred to as mode 1), or the first half is a non-reach pattern B and the second half is a normal failure pattern. (hereinafter referred to as mode 2) is determined.

Also, if the received variation pattern command is "01H" (that is, if the result of the lottery is a loss), the first half is the reach variation pattern A and the second half is the pattern without development (hereinafter , Mode 3), or the mode of reach variation pattern B in the first half and no development pattern in the latter half (hereinafter referred to as mode 9) is determined.

Also, if the received variation pattern command is "02H", "03H", "06H" or "07H" (that is, if the result of the lottery is a loss), the first half is the reach variation pattern Either A and the latter half of the development pattern A mode (hereinafter referred to as mode 4), or the first half reach variation pattern B and the latter half of the development pattern A mode (hereinafter referred to as mode 10) are determined .

Also, if the received variation pattern command is "22H", "23H", "26H" or "27H" (that is, if the result of the lottery is a small hit), mode 4 or Any of aspects 10 are determined.

Also, if the received variation pattern command is "A2H", "A3H", "A6H" or "A7H" (that is, if the result of the lottery is a jackpot), mode 4, first half Part is the reach fluctuation pattern A and the latter half is the mode of the development pattern B1 (hereinafter referred to as mode 5), the first half is the reach variation pattern A and the second half is the mode of the development pattern B2 (hereinafter referred to as mode 6), the first half is Reach variation pattern A and the latter half of the development pattern B3 mode (hereinafter referred to as mode 7), reach variation pattern A and the latter half of the development pattern B4 mode (hereinafter referred to as mode 8), mode 10, first half part is reach variation pattern B and the second half is the development pattern B1 mode (hereinafter referred to as mode 11), the first half is the reach variation pattern B and the second half is the development pattern B2 mode (hereinafter referred to as mode 12), the first half is reach Either the variation pattern B and the second half of the development pattern B3 mode (hereinafter referred to as mode 13), or the first half of the reach variation pattern B and the second half of the development pattern B4 mode (hereinafter referred to as mode 14) are determined be done.

Also, when the received variation pattern command is "B3H" (that is, when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J1 (time saving number of times 10 times) is determined), mode 4 , aspect 5, aspect 10 or aspect 11 is determined.

Also, if the received variation pattern command is "B4H" (that is, if the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J2 (time saving number of times 20 times) is determined) or "B5H" If there is (that is, if the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving award and the time saving pattern J3 (time saving number of times 30 times) is determined), mode 4, mode 5, mode 6, mode 10, mode 11 or aspect 12 is determined.

Also, if the received variation pattern command is "B6H" (that is, if the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J4 (time saving number of times 50 times) is determined) or "B7H" If there is (that is, if the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J5 (time saving number of times 100 times) is determined), mode 4, mode 5, mode 6, mode 7, mode 10 , Aspect 11, Aspect 12 or Aspect 13 is determined.

Also, when the received variation pattern command is "B8H" (that is, when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J6 (time saving number of times 1000 times) is determined), mode 4 , Aspect 5, Aspect 6, Aspect 7, Aspect 8, Aspect 10, Aspect 11, Aspect 12, Aspect 13 or Aspect 14 is determined.

Also, if the received variation pattern command is "B9H" (that is, if the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J7 (time saving number of times) is determined), mode 4 or aspect 10 is determined.

Also, if the received variation pattern command is "BAH", "BBH", "BCH", "BDH", "BEH" or "BFH" case), a special variation pattern (hereinafter referred to as aspect 15) is determined.

In addition, in FIG. 47, the number shown in each area in which the variation pattern command and the aspect of the variation effect are associated is the range of the variation effect random numbers assigned to the area, that is, the selection ratio (determined percentage).
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, regarding the mode of variable presentation, if the result of the winning lottery is a loss, if a big win is won, if a small win is won, or if a time-saving award is won, a predetermined time-saving pattern is determined. The selection ratio for each case is set separately.

For example, if the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot or the winning of the short-time grant, compared to the case of losing or the winning of the small hit, although the determination ratio of the reach fluctuation pattern A is low, the reach fluctuation pattern The decision ratio of B is high. Therefore, when the reach variation pattern B is executed, the degree of expectation for the winning of the jackpot or the reduction of working hours is higher than when the reach variation pattern A is executed.

In addition, regarding development pattern A, although the result of the lottery can be determined in any case of losing, winning a small win, winning a big win, and winning a short time grant, development pattern B ( B1, B2, B3, and B4) can be determined only when the result of the winning lottery is winning a jackpot or winning a short-time award. Therefore, when the development pattern B is executed, the winning of the jackpot or the reduction of working hours is decided, and it can be grasped that one of them has been won.

In addition, regarding the development pattern B1, the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant, and the time saving pattern J1 (10 times the time saving), J2 (20 times the time saving), J3 (30 times the time saving), J4 (50 times the time saving) times), J5 (time saving number of times 100 times) or J6 (time saving number of times 1000 times) can be determined. As for the development pattern B2, it can be determined when the result of the lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J2, J3, J4, J5 or J6 is decided. The development pattern B3 can be determined when the result of the lottery is winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J4, J5 or J6 is decided. As for the development pattern B4, it can be determined when the result of the lottery is the winning of time saving provision and the time saving pattern J6 is decided.
That is, when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant, when the time saving pattern J1 is determined, only the development pattern B1 can be determined among the development patterns B, and the time saving pattern J2 or J3 is determined, it is possible to determine the development pattern B1 and the development pattern B2 out of the development pattern B, and when the time saving pattern J4 or J5 is determined, the development pattern B1 and the development pattern out of the development pattern B B2 and the development pattern B3 can be determined, and when the time saving pattern J6 is determined, all of the development pattern B1, the development pattern B2, the development pattern B3 and the development pattern B4 can be determined. It's like

Furthermore, in other words, when the development pattern B is executed when the time reduction pattern J1 in which the number of times of time reduction is determined is determined, the execution rate of the development pattern B1 is 100%, and the execution of the development patterns B2, B3 and B4. The ratio is 0%, and the development pattern B is executed when the time saving pattern J2 in which the number of times of time saving is set to 20 times is determined or when the time saving pattern J3 in which the number of times of time saving is set to 30 times is determined. Sometimes, the execution ratio of the development patterns B1 and B2 are both 50%, and the execution ratio of the development patterns B3 and B4 are both 0%. When the development pattern B is executed when the time saving pattern J5 with the number of times 100 is determined, the execution ratio of the development patterns B1, B2 and B3 is all about 33%, and the execution ratio of the development pattern B4 is 0. %, and when the development pattern B is executed when the time reduction pattern J6 in which the number of times of time reduction is set to 1000 times is determined, the execution ratio of the development patterns B1, B2, B3 and B4 is 25%. That is, according to the time reduction frequency|count set, the execution ratio of development pattern B1, B2, B3, and B4 differs.

Then, when the development pattern B1 is executed, the winning of the jackpot, or the reduction in working hours set to 10 times or more (10 times, 20 times, 30 times, 50 times, 100 times, or 1000 times) election is confirmed. In addition, when the development pattern B2 is executed, the winning of the jackpot or the winning of the time saving grant set to 20 times or more (20 times, 30 times, 50 times, 100 times or 1000 times) Determine. In addition, when the development pattern B3 is executed, the winning of the jackpot or the winning of the reduction in working hours set to 50 times or more (50 times, 100 times or 1000 times) is decided. In addition, when the development pattern B4 is executed, winning of a jackpot or winning of time saving given in which the number of times of time saving is set to 1000 times is decided.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the execution ratio of the development patterns B1, B2, B3, and B4 differs according to the number of times of time reduction when the time reduction grant is won, and the executed development pattern Since the player can be given a different sense of expectation for the number of time reductions that can be set for each type of B, the player's interest in the variable presentation by the development patterns B1, B2, B3, and B4 can be heightened. .

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot, and when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the reduction of working hours, the development patterns B1, B2, B3 , B4 can be executed, but when the result of the win/fail lottery is winning or losing a small prize, the variable performance by the development patterns B1, B2, B3 and B4 is not executed. That is, the development patterns B1, B2, B3, B4 are better when the result of the lottery is the winning of the big win or the winning of the short-time grant than the case where the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the small win or the loss. The execution ratio of the variable production by is high. Therefore, by executing the variable production by the development patterns B1, B2, B3, B4, it is possible to improve the expectation for the winning of the jackpot or the reduction of working hours, so the development patterns B1, B2, B3, B4 It is possible to enhance the player's interest in the variable presentation.

It should be noted that the variable performance by the development patterns B1, B2, B3, B4 is not executed when the result of the lottery is a small win or a loss, but the result of the lottery is a big win or a big win. It may be executed at a rate lower than the case of winning the time saving award.

In addition, during the variable production, along with the variable display of the production pattern 50, various advance notice images indicating the degree of expectation of winning the jackpot and the degree of expectation of winning of the time saving grant are displayed. ing.

Then, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the possibility of execution of the above-described advance notice effect when winning a jackpot or when winning a time-saving award is set separately. As a result, it is possible to change the player's expectations for winning a big win or winning a time-saving award in accordance with the notice effect to be executed. Specifically, the specific notice effect is set to be executed when the jackpot is won or when the time reduction is won, so the player who wins the jackpot or wins the time reduction It will raise the expectations of

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the possibility of execution of a specific advance notice performance is set higher in the case of winning the time-saving award than in the case of winning the jackpot.

For example, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 48, as a notice effect executed before the ready-to-win display during the variable effect, it is possible to execute a dialogue announcement in which dialogue by a predetermined character is displayed. there is As the mode of the speech notice, three patterns of speech notice A, speech notice B, and speech notice C are provided.
Also, as a notice effect executed after the ready-to-win display during the variable effect, a cut-in notice in which a predetermined cut-in image is displayed can be executed. Modes of the cut-in notice include a blue cut-in notice in which a blue cut-in image is displayed, a red cut-in notice in which a red cut-in image is displayed, and a purple cut-in notice in which a purple cut-in image is displayed. 3 patterns are provided.

Then, when the time-saving provision is won by the lottery, it is possible to execute the dialogue notice A and the dialogue notice B as the dialogue notice. The percentage of execution of the advance notice B is 10%. Also, as cut-in notices, blue cut-in notice, red cut-in notice, and purple cut-in notice can be executed. The percentage of execution is 40%, and the percentage of execution of purple cut-in notice is 55%.

Further, in the event that a jackpot is won by lottery, it is possible to execute speech notice A, speech notice B, and speech notice C as speech notices, and in this case, the rate at which speech notice A is executed. is 15%, the rate at which line notice B is executed is 20%, and the rate at which line notice C is executed is 25%. Also, as cut-in notices, blue cut-in notice and red cut-in notice can be executed. 25%.

In addition, in the case of winning or winning a small prize by lottery, it is possible to execute dialogue notice A and dialogue notice B as dialogue notice, and in this case, the proportion of execution of dialogue notice A is 3%, and the rate at which dialogue announcement B is executed is 5%. Also, as cut-in notices, blue cut-in notice and red cut-in notice can be executed. 10%.

That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when winning the time-saving award, compared with the case of winning the jackpot, the rate at which the line notice A is executed is the same, and the line notice B is executed. Since both the percentage of speech advance notice C and the percentage of execution of speech notice C are small, when speech notice B or speech notice C is executed, the player can have a sense of expectation for winning a big win. ing. In addition, since the speech notice C can be executed only when the jackpot is won, when the speech notice C is executed, the winning of the jackpot is confirmed, and the player's interest can be enhanced. ing.

On the other hand, if you win a time-saving award, the percentage of blue cut-in notices that are executed is the same, the percentage of red cut-in notices that are executed, and the purple Since the cut-in notice is executed at a high rate, when the red cut-in notice or the purple cut-in notice is executed, it is possible to make the player have a sense of expectation for winning the time saving grant. ing. In addition, since the purple cut-in notice can be executed only when the time reduction grant is won, when the purple cut-in notice is executed, the time reduction grant is confirmed and the player's interest is enhanced. It is possible to do so.
As a result, it is possible to increase the expectation of the player for winning the time-saving grant, which has a high possibility of transitioning to the high-probability time-saving gaming state, rather than the jackpot winning, which is extremely difficult to transition to the high-probability time-saving gaming state. It has become.

Note that the effects that can be executed by the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment are not limited to the variable effects described above. It is also possible to provide a look-ahead effect for suggesting the suspension.
Specifically, as a look-ahead effect, when a new hold is stored, a normal mode, and a special mode that has a higher expectation of winning a jackpot or giving a shorter working time than the normal mode. Suspension look-ahead effect that displays suspension in one of the modes, Suspension display being displayed in a predetermined mode at any timing from the time when suspension is stored to the end of variable performance based on the suspension is changed to a mode in which the expectation of winning a jackpot or a reduction in working hours is high. When a new hold is stored, during a variable production based on the hold, or from the hold Suggestion of high expectation that suggests that the expectation of winning a jackpot or winning a short time grant is high across multiple variable performances from the variable performance based on the previously stored hold to the variable performance based on the hold A look-ahead zone rendering or the like that displays an image (for example, a background image or the like) may be provided.

In addition, when winning a time-saving award than when winning a jackpot, it is possible to execute the suspension look-ahead effect, the hold change look-ahead effect, the look-ahead zone effect, etc. in which the hold display is performed in the above-mentioned special mode. It may be set so as to increase the

For example, as shown in FIG. 49, as pending change look-ahead effects, a blue pending change where white pending display changes to blue pending display, a red pending change where white pending display changes to red pending display, and white There are three patterns of purple pending change in which the pending display by changes to purple pending display, and as a look-ahead zone effect, zone A where the first high-expectation suggestive image is displayed, and the second high-expectation suggestive image. and a zone C in which a third high-expectation-suggestive image is displayed.

Then, for any of the stored holds, if it is determined that the time-saving grant is won by a lottery, blue hold change, red hold change, and purple hold are used as hold change look-ahead effects for the above hold Changes can be performed, and in the above cases, the blue pending change may be performed 10% of the time, the red pending change may be performed 40% of the time, and the purple pending change may be performed 55% of the time. . In addition, as the look-ahead zone effect for the above-described suspension, zone A and zone B can be executed, and in the above case, the ratio of zone A to be executed is 15%, and the ratio of zone B to be executed is 10%. %.

In addition, when it is determined that a jackpot is won by a lottery for any of the stored holds, a blue hold change and a red hold change can be executed as the hold change look-ahead effect for the above hold. Yes, and in the above case, the rate at which the blue-holding change is performed may be 10%, and the rate at which the red-holding change is performed may be 25%. In addition, as the look-ahead zone effect for the above-mentioned hold, zone A, zone B and zone C can be executed. 20%, and zone C may be executed 25%.

In addition, if any of the stored holds is determined to be a loss or a small hit by a lottery, blue hold change and red hold change are performed as a hold change look-ahead effect for the above hold. It is practicable, and in the above case, 5% of the time the blue pending change is performed and 10% of the time the red pending change is performed. In addition, as the look-ahead zone effect for the above-mentioned suspension, zone A and zone B can be executed, and in this case, the ratio of zone A to be executed is 3%, It may be 5%.

That is, when set as described above, when it is determined that the winning of the time saving grant is determined, compared to the case of determining that the winning of the jackpot, the rate at which the blue pending change is executed is the same, and the red pending change is executed Since both the rate of execution and the rate of execution of the purple reservation change are large, when the red reservation change or the purple reservation change is executed, the player can have a sense of expectation for the winning of the time reduction award. In addition, since the purple pending change can be executed only when it is determined that the winning of the time saving grant is determined, when the purple pending change is executed, the determination of the time saving grant is confirmed and the player's interest is enhanced. can be done.
Even in the case of setting in this way, it is possible to increase the expectation of the player for winning the short-time award rather than winning the jackpot.

In addition, when it is set as described above, when it is determined that the winning of the time reduction grant is determined, compared with the case of determining that the winning of the jackpot, the rate at which zone A is performed is the same, and zone B is performed. Since both the rate and the rate at which zone C is executed are small, when zone B or zone C is executed, the player can have a sense of expectation for winning a big prize. Note that zone C can be executed only when it is determined that a jackpot has been won. Therefore, when zone C is executed, the jackpot win is confirmed and the player's interest can be enhanced. It's becoming

(Outline of special notification effect)
The special notification effect is when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time reduction grant and the variation effect is performed by the special variation pattern (that is, the determined variation pattern command is "BAH", "BBH", "BCH", " BDH”, “BEH” or “BFH”) is a production that can be executed along with the variable production, and the number of times of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state based on the winning of the time-saving grant and the winning It is something that can be reported.

In this special notification production, after the fluctuation production is started, the fluctuation time predetermined for each fluctuation pattern command has passed, and after the fluctuation production is completed, the stop display time (time saving pattern) predetermined for each special pattern are executed continuously until 3 seconds) elapses.
Specifically, in the special notification effect, all images displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 (effect pattern 50 , background image, etc.) are erased and the entire surface of the display unit 21a is displayed in black, and all the lamps (effect lighting device 23) provided in the pachinko machine P are extinguished. 50(a)-(c)). Then, when a predetermined blackout effect execution time (4 seconds in this embodiment) has passed, the variable display of the effect pattern 50 smaller in size than the effect pattern 50 before the start of the blackout effect starts at the upper right corner of the display section 21a. As a result, the variable effect is resumed, a window is displayed in the center of the display section 21a, and the count-up display of numbers is started in this window (see FIG. 50(d)). The count-up display is performed until the variation time set in the variation pattern command elapses (see FIGS. 50(e) to (h)). Then, when the variable time has elapsed, the number in the above-mentioned window reaches the number of time reductions corresponding to the time reduction pattern determined based on the winning of the time reduction grant, and counts up with the end of the variable production. The display ends (see FIG. 50(h)). After that, until the stop display time elapses, a setting image indicating that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set and the number of time-saving times are displayed (see FIG. 50 (i) to (j)), The special notification effect ends as the stop display time elapses.

In the above-described count-up display, until the number in the window reaches a predetermined value (20 in this embodiment), the number in the window increases to a predetermined number (20 in this embodiment) every time a predetermined count time (1 second in this embodiment) elapses. In 1), a display that increases by increments is performed (see FIGS. 50(d) to (e)).
Also, when the number in the window reaches "10" or "20" (that is, the value of the number of times that can be set), a display that goes back and forth between the displayed number and the next displayed number is performed. A stimulating effect is executed to arouse expectations for counting up to the next number (see FIGS. 50(f) to (g), FIGS. 51(a) to (d), and FIG. 52(a)). Here, when the time saving pattern corresponding to the number of time saving times greater than the number being displayed is determined, the count up to the next number is performed through the above-mentioned fanning production, and then the count up display is continuously performed. (See FIGS. 51(a)-(b)). On the other hand, if the time-saving pattern corresponding to the same number of time-savings as the number being displayed is determined, the count-up display ends with the number being displayed without counting up to the next number at the end of the fanning production. (That is, at this time the variable time has passed and the variable effect is completed), and then the above-described setting image and the number of times of time saving are displayed (Fig. 50 (h) ~ (j), Fig. 51 (e) ~ (g)).

Also, if the time saving pattern corresponding to the number of time saving times exceeding 20 times (30 times, 50 times, 100 times, 1000 times) has been determined, the number in the window will exceed "20" and the count-up display will be displayed. However, after the number in the window exceeds "20" through the above-mentioned effect, the number in the window is covered with a predetermined shielding image (for example, the image "???"). A hidden shield effect is executed (see FIG. 52(b)). Then, when the time corresponding to the determined number of times of time saving has passed, the shielding image is erased, and the number indicating the number of times of time saving that has been decided is suddenly displayed in the window, ending the count-up display (that is, At this point, the variable time has passed and the variable effect is finished), and then the above-described setting image and the number of times of time saving are displayed (see FIGS. 52(c) to (e)). By covering the numbers in the window with the shielding image in this way, the player is expected to see the numbers that are finally displayed in the window (that is, the number of time-savings corresponding to the determined time-saving pattern). can be improved.

Hereinafter, the progress of the special notification effect will be described more specifically.
(1) When the time saving pattern J1 (time saving number of times 10 times) is determined and the variation pattern command "BAH" (variation time 18 seconds) is determined In this case, as shown in FIG. 53 (a), special variation Two seconds after the start of the variation performance by the pattern, the blackout performance is started, and six seconds after the start of the variation performance, the blackout performance is finished and the count-up display is started. Then, 16 seconds after the start of the variable effect, the number in the window reaches "10" and the fan effect is executed, and 18 seconds after the start of the variable effect, the fan effect ends and the number in the window changes to "10". stop. At the same time, the variable production ends at this point. After that, until the stop display time of 3 seconds elapses, the above-described setting image and the number of times of shortening of working hours are displayed, and the special notification effect ends.
That is, the execution time of the special notification effect when the number of times of time saving is set to 10 times is 21 seconds from the start of the variable effect to the end of the variable effect and the lapse of the stop display time.

(2) When the time saving pattern J2 (time saving number of times 20 times) is determined and the variation pattern command "BBH" (variation time 30 seconds) is determined In this case, as shown in FIG. 53 (b), special variation Until 18 seconds have passed since the start of the variable effect by the pattern, the special notification effect will proceed in the same way as (1), but after 18 seconds have passed since the start of the variable effect and the fan effect has ended, the numbers in the window exceeds "10" and the count-up display continues. Then, after 28 seconds from the start of the variable performance, the number in the window reaches "20" and the fanning performance is executed, and 30 seconds after the start of the variable performance, the fanning performance ends and the number in the window changes to "20". to stop. At the same time, the variable production ends at this point. After that, until the stop display time of 3 seconds elapses, the above-described setting image and the number of times of shortening of working hours are displayed, and the special notification effect ends.
That is, the execution time of the special notification effect when the number of times of time saving is set to 20 times is 33 seconds from the start of the variable effect to the end of the variable effect and the stop display time. It is longer than the execution time of the special notification effect when set.

(3) When the time saving pattern J3 (time saving number of times 30 times) is determined and the variation pattern command "BCH" (variation time 36 seconds) is determined In this case, as shown in FIG. 53 (c), special variation Until 30 seconds have passed since the start of the variable performance by the pattern, the special notification performance will proceed in the same way as (2), but after 30 seconds have passed since the start of the variable performance and the fanning performance has ended, the shielding performance will be executed. be done. After 36 seconds from the start of the variable effect, the shielding effect ends, the shielding image is erased, and the number "30" is displayed in the window. At the same time, the variable production ends at this point. After that, until the stop display time of 3 seconds elapses, the above-described setting image and the number of times of shortening of working hours are displayed, and the special notification effect ends.
That is, the execution time of the special notification effect when the number of times of time saving is set to 30 times is 39 seconds from the start of the variable effect to the end of the variable effect and the stop display time. It is longer than the execution time of the special notification effect when 20 times is set.

(4) When the time saving pattern J4 (time saving number of times 50 times) is determined and the variation pattern command "BDH" (variation time 46 seconds) is determined In this case, as shown in FIG. Until 30 seconds have passed since the start of , the special notification effect proceeds in the same manner as in (3) until the shielding effect is executed. After that, 46 seconds after the start of the variable effect, the shielding effect ends, the shielding image is erased, and the number "50" is displayed in the window. At the same time, the variable production ends at this point. After that, until the stop display time of 3 seconds elapses, the above-described setting image and the number of times of shortening of working hours are displayed, and the special notification effect ends.
That is, the execution time of the special notification effect when the number of times of time saving is set to 50 times is 49 seconds from the start of the variable effect to the end of the variable effect and the stop display time. This is longer than the execution time of the special notification effect when 20 times and 30 times are set.

(5) When the time saving pattern J5 (time saving number of times 100 times) is determined and the variation pattern command "BEH" (variation time 66 seconds) is determined In this case, as shown in FIG. Until 30 seconds have elapsed from the start of , the special notification effect proceeds in the same manner as in (3) and (4) until the shielding effect is executed. After that, 66 seconds after the start of the variable effect, the shielding effect ends, the shielding image is erased, and the number "100" is displayed in the window. At the same time, the variable production ends at this point. After that, until the stop display time of 3 seconds elapses, the above-described setting image and the number of times of shortening of working hours are displayed, and the special notification effect ends.
That is, the execution time of the special notification effect when the number of times of time saving is set to 100 times is 49 seconds from the start of the variable effect to the end of the variable effect and the stop display time. It is longer than the execution time of the special notification effect when 20 times, 30 times and 50 times are set.

(6) When the time saving pattern J6 (time saving number of times 1000 times) is determined and the variation pattern command "BFH" (variation time 68 seconds) is determined In this case, as shown in FIG. Until 30 seconds have passed since the start of , the special notification effect proceeds in the same manner as in (3) to (5) until the shielding effect is executed. Thereafter, after 68 seconds from the start of the variable effect, the shielding effect ends, the shielding image is erased, and the number "1000" is displayed in the window. At the same time, the variable production ends at this point. After that, until the stop display time of 3 seconds elapses, the above-described setting image and the number of times of shortening of working hours are displayed, and the special notification effect ends.
That is, the execution time of the special notification effect when the number of times of time saving is set to 1000 times is 49 seconds from the start of the variable effect to the end of the variable effect and the stop display time. It is longer than the execution time of the special notification effect when 20 times, 30 times, 50 times and 100 times are set.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the time saving pattern J7 (the number of times of time saving is once) is determined, the variation performance by the special variation pattern is not performed, and the special notification performance is not performed.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the time saving grant is won, the more the number of time saving times set corresponding to the determined time saving pattern increases, the more special notification Execution time of production becomes longer. In other words, after the special notification effect is executed, the transition to the first low-probability time-saving game state (time-saving game state), which is an advantageous game state for the player, occurs. The period during which the first low-probability time-saving gaming state that shifts after execution of the effect is executed is lengthened.
Therefore, the longer the execution period of the special notification performance, the greater the game profit (the provision of the time-saving game state) given to the player, so that the player's interest in the special notification performance can be enhanced.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the time-saving provision is won and the special notification effect is executed, the game ball is sent to the second start winning hole 16 without going through the winning of the jackpot and the special game. Since the first low-probability time-saving gaming state that makes it easy to enter the ball is set, the large winning opening 18 is opened during the period from the execution of the special notification effect to the setting of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. will not be Therefore, the operation control of the structure (large prize winning port 18) during the above period is reduced, and the load on hardware resources such as the main CPU 101 can be reduced.

Next, control processing in the sub-control board 300 for executing various types of processing as described above will be described.
First, the main processing of the sub-control board 300 will be described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG.
At step 2000, when the power is turned on, the main processing program is read from the sub-ROM 302, and the flags stored in the sub-RAM 303 are initialized and set. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 2001 .
In step 2001, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of updating each effect random number (fluctuation effect random number), and thereafter repeatedly executes the process of step 2001 until an interrupt process is performed. Here, each production random number is asynchronously updated.

Next, timer interrupt processing of the sub control board 300 will be described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG.
The sub-control board 300 is provided with a reset clock pulse generation circuit (not particularly shown) that generates a clock pulse at a predetermined cycle (4 milliseconds). When a clock pulse is generated by the reset clock pulse generating circuit, the sub CPU 301 reads the timer interrupt processing program and starts the timer interrupt processing shown in FIG.

At step 2100 , the sub CPU 301 executes update processing of various timer counters used in the sub control board 300 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 2101 .
In addition, the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment employs a subtraction timer, and each time the timer interrupt processing of the sub control board 300 is executed, the timer counter is subtracted by 1, and when it reaches 0, the subtraction is stopped. It has become.
At step 2101, the sub CPU 301 analyzes the command stored in the receive buffer of the sub RAM 303 and executes various processes according to the received command. Specifically, in the sub control board 300, when a command is transmitted from the main control board 100, command reception interrupt processing is performed, and the command transmitted from the main control board 100 is stored in the reception buffer. Then, the sub CPU 301 analyzes the command stored in the reception buffer by the command reception interrupt processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 2102 .

In step 2102, the sub CPU 301 determines whether or not the operation of the effect operation device 9 can be accepted according to the progress of the variable effect being executed, and the operation signals from the rotation operation detection sensor 9c and the pressing operation detection sensor 9d. is input. Then, when an operation signal is input from the rotation operation detection sensor 9c or the pressing operation detection sensor 9d, if the operation of the effect operation device 9 is being accepted, an image indicating that the effect operation device 9 has been operated is displayed. In order to send to various control boards such as a control board (not shown in particular), a voice control board (not shown in particular), and an illumination control board (not shown in particular), a command is sent to the transmission buffer. Store. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 2103 .
At step 2103, the sub CPU 301 transmits the command set in the transmission buffer of the sub RAM 303 to various control boards such as an image control board, an audio control board, and an illumination control board. Then, the timer interrupt processing of the sub control board 300 ends.

Next, among the command analysis processing in step 2101 described above, variation pattern command reception processing executed when a variation pattern command is received will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. As described above, the variation pattern command is stored in the main control board 100 in step 903 of the variation pattern determination process, and then transmitted to the sub control board 300 in step 208 of the output control process.
At step 2200, the sub CPU 301 acquires the variable effect random number updated at step 2001 described above. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 2201 .
In step 2201, the sub CPU 301 determines the aspect of the variable effect based on the variable effect determination table 119, the variable effect random number obtained in step 2200, and the received variable pattern command. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 2202 .

In step 2202, the sub CPU 301 sets a variable effect execution command in accordance with the determined mode of the variable effect in the transmission buffer. The variable performance execution command set here is transmitted to various control boards in the above-described step 2103, and these control boards perform control to execute the variable performance based on the received variable performance execution command. . Then, the variation pattern command reception process is terminated.

In addition, the special notification effect in the above-described embodiment is started with the start of the variable effect related to the winning of the time saving grant, and ends when the stop display time of the special symbol has passed after the variable effect ends. It was set so that the execution time of the special notification effect for each time-saving design (the number of times of time-saving to be set) changes by varying the variation time specified in the variation pattern command corresponding to the time-saving design. It is not limited to this.
For example, in any of the time-saving patterns, the variation time specified in the corresponding variation pattern command is the same, but by changing the stop display time for each time-saving pattern, the time-saving pattern (the number of time-savings to be set) You may set so that the execution time of special information production|presentation every may change. Also, by making both the variable time and the stop display time different, it may be set so that the execution time of the special notification effect changes for each time saving pattern (number of times of time saving to be set).
Even when set in this manner, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained.

In addition, the special notification effect is not executed in the period from the start of the variable effect related to the winning of the time saving grant until the stop display time of the special symbol after the end of the variable effect passes, but the start of the above-mentioned variable effect It may be executed in the period from to end. Specifically, starting from a predetermined start point in the above-mentioned variable production (for example, the start time of the variable production, the time after a predetermined time has elapsed since the start of the variable production, etc.), and a predetermined end point in the variable production (For example, after a predetermined period of time has elapsed since the start of the variable effect, or at the end of the variable effect, etc.), the process may end.
In addition, the special notification effect is executed during the period from when the special random number (first special random number) that won the time reduction grant is acquired until the variable performance related to the time reduction grant win ends. good too. Specifically, for example, 1 variable performance (hereinafter referred to as pre-reading variable performance) that is executed before the variable performance (hereinafter referred to as the variable performance) related to the winning of the time saving grant It should be executed during the period. Alternatively, it may be executed in a period extending over a plurality of look-ahead variation effects, or may be performed in a period extending from a look-ahead variation effect to the variation effect.
In the case of setting in this way, the execution timing of the special notification effect becomes rich in variations, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, it is possible to derive the winning of the time saving grant as a result of the determination in the winning lottery, and when the time saving grant is won, the time saving gaming state (first time saving gaming state) is set. However, as a result of the judgment in the lottery, it does not derive the winning of the time-saving grant, and it can be decided based on the judgment results other than the winning of the jackpot in the winning lottery (that is, the winning or losing of the small winning). A special symbol (that is, a small hit symbol or a losing symbol) is substituted as a time-saving symbol, and depending on the type of the above-mentioned special symbol determined, whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state (whether or not to give time-saving) is determined. good.

For example, a losing pattern ZA1, a losing pattern ZA2, a losing pattern ZA3, etc. are provided as losing patterns determined when a winning lottery based on a winning random number is determined, and when the losing pattern ZA1 is determined, the number of times of time reduction is 10 times. is set, and when the lost pattern ZA2 is determined, the first time-saving game state is set in which the number of times of time saving of 20 times is determined, and when the losing pattern ZA3 is determined, the number of times of 30 times is set. You may set so that the 1st time saving game state in which the number of times of time saving was defined may be set. Also in this case, the same variation pattern B as in the above-described embodiment may be executed, or the special notification effect similar to that in the above-described embodiment may be executed. good too.

Similarly, a small winning pattern YA1, a small winning pattern YA2, a small winning pattern YA3, etc. are provided as small winning patterns determined when a small winning is won by a winning lottery based on a winning random number. When YA1 is determined, the first time-saving game state in which the number of times of time-saving is determined is set, and when the small winning symbol YA2 is determined, the first time-saving game state in which the number of times of time-saving is determined is set. , When the small winning symbol YA3 is determined, it may be set so as to set the first time-saving game state in which the number of times of time-saving is set to 30 times. Also in this case, the same variation pattern B as in the above-described embodiment may be executed, or the special notification effect similar to that in the above-described embodiment may be executed. good too.
In addition, as described above, the special notification effect in the case where the time saving gaming state is set based on the small winning pattern is the small winning based on the winning of the small winning after the fluctuation production based on the winning of the small winning is started. It may be set to be executed during the period until the winning game is finished. And, when set in this way, the fluctuation time of the above-mentioned variable performance, the stop display time of the special symbol, the opening time of the small winning game, the opening time of the big winning opening 18 during the small winning game, the opening time of the small winning game By making one or more of the ending times different, the execution time of the special notification effect for each small winning symbol may be set to change.
In addition, the above-mentioned special notification effect is the same as the above, from the time when the special random number (first special random number) that has won the small hit is acquired to the end of the variable effect related to the small win You may make it perform in a period.
In the case of setting in this way, the variation of winning of time reduction provision becomes abundant, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.

In addition, in the above-described embodiment, as the number of times of time saving set corresponding to the determined time saving pattern increases, the execution time of the special notification effect is set to be longer. The object to be controlled is not limited to the special notification effect that can be executed when winning the time saving award. For example, if one of a plurality of jackpot symbols is determined based on the winning of the jackpot, and the number of round games to be executed during the special game is determined for each jackpot pattern, It may be set such that the greater the number of times of round games executed corresponding to the jackpot symbols, the longer the fluctuation time of the variable performance executed based on the winning of the jackpot. In other words, it may be set so that the longer the fluctuation time of the variable performance executed based on the winning of the jackpot, the greater the number of round games during the special game executed thereafter.
Further, as the number of round games executed corresponding to the jackpot pattern increases, the execution period of the predetermined look-ahead performance that can be executed from before the variable performance executed based on the winning of the jackpot becomes longer. can be set as In other words, it may be set so that the longer the execution period of the predetermined look-ahead effect, the greater the number of round games during the special game to be executed thereafter.
In the case of setting in this way, it is possible to increase the player's interest in the variable performance based on the winning of the jackpot and the look-ahead performance that can be executed before the variable performance.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the large winning opening 18 is not opened during the period from when the special notification effect is executed until the first low probability time saving gaming state (time saving gaming state) is set. However, during the period from the execution of the variable performance based on the winning of the jackpot to the start of a special game advantageous to the player, another winning opening (for example, the second starting winning opening 16) is opened. may be omitted.

In addition, the variation production and special notification production by the development pattern B in the above-described embodiment are not only executed when the time saving grant is won by the winning lottery, but also the fact that the jackpot is won and the time saving game state is set. It may be executed even when a predetermined jackpot pattern is determined.

(Modification)
(1) In the above-described embodiment, the low-probability gaming state in which the probability of winning a jackpot is relatively low, and the non-time-saving gaming state in which the second start winning opening 16 is relatively difficult to maintain in an open state are combined. Only in the lottery lottery during the normal game state, the judgment of whether the time saving is given is performed, and during other game states (during the high probability game state where the probability of winning the jackpot is relatively high or the second start winning opening 16 is relatively During the time-saving game state that is easily maintained in the open state (that is, during the first low-probability time-saving game state, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, and during the high-probability time-saving game state) By not judging, it was possible to win the time reduction grant only during the normal game state, and it was not possible to win the time reduction grant during other game states, but the result of such a success or failure lottery is derived. The control for this is not limited to this.

For example, as the success/failure random number determination table 110 that is referred to during the high-probability gaming state or during the time-saving gaming state, a table (FIG. 6(b), FIG. 7( b), FIG. 8(b), FIG. 9(b), FIG. 10(b), FIG. 11(b)) are provided, and in the winning lottery during the high probability game state and the time saving game state, based on the above table You may make it determine the propriety of time saving provision. In this case, during the high-probability gaming state or during the time-saving gaming state, the time-saving grant determination is performed based on the success/failure random number determination table 110 that is not determined to be winning of the time-saving granting. As in the embodiment, during a game state other than the normal game state, it is impossible to win the time-saving grant.
In addition, for example, the success or failure random number determination table 110 referred to during the high-probability game state or the time-saving game state is also provided with a numerical range of the success-or-failure random numbers for winning the time-saving grant. In the lottery, the appropriateness of the time-saving grant is determined based on the table, but if the time-saving grant is elected, the judgment result of the time-saving grant is forcibly rewritten to non-election of the time-saving grant. Or you may discard the determination result of winning of the said time saving provision. Also in this case, similarly to the above-described embodiment, during a game state other than the normal game state, it is impossible to win the time-saving grant.
In this case, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the determination in the winning lottery can be executed in the same way as in the normal game state even in the game state other than the normal game state. The determination in the lottery can be shared, and the processing load on hardware resources such as the main CPU 101 can be reduced.
Further, in the above-described embodiment, even if any setting value is set, the probability of winning the time reduction grant was set to be the same, but it is not limited to this , You may set so that the probability of election of time reduction provision may differ according to a setting value. Further, in the above-described embodiment, the probability of winning the time saving grant when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, and the time saving when the game ball enters the second starting winning hole 16 Although the probabilities of winning the award are set to be the same, the present invention is not limited to this, and the case where the game ball enters the first start prize winning port 15 and the second start prize winning port 16. It may be set so that the probability of winning the time saving provision may be different from the case where the game ball enters the ball. In addition, the number of times of time saving may be set differently according to the set game state and the type of time saving design determined when time saving is won. In addition, the set game state and the number of times of time reduction determined according to the type of time reduction pattern determined when winning the time reduction grant may be 0 times, or be sure to be 1 time or more. good too.
In addition, when setting a different number of time-saving patterns for each time-saving pattern to be determined, the probability of determining the number of time-saving patterns and the number of time-saving patterns is determined by the relationship with the probability of winning a jackpot in the winning lottery, and the gambling property becomes too high. (For example, the probability of winning a jackpot in a low-probability gaming state (for a pachinko machine that has multiple levels of set values associated with settings related to ball output, the lowest jackpot in a low-probability gaming state) probability of winning) is 1/P, the number of times of time saving ≤ P × specific coefficient A, probability of determination of time saving pattern ≤ P × specific coefficient B) may be satisfied.
In addition, a plurality of conditions may be set for ending the time-saving gaming state that is set based on the determination of the time-saving design. For example, the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 and the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 reach a predetermined number of times (time saving number of times C1). Or, when the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 reaches a predetermined number of times (time saving number C2), the time saving gaming state ends. can be set as In addition, when it is set in this way, the number of times of time saving C1 and the number of times of time saving C2, which is larger, is determined by the relationship with the probability of winning the jackpot in the lottery as described above, and the gambling property is high. It may be set to a value within a range that does not become too much.

(2) In the above-described embodiment, if the time-saving grant is elected by determining whether the time-saving grant is appropriate in the winning lottery using the random number, it is different from the winning lottery using a special symbol random number that is different from the random number. A time-saving pattern is determined by processing for determining a special pattern, and the number of times of time-saving design is determined according to the determined types (J1, J2, J3) of the time-saving pattern, but the present invention is not limited to this.
For example, it may be set so that both the winning of time saving provision and the determination of the number of times of time saving can be determined by a win or loss lottery using a win or fail random number. That is, the determination of the winning of the time saving provision and the number of times of time saving may be performed by the same random number and the same process instead of being performed by a separate random number and a separate process.
Specifically, in the success/failure random number determination table 110, when it is determined that the winning of the time saving grant is determined and a numerical range associated with a predetermined time saving pattern is set, and the acquired success/failure random number belongs to the numerical range, It can be set so that the number of times of time reduction determined in the time reduction design corresponding to the winning of time reduction grant and the numerical range is determined. For example, the set value is set to 1, and as the success/failure random number determination table 110 referred to in the success/failure lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 during the low probability gaming state, the success/failure random number When is 3310 to 3637, it is determined that the time saving design J1 (time saving number of times 10 times) is associated with the time saving grant winning, and when the winning random number is 3638 to 3964, the time saving design J2 (time saving number of times 20 times ) can be provided with a table A1a that is determined to be the winning of the time saving grant associated with (see FIG. 58). According to this table A1a, when the success or failure random number is 3310 to 3637, it is determined that the time saving grant is elected, and the time saving number of times is determined to be 10 times by determining the time saving pattern J1. Become. In addition, when the success/fail random number is 3638 to 3964, it is determined that the winning of the time saving provision is made, and the number of times of time saving is determined to be 20 times by determining the time saving pattern J2.
In this case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment is achieved, and the winning and the number of times of time saving are determined only by the process of determining whether the time saving is given in the winning lottery. , the load of the processing in the winning lottery is reduced.

(3) In the above-described embodiment, after determining whether the time saving grant is appropriate in the winning lottery during the normal game state, if the result of the determination is that the time saving grant is won, the number of time saving times is associated. Although the time saving pattern is determined, the order of processing is not limited to this.
For example, after determining the time saving pattern, a winning lottery may be performed to determine whether the time saving grant is right or wrong. Then, when the winning of the time saving provision is determined, the time saving game state (first time saving game state) is set, and the number of time saving times paired with the previously determined time saving pattern is set. good.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained.

(4) In the above-described embodiment, the determination of whether the big hit is right or wrong, the determination of whether the small hit is right or wrong, and the determination of whether or not the time reduction is right or wrong are all performed with reference to the same success or failure random number determination table 110 However, it is not limited to this.
For example, the determination of the validity of the time saving grant is a table different from the success random number determination table 110 used for the determination of the validity of the big hit and the determination of the validity of the small hit, and is a specific table used only for the determination of the validity of the time reduction grant. A table may be referred to for execution.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained.

(5) In the above-described embodiment, a plurality of types of time-saving patterns associated with the number of time-saving patterns are provided, and the number of time-saving patterns is determined according to the determined time-saving pattern. is not limited to For example, one type of time saving pattern J that is associated only with the winning of time saving grant and is not associated with the number of time saving times is provided, and when the time saving gift is won by lottery, the time saving pattern J is determined. In addition, the number of times of time saving may be determined by a specific lottery separate from the winning lottery.
In this case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the storage capacity of the special symbols in the main ROM 102 can be reduced, and the space for storing other information can be increased.

(6) In the above-described embodiment, the low-probability gaming state in which the probability of winning a jackpot is relatively low, and the non-time-saving gaming state in which the second start winning opening 16 is relatively difficult to maintain in an open state are combined. Only in the winning lottery during the normal game state, the judgment of the right or wrong of the time saving grant is made, and it is possible to win the time saving grant (determine the time saving patterns J1, J2, J3), and the probability of winning the jackpot is relative. During a relatively high probability game state or during a time saving game state in which the second start winning opening 16 is relatively easily maintained in an open state (that is, during the first low probability time saving game state, during the second low probability time saving game state, In the winning lottery during the high-probability time-saving game state), it was not possible to determine whether the time-saving grant was appropriate or not, and it was not possible to win the time-saving grant, but it is not limited to this, and in the time-saving game state. Even if there is, it may be determined whether the time saving provision is appropriate in the lottery.

Specifically, for example, in the first low-probability time-saving game state combining the low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state (that is, during the game state in which the time-saving game state is set) Even in the lottery, time-saving grant It may be set so that the determination of the appropriateness is performed, and it is possible to win the time saving award (time saving patterns J1, J2, J3). Then, in the winning lottery during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the time-saving grant is elected by determining whether the time-saving grant is appropriate, and when the time-saving pattern is determined, the first time-saving game state is reset. At the same time, the number of times of time reduction associated with the determined time reduction pattern (10 times of time reduction for time reduction pattern J1, 20 times for time reduction pattern J2, and 1 time for time reduction pattern J3). You may make it set again (overwrite the number of times of time saving at present). For example, when the remaining number of times of time saving in the first low probability time saving game state is 5 times, the time saving design J2 (time saving number of times 20 times) is determined when the time saving grant is elected, the first time saving game state is Along with being reset, "20 times" may be set again as the number of time reductions. In this case, again, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state continues until the winning lottery result is derived 20 times without winning the jackpot.
In the above case, instead of setting the number of times of time saving associated with the time saving pattern again, the number of times of saving time associated with the time saving pattern may be added to the remaining number of times of time saving at the time point. For example, when the remaining number of times of time saving in the first low probability time saving game state is 5 times, the time saving design J2 (time saving number of times 20 times) is determined when the time saving grant is elected, the first time saving game state is Along with being reset, the remaining number of times of time saving may be updated to "25 times (= 5 times of remaining number of times of saving time + 20 times of times of saving time determined in time saving pattern J2)". In this case, again, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state continues until the result of the winning lottery is derived 25 times without winning the jackpot.
In this case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment is achieved, and the chances of setting the time-saving game state without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game are increased, so that the game is more innovative. It is possible to impart a playfulness and increase the interest of the player.

(7) In the above-described embodiment, the time-saving patterns that can be determined when the time-saving award is won are the time-saving pattern J1 in which the number of time-savings is set to 10 times, and the time-saving design in which the number of time-savings is set to 20 times. Three kinds of time-saving patterns J2 and J3 in which the number of times of time-saving is set once are provided, but the present invention is not limited to this, and other time-saving patterns in which different number of times of time-savings are set may be provided.
Specifically, in addition to these time-saving patterns, the time-saving pattern J4 with the number of time-savings set to 30 times, the time-saving design J5 with the number of time-savings set at 50 times, and the time-saving design J6 with the number of time-savings set at 10000 times. etc. may be provided. In addition, only one type of time saving pattern in which a predetermined number of time saving times is determined may be provided as the time saving pattern that can be determined when the time saving award is won.
In this case, it is possible to achieve the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment, and to increase the variation of the time-saving game state that is set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game. , it is possible to provide a more novel game, and to increase the interest of the player.
Further, the number of times of time saving to be set may be predetermined for each type of time saving pattern as described above, or may be predetermined for each type of time saving pattern and set game state. For example, in the normal game state (non-time-saving game state), when the time-saving pattern J1 is determined, when the time-saving pattern J2 is determined, and when the time-saving pattern J3 is determined, the number of times of time saving is set to 100 times. Although it is set, in the time saving game state, when the time saving pattern J1 is determined, the number of time saving times is set to 100 times, and when the time saving pattern J2 is decided, the number of time saving times is set to 50 times. When the pattern J3 is determined, the number of times of time saving may be set to 0 (that is, at the same time when the time saving game state is set, the time saving game state may be set to end).
In this case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the variation of the number of time reductions to be set can be increased. can increase the interest of
In addition, the pachinko machine is designed so that it is possible to win a time-saving grant in either the winning or losing lottery for the entry of a game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 or the entry of a game ball into the second start prize winning port 16. If set, based on the probability of winning the time-saving grant in the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 and the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16. The probability of winning the time saving grant in the winning lottery is different (for example, in the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball to the first start winning prize opening 15, the time saving grant is won at 1/100, and the second start winning prize opening In the lottery based on the entry of the game ball to 16, it may be set so that the time reduction grant is won at 1/10.
In this case, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment are obtained, and the advantage of setting the time-saving gaming state changes for each starting winning hole into which the game ball enters, so that the interest of the player is increased. can increase
In addition, according to the type of the determined time-saving design, in the time-saving game state set based on the determination of the time-saving design, the normal design is won by lottery and the normal design is stopped and displayed, and then the movable piece 16b opens ( It may be set so that the normal figure opening time, which is the time until the second start winning opening 16 is in an open state, is different. For example, in the time saving game state set based on the determination of the time saving pattern J1, the normal pattern opening time is 0.5 seconds, and in the time saving game state set based on the determination of the time saving pattern J2, the normal pattern opening time is 1.0 seconds, and in the time saving game state set based on the determination of the time saving pattern J3, the normal figure opening time may be set to 1.5 seconds.
In this case, the effect similar to that of the above-described embodiment is obtained, and the advantage of the set time-saving game state changes for each determined time-saving pattern, so that the interest of the player is enhanced. be able to.

(8) In the above-described embodiment, as a result of the determination in the lottery, it is possible to derive the winning of the time saving grant, and when the time saving grant is won, the time saving game state (first time saving game state) is set. However, as a result of the judgment in the lottery, the winning of the time-saving grant was not derived, and it was decided based on the judgment results other than the winning of the jackpot in the winning lottery (that is, the winning or losing of the small winning). Obtained special patterns (that is, small winning patterns or losing patterns) are substituted as time saving patterns, and depending on the type of the above-mentioned special patterns that have been determined, it is decided whether or not to set the time saving gaming state (property of giving time saving). good too.

For example, in the case of losing by a success or failure lottery based on a success or failure random number, when a losing pattern Z1 is determined by a special symbol random number, a first time-saving game state in which the number of times of time-saving is set to 20 times is set, and a special symbol random number is set. When the losing pattern Z2 is determined by , the first time-saving game state may not be set. In addition, the losing pattern that can be determined by the special symbol random number is not limited to these, but a losing pattern in which the first time-saving game state with a different number of times of time saving from the losing pattern Z1 is set (for example, 50 times of time saving times A losing pattern Z3 in which the first time-saving gaming state is set, a losing design Z4 in which the first time-saving gaming state of 10000 time-saving times is set, etc.) may be provided.
It should be noted that instead of determining the losing pattern by the process of determining the winning lottery and special symbols, as in the above-described modification (2), in the winning lottery based on the winning random number, for example, setting the first time-saving gaming state and The losing pattern corresponding to the losing pattern Z1 in which the number of times of time saving is set to 20 times and the losing pattern Z2 in which the first time saving game state is not set are set to be derivable, and the losing pattern is determined by lottery. When it becomes a loss corresponding to Z1, a first time-saving game state of 20 times of time-saving is set, and when it becomes a loss corresponding to a losing pattern Z2 by a winning lottery, the first time-saving game state is not set. can be

Also, for example, in the case where a small hit is won by a success or failure lottery based on a success or failure random number, when the small hit pattern Y1 is determined by the special symbol random number, the first time saving game state in which the number of times of time saving is set to 50 times When it is set and the small winning symbol Y2 is determined by the special symbol random number, the first time-saving gaming state may not be set. In addition, the small winning pattern that can be determined by the special symbol random number is not limited to these, and the small winning pattern in which the first time saving game state of the number of times of time saving different from the small winning pattern Y1 is set (for example, the number of time saving A small winning symbol Y3 in which the first time-saving game state of 80 times is set, a small winning symbol Z4 in which the first time-saving game state of 10000 times of time-saving is set, etc.) may be provided.
In addition, instead of determining the small winning design by the process of determining the winning lottery and the special symbol, as in the above-described modification (2), in the winning lottery based on the winning random number, for example, setting the first time-saving gaming state And it is possible to derive the winning of the small winning corresponding to the small winning pattern Y1 in which the number of times of time saving is set to 50 times, and the winning of the small winning corresponding to the small winning pattern Y2 in which the first time saving gaming state is not set. , and when a small win corresponding to the small winning pattern Y1 is won by the lottery, the first time-saving game state of 50 times of time saving is set, and the small winning corresponding to the small winning pattern Y2 is set by the lottery. , the first time-saving game state may not be set.
Further, it may be determined that the time-saving gaming state is set for all of the small winning symbols that can be determined, or that the time-saving gaming state is set for some of the small winning symbols that can be determined. Further, it may be determined that the time-saving gaming state is set for all of the determinable losing symbols, or that the time-saving gaming state is set for some of the determinable losing symbols. In addition, the small winning pattern or the losing pattern that is set to set the time-saving gaming state is fixed so that the small winning pattern or the losing pattern that is set to set the time-saving gaming state is not switched each time the game is played. can be
In this case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment is obtained, and special patterns such as small winning patterns and losing patterns that have been conventionally adopted without newly providing time-saving patterns as special patterns. can be used to set a time-saving game state that does not involve the winning of a jackpot and the execution of a special game, thereby simplifying the pachinko machine development process.

(9) In the above-described embodiment, whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state is determined by the determination result of the time-saving provision in the winning lottery based on the random number. is not limited to this.
For example, separately from the winning random number and the special symbol random number, a time-saving pattern random number that is a dedicated random number for determining whether to set the time-saving gaming state is provided, and separately from the determination of the winning lottery and the special symbol, Set to perform a time-saving pattern lottery that determines whether or not to set the time-saving game state (first time-saving game state) based on the random number, and based on the result of the time-saving pattern lottery, the time-saving game state (first time-saving game State) can be set or not, and the number of times of time saving when setting the time saving game state may be determined.
That is, a winning lottery is performed based on the winning random number, and a special pattern is determined based on the result of the winning lottery, and a time saving pattern lottery is performed based on the time saving pattern random number to set the time saving gaming state (described later). It can be set to determine the time saving pattern).

Specifically, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16, along with the above-mentioned first special random number and second special random number, the above-mentioned random number dedicated to the time saving pattern lottery One certain time-saving pattern random number is acquired within a predetermined numerical range (for example, 0 to 65535), and based on the acquired time-saving pattern random number, the type of time-saving pattern for which whether or not to set a time-saving game state is determined is determined. It is set to perform a time saving pattern lottery.
More specifically, a time-saving design random number determination table is provided for determining the type of time-saving design in the time-saving design lottery. This time-saving symbol random number determination table may be provided for each type of starting winning opening (first starting winning opening 15, second starting winning opening 16) into which the game ball enters. Then, when the set game state is the normal game state, the aforementioned time-saving design lottery is performed with reference to a predetermined time-saving design random number determination table, and the type of time-saving design is determined.

As a time-saving design, a time-saving winning design that has been determined to win a time-saving grant (that is, to set a time-saving gaming state), and a time-saving non-winning design that has been determined to be non-winning of time-saving granting (that is, not to set a time-saving gaming state) Winning patterns can be provided. In addition, as the time-saving winning pattern, there are multiple types of time-saving winning patterns with different number of times of time-saving determined (for example, time-saving winning design JA1 with 10 time-saving times, time-saving winning design JA2 with 20 times of time-saving times, etc.) can be provided.
Then, when one of the time-saving winning patterns is determined by the time-saving design lottery, for example, the first time-saving gaming state (first low-probability time-saving gaming state) is set, and according to the determined time-saving winning design Time saving number of times is set. As a result, the first low-probability time-saving game state continues until the winning/failure lottery result is derived for the set number of times of time-saving without winning a jackpot. On the other hand, when the time-saving non-winning symbol is determined, the normal game state remains.
In addition, if the set game state is other than the normal game state (first low probability time saving game state, second low probability time saving game state, high probability time saving game state), the above time saving pattern lottery is performed Instead, it may be set to forcibly determine the time-saving non-winning pattern. As a result, the time saving game state is not newly set in the game state other than the normal game state.

In addition, as described above, when it is set to determine the type of time-saving design by time-saving design lottery based on time-saving design random numbers, for time-saving design lottery and time-saving design, winning or not lottery, special design, etc. in the above-described embodiment You may set so that the control similar to the control about may be performed.
For example, the acquired time-saving symbol random number is the same as the first special random number and the second special random number acquired with the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 and the second starting winning opening 16. It may be set so that it can be stored in a reserved storage area and can be reserved up to a predetermined upper limit number (for example, four) in the same manner as the first special random number and the second special random number.
Further, when the time-saving design is determined as described above, a predetermined display device (time-saving design display device) different from the first special design display device 30 and the second special design display device 31 is similar to the special design. You may set so that the fluctuation|variation display (henceforth, the fluctuation|variation of a time-saving design) of a time-saving design may be performed in . The variable display of the time-saving symbols may be set to start at the same timing as the variable display of the special symbols, or may be set to have the same variable time as the variable display of the special symbols. Further, when the variable display of the special symbol and the variable display of the time saving symbol are started at the same timing, the time saving symbol lottery may be set at the start of the variable display.

Also, when the time-saving winning design is determined in the above-mentioned time-saving design lottery, when it is lost in the winning lottery executed with the time-saving design lottery, after the fluctuation of the special design based on the winning lottery stops (At the start of the fluctuation of the next special symbol), a time-saving gaming state (first low-probability time-saving gaming state) may be set. In addition, when a small hit is won in the winning lottery executed in conjunction with the time-saving pattern lottery, after the small winning game based on the winning of the small winning ends (the first special after the small winning game ends) At the start of pattern fluctuation), a time-saving gaming state may be set.

On the other hand, when the time-saving winning pattern is determined in the above-mentioned time-saving design lottery, and when a big hit is won in the success or failure lottery executed along with the time-saving design lottery, the time-saving winning design is decided. The time-saving gaming state is not set based on the jackpot, and after the special game based on the winning of the jackpot ends (at the start of the first special symbol fluctuation after the special game ends), the jackpot determined based on the winning of the jackpot The game state may be set according to the type of symbol. That is, when the determination of the time-saving winning design and the determination of the jackpot design (winning of the jackpot) overlap, the determination of the time-saving winning design is invalidated, and the gaming state based on the determination of the jackpot design is set. good. If the setting of the game state based on the determination of the time-saving winning pattern takes precedence over the special game, there is a possibility that the game state at the time of winning the jackpot will change, and the special game will end after confirming whether or not there is such a change. A later game state must be set, and there is a risk that the processing for setting the game state will be complicated.

Also, the variation pattern command, the aspect of the variation effect, the aspect of the look-ahead effect, etc. may be determined based on the results of the determination of the special symbol and the determination of the time-saving symbol.
Specifically, if the result of the lottery is winning or losing a small hit and the time-saving winning design is determined, the result of the winning lottery is winning or losing a small win and a time-saving non-winning design is determined, and when the result of the winning lottery is a jackpot winning (when a time-saving non-winning pattern is determined), the variation pattern command and the mode of variation performance corresponding to each are determined. good too. And, for example, if the result of the lottery is a small win or a loss, and the time-saving winning pattern is determined, or if the result of the lottery is a big win, the result of the lottery is small. It may be set so that the determination ratio of the variation pattern command associated with the long variation time is higher than when the winning or losing of the winning pattern and the time-saving non-winning pattern is determined, or the winning of the jackpot. It may be set so that the determination ratio of the mode of the variable performance or the mode of the look-ahead performance, in which the degree of expectation of winning or the winning of the time-saving provision is set high, is high.

Also, even if the type of the time-saving design is determined by the time-saving design lottery based on the time-saving design random number, whether the time-saving design lottery is performed in a game state other than the normal game state to set the time-saving game state. You may make it determine whether. Various controls in this case are the same as those in (6) described above, so the description is omitted.
In addition, in the time-saving design lottery based on the time-saving design random number, instead of determining both the setting of the time-saving game state and the number of times of time-saving, in the time-saving design lottery based on the time-saving design random number, only the setting of the time-saving game state is determined. However, when it is determined to set the time-saving gaming state, a lottery may be performed to determine the number of time-savings based on another random number (random number for determining the number of time-savings) different from the above-described time-saving pattern random number. .

Further, the time saving pattern lottery described above may be set to be performed using other random numbers instead of using the time saving pattern random numbers.
For example, as in the above-described embodiment, a random number of 1 is used to determine whether the jackpot is successful or not, instead of determining whether the jackpot is successful or not. Random numbers used only for judging big hits, random numbers for judging small hits used only for judging whether or not to win small hits, and random numbers for judging losing judgments used only for judging whether or not to lose are provided separately, and each random number By making a judgment every time, the judgment result of winning a big win, winning a small win or losing is derived, and the above-mentioned time-saving pattern lottery is performed based on one of these random numbers to save time. You may make it determine the propriety of setting of a game state, and the number of times of time saving.

Also, as in the above-described embodiment, instead of determining the jackpot pattern, the small hit pattern, or the lost pattern by one special pattern random number, the jackpot pattern is used only to determine the type of the jackpot pattern when the jackpot is won. The symbol determination random number, the small winning symbol determination random number used only for determining the type of the small winning symbol in the case of winning the small winning, and the losing symbol determination random number used only for determining the type of the losing symbol in the case of loss are separately Based on any random number according to the judgment result of winning the big win, winning the small win, or losing, the type of the big win pattern, the type of the small win pattern, and the type of the losing pattern are determined, and these random numbers are determined. A time saving pattern lottery may be performed based on one of them to determine whether or not the time saving game state can be set and the number of times of time saving.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P provided with a plurality of stages of setting values associated with the setting regarding the ball output as in the above-described embodiment, the lottery is set so that the lottery probability differs according to the setting value. Random numbers used in (for example, random numbers for success or failure, random numbers for judging big hits, random numbers for judging small hits, random numbers for judging losing, etc.), or used in lotteries set so that the lottery probability is the same regardless of the set value A time-saving design lottery may be performed based on any of random numbers (for example, special design random numbers, etc.) to determine whether the time-saving gaming state can be set and the number of times of time-saving. Also, based on the random number used in the lottery set so that the lottery probability differs according to the set value, the time saving pattern lottery is not performed, and the lottery probability is set to be the same regardless of the set value. A time saving pattern lottery may be performed based only on the random numbers used in the lottery, and whether or not the time saving game state can be set and the number of times of time saving may be determined.

In the case of setting as described above, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment are obtained, and the control method for setting the time-saving game state becomes abundant, and the time-saving game state is set according to the specifications of the pachinko machine. becomes possible.

(10) When the high-probability gaming state is set in the above-described embodiment, a special symbol (jackpot symbol X4) in which the jackpot is won and the setting of the low-probability gaming state is determined is determined. , The high-probability game state ends and the low-probability game state is set, but the control of transition to the low-probability game state is not limited to this.
For example, after the high-probability game state is set, the high-probability game state ends when a predetermined high-probability lottery (e.g., 80 times, etc.) is performed without winning the jackpot. (configured as a so-called ST type pachinko machine). Then, in the pachinko machine set in this way, if a game state combining a high probability game state and a non-time-saving game state can be set, during the game state, the above-described embodiment When the winning of the time saving grant is determined by the lottery and the time saving pattern is decided, as in the above modification (8), the small winning pattern or the losing pattern is decided to set the time saving gaming state. or when a time-saving winning symbol is determined by a time-saving symbol lottery as in the above modification (9), a time-saving gaming state may be set based on the determination.
In addition, for example, a drop lottery random number used for a drop lottery for determining whether or not to end the high probability game state and set the low probability game state is provided, and the high probability game state is ended by a drop lottery based on this fall lottery random number. However, when it is determined to set the low-probability game state, the high-probability game state may end. Then, when the falling lottery random number is provided, a time-saving pattern lottery like the above-described modification (9) may be performed based on the falling lottery random number, and whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state may be determined. .
In the case of setting as described above, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment are obtained, and the control method for setting the time-saving game state becomes abundant, and the time-saving game state is set according to the specifications of the pachinko machine. becomes possible.

(11) In the above-described embodiment, the process of determining the result of the lottery is performed in the order of judging the suitability of the big hit → judging the suitability of the small hit → judging the suitability of the time saving grant, but the judgment The order of is not limited to this.
For example, the determination may be made in the order of determination of the propriety of the big hit→determination of the propriety of the time saving provision→judgment of the propriety of the small hit.
In addition, as in the above-mentioned modification (8), in the winning lottery, instead of deriving the determination result of the winning of the time saving grant, the small win corresponding to the small winning symbol that is set to set the time saving gaming state (hereinafter also referred to as a small win with time reduction) winning, a small win corresponding to a small winning pattern that is determined not to set a time saving game state (hereinafter also referred to as a small win without time reduction) can be derived, In a pachinko machine in which a time-saving game state is set when a small win with time is won and a time-saving game state is not set when a small win without time-saving is won, for example, judgment of whether a big win is successful → Judgment is made in the order of judging the validity of the small hit with time reduction → judging the validity of the small hit without time reduction, and judging the validity of the big hit → judging the validity of the small hit without time reduction → judging the validity of the small hit with time reduction. good too.
In addition, as in the above-mentioned modification (8), in the winning lottery, instead of deriving the determination result of the winning of the time saving grant, the loss corresponding to the loss pattern that is set to set the time saving gaming state (hereinafter , Also called loss with time reduction), loss corresponding to a losing pattern that does not set the time reduction game state (hereinafter also referred to as loss without time reduction) can be derived, and when it becomes a loss with time reduction, the time reduction game state is set, and the time-saving gaming state is not set when there is no time-saving loss, for example, the order of judging whether the big hit is right or wrong → judging whether the small win is right or wrong → judging the loss with time-saving The determination may be performed in the order of determination of right or wrong of → determination of loss with time saving → determination of right or wrong of small hit.
In addition, in pachinko machines that are set to determine whether or not to end the high-probability gaming state by a fall lottery, a fall lottery → success or failure lottery The lottery process may be performed in the order of judgment).

In addition, as in the above-described modification (9), in a pachinko machine that is set to determine whether or not to set a time-saving gaming state by a time-saving design lottery, and does not have a set value in multiple stages, a time-saving design lottery → The lottery process may be performed in the order of success or failure lottery, or the lottery process may be performed in the order of success or failure lottery → time-saving pattern lottery. In addition, the time-saving pattern lottery is set to determine whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state, and the pachinko machine, which has multiple stages of setting values, has a time-saving pattern lottery (lottery probability regardless of the setting value Lottery processing may be performed in the order of lottery set so that the values are the same)→win-fail lottery (lottery set so that the lottery probability is different according to the set value).
In addition, in a pachinko machine set so as to determine whether or not to set a time-saving game state by a time-saving pattern lottery and to decide whether or not to end a high-probability game state by a drop lottery, and in which set values in multiple stages are not determined. , the lottery may be processed in the order of fall lottery → time-saving pattern lottery → success or failure lottery, or the lottery may be processed in the order of fall lottery → success or failure lottery → time-saving pattern lottery. In addition, a pachinko machine that is set to determine whether or not to set a time-saving game state by a time-saving pattern lottery, determines whether or not to end a high-probability game state by a fall lottery, and has set values in multiple stages. In this case, a falling lottery (lottery set so that the lottery probability is the same regardless of the setting value) → time-saving pattern lottery (set so that the lottery probability is the same regardless of the setting value) The lottery process may be performed in the order of lottery (lottery) → lottery (lottery set so that lottery probability differs according to set value).

In the case of setting as described above, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and a lottery for determining whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state can be performed at a timing according to the specifications of the pachinko machine.

(12) In the above-described embodiment, the special game is executed when the result of the winning lottery is a jackpot, but the trigger for executing the special game is not limited to this. do not have.
For example, not only when the result of the lottery is a big win, but also when the result of the lottery is a predetermined small win (when a predetermined small winning pattern is determined), a small In the winning game, a specific big winning hole with a special area into which game balls can enter is opened, and a game ball entering the specific big winning hole during the small winning game enters the special area. It may be set so that the special game is executed even when the game is played (configured as a so-called one-type two-type pachinko machine). Also, after the end of the special game executed based on the winning of the above-mentioned small hit, to the game state (non-time-saving game state, time-saving game state) according to the small hit pattern determined when the above-mentioned small win is won You can set it to migrate.

Then, in the pachinko machine set as described above (so-called one type and two type mixed pachinko machine), similarly to the above-described embodiments and modifications, determination of the appropriateness of time reduction grant (the above-described embodiment and Winning lottery in the above-mentioned modification (2)), determination of small winning symbols and losing symbols that determine whether the time-saving gaming state can be set (processing of winning lottery and special symbols in the above-mentioned modification (8)) , Decision of time-saving winning design or time-saving non-winning design (time-saving design lottery of the above-mentioned modification (9)) etc. However, the time-saving game state may be set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game.
In addition, for example, when the above-mentioned time-saving pattern lottery is performed on a so-called one-type and two-type mixed pachinko machine, the fact that the time-saving game state is set by the time-saving pattern lottery (the time-saving design that sets the time-saving game state (Time-saving winning design)) is determined, and when the winning design is determined to be lost (the losing design is determined), after the fluctuation of the special design based on the winning lottery stops, the result of the above-mentioned time-saving design lottery Set the corresponding time-saving gaming state, it is decided to set the time-saving gaming state by the above-mentioned time-saving pattern lottery, and when a small hit is won by the success or failure lottery (a small winning pattern is determined), the above-mentioned The time-saving game state is not set according to the result of the time-saving design lottery, and after the small winning game and special game based on the winning of the small winning, the type of small winning pattern determined based on the winning of the small winning. A corresponding game state may be set.
Specifically, the time-saving design (time-saving winning design) associated with setting the first time-saving gaming state (time-saving number of times is 20 times) is determined by the above-mentioned time-saving design lottery, and a small hit in the winning lottery. , and after the end of the small winning game and the special game, when the small winning pattern associated with setting the second time saving game state (the number of time saving times is 100 times) is determined, the small winning game and special After the game is over, the first time-saving game state is not set, and the second time-saving game state may be set.
In this case, in addition to the same effect as the above-described embodiment, pachinko machines with various specifications can be equipped with a lottery function for determining whether or not to set the time-saving game state, and a small win can be achieved. , and the determination of the setting of the time saving game state overlap, it is possible to properly prevent the occurrence of a situation in which the setting processing of the time saving game state becomes complicated.

(13) When multiple types of determination results are provided as determination results that can be determined by the above-described time reduction grant determination process, the second start winning opening 16 is easily maintained in the open state for each determination result. You may set the time-saving game state with different processing contents for.
For example, as in the above-described embodiment, if set to determine the time-saving design determined to set the time-saving gaming state by the process of determining the winning lottery and the special design, the above-mentioned modification (9 ), if set to determine the time-saving design (time-saving winning design) determined to set the time-saving gaming state by time-saving design lottery, the type of time-saving design (time-saving winning design) that can be determined As a result, although the probability of winning in the lottery of the normal pattern is higher than the non-time-saving game state, the fluctuation time of the normal pattern and the second start winning opening The opening time of 16 is the same as the non-time-saving game state The pattern that is set to set the third time-saving game state, and the normal pattern fluctuation time is longer than the non-time-saving game state, but in the lottery of normal patterns The probability that it will be and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 are the same as the non-time saving game state A pattern that is set to set the fourth time saving game state, the opening time of the second starting winning opening 16 is a non-time saving game Although it will be longer than the state, the probability of winning in the normal pattern lottery and the fluctuation time of the normal pattern are the same as the non-time-saving game state. good. In addition to these, any two of the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols, the fluctuation time of normal symbols and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 are higher (or longer) than the non-time-saving game state. However, the other one may provide a pattern that sets the same time-saving gaming state as the non-time-saving gaming state.
It should be noted that, as in the above-described modification (2), in the winning lottery, even when it is possible to derive the result of winning the time saving grant corresponding to the predetermined time saving pattern, the same setting can be performed. For example, in the winning lottery, it corresponds to the winning of the time saving grant corresponding to the time saving pattern that is set to set the above-mentioned 3rd time saving game state, and the time saving pattern that is set to set the above-mentioned 4th time saving game state It may be set so as to be able to derive the results such as the winning of the time saving grant.

In addition, as in the above-mentioned modification (8), when it is set to determine whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state by the small winning design or the losing design determined in the process of determining the winning lottery and the special design , Small winning pattern Y1 (or losing pattern Z1) determined to set the above-mentioned first time-saving gaming state, small winning design Y3 (or losing design) determined to set the above-mentioned third time-saving gaming state Z3), a small winning pattern Y4 (or a losing pattern Z4) determined to set the above-mentioned fourth time-saving gaming state, a small winning design Y5 (or A failing pattern Z5) or the like may be provided. In addition to these, any two of the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols, the fluctuation time of normal symbols and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 are higher (or longer) than the non-time-saving game state. However, the other one may provide a small winning pattern (or a losing pattern) that is determined to set the time saving game state which is the same as the non-time saving game state.
In addition, as in the above-mentioned modification (8), in the winning lottery, it is determined that the winning of the small hit corresponding to the small winning pattern that is set to set the time saving gaming state, and the setting of the time saving gaming state The same setting can be performed even when it is possible to derive the result of the loss corresponding to the lost symbol. For example, in the success or failure lottery, the small winning corresponding to the small winning pattern Y3 that is set to set the above-mentioned third time saving game state (or the loss corresponding to the losing pattern Z3), the above-mentioned fourth time saving game state may be set so as to be able to derive a result such as winning a small winning corresponding to the small winning symbol Y4 (or losing corresponding to the losing symbol Z4).

When set as described above, the same effect as the above-described embodiment is achieved, and in the time-saving game state set without the execution of the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game, the second start winning opening 16 Since it is possible to provide a wide variety of processing for facilitating the maintenance of the open state, it is possible to impart more novel game characteristics and increase the interest of the player.

(14) The type and number of symbols (time saving symbols, time saving winning symbols, small hit symbols, losing symbols, etc.) that are determined to set the time saving gaming state that can be determined by the above-mentioned time saving determination process are for each game state may be set differently.
For example, when there are predetermined types (for example, 5 types) of patterns (time saving patterns, time saving winning patterns, small winning patterns, losing patterns, etc.) that are set to set the time saving gaming state, in the normal gaming state Although all types can be determined, it may be set so that one or more types can be determined in a low probability time-saving gaming state, and all types can be determined in a low probability time-saving gaming state , it may be set so that any one or a plurality of types can be determined in the normal game state.
Also, for example, although all types can be determined in a specific time-saving gaming state (for example, the first time-saving gaming state), any one or more in a time-saving gaming state other than the specific time-saving gaming state (for example, the third time-saving gaming state) may be set to be determinable.
When set as described above, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the rate at which the time-saving game state is set and the type of the time-saving game state that can be set can be changed for each game state. As a result, it is possible to provide a more innovative game, and to increase the interest of the player.

(15) When the setting is made to determine whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state depending on the type of the small winning symbol or the losing symbol, the variation pattern is determined according to the type of the determined small winning symbol or losing symbol. You may do so.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and when the time-saving game state is set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game, a variable performance rich in variation. can be executed.

(16) If it is set to determine whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state depending on the type of small winning pattern or losing pattern, within a predetermined period (for example, from a predetermined start time until the winning lottery is performed 100 times between), depending on the number of determinations of the small winning pattern that is set to set the time saving game state, and the number of times of determination of the losing pattern that is set to set the time saving game state, the time saving game state is set You may do so.
For example, within the above-mentioned predetermined period small hit pattern Y1 (a small hit pattern defined to set the first time saving game state of 20 times of time saving times) a predetermined number of times (for example, 2 times etc.) When it is determined , a time-saving gaming state determined for the small winning symbol Y1 may be set. Also, for example, when the losing pattern Z1 (a small hit pattern defined to set the first time-saving gaming state of 50 times of time-saving times) is determined a predetermined number of times (for example, 3 times, etc.) within the above-mentioned predetermined period In addition, the time-saving gaming state determined for the lost symbol Z1 may be set.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the variation of the conditions for setting the time-saving gaming state is increased, making it possible to impart a more innovative gaming property.

(17) In a so-called one-type and two-type pachinko machine, when a time-saving game state is set based on the type of the small winning pattern, the small winning pattern that is set to set the time-saving game state When the game ball enters the special area provided in the specific large winning opening during the small winning game based on the determination, and when the game ball does not enter the special area provided in the specific large winning opening during the small winning game At the time, the number of times of time saving in the time saving game state set after the small winning game may be the same, or may be different.
For example, when the small hit pattern Y1 is determined to set the first time saving game state with the number of times of time saving 20 times, during the small hitting game based on the determination of the small hitting pattern Y1, the game ball is a special area , a first time-saving game state of 20 time-saving times is set after the end of the small winning game and the special game, and even when the game ball does not enter the special area, the number of time-saving times is set after the end of the small winning game. 20 first time-saving game states may be set.
Also, for example, when the above-mentioned small winning pattern Y1 is determined, during the small winning game based on the determination of the small winning pattern Y1, when the game ball enters the special area, after the small winning game and the special game are finished, Even if the first time-saving game state with 20 times of time-saving is set and the game ball does not enter the special area, the first time-saving game state with 5 times of time-saving is set after the end of the small winning game. good.
Even in this case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and different time-saving game states can be set according to whether or not the game ball is allowed to enter the special area, so that there is a wide variety of game characteristics. can be

(18) When a small win is won in the winning lottery (when the small winning pattern is determined), when setting the time-saving gaming state, from the winning of the small winning (determining the small winning pattern) Any timing until the end of the small winning game based on the winning of the small winning (for example, when winning the small winning, when the small winning pattern starts to fluctuate, when the fluctuation of the small winning pattern ends, the small winning pattern based on the small winning pattern At the start of the winning game, during the small winning game, at the end of the small winning game (when the first special symbol starts to change after the small winning game ends), etc.) A time saving game state may be set.
Similarly, if you set the time-saving gaming state when you lose in the winning lottery (when the losing pattern is determined), it is based on the loss from the time when you lose (when the losing pattern is determined) At any timing until the end of the fluctuation (for example, when the result of the losing lottery is derived, when the fluctuation of the losing pattern starts, when the fluctuation of the losing pattern ends (when the next special pattern starts to fluctuate), etc.) You may set the game state.
Even if it is set in this way, it is possible to obtain the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment, and it is possible to increase the variation of the transition to the time-saving game state, and to increase the variation of the game characteristics. .

(19) If it is set to determine whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state depending on the type of the small winning symbol or the losing symbol, the number of time-saving games in the time-saving gaming state corresponds to the type of the small winning symbol or the losing symbol. Alternatively, a lottery may be held to determine the number of times of time saving when shifting to the time saving game state, and the number of times of time saving determined by the lottery may be set.
Even in this case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the variation of the method of determining the number of times of time saving can be increased, and the number of times of time saving can be determined according to the specifications of the pachinko machine. becomes.

(20) When set to determine whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state depending on the type of the small winning symbol or the losing symbol, the time-saving game set according to the type of the determined small winning symbol or losing symbol The performance of the state (difficulty of maintaining the second start winning opening 16 in the open state) may be different.
For example, when the small winning pattern Y1 (or the losing pattern Z1) is determined, the second start winning opening 16 is more likely to be maintained in the open state than in the normal game state (the probability of winning in the normal pattern lottery is high One or more of the setting, the setting with the long fluctuation time of the normal pattern, and the setting with the long opening time of the second start winning opening 16) Time-saving gaming state A is set, and the small winning pattern Y3 (or losing When the symbol Z3) is determined, a time saving game state B in which the second start winning opening 16 is more easily maintained in an open state than the time saving game state A may be set.
Also, the performance of the time-saving game state to be set may differ according to the type of the small hit symbol or the losing symbol and the game state that is set.
For example, when the small winning pattern Y1 (or the losing pattern Z1) is determined in the normal game state, although the above-mentioned time-saving gaming state A is set, the small winning pattern Y1 (or the losing pattern Z1) is set in the time-saving gaming state. ) is determined, the time-saving game state B described above may be set.
Even in the above case, it is possible to achieve the same effect as the above-described embodiment, and it is possible to enrich the variation of the performance of the time-saving game state to be set, and to provide more innovative game characteristics. Become.

(21) When the time saving game state is set based on the determination of the time saving pattern, time saving winning pattern, small winning pattern or losing pattern, the upper limit of the number of times of time saving is set. Without (that is, the number of times of time saving is infinite), the time saving game state may be ended on the condition that the jackpot is won, or a lottery for determining the time saving end symbol that is determined to end the time saving game state (Lottery for time saving end symbol) may be performed, and the time saving game state may be terminated on condition that the time saving end symbol is determined by the lottery. In addition, the time-saving game state is terminated on the condition that the time-saving game state is set and the time-saving pattern, the time-saving winning pattern, the small winning pattern, or the losing pattern is determined, and a new time-saving game based on the decision is made. You may set (overwrite) a state and the number of times of time saving. In addition, the above-mentioned time-saving game state is that the number of times of fluctuation of special symbols (the number of times of deriving the lottery result of the winning lottery) reaches the time-saving number of times, that a big hit is won, and a special game based on a small win is executed. That is, the time-saving game state (time-saving game state such as (29) described later (the second You may make it complete|finish by satisfy|filling any conditions of time saving)) being set.
Even in this case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the variation of conditions for ending the time-saving game state can be increased, thereby making it possible to impart more innovative game characteristics.

(22) If the number of continuous time reduction settings reaches a predetermined upper limit number of times, the time reduction game state cannot be set as the next game state (a non-time reduction game state is forcibly set). In the pachinko machine (hereinafter referred to as a pachinko machine equipped with a time-saving limiter), in the normal game state, the time-saving symbols, time-saving winning symbols, small winning symbols, or losing symbols that are set to set the time-saving gaming state are stopped and displayed. In that case, based on the stop display, the number of continuous working hours setting may be updated or may not be updated.
Also, in the time-saving gaming state, even if the time-saving design, the time-saving winning design, the small winning design, or the losing design that is set to set the time-saving gaming state is stopped and displayed, based on the stop display, the above-mentioned continuous The number of working hours setting may be updated or may not be updated.
Also, if it is determined during the normal game state, the time saving game state is set, but if it is determined during the time saving game state, the time saving pattern determined not to set the time saving game state, the time saving winning pattern, Even when the small winning pattern or the losing pattern is stopped and displayed during the time saving game state, the continuous time saving setting number may or may not be updated based on the stop display.
Even in the above case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the difficulty level when the number of consecutive time reduction settings reaches the upper limit can be changed, and more innovative gameplay can be provided. Become.

(23) In a pachinko machine equipped with a time-saving limiter, the performance of the time-saving gaming state that is set based on the determination of the time-saving pattern, time-saving winning pattern, small winning pattern, or losing pattern determined to set the time-saving gaming state ( One or more of the winning probability of normal patterns, the fluctuation time of normal patterns, the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 and the number of times of time reduction), the remaining number of times until the number of continuous time reduction settings reaches the predetermined upper limit number of times , or may be the same regardless of the remaining number of times.
Even in this case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and variations of the time-saving game state set in the pachinko machine equipped with a time-saving limiter can be increased, resulting in more novel game characteristics. can be given.

(24) A pachinko configured to set a time-saving game state by determining a time-saving pattern, a time-saving winning pattern, a small winning pattern, or a losing pattern in which a falling lottery is performed and a time-saving game state is set. In the machine, when it is decided to end the high-probability gaming state by a falling lottery and a time-saving design, a time-saving winning design, a small winning design or a losing design that is set to set a time-saving gaming state is determined, As the number of times of the time saving game state set based on the determination of the pattern, the game state before the above-mentioned determination by the fall lottery is made, and the time saving number of times determined according to the type of the determined pattern. Alternatively, the game state before the above-mentioned determination by the falling lottery is performed, and the number of times of time saving determined according to the determined symbol type may be set.
Even in this case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the variation of the number of times of time saving set in the time saving game state can be enriched, and more novel game characteristics can be given. Become.

(25) When the look-ahead effect that informs the result of the winning lottery is being executed, if the time-saving pattern, the small winning pattern or the losing pattern that is set to set the time-saving gaming state is determined, it is being executed. You may continue the look-ahead effect, or you may stop without continuing the look-ahead effect.
In addition, when there is a hold in which a time saving pattern, a small winning pattern, or a losing pattern is determined to set a time saving gaming state is stored, a specific effect (forecasting effect, such other It may be possible to limit the execution of a predetermined effect that is executed during the variable effect based on the hold), or if a specific effect for the other hold is already being executed, The specific effect may be continued, or may be canceled without continuing.
It should be noted that the above-mentioned time-saving pattern lottery is set to determine whether the time-saving gaming state can be set, and the pachinko machine is set to execute a look-ahead effect that notifies the result of the time-saving pattern lottery. may be controlled.
Even in this case, the same effects as in the above-described embodiment are obtained, and the time-saving pattern, the small winning pattern or the losing pattern determined to set the time-saving gaming state is determined appropriately according to the situation. It becomes possible to execute a special production.

(26) In a pachinko machine capable of setting the game state after the special game based on the winning of the jackpot to a high probability game state, the game state after the special game based on the winning of the jackpot in the low probability game state is high. The probability A1 of being set to the probability gaming state, and the probability A2 of being set to the high probability gaming state after the special game based on the winning of the jackpot during the high probability gaming state, They may be set to have the same value, or may be set to have different values.
In addition, the above-mentioned probabilities A1 and A2 are set to be the same value regardless of the type of special random numbers (first special random number, second special random number) used in the winning lottery Alternatively, it may be set to a different value depending on the type of special random number. Further, the above-mentioned probabilities A1 and A2 may be set to be the same value regardless of the type of special symbol determined when winning the jackpot, or may be set according to the type of special symbol. It may be set to a different value. Also, different values may be set according to the type of special symbol random number used in the lottery and the type of special symbol determined when winning the jackpot.
When set in this way, the probability that the high probability game state is set through the execution of the special game from the low probability game state, the high probability game state again through the execution of the special game from the high probability game state The variation of the probability that is set becomes abundant, and the game properties that can be provided to the player can be made rich in variation.

(27) A value of 1 as the decision probability B for ending the high-probability game state and setting the low-probability game state in a pachinko machine that can end the high-probability game state and set the low-probability game state by a drop lottery. Only one value may be provided, or a plurality of values may be provided.
Then, if only one value is provided, the falling lottery is always performed with that value, and if multiple values are provided, depending on the situation (for example, a special Falling lottery may be performed with any value (depending on the number of fluctuations in the design, the type of the start winning opening into which the game ball enters, etc.).
In addition, the decision probability B is the same value regardless of the set game state (high probability non-time-saving game state combining high-probability time-saving game state, high-probability game state, and non-time-saving game state) can be set as In addition, the determination probability B may be set to the same value regardless of the type of special random number (first special random number, second special random number) used for the winning lottery, You may set so that it may become a different value according to the kind of special random number. In addition, the determination probability B may be set to be the same value regardless of the type of special design (losing design) determined in the case of a loss, or may be set to be the same value depending on the type of special design. You can set it to be a value. Also, different values may be set according to the set game state, the type of special symbol random number used for the win/loss lottery, and the type of special symbol determined in the case of loss.
In the case of setting in this way, the variation of the probability that the high-probability game state is terminated and the low-probability game state is set is increased, and the game characteristics that can be provided to the player are also rich in variation. can.

(28) When the number of continuous high-probability settings reaches a predetermined upper limit, a pachinko machine (hereinafter referred to as a pachinko machine equipped with a variable probability limiter) is forcibly set to a low-probability game state after the end of a special game. In a pachinko machine (called a pachinko machine), as the upper limit number of times, only one value may be provided, or a plurality of values may be provided. Then, when only one value is provided, the above setting is performed when the number of consecutive high-precision settings reaches the value, and when multiple values are provided, the number of consecutive high-precision settings is set according to the situation Depending on (for example, according to the number of times of transition from the low probability gaming state to the high probability gaming state, etc.) the above setting may be performed by reaching any value.
Similarly, in a pachinko machine equipped with a time saving limiter, as the upper limit number of times, only one value may be provided, or a plurality of values may be provided. Then, if only one value is provided, the above setting is performed when the number of continuous time reduction settings reaches the value, and if multiple values are provided, the number of continuous time reduction settings depends on the situation. (For example, according to the number of times of transition from the non-time-saving gaming state to the time-saving gaming state) You may perform the above-described setting by reaching any value.
In the case of setting in this way, the variation of the upper limit number of continuous high-precision setting times and the continuous time-saving setting number of times becomes abundant, and the game characteristics that can be provided to the player can be made rich in variations.

(29) In the above-described embodiment, if the winning of the time reduction grant is determined by the determination of the time reduction grant in the winning lottery during the normal game state, the time reduction gaming state is set. The trigger for setting the gaming state is not limited to this.
For example, counting the number of variations of special symbols (the number of times of derivation of lottery results in the winning lottery), and the game state when the count value reaches a predetermined time-saving activation count LN without winning the jackpot is the time-saving gaming state. If it is other than (normal game state or high probability non-time-saving game state), the time-saving game state is set so that the number of time-saving times becomes the specific number of time-saving times TN without going through the execution of the jackpot winning and the special game. can be Further, the specific time saving frequency TN may be set to be larger than the time saving activation frequency LN.
In the case of setting in this way, even if the jackpot is not won, the time-saving game state is set when the number of fluctuations of the special symbols reaches the time-saving activation number LN, so there are variations in which the time-saving game state can be set. It becomes rich, and the player's interest can be enhanced.

(30) In the pachinko machine set as in the above modified example (29), the above count value is (a) when the power is turned on (at the time when the RAM is cleared), (b) the number of times the special symbols fluctuate during the normal game state. When reaches the number of time-saving activations LN, or the number of times the special symbols fluctuate during the normal game state reaches the number of time-saving activations LN, and then the lottery for the specific number of time-savings TN is performed without winning the jackpot. Time (when the time-saving game state set by reaching the time-saving activation count LN ends), (c) at the time of winning the jackpot or at the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot, (d) setting the time-saving game state In a pachinko machine that sets a time-saving gaming state by determining time-saving symbols, time-saving winning symbols, small winning symbols, and losing symbols, (e) a set value is provided at the time when the time-saving gaming state is set. In the pachinko machine, the RAM may be cleared at one or more of the RAM clearing times performed by executing the change of the setting value. That is, the counting of the above count value may be started from the time points (a) to (e). It should be noted that the clear at the point of time (c) may be set to always be executed.
Also, the above-described count value may be cleared at a time different from (a) to (e).
In addition, the above-mentioned count value may always be counted regardless of which game state the set game state is, or during a state advantageous to the player (for example, during a high probability During a game state, etc.), the count may not be performed.
Also, as the timing of counting the above-mentioned count value, when it becomes a loss in the winning lottery (when the losing pattern is determined), from the time when it becomes a loss (when the losing pattern is determined) Any timing until the end of the fluctuation based on (for example, when the result of the losing lottery is derived, at the start of the fluctuation of the losing pattern, at the end of the fluctuation of the losing pattern, stop display after the fluctuation of the losing pattern ends It may be the time when time has passed (when the next special pattern starts to fluctuate, etc.), or when the jackpot is won in the lottery (when the jackpot pattern is determined), at any of the above points Alternatively, it may be the end of a special game based on winning a jackpot.
Also, the timing at which the time-saving gaming state is set may be set to be the same as the timing at which the above-described count value is counted.
In addition, the above-mentioned count value, for example, if it is in the normal game state, it may be possible to count the fluctuation of the special symbol based on the first special symbol random number mainly acquired during the normal game state. However, not only the variation of the special symbol based on the first special symbol random number but also the variation of the special symbol based on the second special symbol random number may be counted.
In the case of setting in this manner, the variation of the timing at which the time-saving gaming state is set becomes abundant, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.
In addition, when starting counting the above-mentioned count value from the end of the special game, the variation at the time when the count value reaches the time reduction activation number LN can be executed according to a specific variation pattern (variation time). good too. Also, when starting to count the above-mentioned count value from the time of clearing the RAM, even if the variation at the time when the count value reaches the time saving activation number LN cannot be executed by a specific variation pattern (variation time) good.

(31) In the pachinko machine set as in the above modified example (29), the number of time reduction activations LN is determined by the relationship with the probability of winning the jackpot in the lottery, and the gambling property is not too high. Value (for example, if the probability of winning the jackpot in the lottery is 1/P, P × activation lower limit coefficient (eg, 2.5, etc.) ≤ time-saving activation number LN ≤ P × activation upper limit coefficient (eg, 3.0, etc.)). Alternatively, the value may be set appropriately according to the game specifications of the pachinko machine, regardless of the probability of winning the jackpot. In addition, as the time saving activation frequency LN, only one value may be provided, or a plurality of values may be provided.
When setting values for multiple stages associated with settings related to ball output are provided, a different time-saving activation count LN may be set for each setting value, or the same time-saving activation for any setting value The number of times LN (the number of time-saving activations LN determined based on the probability of winning a jackpot at any set value (for example, the probability of winning the lowest jackpot)) may be set.
In the case of setting in this way, it is possible to prevent the gambling property based on the setting of the time-saving gaming state from becoming too high, and it is possible to enrich the variation of the timing at which the time-saving gaming state is set.

(32) In the pachinko machine set as in the above modified example (29), the specific time reduction number TN is determined in relation to the probability of winning the jackpot in the lottery, and the gambling property is not too high. Value (for example, if the probability of winning the jackpot in the winning lottery is 1 / P, P × specific lower limit coefficient (for example, 0.4, etc.) ≤ specific time reduction number TN ≤ P × specific upper limit coefficient (for example, 3.8 etc.)). Alternatively, the value may be set appropriately according to the game specifications of the pachinko machine, regardless of the probability of winning the jackpot. Moreover, as specific time saving frequency LN, only one value may be provided, or a plurality of values may be provided.
In addition, the number of time-saving gaming states set based on the winning of the jackpot, and the number of time-saving gaming states set based on the determination of the pattern that sets the time-saving gaming state regardless of the winning of the jackpot The number of time reductions may also be set to a value within the above range.
In addition, when setting values of multiple stages associated with settings related to ball output are provided, a different specific time reduction number TN may be set for each setting value, or any setting value is the same A specific time-saving number of times TN (a specific time-saving number of times TN determined based on the probability of winning a jackpot at any set value (for example, the probability of winning the lowest jackpot)) may be set.
In addition, the time-saving gaming state set based on the fact that the count value of the number of fluctuations of the special symbols has reached the time-saving activation count LN is based on the determination of the design determined to set the winning of the jackpot or the time-saving gaming state. It may be set to end by satisfying the same time saving end condition as the time saving game state set. For example, it may be set to terminate the time-saving gaming state when a jackpot is won or when a winning lottery is performed for a specific number of times TN without winning a jackpot.
In addition, as a condition for the time saving gaming state to end, for example, the total number of fluctuations in special symbols based on the first special random number and the number of fluctuations in the special symbol based on the second special random number reaches the specific time saving number TN1, And, in the case of providing a plurality of patterns that the number of fluctuations in the special symbol based on the second special random number reaches the specific time reduction number TN2, both of the specific time reduction numbers TN1 and TN2 are within the above range Alternatively, only one of the specific time saving times TN1 or TN2 (for example, only the specific time saving times TN1 or TN2 with a larger value) may be included within the above range.
In the case of setting in this way, it is possible to prevent the gambling property based on the setting of the time-saving game state from becoming too high, and to enrich the variation of the timing at which the set time-saving game state ends.

(33) In the pachinko machine set as in the above modified example (29), as the time saving gaming state set based on the fact that the count value of the number of fluctuations of the special symbols has reached the time saving activation count LN, the second A plurality of time-saving game states having different processing contents for facilitating the maintenance of the starting prize winning port 16 in an open state may be provided, and one of the time-saving game states may be set according to the situation.
Specifically, the first time-saving game state in the above-described embodiment, the third time-saving game state, the fourth time-saving game state, the fifth time-saving game state, etc. in the above-described modification (13) are provided. The type of jackpot pattern when the last big win is won before reaching the number of times LN, the type of small win pattern when the last small win is won before reaching the number of time-saving activations LN, the time-saving activation One of the time-saving gaming states is set according to the type of jackpot pattern, small winning pattern, losing pattern, time-saving pattern, and time-saving winning pattern when the time-saving gaming state is set before reaching the number of times LN. may
In the case of setting in this way, the variation of the time saving game state set based on the fact that the count value of the number of variations of the special symbols reaches the number of time saving activation times LN is increased, and the interest of the player can be enhanced. .

(34) In a pachinko machine in which the time-saving game state is set based on the count value of the number of fluctuations of special symbols reaching the time-saving activation count LN as in the above-described modification (29), the normal game state The time-saving game state is set based on the determination of the pattern (time-saving pattern, time-saving winning pattern, small winning pattern or losing pattern) that is set to set the time-saving game state in the middle (during the low probability game state) can be
Then, in the pachinko machine set in this way, the pattern determined to set the time-saving game state is not determined during the time-saving game state, and the fact that the time-saving game state is set only during the non-time-saving game state. may be determined, or a symbol determined to set the time-saving gaming state may be determined even during the time-saving gaming state.
Also, at the same time as the above-mentioned count value reaches the time saving activation number LN during the normal game state (during the low probability game state), when the above-mentioned pattern is determined during the normal game state (during the low probability game state) (i.e. , If the setting conditions of a plurality of time-saving gaming states are satisfied at the same time), one of the time-saving gaming states may be set.
In addition, not only during the normal game state, set to count the above-mentioned count value during the low probability time-saving game state and high probability time-saving game state, and during the low probability time-saving game state and high probability time-saving game state It may be set so that the time saving game state is reset when the count value reaches the time saving activation number LN. In the case of setting in this way, when the time-saving gaming state is reset, the time-saving number of times corresponding to the reset time-saving gaming state (that is, the specific time-saving number of times TN) is set again as the time-saving number of times. Alternatively, the number of time reductions corresponding to the reset time reduction gaming state may be added to the remaining number of time reductions at the time point. In addition, when the above count value reaches the number of times of shortening working hours LN, after the shortening working hours game state set at the time is finished, the shortening working hours game state based on the reaching may be set.
In this case, it is possible to increase the variation of the time-saving game state to be set, and to increase the interest of the player.

(35) Even in the so-called 1 type 2 type mixed pachinko machine, the time saving game state is set based on the fact that the count value of the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaches the time saving activation number LN as in the above-mentioned modification (29) may be made.
Also, the count value described above may not be cleared based on winning a small prize.
In addition, in the so-called one-type and two-type pachinko machine set as described above, when the result of the lottery is a big win, a special game is executed, and the result of the lottery is a predetermined small win. In the small winning game that is executed when winning is set so that the special game is executed by the game ball entering the special area of the specific large winning opening, the above-mentioned modification (31) and ( 32) As the probability P used to determine the number of time reduction activations LN and the specific time reduction number TN, the probability of winning the above-mentioned jackpot, the probability of winning the above-mentioned predetermined small hit (during the non-time-saving gaming state Probability of winning a small hit in a winning lottery mainly based on special random numbers obtained), or using either the above-mentioned probability of winning a big hit and the probability of winning a predetermined small hit mentioned above good too.
In addition, in the so-called one-type and two-type mixed pachinko machine set as described above, there is no jackpot winning as a result of the lottery, and when the result of the lottery is a predetermined small win When the special game is set to be executed only by the fact that the game ball enters the special area of the specific large winning opening in the small winning game to be executed, as in the above-mentioned modifications (31) and (32) As the probability P used to determine the number of times of reduced working hours LN and the number of times of reduced working hours TN, the probability of winning the above-mentioned predetermined small hits probability of winning a small hit) or probability of winning a predetermined small win and entering a game ball into a special area (probability of executing a special game via winning a predetermined small win) may be used.
In addition, when a small win is won, the number of time-saving activations LN may be updated or may not be updated according to the type of the small win pattern determined based on the win. .
In addition, in a so-called one-type two-type pachinko machine, a time-saving game state is set based on the fact that the count value of the number of times the special symbols have changed has reached the time-saving activation count LN, and during the normal game state (low-probability game state In the case that the time saving game state is set based on the determination of the time saving pattern, the time saving winning pattern, the small winning pattern or the losing pattern, the above-mentioned count value is At the same time as reaching the time saving activation count LN, when the above-mentioned pattern is determined (that is, when the setting conditions of a plurality of time saving game states are satisfied at the same time), one of the time saving game states is set. good too.
Further, in a so-called one-type and two-type mixed pachinko machine, when the time-saving gaming state is set based on the count value of the number of times of special symbol variations reaching the time-saving activation number LN, the number of times of special symbol variations is set. At the time when reaches the number of times of shortening activation LN, a small hit is won by a lottery, a predetermined small hit pattern is determined, and when a game ball enters a special area during a small hit game based on the small hit, a small hit game After the end of, without setting the time-saving gaming state based on the fact that the number of fluctuations of the special symbols has reached the time-saving activation count LN, the game state determined for the predetermined small winning pattern (for example, the time-saving activation count LN has been reached A time-saving game state different from the time-saving game state based on the fact (a time-saving game state with a different degree of difficulty in which the second start winning opening 16 is maintained in an open state, a time-saving game state with a different number of time-saving settings, etc.) can be
In addition, in a so-called one-type two-type pachinko machine, when the time-saving gaming state is set based on the count value of the number of times of special symbol variation reaching the time-saving activation number LN, the number of times of special symbol variation When reaches the number of time-saving activations LN, a small win is won by a lottery and a predetermined small win pattern is determined, but the game ball does not enter the special area during the small win game based on the small win. After the end of the small winning game, the time saving game state may be set based on the fact that the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaches the time saving activation number LN. If the above-described time-saving game state is set during the small winning game, when the game ball enters the special area during the small winning game and the special game is executed, the set time-saving game state is terminated. However, in the case of setting as described above, it is possible to prevent complicated processing such as ending the set time-saving gaming state from being performed.
In the above case, it is possible to increase the variation of the time-saving game state set in the pachinko machine of one type and two types, and to increase the interest of the player.

(36) In addition, the pachinko machine has a time-saving game state (that is, winning a jackpot) that is set after the special game is determined based on the determination of the jackpot pattern that is set to set the time-saving game state as a time-saving game state. And the time-saving game state set through the execution of the special game, hereinafter also referred to as the first time-saving), the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery) reaches the predetermined time-saving activation count LN Time-saving gaming state set by doing (that is, time-saving gaming state that is set without going through the execution of the jackpot winning and special game, hereinafter also referred to as the second time-saving), and that the time-saving gaming state is set Set based on the determination of the designated patterns (the above-mentioned time-saving patterns, time-saving winning patterns, small winning patterns that set the time-saving gaming state, lost patterns that set the time-saving gaming state, etc.) All of the time-saving gaming state (that is, the time-saving gaming state that is set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game, hereinafter also referred to as the third time-saving) may be provided.
By doing so, the variation of the time-saving gaming state to be set becomes abundant, so that the interest of the player can be enhanced.

(37) In addition, in the first time saving described above, the setting that the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols is higher than the normal game state (non-time saving game state), the setting that the fluctuation time of normal symbols is shorter, and , the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 may be set to be longer. In addition, in the above-mentioned second time saving, the setting that the probability of winning in the normal pattern lottery is the same as the normal game state (non-time-saving game state), and the normal game state (non-time-saving game state) than the normal It is also possible to set the symbol variation time to be short and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 to be long. In addition, even in the above-mentioned third time saving, the setting that the probability of winning in the normal symbol lottery is the same as the normal game state (non-time-saving game state), and the normal game state (non-time-saving game state) than the normal It is also possible to set the symbol variation time to be short and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 to be long.
In addition, only in the first time reduction among the first time reduction, second time reduction and third time reduction, the probability of winning in the normal pattern lottery is higher than the normal game state (non-time reduction game state). may
By doing so, it is possible to change the degree of advantage of various time-saving game states, and it is possible to increase the interest of the player.

(38) In addition, when the pachinko machine is equipped with the first time reduction, the second time reduction, and the third time reduction, when the jackpot design that sets the time reduction gaming state during the first time reduction is determined, 1a) You may employ|adopt the control which complete|finishes 1st time saving and newly sets 1st time saving after completion|finish of a special game. In addition, when the number of fluctuations of the special symbols (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery) reaches the predetermined number of time reduction activations LN during the first time reduction, (2a) the first time reduction is terminated, and the second Set time saving, (2b) Continue the first time saving, (2c) When the number of time saving times when setting the second time saving is greater than the remaining time saving number of times in the first time saving, end the first time saving , Newly set the second time reduction, (2a) ~ (2c) of any one of the control may be adopted. In addition, a pattern that is set to set the time saving game state during the first time saving (the above-mentioned time saving pattern, time saving winning pattern, small winning pattern that is set to set the time saving game state, setting the time saving game state (3a) End the first time saving and newly set the third time saving, (3b) Continue the first time saving, (3c) Third time saving When the number of times of time saving when setting is greater than the number of times of time saving remaining in the first time saving, end the first time saving and newly set the third time saving (3a) to (3c) Either control may be adopted.

Also, when the jackpot pattern is determined to set the time-saving game state during the second time-saving, (4a) the second time-saving is ended, and after the special game is finished, the first time-saving is newly set. control may be employed. In addition, when the number of fluctuations of the special symbols (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery) reaches the predetermined number of time reduction activations LN during the second time reduction, (5a) the second time reduction is terminated, and the second Any one of the control of (5a) to (5b) of setting the time saving and (5b) continuing the second time saving may be adopted. In addition, a pattern that is set to set a time-saving game state during the second time-saving (the above-mentioned time-saving pattern, time-saving winning pattern, small winning pattern that is set to set a time-saving game state, and time-saving game state are set (6a) End the second time saving and newly set the third time saving, (6b) Continue the second time saving, (6c) Third time saving When the number of times of saving time when setting is greater than the number of times of saving time remaining in the second time saving, end the second time saving and newly set the third time saving (6a) to (6c) of Either control may be adopted.

Also, when the jackpot pattern is determined to set the time-saving game state during the third time-saving, (7a) end the third time-saving, and set the first time-saving anew after the end of the special game. control may be employed. Also, when the number of fluctuations in the special symbol (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery) reaches the predetermined number of time reduction activations LN during the third time reduction, (8a) the third time reduction is terminated, and the second Set time saving, (8b) Continue the 3rd time saving, (8c) If the number of time saving times when setting the 2nd time saving is greater than the remaining time saving number of times in the 3rd time saving, end the 3rd time saving , Newly set the second time reduction, (8a) ~ (8c) of any one of the control may be adopted. In addition, a pattern that is set to set a time-saving game state during the third time-saving (the above-mentioned time-saving pattern, time-saving winning pattern, a small winning pattern that is set to set a time-saving game state, and a time-saving game state are set (9a) End the 3rd time saving and set a new 3rd time saving, (9b) Continue the 3rd time saving, (9c) 3rd time saving When the number of times of saving time when setting is greater than the number of times of saving time remaining in the third time saving, end the third time saving and set a new third time saving (9a) to (9c) Either control may be adopted.

In addition, as control when various determinations are made in the above-mentioned 1st time saving, 2nd time saving, and 3rd time saving, you may apply combining suitably based on the above-mentioned content.
For example, as an example, the following control can be performed.
In the normal game state (low-probability game state, non-time-saving game state), when the jackpot pattern that sets the time-saving game state is determined, the first time-saving game is set after the end of the special game, and the special pattern. When the number of fluctuations (the number of times of derivation of the lottery results of the winning lottery) reaches the predetermined number of time saving activations LN, the second time saving is set, and the design that sets the time saving gaming state is set (the above-mentioned time saving A third time-saving pattern is set when a pattern, a time-saving winning pattern, a small win pattern set to set the time-saving game state, a losing pattern set to set the time-saving game state, etc. is determined.
During the first time saving, when the jackpot pattern set to set the time saving game state is determined, the first time saving is terminated, and after the special game is finished, the first time saving is newly set, and the number of variations of the special symbols. When (the number of derivation of the lottery result of the success or failure lottery) reaches the predetermined number of time reduction activations LN, the first time reduction is continued without setting the second time reduction, and the time reduction game state is set. When the pattern (the above-mentioned time-saving design, time-saving winning design, small winning design that sets the time-saving gaming state, lost design that sets the time-saving gaming state, etc.) is determined, the third time-saving Continue the first short time without setting
During the second time-saving, when the jackpot pattern set to set the time-saving game state is determined, the second time-saving is terminated, and after the special game is finished, the first time-saving is newly set, and the number of variations of the special symbols. When (the number of derivation of lottery results of win/fail lottery) reaches a predetermined number of time reduction activation times LN, the currently set second time reduction is continued without setting a new second time reduction, and the time reduction game state is reached. Designs that are determined to set the When determined, the second time saving is continued without setting the third time saving.
During the third time saving, when the jackpot pattern set to set the time saving game state is determined, the third time saving is terminated, and after the special game is finished, the first time saving is newly set, and the number of fluctuations of the special symbols. When (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the success or failure lottery) reaches the predetermined number of times of shortening activation LN, the third time saving is terminated, the second time saving is newly set, and the time saving game state is set. When the pattern (the above-mentioned time-saving pattern, time-saving winning pattern, small winning pattern that is set to set the time-saving gaming state, lost design that is set to set the time-saving gaming state, etc.) is determined, a new number To continue the 3rd time reduction currently set without setting the 3rd time reduction.
During the high-probability time-saving game state or during the high-probability non-time-saving game state (that is, during the high-probability game state), when the jackpot design that sets the time-saving game state is determined, after the special game ends A first time-saving is set, and when the number of fluctuations of special symbols (the number of times of derivation of lottery results of win-fail lottery) reaches a predetermined time-saving activation frequency LN, a time-saving game state is set without setting a second time-saving. Designs that are determined to that effect (the above-mentioned time-saving patterns, time-saving winning patterns, small winning patterns that are set to set the time-saving gaming state, loss patterns that are set to set the time-saving gaming state, etc.) have been decided. Occasionally, a third short time is not set.
By doing so, it is possible to increase the variety of setting of the time-saving gaming state, thereby increasing the interest of the player.

As described in (31) above, when the pachinko machine is provided with the second time saving and a setting value associated with the setting related to the ball output is provided, the same time saving is provided regardless of the setting value The activation count LN may be set.
By doing so, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the advantage between the set values excessively changes due to the setting of the second time saving.
In addition, it is set so that the main control board 100 can count the number of times of variation of special symbols (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery) for determining whether or not the time saving activation number LN has been reached. Counting is always performed during the low probability game state (low probability non-time-saving game state, low probability time-saving game state), and is not performed during the high probability game state (high probability non-time-saving game state, high probability time-saving game state). You may do so. That is, during the low-probability gaming state, regardless of whether or not the time-saving gaming state is set, the above-described counting may be always performed.
By doing so, it is possible to reliably set the second time saving only during the low probability game state.
In addition, the above-mentioned count is performed when a predetermined operation is performed when the power is turned on (for example, when the RAM is cleared by pressing the RAM clear button for clearing the RAM, etc.). When the RAM is cleared by changing the setting value, when the count value by the above-mentioned count reaches the number of time reduction activation times LN and the second time reduction is set, when the jackpot is won (special based on the small win) It may be cleared at the start of the game) or at the end of the special game. In addition, clearing at the time when the second time saving is set, and at the time of winning the jackpot (at the time of starting the special game based on the winning of the small win) or clearing at the end of the special game may be executed without fail. .
In addition, as the timing for determining that the count value by the above count has reached the number of times of shortening activation LN, the timing of the start of fluctuation of the special design, the end of the fluctuation of the special design, and the stop display time after the fluctuation of the special design is finished It may be any point in time that has passed. And the 2nd time saving may be made to be set at the timing judged that the count value by the above-mentioned count reached|attained the time saving activation frequency|count LN.

In addition, as the end condition of the second time saving, (10a) setting that the jackpot was won, and (10b) the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning port 15 and the second start winning The total number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the opening 16 reaches the number of times of time reduction, (10c) The number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 reaches a specific number , (10d) that the number of times a small win is won reaches a predetermined number of times, any one or more of (10a) to (10c) may be set.
For example, the following contents can be set as end conditions of the 1st time saving, the 2nd time saving, and the 3rd time saving.
Specifically, in the pachinko machine, the jackpot pattern XA1 (in the variable effect, the first stop pattern, the second stop pattern, and the third stop pattern are all "7"), and a jackpot pattern XA2 (in the variable effect, the first stop pattern, the second stop pattern, and the third stop pattern are all other than "7") are provided, and a time-saving game Time-saving design JD1 (in the variable production, the first stop design and the second stop design are the same odd design other than "7", and the third stop design is "7"), which is defined to set the state. It is provided, and when the number of times of fluctuation of special symbols (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) reaches a predetermined time saving activation number LN (for example, 1000 times) It is assumed that a game state is set so that a small win can be won in a winning lottery.
In this pachinko machine, the first time reduction set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern XA1 is set to end based on the winning of the jackpot, and the number of game balls to the first start winning port 15 is set. The total of the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball and the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 ends when the total reaches 100 times (the number of times of time reduction), and the game to the second starting winning opening 16 It can be set to end when the number of times of variation based on ball entry reaches 10 times (specified number of times), and to end when the number of winning times of small wins reaches 2 times (predetermined number of times).
In addition, the first time reduction set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern XA2 is set to end based on the winning of the jackpot, and when the game ball enters the first start winning port 15. The number of fluctuations based on and the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 ends when the total reaches 50 times (time saving number of times), and the entering of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 It can be set to end when the number of fluctuations based on the ball reaches 4 times (specific number of times), and to end when the number of winning times of the small win reaches 1 time (predetermined number of times).
In addition, the second time-saving set by reaching the predetermined time-saving activation number LN of the number of fluctuations of the special symbols (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the win-or-fail lottery, that is, the count value according to the above-mentioned count) is a big hit. It is set to end based on winning, and the total number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 and the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning port 16 It ends when it reaches 600 times (the number of times of time saving), and ends when the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16 reaches 50 times (specific number of times), winning a small hit. It can be set to end when the number of times reaches 10 times (predetermined number of times).
In addition, the third time-saving set by the determination of the time-saving pattern JD1 is set to end based on the winning of the jackpot, and the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15. And the total number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 ends when the total number of fluctuations reaches 60 times (time reduction number), based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 It can be set to end when the number of fluctuations reaches 8 times (specified number of times), and to end when the number of winnings of small wins reaches 3 times (predetermined number of times).
By doing so, it is possible to increase the variety of termination of the time-saving game state, and to provide various game properties.

Also, regarding the second time saving, when the probability of winning in the normal symbol lottery is set to be the same as the normal game state (non-time saving game state), the second start winning opening 16 is opened during the second time saving. In order to make it easier to maintain the state, it is necessary to set the above-mentioned probability of winning during the normal game state to some extent high. In this case, the movable piece 16b has a structure that can be projected and retracted with respect to the game board 11, and when the movable piece 16b protrudes from the game board 11, the game ball is guided to the second start winning opening 16 by the movable piece 16b. While the ball can be entered into the second starting winning hole 16, the game ball is not guided to the second starting winning hole 16 when the movable piece 16b is immersed in the game board 11, and the second starting winning hole 16 is not guided. During the normal game state, the ball is prevented from entering the start winning opening 16, and the projecting time (opening time) of the movable piece 16b is set to be shorter than during the second time saving during the normal game state. When winning in the normal pattern lottery, it is possible to reduce the entry rate of the game ball to the second start winning opening 16 than when winning in the normal pattern lottery during the second time saving. can.

Also, the number of times that the second time saving can be set may be only once during the period from winning the big win to winning the next big win. Specifically, after winning the jackpot (end of the special game), the number of fluctuations in the special pattern (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) is set in advance to the number of time-saving activations LN After the second time saving is set by reaching, again without winning the jackpot, the number of fluctuations of the special pattern (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) is the number of time saving activation times LN Even if it reaches|attains, you may make it so that a 2nd time reduction may not be set.
By doing so, it is possible to prevent the time-saving game state from being excessively set and the gambling property from becoming excessively high.

Further, as described above, by the main control board 100, during the low probability gaming state (low probability non-time-saving gaming state, low probability time-saving gaming state), for determining whether or not the time-saving activation count LN has been reached The number of changes in the special design (the number of times the lottery result is derived) is counted, but after winning the jackpot (end of the special game), the number of times the special design changes (the number of times the lottery result is derived) is reduced. You may make it stop the above-mentioned count after the 2nd time saving is set by having reached|attained the frequency|count LN of activation.
By doing so, the processing load on the main control board 100 can be reduced.

In addition, symbols that set the time saving game state during the first time saving or the second time saving Even if it is set to continue the first time saving or the second time saving without setting the third time saving when the losing pattern, etc., which is determined to set the gaming state) is determined , The final lottery of the first time saving or the second time saving (the number of times of special pattern fluctuations (the number of times of derivation of the lottery results of the winning lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) reaches the number of time saving times) Based on the above, the design that sets the time-saving gaming state (the above-mentioned time-saving design, the time-saving winning design, the small winning design that sets the time-saving gaming state, and the time-saving gaming state is set. When a lost pattern, etc.) is determined, a third reduction in time may be set.
By doing so, it is possible to enhance the continuity of the time-saving gaming state, and to increase the interest of the player.
Also, in the case of setting as described above, the winning lottery of the final round of the first time saving or the second time saving (the number of fluctuations of special symbols (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) Winning lottery just before reaching the number of times of time reduction) Designs that set the time reduction game state When the lost pattern, etc., which is determined to set the state) is determined, the first time saving or the second time saving is ended with the end of the fluctuation of the special pattern in the final round, and the non-time saving game state is set. After the non-time-saving game state is set, the symbol for setting the time-saving game state is stopped and displayed, and the third time-saving is set after the stop display. In addition, along with the setting of the above-mentioned non-time-saving gaming state, the transmission of the external signal (time-saving signal) indicating that the time-saving gaming state is transmitted to the outside of the pachinko machine in the time-saving gaming state is terminated, and the above-mentioned third You may make it transmit the said external signal again with setting of time saving.
By doing so, it is possible to reliably execute the control of the end of the time saving game state and the new setting, and to reliably notify the change of the time saving game state to the outside of the pachinko machine.

In addition, when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the lottery lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) reaches the predetermined number of time-saving activations LN When a small hit is won by the lottery may be set so that both the small winning game based on the winning of the small winning and the setting of the second time saving due to the number of fluctuations of the special symbols reaching the time saving activation number LN are executed.
Also, when set in this way, the second time saving is (A) from the winning of the small winning to the start of the small winning game when the small winning design is stopped and displayed, (B) from the start of the small winning game to the end It may be set at any timing of (C) after the end of the small winning game.
By doing so, when the winning of the small hit and the establishment of the conditions for setting the second time reduction overlap, the variation of the timing at which the second time reduction is set is abundant, so the variation is rich. It becomes possible to impart playability.

Also, when the second time saving and the third time saving are installed, the advantage may be set to be the same in both the second time saving and the third time saving (that is, the winning in the normal pattern lottery probability, the normal pattern fluctuation time, and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 may be set to be the same), the advantage may be set to be different (normal pattern lottery , any one or more of the probability of winning, the normal pattern fluctuation time, and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 may be set differently). For example, the second time reduction may be set to be more advantageous than the third time reduction (setting that the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols is high, setting that the fluctuation time of normal symbols is short, and the second Any one or a plurality of settings that increase the opening time of the start winning opening 16 may be performed).
By doing so, it is possible to increase the variation of the advantages of the second time saving and the third time saving, thereby increasing the player's interest.
In addition, the number of fluctuations of the special symbols (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) reaches the predetermined time saving activation number LN, and the time saving game state is set. When the pattern (the above-mentioned time-saving design, time-saving winning design, small winning design that sets the time-saving gaming state, lost design that sets the time-saving gaming state, etc.) is determined, the third You may make it give priority to time saving and set 2nd time saving.
Even if the conditions for setting the 2nd time saving and the 3rd time saving overlap by doing in this way, the 2nd time saving can be set reliably.

(39) In addition, for the first time reduction, second time reduction, and third time reduction, the variation of the special symbol based on the entry of the game ball to the first start winning opening 15 and the game ball to the second starting winning opening 16 Variation of the special pattern based on the entering ball is performed at the same time (that is, both the holding based on the entering ball of the game ball to the first start winning hole 15 and the holding based on the entering ball of the game ball to the second starting winning hole 16 is stored, the pachinko machine (hereinafter also referred to as a simultaneous turning machine) that is set to process both holds at the same time, so-called simultaneous turning control), and the above (1) to ( 38) may be set.
Then, when the first time reduction, second time reduction, and third time reduction are installed in the simultaneous spinning machine, based on the entry of the game ball into either the first start winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16 Designs that set the time-saving gaming state (the above-mentioned time-saving design, time-saving winning design, small winning design that set the time-saving gaming state, and loss design that set the time-saving gaming state etc.) is determined, and during the variation of the special symbol based on the determination, the number of times of variation of the special symbol based on the entry of the game ball to the other (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery, that is, the above-mentioned count count value by) reaches a predetermined time-saving activation count LN, during the fluctuation of the special symbol based on the entry of the game ball to one of the above, the entry of the game ball to one of the above Based on the ball, the number of fluctuations in the special pattern (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) sets the second time saving by reaching the time saving activation number LN, and setting the second time saving Afterwards, although the symbols determined to set the time-saving gaming state determined based on the entry of the game ball into one of the above-mentioned are stopped and displayed, even if it is controlled not to set the third time-saving. good.
In addition, a pattern (the above-mentioned time-saving pattern, time-saving winning pattern , a small winning pattern that is set to set a time-saving gaming state, a losing design that is set to set a time-saving gaming state, etc.) When the jackpot pattern is determined based on the entry of the game ball (the jackpot is won), during the fluctuation of the special pattern based on the entry of the game ball to one of the above, to one of the above The first time-saving is set by determining the jackpot pattern based on the entry of the game ball, and after setting the first time-saving, the time-saving game determined based on the entry of the game ball to one of the above Although the symbol determined to set the state is stopped and displayed, control may be performed so as not to set the third time saving.
By doing so, even if the conditions for setting the first time reduction or the second time reduction are established in the simultaneous turning machine, and the conditions for setting the third time reduction are duplicated, It is possible to reliably set the first time saving or the second time saving.

(40) In addition, when the time-saving gaming state is set after the special game is completed based on the determination of the jackpot symbol that sets the time-saving gaming state (that is, when the first time-saving is set) , during a predetermined period of time (for example, the A period shorter than the long fluctuation time, a period shorter than the time from the start to the end of the special game when the number of round games is the smallest (for example, 10 seconds, etc.)), the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 A predetermined area (for example, the entire area of the display unit 21a) displays an instruction to launch the game ball toward the second game area 12b (so-called right hitting). (For example, the area of the upper right corner or the lower right corner of the display unit 21a) continues to display a mark that suggests launching the game ball toward the second game area 12b. good.
By doing so, it is possible for the player to recognize that the time-saving game state is set after the end of the variable production and the special game, and after the end of the variable production and the special game, to the second game area 12b. It is possible to give an impression that all game balls are launched.

In addition, when the time saving gaming state is set by the number of times of special symbol fluctuation (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery, i.e., the count value by the above-mentioned count) reaches the time saving activation count LN (i.e., the second time saving is set), during the fluctuation of the special symbol at the time of reaching the time reduction activation number LN (during the execution of the fluctuation production), during a period shorter than the above-mentioned predetermined period (for example, from the shortest fluctuation time for a short period of time (for example, 2 seconds), a specific area (for example, an area about half the size of the display section 21a) in the display section 21a of the effect display device 21 toward the second game area 12b After a period shorter than the above-mentioned predetermined period, an area smaller than the above-mentioned specific area (for example, the area in the upper right corner of the display unit 21a) is displayed. , lower right corner area, etc.) may continue to display a mark suggesting launching of a game ball toward the second game area 12b.
By doing so, during the fluctuation production at the time when the number of fluctuations of the special symbols reaches the number of times of shortening working hours LN, the player can be made to recognize that the shortening of working hours gaming state is set after that, and the above-mentioned Even if a short variation time is determined as the variation time at the point in time, the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b after completion of the variation performance without making the player feel uncomfortable. can impress.
Note that the above-described predetermined area and the above-described specific area may be the same area or may be different areas. Also, the specific area described above may be a part of the predetermined area described above. Also, when the first time saving is set, the area where the mark suggesting the launch of the game ball toward the second game area 12b is displayed, and when the second time saving is set, the second game area 12b The regions in which the mark indicating the launch of the game ball toward the player is displayed may be the same region, different regions, or regions of different sizes. Also, one region may be part of the other region.

In addition, the number of fluctuations of the special pattern (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the lottery lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) wins a big hit by the lottery at the time when the number of time-saving activation times LN is reached, and the time-saving game state is set. When a jackpot symbol is determined that is not allowed, the second time saving may be set after the special game based on the winning of the jackpot is finished.
By doing so, the chances of setting the time-saving gaming state are increased, so that the interest of the player can be enhanced.
In addition, the number of fluctuations of the special pattern (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the lottery lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) is elected to the jackpot by the lottery at the time when the number of time-saving activation times LN is reached, and the high probability game state and When a jackpot design that sets the time-saving gaming state (high-probability time-saving gaming state) is determined, after the special game based on the winning of the jackpot is completed, the jackpot is set without setting the second time-saving. A high-probability game state and a time-saving game state (high-probability time-saving game state) based on symbols may be set.
By doing so, after the special game ends, a game state with a higher degree of advantage for the player is set, so that the player's interest can be enhanced.

(41) In a pachinko machine set so that a special game is executed only based on the winning of a jackpot, when the stop display time (so-called pattern confirmation time) in the variation that reaches the number of time reduction activations LN has passed, or the stop A second time saving may be set at a predetermined time after the display time has elapsed.
Also, in the so-called 1 type and 2 type mixed pachinko machine, if the result of the winning lottery at the time of reaching the number of times of shortening activation LN is a loss, the stop display time after the fluctuation of the special symbol at that time stops The second time saving may be set at any time until the time elapses (for example, when the special symbol stops changing, when the stop display time elapses, etc.). In addition, when the result of the winning lottery at the time of reaching the number of times of shortening activation LN is the winning of the small winning, the time of the end of the small winning game based on the winning of the small winning (the ending time of the ending process in the small winning game) Then, the second time saving may be set.
In addition, in the so-called simultaneous rotation machine, the second time saving may be set at the time of starting the fluctuation that reaches the time saving activation number LN.
By doing as above, the second time saving can be set at an appropriate timing according to the specifications of the pachinko machine.

(42) In addition, the pachinko machine P includes a hall computer, a data display device that displays the number of times the jackpot has been won (the number of times the special game is executed), the number of times the special game has changed, the number of times the time-saving game state has been set, and the like. For example, it may be set so that a plurality of external signals can be transmitted to an external device installed outside the pachinko machine P.
For example, as external signals, a plurality of jackpot signals can be provided that are transmitted based on the winning of a jackpot and the execution of a special game.
The first jackpot signal among the plurality of jackpot signals is set to be continuously transmitted to the hall computer and the data display device from the start to the end of the special game, and the jackpot signal is displayed on the hall computer and the data display device. The number of wins (the number of times a special game is executed) can be counted, and the number of times can be displayed. Further, in the hall computer or the data display device, when the first jackpot signal is received, the number of fluctuations after the end of the special game may be reset.
In addition, for the second jackpot signal among the plurality of jackpot signals, the hole computer and the data display device continue from the start of the special game until the end of the time saving game state (third time saving) set after the end of the special game. , so that the hall computer or the data display device can count the number of times of the third time saving and display the number of times. Further, in the hall computer or the data display device, when the second jackpot signal is received, the number of fluctuations after the end of the special game may be reset.
In addition, the third jackpot signal among the plurality of jackpot signals is set to be continuously transmitted to the hall computer or the data display device from the time when the second time reduction is set until it is finished, and the hall computer and the data display are set. While enabling the number of times of the 2nd time saving to be countable in an apparatus, you may enable it to display the said number of times. Further, in the hall computer or the data display device, when the third jackpot signal is received, the number of fluctuations after the end of the special game may be reset. Further, in the data display device, when the third jackpot signal is received, it may be arranged to notify that the second time saving has been set. It should be noted that the third jackpot signal is not to be continuously transmitted from the time the second time saving is set until it ends, but to be transmitted only at the time when the second time saving is set. good too.
Also, the above-described jackpot signal may be transmitted to either one of the hall computer and the data display device instead of being transmitted to both. For example, the first jackpot signal and the second jackpot signal may be sent only to the data display device, and the third jackpot signal may be sent only to the hall computer.
By doing as above, it becomes possible to grasp outside the pachinko machine P that the second time saving has been set.

(43) In the above-described embodiment, after the condition for the number of consecutive jackpots (the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number) is established, the determination ratio of the fluctuation time longer than before the condition for the number of consecutive jackpots is established. By increasing it, the number of special games executed per unit time (the number of jackpot wins per unit time) was reduced, but in order to reduce the number of special games executed per unit time. The control method by the main CPU 101 is not limited to this. Specific examples will be described below.
In addition, as described above, the continuous jackpot means that the jackpot is won in the normal game state, and at least it shifts to either the time-saving game state or the high-probability game state, and then continuously without shifting to the normal game state. It shall mean the winning jackpot.

(Specific example 1)
For example, when the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number (for example, three times), in the fluctuations executed after this, (A) the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuations executed before this You may set so that the determination ratio of the long fluctuation time may become high. In addition, in the special game to be executed after this, (B) an opening time longer than the opening time in the special game executed before this may be set, or (C) executed before this (D) An interval time longer than the interval time of the previously executed special game may be set. Alternatively, (E) an opening time longer than the opening time of the big winning opening 18 in the previously executed special game may be set.

(Specific example 2)
For example, when the total number of rounds executed during consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number (for example, 20 times, etc.), in the fluctuations and special games executed thereafter, the above-mentioned (A) to (E) can be set as
(Specific example 3)
For example, when the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number (for example, 3 times) and the total number of rounds executed during the consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number (for example, 20 times), the subsequent execution In the variations and special games to be played, the above-described (A) to (E) may be set.

(Specific example 4)
For example, the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number (for example, three times), and when the predetermined number of times is reached or after reaching the predetermined number of times, the jackpot pattern determined in the jackpot is a specific pattern (during the special game When the number of rounds to be executed is relatively large (10 rounds, 15 rounds, etc., set jackpot patterns, etc.), in the fluctuations related to the winning of the jackpot and the fluctuations to be executed after this, In the special game based on the winning of the jackpot and the special game to be executed thereafter, the above-described (A) to (E) may be set.
(Specific example 5)
For example, during continuous jackpots, the total number of rounds executed reaches a predetermined number (for example, 20 times, etc.), and the jackpot pattern determined when the jackpot is won after reaching the predetermined number is a specific pattern (during special games If the number of rounds to be executed is relatively large (10 rounds, 15 rounds, etc.) set jackpot pattern, etc.), in the fluctuations related to the winning of the jackpot and the fluctuations to be executed after this, , in the special game based on the winning of the jackpot and the special game to be executed thereafter, the above-described (A) to (E) may be set.

(Specific example 6)
For example, during continuous jackpots, the number of fluctuations from the end of a predetermined special game until winning the next jackpot is a specific number (for example, 10 times) or less, or all special games during continuous jackpots. If the total number of fluctuations after the end reaches a specific number, the fluctuations related to the winning of the jackpot and the fluctuations to be executed after this, special games based on the winning of the jackpot, and special games to be executed after this In the game, it may be set as described above (A) to (E).
(Specific example 7)
For example, it is determined when the number of fluctuations from the end of a predetermined special game to winning the next jackpot during continuous jackpots is less than a specified number of times (for example, 10 times, etc.) and the next jackpot is won. When the jackpot pattern drawn is a specific pattern (such as a jackpot pattern in which the number of rounds to be executed during the special game is relatively large (10 rounds, 15 rounds, etc.)), it is related to the winning of the jackpot. The above-described (A) to (E) may be set in fluctuations and fluctuations to be executed thereafter, and in special games based on the winning of the jackpot and special games to be executed thereafter.

(Specific example 8)
For example, when the total number of prize balls paid out during consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number (for example, 3000), the above-mentioned (A) to (E ) can be set as
(Specific example 9)
For example, the total number of prize balls paid out during continuous jackpots reaches a predetermined number (for example, 3000), and the jackpot pattern determined in the jackpot after reaching the predetermined number is a specific pattern (during special games If the number of rounds to be executed is relatively large (10 rounds, 15 rounds, etc.) set jackpot pattern, etc.), in the fluctuations related to the winning of the jackpot and the fluctuations to be executed after this, , in the special game based on the winning of the jackpot and the special game to be executed thereafter, the above-described (A) to (E) may be set.

(Specific example 10)
For example, when the difference between the number of prize balls paid out during consecutive jackpots and the number of shot balls reaches a predetermined number (for example, 1500 balls), the fluctuations and special games that are executed after this, the above-mentioned (A) to (E) may be set.
(Specific example 11)
For example, the difference between the number of prize balls paid out and the number of shot balls during consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number (for example, 1500), and the jackpot pattern determined in the jackpot after reaching the predetermined number is specified. If there is a pattern (such as a jackpot pattern in which the number of rounds executed during the special game is relatively large (10 rounds, 15 rounds, etc.)), changes related to winning the jackpot and subsequent execution Also, in the special game based on the winning of the jackpot and the special game to be executed thereafter, the above-described (A) to (E) may be set.

(Specific example 12)
For example, the variation pattern determined when winning a predetermined jackpot during continuous jackpots is a specific variation pattern (for example, a variation pattern with a relatively short variation time (3 seconds, 6 seconds, etc.)) In case, in the variation to be executed after this, it may be set as in (A) above, and in the special game based on the winning of the jackpot and the special game to be executed after this, the above-mentioned (B) to (E) may be set.
(Specific example 13)
For example, when the first special random number or the second special random number is stored, before the start of fluctuation based on the first special random number or the second special random number, the first special random number or the second special random number Various judgments related to the determination of the winning lottery and special symbols for random numbers (judgment of whether or not to win the jackpot, determination of the type of special symbols to be determined, etc.) During continuous jackpots, when the determination result of the prior determination process is predetermined content (for example, the reservation stored at the end of the special game includes a jackpot winning, etc.) In variations and special games to be executed thereafter, the above-described (A) to (E) may be set.

(Specific example 14)
For example, when the total elapsed time during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined time (for example, 15 minutes, etc.), in the variations and special games that are executed after this, as in the above (A) to (E) May be set.
(Specific example 15)
For example, when the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number (for example, 3 times) and the total elapsed time during the consecutive jackpots is less than a predetermined time (for example, 5 minutes), it is executed after this In the variations and special games that occur, the above-described (A) to (E) may be set.

(Specific example 16)
For example, when the total execution time of the special game during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined time (for example, 5 minutes, etc.), in the fluctuations and special games that are executed after this, the above (A) to (E) You can set it like
(Specific example 17)
For example, when the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number (for example, three times) and the total execution time of the special game during the consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined time (for example, five minutes), after this The variations and special games to be executed may be set as described above (A) to (E).

Even in the case of setting as described above, it is possible to reduce the number of special games executed per unit time (the number of winning jackpots per unit time), as in the above-described embodiment. As a result, a large number of special games are played intensively in a short period of time, and the number of prize balls won by the player increases sharply. can be properly prevented.

Further, the various conditions in the above specific examples 1 to 17 can be set in combination with each other as long as there is no contradiction. Also, for the above-mentioned settings (A) to (E) when various conditions are satisfied, only one of them may be set, or a plurality of them may be set.

In addition, the main control board 100 is provided with a counter (constituted by a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103) for counting the number of consecutive big wins, and the number of consecutive big wins reaches a predetermined number based on the count value of the counter. It may be determined whether Then, any one or more of the above-described settings (A) to (E) may be set when the various conditions in the specific examples 1 to 17 described above are satisfied.
In addition, since the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 during the high-probability time-saving game state, the consecutive big wins are mainly based on the second special random numbers. Therefore, the above-mentioned counter counts the number of consecutive jackpots won based on the second special random number, and resets the count value of the counter when a jackpot is won based on the first special random number. If the number of consecutive jackpots won based on the second special random number reaches a predetermined number, it is determined that the conditions regarding the number of consecutive jackpots in the above specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied. You may make it That is, when the jackpot is won based on the first special random number, the continuous jackpot is treated as interrupted, and if the jackpot is not continuously won based on the second special random number, the above-mentioned specific examples 1- 17 may be set so as not to satisfy the condition regarding the number of consecutive jackpots.
When the jackpot is won based on the second special random number, it is decided to execute a special game in which the number of obtainable game balls is relatively larger than when the jackpot is won based on the first special random number. It is likely that the number of prize balls won by the player will increase rapidly in a short period of time. When set as described above, only the jackpot based on the second special random number is subject to the conditions related to the number of consecutive jackpots, so the above settings (A) to (E) are excessively performed. situation can be prevented.

Also, when various conditions in specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, (A) regarding the variable time and at least one of (B) to (E) regarding various times during the special game are set in combination. Occasionally, after satisfying various conditions, both the variable time and the various times during the special game are longer than before the various conditions are satisfied, but the rate of change of the variable time is higher than the rate of change of the various times during the special game. may be set to be larger.
For example, when the conditions in Specific Example 1 are satisfied, when (A) and (B) are set in combination, before the number of continuous jackpots reaches a predetermined number, the variation time of the special symbol variation is 3 seconds. and 6 seconds are easy to determine, and after the number of consecutive jackpots reaches the predetermined number, the special symbol variation time is 13 seconds or 15 seconds (2.5 to 5 times the variation time before reaching the predetermined number In addition, the opening time during the special game is 10 seconds before the number of consecutive big wins reaches a predetermined number, and after the number of consecutive big wins reaches the predetermined number, a special game is set. The opening time during the game may be set to 15 seconds (changes to 1.5 times the opening time before reaching the predetermined number of times).

In addition, when the various conditions in Examples 1 to 17 are satisfied and (A) regarding the fluctuation time is set, after the various conditions are satisfied, the fluctuation pattern becomes a less reach fluctuation pattern than before the various conditions are satisfied. Although both the fluctuation time and the fluctuation time of the reach fluctuation pattern are longer, the change rate of the fluctuation time of the reach fluctuation pattern is higher than the change rate of the fluctuation time of the fluctuation without reach fluctuation pattern. It may be set to be larger, or it may be set so that the change rate of the fluctuation time of the fluctuation that becomes the reach fluctuation pattern is larger than the change rate of the fluctuation time of the fluctuation that becomes the reach fluctuation pattern. .
For example, when (A) is set when the conditions in Specific Example 2 are satisfied, before the total number of rounds executed during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, the fluctuation time of the fluctuation pattern without reach is 3. Seconds and 6 seconds are easy to determine, and after the total number of rounds executed during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, the fluctuation time will be 13 seconds or 15 seconds (before reaching the predetermined number). 2.5 times to 5 times the fluctuation time) is set so that it is easy to determine, and before the total number of rounds executed during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, the reach fluctuation pattern. It is easy to determine 20 seconds or 30 seconds as the time, and after the total number of rounds executed during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, the variation time of the variation that becomes the reach variation pattern is 180 seconds or 240 seconds (to the predetermined number 6 times to 12 times the fluctuation time before reaching) can be easily determined.
Further, when (A) is set when the conditions in Specific Example 8 are satisfied, before the total number of prize balls paid out during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, the fluctuation time of the fluctuation pattern without reach. 3 seconds or 6 seconds is easily determined as a time, and after the total number of prize balls paid out during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, the variation time will be 13 seconds or 15 seconds (predetermined 2.5 times to 5 times the variation time before reaching the number) is set so that it is easy to determine, and before the total number of prize balls paid out during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, the reach variation It is easy to determine 20 seconds or 30 seconds as the variation time of the variation that becomes the pattern, and after the total number of rounds executed during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, 40 seconds or 40 seconds as the variation time of the variation that becomes the reach variation pattern. It may be set so that 45 seconds (varying approximately 1.3 to 2.25 times the variable time before reaching the predetermined number) is easily determined.
Also, when the various conditions in specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, at least one of (B) to (E) regarding various times during the special game is set without setting (A) regarding the variable time. By doing so, after various conditions are satisfied, the execution time of the special game (opening time, ending time, interval time, opening time of the big winning opening 18) may be lengthened, although the variable time does not change. . In addition, in this case, for example, the opening time after various conditions are satisfied is longer than other times (ending time, interval time, opening time of the big winning opening 18) after the conditions are satisfied. It may be set to be longer, or the rate of change of the opening time before and after satisfying various conditions may be set to be greater than the rate of change of other times.

Further, when the various conditions in the specific examples 1 to 17 described above are satisfied, other settings may be performed instead of the settings (A) to (E) described above. For example, when various conditions are satisfied, in the general pattern game to be executed after this, (F) the determination ratio of the fluctuation time longer than the fluctuation time of the normal pattern fluctuation that was executed before this is higher. (G) It may be set so that the opening time is shorter than the opening time of the movable piece 16b of the second starting prize opening 16 before this.
Also, for example, when various conditions are satisfied, after the end of the special game after this, (H) set the number of times of time reduction less than the number of times of time reduction set after the end of the previous special game. may
By setting in this way, the frequency of game balls entering the second start winning opening 16 is reduced, and the chances of the winning lottery are also reduced, so the number of special games executed per unit time (per unit time The number of times the jackpot is won) can be reduced.

Also, for example, when various conditions are satisfied, in the special game to be executed after this, (I) a mode in which the game ball is more difficult to enter than during the previous special game (for example, 0.5 seconds The opening and closing for 1.0 seconds may be repeated a predetermined number of times, etc.).
When set in this manner, the number of prize balls obtainable during the special game is reduced, and the total number of prize balls per unit time can be reduced. As a result, even if a large number of special games are executed intensively in a short period of time, the number of prize balls to be obtained by the player can be suppressed, resulting in an extremely high level of gambling. The occurrence of such a situation can be appropriately prevented.

Also, for example, when various conditions are satisfied, when the subsequent special symbols fluctuate, (J) when both the first special random number and the second special random number are stored, the second special symbol It may be set so that the first special random number is processed in preference to the random number.
When set in this way, execution of a special game with fewer rounds is determined when the jackpot is won based on the first special random number than when the jackpot is won based on the second special random number. Therefore, the expected value of the number of prize balls obtainable during the special game is reduced, and the expected value of the total number of prize balls per unit time can be reduced. As a result, even if a large number of special games are executed intensively in a short period of time, the number of prize balls to be obtained by the player can be suppressed, resulting in an extremely high level of gambling. The occurrence of such a situation can be appropriately prevented.

As for the settings (F) to (J), just one of them may be set, or a plurality of them may be set, similarly to (A) to (E). Also, it may be set in combination with at least one of (A) to (E).
In addition, in the settings of (A) to (G), when various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 were satisfied, various times were set to be longer, but the predetermined time was set to be longer. , other times may be set to be shorter. For example, when the various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, while setting the determination ratio of the fluctuation time longer than the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation executed before this to be high ((A) (setting of (C)), an ending time shorter than the ending time of the previously executed special game may be set (setting of (C)).
In this case, after the various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, the time from the start of the fluctuation to the end of the special game becomes too long, and the profit of the player is extremely hindered. It is possible to prevent such a situation.

Also, when the various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, the settings (A) to (E) are made, and when the various times are set to be longer, a specific effect is executed within the longer period. You may set so that frequency may become high.
For example, when the various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, the determination ratio of the fluctuation time longer than the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation that was executed before this is set to be higher ((A) setting ), when a long variation time is determined, the execution frequency of the suggestive performance (specific performance) indicating the degree of expectation of winning the jackpot in the variation may be set to be high. In addition, it may be set so that the execution frequency of a special effect (a specific effect) showing contents unrelated to the result of the lottery is increased.

Further, when various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, the opening time is set (setting (B)) longer than the opening time of the previously executed special game, When the ending time is set (setting (C)) longer than the ending time of the previously executed special game, it is stored at that time until the opening time or ending time elapses. It may be set so as to increase the execution frequency of a look-ahead effect (specific effect) suggesting that there is one that can be determined as a jackpot win among the reserved games.
Note that the degree of change in the execution frequency of a specific effect is not particularly limited. For example, although a specific effect was not executed before the various conditions described above were satisfied, the specific effect may be set to be executed after the various conditions described above are satisfied. Before the various conditions were met, a specific effect was executed at a predetermined execution rate, but after the above-mentioned various conditions were satisfied, the specific effect was executed at a rate higher than the above-mentioned predetermined execution rate. can be set to run.
In this case, similarly to the above, while appropriately preventing the occurrence of a situation in which the gambling nature becomes extremely high, the player's interest is reduced due to the lengthening of various times. can be prevented.

Further, when one or more of (A) to (J) are set when various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, when a predetermined termination condition is satisfied, the The setting may be canceled (that is, the setting before satisfying the various conditions described above may be restored).
Note that, as the predetermined termination condition, for example, the setting performed after the various conditions described above have been satisfied, the change has been performed a predetermined number of times (for example, 30 times), It is determined that the special game has been played a predetermined number of times (for example, three times) (e.g., winning a predetermined number of times in the jackpot), and that the continuous jackpot has been interrupted (for example, after the special game is finished, the normal game It is possible to set the fact that the jackpot symbol for which the state is to be set has been determined, that the normal game state has been set, and that a predetermined number of changes have been made since the normal game state was set. .
In this case, it is possible to prevent the player's interest from deteriorating due to the setting for preventing the gambling nature from increasing for a long time.

In addition, when various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied and one or more settings of (A) to (J) are performed, at least one of the time-saving gaming state or the high probability time-saving gaming state is Even when continuing (that is, during continuous jackpots), if specific conditions are met, (for example, the execution of a special game with a relatively large number of game balls that can be acquired) When the associated jackpot symbol X2 is determined continuously a predetermined number of times (for example, twice), the above setting is canceled (that is, the setting before satisfying the above various conditions ).
In this case, it is possible to prevent the player's interest from deteriorating due to the long duration of the setting for preventing the gambling nature from increasing.

In addition, when the various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, specific external information is sent to the outside of the pachinko machine P (for example, a pachinko machine such as a hall computer) in order to transmit the settings made based on this. P), or a predetermined display (for example, a specific A mark image may be displayed, a warning message such as "game progress time is being changed" may be displayed, or a lamp may be lit in a predetermined manner.
Further, when various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, history information indicating that fact may be stored in the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100 or the sub-RAM 303 of the sub-control board 300 . In such a case, it is possible to grasp the frequency and period of setting for preventing situations in which the gambling aspect is increased, and it is possible to use it for the development of pachinko machines in which the situation in which the gambling aspect is increased is less likely to occur. can.

In addition, the pachinko machine P is provided with a plurality of variation pattern tables 114 set so that the length of the variation time that can be determined and the determination ratio of the variation time are different, and the jackpot is won in a state where the various conditions of the specific examples 1 to 17 are not satisfied. , the variation pattern (variation time) is determined by referring to a different variation pattern table 114 based on the jackpot pattern determined when the jackpot is won after the special game based on the jackpot is completed. assumed to have been set.
And even when it is set in this way, if the jackpot is won in a state where one or more of the above-mentioned conditions are satisfied and one or more of (A) to (J) are set, The variation pattern (variation time) may be determined by referring to the common variation pattern table 114 regardless of which jackpot pattern is determined when the jackpot is won.
Specifically, for example, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1 is determined in a state in which the various conditions described above are not satisfied, after the special game based on the jackpot ends, a relatively long fluctuation time When the variation pattern (variation time) is determined by referring to the first variation pattern table 114 in which the determination ratio is set high, and the jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X2 is determined in a state where the various conditions described above are not satisfied. , after the end of the special game based on the jackpot, the variation pattern (variation time) is determined by referring to the second variation pattern table 114 in which the determination ratio of the relatively short variation time is set high. assumed to have been set to Then, when it is set in this manner, even when the jackpot is won in a state where the various conditions described above are satisfied and either the jackpot pattern X1 or the jackpot pattern X2 is determined, after the special game based on the jackpot ends. determines the variation pattern (variation time) by referring to the third variation pattern table 114 in which the determination ratio of the variation time longer than the variation time that can be determined in the first variation pattern table 114 is set high. may

Moreover, the pachinko machine P may be provided with a variation pattern table 114 as described below. The variation pattern table 114 will be specifically described below. Here, the winning of time saving grant (determination of time saving pattern) is not considered, and the winning of the small hit is not decided in the winning lottery, and it is decided when the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 An example will be described in which there are two types of jackpot symbols, X1 and X2, and one type of losing pattern, Y2.
For example, as shown in FIGS. 59 to 60, when the various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are not satisfied in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, refer to when the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 When one or more of the above (A) to (J) are set while satisfying the various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 in the table C and the high probability time saving gaming state, the second Tables D1, D2, and D3 may be provided to be referred to when a game ball enters the starting winning hole 16. - 特許庁

As shown in FIG. 59, according to Table C, when the losing pattern Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 49, "3 seconds variation" When the variation pattern command "C0H" associated with the variation pattern (variation pattern in which the entire variation time is set to 3 seconds) is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 50 to 124, "5 seconds variation" When the variation pattern command "C1H" associated with the variation pattern (variation pattern in which the entire variation time is set to 5 seconds) is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 125 to 224, "10 second variation" When the variation pattern command "C2H" associated with the variation pattern (variation pattern in which the entire variation time is set to 10 seconds) is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 225 to 249, "15 seconds variation" (variation pattern in which the entire variation time is set to 15 seconds) is associated with the variation pattern command "C3H" is determined.
Also, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 49, the variation pattern of "30 seconds variation" (the entire variation time is 30 seconds The variation pattern command "D0H" associated with the variation pattern set to ) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 50 to 124, the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" (the entire variation time is 60 seconds The variation pattern command "D1H" associated with the set variation pattern) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 125 to 174, the variation pattern of "100 seconds variation" (the entire variation time is set to 100 seconds The variation pattern command "D2H" associated with the variation pattern) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 175 to 249, the variation pattern of "120 seconds variation" (the entire variation time is set to 120 seconds The variation pattern command "D3H" associated with the variation pattern) is determined.

As shown in FIG. 60(a), according to the table D1, when the losing pattern Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second pending number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 12, "3 seconds The variation pattern command "C0H" associated with the variation pattern of "variation" is determined, and the variation pattern command "C1H" associated with the variation pattern of "5 second variation" when the variation pattern random number is 13 to 25 ” is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 26 to 50, the variation pattern command “C4H” associated with the variation pattern of “50 seconds variation” (variation pattern in which the entire variation time is set to 50 seconds) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 51 to 150, the variation pattern command "C5H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 second variation" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 225 to 249 A variation pattern command "C6H" associated with a variation pattern of "100 second variation" is determined.
Further, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 49, the variation pattern associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" The command "D1H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 50 to 124, the variation pattern command "D2H" associated with the variation pattern of "100 second variation" is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 125 to 174. A variation pattern command "D4H" associated with a variation pattern of "150 seconds variation" (a variation pattern in which the entire variation time is set to 150 seconds) is determined when the variation pattern random number is 175 to 249. A variation pattern command "D5H" associated with a variation pattern of "200 seconds variation" (a variation pattern in which the entire variation time is set to 200 seconds) is determined.

As shown in FIG. 60(b), according to the table D2, when the losing pattern Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second pending number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 24, "50 seconds The variation pattern command "C4H" associated with the variation pattern of "variation" is determined, and the variation pattern command "C5H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 second variation" when the variation pattern random number is 25 to 74 ” is determined, and the variation pattern command “C7H” associated with the variation pattern of “70 seconds variation” (variation pattern in which the entire variation time is set to 70 seconds) when the variation pattern random number is 75 to 149 is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 150 to 249, the variation pattern command "C6H" associated with the variation pattern of "100 second variation" is determined.
Further, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 49, the variation pattern associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" The command "D1H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 50 to 124, the variation pattern command "D2H" associated with the variation pattern of "100 second variation" is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 125 to 174. When the variation pattern command "D4H" associated with the variation pattern of "150 seconds variation" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 175 to 249, the variation pattern of "200 seconds variation" corresponds The attached variation pattern command "D5H" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 60(c), according to the table D3, when the losing pattern Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second pending number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249, "60 seconds A variation pattern command "C5H" associated with the variation pattern of "Variation" is determined.
Further, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 49, the variation pattern associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" The command "D1H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 50 to 124, the variation pattern command "D2H" associated with the variation pattern of "100 second variation" is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 125 to 174. When the variation pattern command "D4H" associated with the variation pattern of "150 seconds variation" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 175 to 249, the variation pattern of "200 seconds variation" corresponds The attached variation pattern command "D5H" is determined.

Then, when the various conditions of the specific examples 1 to 17 are not satisfied in the high probability time-saving gaming state, when the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16, the variation pattern ( That is, while determining the fluctuation time), while satisfying the various conditions of the specific examples 1 to 17 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, when one or more of the above (A) to (J) are set Furthermore, when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, the variation pattern may be determined by referring to the variation pattern table 114 of either the table D1, the table D2 or the table D3.
In addition, when the various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied in the high probability time-saving gaming state and one or more of the above (A) to (J) are set, the second start winning opening 16 When a game ball enters the ball, the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to may be switched by satisfying a predetermined switching condition. Specifically, the variation pattern table 115 to be referred to may be switched from table D1 to table D2 to table D3 according to the number of consecutive big wins. Also, the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to may be switched from table D3 to table D2 to table D1 according to the number of variations.

(Other game features that apply the setting of the time-saving game state)
Next, an example of another game property to which the control of setting the time-saving gaming state without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game is applied will be described. In addition, below, it demonstrates centering around the structure and control which are different from the above-mentioned embodiment, and omits explanation about the same structure and control except the case where it is necessary. In addition, it is assumed that the pachinko machine P according to the other application examples below is not provided with any set values.
(Other application example 1)
(Outline of configuration and control)
Although not particularly shown, the configuration of the game board 11 (game area 12) of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, and the installed devices and members are substantially the same as those in the above-described embodiment. .

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, the normal game state (game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state), the second low-probability time-saving game state, similar to the above-described embodiment (Game state combining low-probability game state and second time-saving game state) or high-probability time-saving game state (game state combining high-probability game state and second time-saving game state) Set either game state It is designed to be
Then, as in the above-described embodiment, during the normal game state, the player is instructed to launch the game ball toward the first game area 12a, so as long as the game ball is launched according to this instruction , the game ball can enter the first start winning hole 15 . On the other hand, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, during the high-probability time-saving game state, during the special game and during the small winning game, the player is instructed to launch the game ball toward the second game area 12b, As long as the game ball is launched in accordance with this instruction, the game ball can pass through the gate 20, enter the second start winning hole 16, and enter the big winning hole 18 (see FIG. 3). .

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 1, when a big win is won based on the entry of a game ball into the first start winning hole 15, the big win pattern X1 is determined. When a big win is won based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16, the big win symbol X2 is determined. The probability of winning the jackpot during the normal game state is set to about 1/150, and the probability of winning the jackpot during the high-probability time-saving game state is set to about 1/110.
Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, four round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and a predetermined number (for example, one) is executed in a specific round game (for example, three rounds). The game ball cannot enter the specific area 57 and the normal game state is set after the special game ends. In addition, about 400 game balls can be acquired during the special game.
On the other hand, when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, 10 round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 in the specific round game. A high-probability time-saving game state (time-saving number of times is 10000 times) is set after the end of the special game. In addition, about 1000 game balls can be acquired during the special game.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, the determination of the appropriateness of the time reduction grant in the winning lottery and the determination of the time reduction pattern when the time reduction grant is won are not performed as in the above-described embodiment. . Instead of this, the second time-saving gaming state (the number of time-savings to be set is a predetermined There are provided a lost symbol Z1 defined that the number of times (10000 times in this application example) is set, and a lost symbol Z2 defined that the time-saving gaming state is not set. Then, in the normal game state, when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 and the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, and the losing pattern Z1 is determined, the above-described second time-saving game state is set. That is, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15 during the normal game state, the subsequent game state shifts from the normal game state to the second low probability time saving game state. It is designed to On the other hand, when the losing symbol Z2 is determined, the game state remains the normal game state.
In addition, the probability that the losing pattern Z1 is determined when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 is set to about 1/500.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 1, when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 and results in a loss, the losing pattern Z1 is not determined. In addition, even if the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 and the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the game state (second low probability time saving game state or high probability time saving game state) other than the normal game state , The setting of the second time-saving game state is not performed. That is, in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state or high-probability time-saving gaming state, even if the lost pattern Z1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball in the first start winning opening 15, the game state at that time is changed. There is no such thing as 10000 times of time saving is not reset. In addition, the number of remaining time reductions at the time point is updated (that is, 1 is subtracted).

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 1, the upper limit number of times of the continuous variable probability setting number is set to five times. In the pachinko machine P, as described above, when the jackpot pattern X2 is determined, the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the special game based on the determination is completed, so the jackpot pattern X2 is determined five times in succession. Then, after the special game based on the determination is finished, the normal game state is forcibly set.

(Playability of pachinko machine P according to another application example 1)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, as described above, the normal game state (game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state), the second low-probability time-saving game state (low-probability game state and A game state combining a second time-saving game state) or a high probability time-saving game state (a game state combining a high-probability game state and a second time-saving game state) is set so that the game progresses It's becoming

When a player starts playing a game, the normal game state is often set. During this normal game state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left-handed hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched accordingly, the game ball is , there is a possibility that the ball will enter the first starting prize winning port 15, and the ball will not enter the second starting prize winning port 16. - 特許庁Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting prize winning port 15, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X1 is determined. Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57, and the game state after the end of the special game is set to the normal game state (see FIG. 61). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, during the normal game state, the high-probability time-saving game state is not set through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game.

Here, when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 during the normal game state, the result of the lottery is a loss, and the loss pattern Z1 can be determined (decision probability is about 1/500). there is When the losing pattern Z1 is determined, the game state is set to the second low-probability time-saving game state without going through the winning of the jackpot and the special game, and the second low-probability time-saving game state wins the jackpot. It continues until the result of the winning lottery is derived 10000 times.

During the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the launching of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (right hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched accordingly, the game ball is the second There is a possibility that the ball will enter the 2nd start winning hole 16, and the ball will not enter the 1st starting winning hole 15. - 特許庁Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting prize winning port 16, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X2 is determined. When the jackpot pattern X2 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57, the game state after the end of the special game is set to a high probability time-saving game state, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 10000 times. . That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, if the player hits to the right as instructed during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the jackpot is won, thereby shifting to the high-probability time-saving gaming state. becomes (see FIG. 61). Here, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, the second start winning opening 16 is much easier to be maintained in the open state than during the normal game state, so while suppressing the decrease in game balls as the game progresses. , the winning of the next jackpot can be obtained almost certainly, and the game shifts to a high-probability time-saving game state.

During the high-probability time-saving gaming state, similarly to the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the launching of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (right hitting) is instructed, and the game ball is launched accordingly. As long as there is, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16, and when the big winning is won, the big winning pattern X2 is determined. Then, when the jackpot pattern X2 is determined, the game state after the predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 and the special game is finished is again set to the high-probability time-saving game state, and the number of times of time-saving is 10000. times. During the high-probability time-saving gaming state, similarly to the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls, the next big hit can be almost certainly won, and the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set again. be.

Thus, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, when the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, substantially, the jackpot is won again during the game state, and the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set again. set. Therefore, once the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the jackpot pattern X2 can be determined continuously, and until the jackpot pattern X2 is determined five times in a row (the number of continuous variable settings reaches the upper limit number of times Until) the high probability time saving game state continues. Then, when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined five times in succession, the game state after the special game based on the determination is set to the normal game state. That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, when the high-probability time-saving game state is set, the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2 is continuously executed five times without shifting to the normal game state. be done.

Here, for example, it is assumed that the pachinko machine P is configured to set a high-probability time-saving gaming state based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 (400 game balls that can be acquired during the special game). . Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined during the normal game state, the high probability time saving game state is set, and similarly to the above, when the high probability time saving game state is set, the jackpot is won without shifting to the normal game state. The pattern X2 can be continuously determined.
However, in the pachinko machine P configured in this way, since the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1, the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 is also counted as the number of continuous probability variable setting times. Become. Then, after setting the high-probability time-saving gaming state based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1, when the jackpot pattern X2 is determined four times in succession, the number of continuous probability variation setting reaches the upper limit number of times, and the special game based on the determination The game state after the end is set to the normal game state. Therefore, the number of game balls that can be acquired between the time the jackpot pattern X1 is determined (the shift to the high-probability time-saving gaming state is determined) and the normal game state is set is 4400 (= to determine the jackpot pattern X1). 400 game balls that can be obtained in one special game based on x 1 time + 1000 game balls that can be obtained in one special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X2 x 4 times).

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, as described above, the first low Since the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set based on the determination of the jackpot design X2 in the probability time-saving gaming state, the normal gaming state is after the jackpot design X2 is determined (the transition to the high-probability time-saving gaming state is determined). The number of game balls that can be obtained before being set is 5000 (=1000 game balls that can be obtained in one special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X2×5 times).

Here, for example, in a pachinko machine, when a jackpot is won based on the entry of a game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, either the first jackpot pattern or the second jackpot pattern is determined. When any jackpot pattern is determined, the high probability game state is always set on the condition that the number of continuous variable probability settings does not reach the upper limit number of times, but the first jackpot. When the pattern is determined, the time-saving game state is set after the special game is finished, and when the second jackpot pattern is determined, the non-time-saving game state is set after the special game is finished. In addition, in this pachinko machine P, when a jackpot is won and a jackpot pattern is determined based on the entry of a game ball into the second start prize-winning port 16, the number of continuous variable probability settings has reached the upper limit number of times. The number of game balls that can be obtained during the special game when the game ball enters the second start winning port 16 and results in a big hit is the first It is assumed that the number of game balls is set to be larger than the number of game balls that can be acquired during a special game when the game balls enter the starting winning hole 15 and result in a big hit. Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P, during the non-time-saving game state, the game ball is launched toward the first game area 12a in order to enter the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, and during the time-saving game state 2, the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b in order to enter the game ball into the second start winning hole 16. As shown in FIG.

In the pachinko machine configured as described above, when the second jackpot pattern is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, after the special game based on the determination is finished, the high Since the probability game state and the non-time-saving game state are shifted to, although the number of times of continuous variable probability setting is increased, the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 is continuously performed thereafter. Then, after that, when the first jackpot pattern is determined and the state shifts to the time-saving game state, the number of continuous probability variable setting has already increased, and it is advantageous for the player before the number of continuous probability variable setting reaches the upper limit number. This is disadvantageous for the player because the number of times the player can win a big win based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16 is reduced.

On the other hand, as in the pachinko machine according to another application example 1, when it is set to shift to a time-saving game state based on the determination of a specific losing pattern or a small winning pattern that is not a big win pattern, the time-saving game Since the continuous probability variable setting number does not increase before shifting to the state and the continuous probability variable setting number shifts to the time saving game state in the state of 0, the above-mentioned disadvantageous situation does not occur.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 1, based on the determination of the predetermined jackpot symbol by the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15 during the normal game state, the second Instead of shifting to a high-probability time-saving gaming state in which a game ball enters the starting winning port 16, a specific losing pattern (losing pattern Z1 ), the game ball enters the second start winning port 16 through a low probability time saving game state (second low probability time saving game state) in which the game ball enters the second start winning port 16. Based on the determination of a predetermined jackpot pattern by, the transition to a high probability time-saving gaming state is made.
Therefore, during the period from the determination of the jackpot pattern in which the transition to the high-probability time-saving gaming state is determined until the end of the high-probability time-saving gaming state, all of the game balls enter the second start winning opening 16. Based on this, it is possible to acquire a game profit that can be given (for example, the number of rounds in a special game that is executed based on the winning of a jackpot, etc.), and it is possible to give a novel game property that enhances the player's interest.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, the time-saving game state is set by determining a specific losing pattern (losing pattern Z1) during the normal game state, but this is not the only option. Alternatively, the time saving game state may be set by determining a specific small winning symbol during the normal game state.
Further, as in the above-described embodiment, in the normal gaming state, when the losing pattern Z1 in which the setting of the time-saving gaming state is determined is determined, a specific production is performed rather than when the jackpot design X1 is determined. It may be set so that the execution ratio of (a look-ahead effect, a ready-to-reach development effect with a high expectation of the player during the variable effect, etc.) is high.

(Other application example 2)
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 2 has substantially the same configuration and control as the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1. FIG.
However, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 2, when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 and the jackpot pattern X2 is determined, the number of times of time saving is reduced after the special game based on the determination is finished. A high-probability time-saving game state of 100 times is set. Since the determination probability of the big win pattern X2 is set to about 1/110 as in the other application example 1, the next big win is not necessarily won during the high probability time-saving game state, and the big win is won. When the winning lottery is performed 100 times, the normal game state is set.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 2, the upper limit of the number of continuous variable probability setting times is not particularly set, and the conditions for setting the low-probability time-saving gaming state (the jackpot is won during the high-probability short-time gaming state The high-probability time-saving gaming state continues until the winning lottery is performed 100 times without doing.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 2, when the result of the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into not only the first start prize winning port 15 but also the second start prize winning port 16 is a loss. Also, the second time-saving game state (the number of times of time-saving to be set is a predetermined number of times (10000 times in this application example)) is set as a lost symbol Z1, or it is defined that the time-saving game state is not set. A lost symbol Z2 can be determined. Then, in the normal game state, even when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 and the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, the game is lost and the losing pattern Z1 is determined. That is, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16 during the normal game state, the subsequent game state shifts from the normal game state to the second low-probability time-saving game state. It's like On the other hand, if the losing symbol Z2 is determined in the normal game state, the game state remains the normal game state.
It should be noted that the probability that the losing pattern Z1 is determined when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 is set to about 1/7.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 2, in a game state other than the normal game state (the second low-probability time-saving game state or high-probability time-saving game state), the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16. Even if the losing pattern Z1 is determined based on, the second time-saving gaming state is not set again. That is, in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state or high-probability time-saving gaming state, even if the losing pattern Z1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball in the second start winning opening 16, the game state at that time is changed. There is no such thing as 10000 times of time saving is not reset. In addition, the number of remaining time reductions at the time point is updated (that is, 1 is subtracted).

(Playability of pachinko machine P according to another application example 2)
Regarding the game flow from the normal game state in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 2, the second low-probability time-reduction game state, to the high-probability time-reduction game state, the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1 is identical to
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 2, as described above, the number of times of time saving in the high probability time saving game state is set to 100 times. The probability time-saving game state is terminated and the normal game state is set.
Here, the game ball is always launched to the second game area 12b during the high-probability time-saving game state, and the game ball can pass through the gate 20.例文帳に追加Then, when the high-probability time-saving gaming state ends and the normal gaming state is set, the second reservation number is 4, which is the upper limit number (that is, the second special random number is the upper limit number of 4). It is highly likely that Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 2, as in the above-described embodiment, the second special random numbers are preferentially processed over the first special random numbers. Prior to the 1st special random number that is retained and stored at the time the normal game state is set, the lottery process is performed for up to 4 2nd special random numbers that are retained and stored at that time. will be

After the normal game state is set, the launching of the game ball toward the first game area 12a is resumed, aiming at the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, to the high probability time-saving game state. We will again aim for the transition of
However, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 2, a losing pattern Z1 is determined in a winning lottery based on a maximum of four second special random numbers retained and stored when the above-described normal game state is set. Then, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state of 10000 time-saving times is set, and through this, the high-probability time-saving gaming state is reset. That is, even if the high-probability time-saving gaming state ends and the normal gaming state is set, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is changed by determining the losing pattern Z1 based on the second special random number that is reserved at this time. By shifting, it is possible to enter the game ball into the second start winning hole 16, and when the big winning pattern X2 is determined based on the entering ball, the state is shifted again to the high probability time-saving game state.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 2, during the normal game state, a specific When a losing pattern (losing pattern Z1) is determined, it is possible to shift to a second low-probability time-saving gaming state without going through the winning of a jackpot and execution of a special game, and then to the high-probability time-saving gaming state. there is
As a result, based on the second special random number that is retained and stored when the high-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set, a high-probability time-saving game is played without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game. It is possible to re-transition to the state, and it is possible to impart a novel game property that enhances the player's interest.

Incidentally, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 2, similarly to the other application example 1, the time saving game state may be set by determining a specific small winning symbol during the normal game state.

(Other application example 3)
(Outline of configuration and control)
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 3 is a so-called one-type and two-type pachinko machine. Triggered by the entry of the ball, a special game is executed.

The configuration of the game board 11 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, and the devices and members installed on the game board 11 are the same as those of the other application examples 1 and 2, except for the attacker device 17. are identical.
Although not particularly illustrated, the attacker device 17 has the same structure as the specific region 57 instead of the specific region 57 provided in the above-described embodiment, other application examples 1 and 2. It has the same internal structure as the above-described embodiment, another application example 1, and another application example 2, except that some special areas have different functions.

Then, similarly to the above-described embodiment, other application examples 1 and 2, during the special game based on the winning of the big win, or during the small winning game based on the winning of the small win, the big winning opening 18 is opened, and a game ball can enter the big winning hole 18.例文帳に追加However, during the special game, the sorting member 59 is stopped at the first position, and the game balls entering the big winning opening 18 do not enter the special area, but all enter the general area 58.例文帳に追加On the other hand, during the small winning game, the distribution member 59 is stopped at the second position, and the game balls entering the big winning opening 18 do not enter the general area 58, and all enter the special area. It is designed to
That is, the game ball can enter the special area only during the small winning game, whereby the game ball enters the special area during the small winning game based on the winning of the small winning, and the special game is executed. It is designed to be

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, as in the above-described embodiment, another application example 1, and another application example 2, the predetermined area (the specific area 57 ), the game state after the end of the special game is not set depending on whether or not a predetermined number of game balls have entered, but the jackpot pattern determined when the jackpot is won or the small win determined when the small win is won. The game state described above is set according to the winning symbols.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, the normal game state combining the low probability game state and the non-time saving game state, the low probability game state and the first time saving game state (normal symbol winning probability, normal symbol Fluctuation time, the opening time of the second start winning port 16 is the same as the above-described embodiment) 1st low probability time-saving game state, or low probability game state and 2nd time-saving game state (normal symbol winning Any game state of the second low-probability time-saving game state combining the probability, the normal symbol fluctuation time, and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 is set.
Then, as in the above-described embodiment, during the normal gaming state and during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the player is instructed to launch the game ball toward the first game area 12a, so this instruction As long as the game ball is launched according to the above, the game ball can enter the first start winning hole 15. On the other hand, during the second low probability time-saving game state, during the special game and during the small winning game, the player is instructed to launch the game ball toward the second game area 12b, so the game ball is launched according to this instruction. As long as it is set, the game ball can pass through the gate 20, enter the second start winning hole 16, and enter the big winning hole 18 (see FIG. 3).

Further, as shown in FIG. 62, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, it is possible to win a big win. The symbol X1 is determined. That is, during the normal game state or during the first low-probability time-saving game state (during left-handed hitting), a special game is executed based on the winning of the jackpot (determination of the jackpot symbol X1).
It should be noted that the probability of winning a jackpot when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 is set to approximately 1/300 regardless of the game state. In addition, the upper limit number of the first special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 (upper limit number of the first reserved number) is set to two. It should be noted that the upper limit number of reserves of the first special random number is not limited to this.

Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, 10 round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and about 1000 game balls can be acquired.
Further, as shown in FIG. 62, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, if the number of continuous time reduction setting described later has not reached the upper limit number, the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state and the time reduction game state (1st low probability time saving game state), the second low probability time saving game state (time saving number of times is 100 times) is set after the end of the special game based on the determination. On the other hand, when the number of continuous time reduction setting has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the end of the special game.

Further, as shown in FIG. 62, in the case of a loss in the lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning opening 15, a losing pattern Z1 is determined. Then, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined, if the number of continuous time reduction settings has not reached the upper limit number of times, the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state and the time reduction game state (first low probability time reduction game state) In either case, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (time-saving number of times is 100 times) is set after the determination. On the other hand, when the number of continuous time reduction setting has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the determination.
That is, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and the number of consecutive time-saving settings has not reached the upper limit number, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and the time-saving number of times are reset. becomes.

Further, as shown in FIG. 62, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 3, when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, it is possible to win a big win or a small win. When winning, the big winning pattern X2 is determined, and when winning the small winning, the small winning pattern Y1 is determined. That is, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (right-handed), whether to win the jackpot (whether the jackpot pattern X2 is determined), or based on the winning of the small hit (decision of the small hit pattern Y1) A special game is executed through the small winning game that is executed.
It should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 62, the probability of winning a jackpot when a game ball enters the second starting winning hole 16 is set to approximately 1/300 regardless of the game state, and the second starting winning The probability of winning a small hit when a game ball enters the winning hole 16 is set to approximately 299/300 regardless of the game state. In other words, when a game ball enters the second starting winning hole 16, either a big win or a small win is determined in the lottery, and no loss is determined. Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, a special game is always executed.
In addition, the upper limit number of the second special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 (the upper limit number of the second reservation number) is set to one. It should be noted that the upper limit number of reserves of the second special random number is not limited to this.

Then, when the big win pattern X2 is determined and when the small win pattern Y1 is determined, 10 round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and about 1000 game balls are played. can be obtained.
Also, as shown in FIG. 62, when the big hit pattern X2 or the small hit pattern Y1 is determined, if the number of continuous time reduction settings has not reached the upper limit number of times, the game state at the time of the determination is the second low probability When the time-saving game state is set, the second low-probability time-saving game state (the number of times of time-saving is 100 times) is set after the special game based on the determination, and the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state. Then, the normal game state is set after the special game based on the determination is finished. On the other hand, when the number of continuous time reduction setting has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the end of the special game.
That is, when the big hit pattern X2 or the small winning pattern Y1 is determined during the second low probability time saving game state, and the number of consecutive time saving settings has not reached the upper limit number, the second low probability time saving game state and the time saving number of times It will be reset.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 3, the upper limit number of times of the continuous time reduction setting number is set to three times. In the pachinko machine P, as described above, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined during the normal game state or during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, and during the normal game state or the first When the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the low-probability time-saving game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state is set, and the big winning pattern X2 or the small winning pattern Y1 is determined during the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state. Then, since the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, any one of these determinations will be counted as the number of continuous time-saving settings. And, when these determinations are made three times in a row, the number of continuous time reduction settings reaches the upper limit number of times, so after the end of the special game based on the determination of the above-mentioned jackpot pattern or small hit pattern, the above-mentioned After determination of the losing pattern, the normal game state is forcibly set.

(Playability of pachinko machine P according to another application example 3)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, as described above, the normal game state (game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state), the first low-probability time-saving game state (low-probability game state and Either the game state combining the first time-saving game state) or the second low-probability time-saving game state (game state combining the low-probability game state and the second time-saving game state) is set, and the game progresses. It's like

(1) When a jackpot is won in the normal game state (when the number of continuous time reduction settings is 0) and the second low probability time reduction game state is set At the time the player starts the game, the normal game state is set In many cases, in the normal game state, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 0 times (that is, the number of times remaining until reaching the upper limit number of times is 3 times).
During the normal game state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left-handed hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched accordingly, the game ball is Since there is a possibility that the ball may enter only the first starting winning hole 15, a lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning hole 15 during the game state. And, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination is set to the second low-probability time-saving game state (see FIGS. 62 and 63).

Here, as described above, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined in the normal game state (when the number of continuous time reduction settings is 0 times), the second low-probability time reduction game state is set, so the jackpot pattern X1 is determined. Based on, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 1 time (2 times remaining until reaching the upper limit number of times).
Also, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (so-called right-handed hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched according to this Since there is a possibility that the game ball enters only the second starting prize winning port 16, a lottery is performed based on the game ball entering the second starting prize winning port 16 during the game state. In the applicable lottery, as described above, the lottery result of winning the big win (determination of the big win symbol X2) or winning the small win (determination of the small winning symbol Y1) is derived. Then, when the jackpot pattern X2 or the small winning pattern Y2 is determined during the second low probability time saving game state, the second low probability time saving game state is reset after the end of the special game based on the determination (Fig. 62, See Figure 63), the number of continuous time reduction setting increases by 1 (remaining until reaching the upper limit number of times decreases by 1). Therefore, after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the special game is continuously executed until the number of continuous time-saving settings reaches the upper limit number of times.

Then, as described above, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined in the normal game state (when the number of continuous time reduction settings is 0 times) and the second low-probability time reduction game state is set, the jackpot pattern X1 is determined. Since the number of continuous time reduction setting is 1 time, after that, when the big winning pattern X2 or the small winning pattern Y1 is determined twice, the normal game state is forcibly set after the special game based on the determination. .
In addition, as described above, when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, the upper limit number of the second special random numbers that can be stored (the upper limit number of the second reservation number) is set to one. During the variation based on the determination of the big winning symbol X2 and the small winning symbol Y1, the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 and one second special random number is reserved and stored. Therefore, even if the big winning symbol X2 or the small winning symbol Y1 is determined twice and the normal game state is forcibly set, the second special random number retained and stored at this point of time is used to make a further big winning. Symbol X2 or small winning symbol Y1 is determined, and a special game based on the determination is executed. Incidentally, when the jackpot symbol X2 or the small winning symbol Y1 is determined in the normal game state, the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination is set to the normal game state (see FIGS. 62 and 63). ), after the end of the above-mentioned special game, the normal game state remains unchanged from before execution of the special game.

Thus, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, when the jackpot is won in the normal game state in which the number of continuous time reduction settings is 0 times, the normal game state is set again. A special game is executed a total of two times (three times in total including a special game executed based on a big hit or a small hit by the second special random number that has been reserved and stored).

(2) When the jackpot is won in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (the number of times of continuous time-saving setting is 1) and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set For (1), the first start in the normal gaming state In the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the winning opening 15, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined, the game state after the determination is set to the first low probability time-saving game state (Fig. 62, See Figure 63). Then, based on the determination of the lost pattern Z1, the number of continuous time reduction setting becomes 1 time (2 times remaining until reaching the upper limit number of times).
In this first low-probability time-saving gaming state (when the number of continuous time-saving settings is one), the game ball is continuously launched to the first game area 12a. Then, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, the game state after the special game based on the determination is set to the second low-probability time-saving game state. (See FIGS. 62 and 63), the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 2 times (the remaining number of times until reaching the upper limit number of times is 1 time) based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1.

Then, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (when the number of continuous time-saving settings is 1 time) and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, then the jackpot pattern X2 or small hit When the symbol Y1 is determined once, the normal game state is forcibly set after the special game based on the determination is finished.
That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, when the jackpot is won in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state in which the number of consecutive time-saving settings is 1, the normal game state is set again. A special game is executed once (including a special game executed based on a big hit or a small hit by the second special random number that has been reserved and stored, a total of two times).

(3) When the jackpot is won in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (the number of consecutive time-saving settings is 2 times) and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. When the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (one billion time-saving setting number of times) is set, when the losing pattern Z1 is further determined in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the game state after the determination is the second It is reset to 1 low probability time saving gaming state (see FIGS. 62 and 63). Then, based on the determination of the lost pattern Z1, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting becomes 2 times (the remaining time until reaching the upper limit number of times is 1 time).
Then, in this first low-probability time-saving gaming state (when the number of consecutive time-saving settings is two times), when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning port 15, the jackpot pattern Based on the determination of X1, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 3 times (the remaining number of times until reaching the upper limit number of times is 0 times).
Then, even though the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the number of continuous time reduction settings reaches the upper limit of 3 times, so after the special game based on the determination, the second low probability time reduction game state is set. The normal game state is forcibly set without.
That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, when the jackpot is won in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state in which the number of consecutive time-saving settings is two times, the game to the second start winning opening 16 The normal game state is set again without executing the special game based on the entry of the ball.

In addition, when the loss pattern Z1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball to the first start winning opening 15 in the above-mentioned first low probability time saving gaming state (when the number of times of continuous time saving setting is 2 times), the loss Based on the determination of the symbol Z1, the number of continuous time reduction settings is 3 times (0 times remaining until reaching the upper limit number of times), so after the determination, the normal game state is forcibly set (Fig. 62, See Figure 63). Then, the above (1) to (3) are repeated.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, in the normal game state or the first low-probability time-saving game state, a specific losing pattern (losing pattern Z1) is obtained without winning a jackpot and executing a special game. is determined, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and the number of times of continuous time-saving setting is updated. Then, according to the number of times the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set in the normal game state or the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, at the time when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the upper limit number of continuous time-saving setting times The remaining number of times to reach is changed. As a result, during the second low-probability time-saving game state (again, until the normal game state is set), the number of times the special game is executed continuously changes, and the novelty that enhances the interest of the player. It becomes possible to provide a great game.

It should be noted that it is not necessary to set such that when a game ball enters the second starting prize-winning hole 16, it always wins a big win or a small win, and it may be set so that it loses with a predetermined probability of determination. .

(Other application example 4)
(Outline of configuration and control)
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 4 is also a so-called one-type two-type pachinko machine, and includes a configuration of the game board 11, devices and members installed on the game board 11, game states to be set, In addition, the game areas 12 in which game balls are launched during each game state are all the same as those of the third application example.

Further, as shown in FIG. 64, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 4, similarly to the other application example 3, when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, a jackpot can be won. When the jackpot is won, the jackpot pattern X1 is determined. That is, during the normal game state or during the first low-probability time-saving game state (during left-handed hitting), a special game is executed based on the winning of the jackpot (determination of the jackpot symbol X1).
It should be noted that the probability of winning a jackpot when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 is set to approximately 1/300 regardless of the game state. In addition, the upper limit number of the first special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 (upper limit number of the first reserved number) is set to two. It should be noted that the upper limit number of reserves of the first special random number is not limited to this.

Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, four round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and about 400 game balls can be acquired.
Further, as shown in FIG. 64, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, if the number of continuous time reduction setting described later has not reached the upper limit number of times, the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state and the time reduction game state (1st low probability time saving game state), the second low probability time saving game state (time saving number of times is 100 times) is set after the end of the special game based on the determination. On the other hand, when the number of continuous time reduction setting has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the end of the special game.

Further, as shown in FIG. 64, when the lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting prize winning opening 15 results in a loss, a losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined. The determination probability of the losing pattern Z1 is set to about 1/50, and the determination probability of the losing pattern Z2 is set to about 49/50.
Then, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined, if the number of continuous time reduction settings has not reached the upper limit number of times, the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state and the time reduction game state (first low probability time reduction game state) In either case, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (the number of times of time-saving is 10000 times) is set after the determination. On the other hand, when the number of continuous time reduction setting has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the determination.
That is, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and the number of consecutive time-saving settings has not reached the upper limit number, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and the time-saving number of times are reset. becomes.

On the other hand, when the losing pattern Z2 is determined, the time-saving gaming state is not set. That is, when the losing pattern Z2 is determined during the normal game state, the normal game state continues even after the determination, and when the losing pattern Z2 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the The first low-probability time-saving game state continues even after determination.

Further, as shown in FIG. 64, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 4, when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, it is possible to win a big win or a small win. When winning, the big winning symbol X2 or X3 is determined, and when winning the small winning, the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined. That is, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (right-handed), whether to win the jackpot (whether the jackpot pattern X2 or X3 is determined), or to win the small win (decide the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2) ), a special game is executed through a small winning game executed based on.

As shown in FIG. 64, the probability of winning a jackpot when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 is set to approximately 1/300 regardless of the game state. The probability of winning a small hit when a game ball enters the winning hole 16 is set to approximately 299/300 regardless of the game state. In other words, when a game ball enters the second starting winning hole 16, either a big win or a small win is determined in the lottery, and no loss is determined. Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, a special game is always executed.

Further, as shown in FIG. 64, the determination probability of the jackpot pattern X2 and the determination probability of the jackpot pattern X3 are both 1/2 when the jackpot is won. Similarly, both the determination probability of the small winning symbol Y1 and the determination probability of the small winning symbol Y2 at the time of winning the small winning are 1/2.
In addition, the upper limit number of the second special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 (upper limit number of the second reservation number) is set to two. It should be noted that the upper limit number of reserves of the second special random number is not limited to this.

Then, when the big winning symbol X2 or X3 is determined, and when the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined, 4 round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and about 400 Individual game balls can be obtained.

Also, as shown in FIG. 64, when the big hit pattern X2 or the small hit pattern Y1 is determined, if the number of continuous time reduction settings has not reached the upper limit number of times, the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state and When it is any of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (the number of times of time-saving is 100 times) is set after the special game based on the determination. On the other hand, when the number of continuous time reduction setting has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the end of the special game.
That is, when the big hit pattern X2 or the small hit pattern Y1 is determined during the normal game state or the second low probability time saving game state, and the number of consecutive time saving settings has not reached the upper limit number, the second low probability time saving game The state and the number of times of time saving are set (reset during the second low probability time saving game state).

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 64, when the big hit pattern X3 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined, if the number of continuous time reduction settings has not reached the upper limit number of times, the game state at the time of the determination is the second 2 When it is in the low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (the number of times of time-saving is 100 times) is set after the special game based on the determination, and the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state. When there is, the normal game state is set after the special game based on the determination. On the other hand, when the number of continuous time reduction setting has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the end of the special game.
That is, when the big hit pattern X3 or the small winning pattern Y2 is determined during the second low probability time saving game state, and the number of consecutive time saving settings has not reached the upper limit number, the second low probability time saving game state and the time saving number of times It will be reset.

Moreover, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 4, the upper limit number of times of the continuous time reduction setting number is set to three times. In the pachinko machine P, as described above, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined during the normal game state or during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, and during the normal game state or the first When the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the low-probability time-saving game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state is set, and the big winning pattern X2 or the small winning pattern Y1 is determined during the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state. Then, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and when the big hit symbol X3 or the small winning symbol Y2 is determined during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. Any one of these determinations will be counted as the number of continuous time reduction settings. And, when these determinations are made three times in a row, the number of continuous time reduction settings reaches the upper limit number of times, so after the end of the special game based on the determination of the above-mentioned jackpot pattern or small hit pattern, the above-mentioned After determination of the losing pattern, the normal game state is forcibly set.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 4, the upper limit value of the number of normal pattern reservations is set to 0, and normal pattern reservations are not performed when a game ball passes through the gate 20 . Then, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state set as described above ends at the start of fluctuation based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, and then the normal gaming state is set. ing.
Here, for example, when transitioning from the normal game state or the first low probability time-saving game state to the second low probability time-saving game state through the execution of the special game, the second special random number is not stored pending 2 A low probability time saving gaming state may be set. In this case, the game ball passes through the gate 20 to open the second starting winning port 16, the first game ball enters the second starting winning port 16 during this opening, and the entering ball When the fluctuation is started based on, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends. However, since the second start winning opening 16 is still open at the start of the fluctuation, by entering the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 during this time, the second special random number is the upper limit number up to two It will be retained and stored.

In addition, as described above, it is always a big win or a small win based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16, so after the special game based on the win, the second special random number A second low-probability time-saving game state may be set in a state in which is stored. In this case, as soon as the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, a governing lottery (lottery result is a big win or a small win) based on the second special random number that has been reserved and stored is performed, and fluctuation is started. Therefore, immediately after setting the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends. Therefore, even if the game ball passes through the gate 20 after the end of the above-mentioned special game, since the second low-probability time-saving game state has already ended, the second start winning opening 16 is extremely difficult to be maintained in the open state. , the game ball is prevented from entering the second start winning hole 16.例文帳に追加

In addition, when a win-or-fail lottery is performed based on the last second special random number retained and stored, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set again in a state in which the second special random number is not retained and stored. . In this case, the same processing as described above is performed.

(Playability of pachinko machine P according to another application example 4)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 4, the normal game state (game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state), the first low-probability time-saving game state (low-probability game state and the first time-saving game A game state that combines the states) or a second low-probability time-saving game state (a game state that combines the low-probability game state and the second time-saving game state) is set, and the game progresses. there is

(1) When the jackpot is won in the normal game state (when the number of consecutive time reduction settings is 0) and the second low probability time reduction game state is set At the time the player starts the game, the normal game state is set In many cases, in the normal game state, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 0 times (that is, the number of times remaining until reaching the upper limit number of times is 3 times).
During the normal game state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left-handed hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched accordingly, the game ball is Since there is a possibility that the ball may enter only the first starting winning hole 15, a lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning hole 15 during the game state. And, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination is set to the second low-probability time-saving game state (see FIGS. 64 and 65).

Here, as described above, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined in the normal game state (when the number of continuous time reduction settings is 0 times), the second low probability time reduction game state is set, so the jackpot pattern X1 is determined Based on, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 1 time (2 times remaining until reaching the upper limit number of times).
Also, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, as described above, the launch of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (so-called right-handed) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched according to this Since there is a possibility that the game ball enters only the second starting prize winning port 16, a lottery is performed based on the game ball entering the second starting prize winning port 16 during the game state.
In addition, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set as described above, the second special figure random number is not retained and stored. Therefore, after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the second start winning opening 16 is opened, and the winning lottery based on the entry of the first game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 during the opening. And variation is performed, and further, based on the entry of the second to third game balls into the second start winning opening 16, the second special random number is reserved and stored up to two, which is the upper limit number.

Then, in the above-mentioned winning lottery, as described above, determination of the big winning pattern X2 based on the winning of the big winning, determination of the big winning design X3 based on the winning of the big winning, determination of the small winning design Y1 based on the winning of the small winning, or determination of the small winning design Y1 based on the winning of the small winning Any lottery result for determination of the small winning symbol Y2 based on the winning winning is derived. During the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, even if any of the above-described symbols are determined, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is reset after the end of the special game based on the determination (FIG. 64, FIG. 65), the number of continuous time reduction setting increases by 1 (remaining number of times to reach the upper limit number decreases by 1). Therefore, after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the special game is continuously executed until the number of continuous time-saving settings reaches the upper limit number of times.

Then, as described above, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined in the normal game state (when the number of continuous time reduction settings is 0 times) and the second low-probability time reduction game state is set, the jackpot pattern X1 is determined. Since the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 1 time, after that, when any of the big hit pattern X2, the big hit pattern X3, the small hit pattern Y1 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined twice, the special game based on the determination ends After that, the normal game state is forcibly set. In addition, since the normal game state is forcibly set, the number of consecutive time reduction settings is reset to 0 times.

Here, as described above, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, in addition to the second special random number used for the first success or failure lottery and variation, two second special random numbers are reserved remembered. Therefore, when the above symbols are determined twice and the normal game state is forcibly set, the remaining one second special symbol random number is reserved and stored.
Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the last one second special random number retained and stored, and either a big winning pattern X2, a big winning pattern X3, a small winning pattern Y1 or a small winning pattern Y2 is determined. . Here, since the normal game state is set at the time of the lottery, when the big hit pattern X2 or the small hit pattern Y1 is determined, the second low probability time saving game state is set again (FIG. 64, See FIG. 65), the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 1 (remaining 2 times until reaching the upper limit number of times). On the other hand, when the big winning symbol X3 or the small winning symbol Y2 is determined, the normal game state is set (see FIGS. 64 and 65).

Then, because the above-mentioned winning lottery is performed, the second special random number is not stored and stored, so the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set based on the determination of the big hit pattern X2 or the small hit pattern Y1. When it is done, the second start winning opening 16 is opened again, and a winning lottery and variation are performed based on the entry of the first game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 during the opening, and further , Based on the entry of the second to third game balls into the second start winning opening 16, the second special random number is reserved and stored up to two, which is the upper limit number.
As a result, again, the special game is continuously executed until either the big win pattern X2, the big win pattern X3, the small win pattern Y1 or the small win pattern Y2 is determined twice.

On the other hand, when the jackpot pattern X3 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined and the normal game state is set, the jackpot is won again from the normal game state (determination of the jackpot pattern X2), and the second based on the winning. 2 We will aim to transition to a low probability time saving gaming state.

In this way, when the second low-probability time-saving game state is set by winning the jackpot in the normal game state (when the number of times of continuous time-saving setting is 0), it remains after that when shifting to the normal game state Unless the big hit pattern X3 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined based on the last one second special random number, the second low-probability time-saving game state is repeatedly set, and the special game continues to be executed continuously. .
For example, if the big winning pattern X3 or the small winning pattern Y2 is determined when the game state is shifted to the normal game state for the first time, the special game based on the determination of the big winning pattern X1 is changed to the determination of the above-mentioned big winning pattern X3 or the small winning pattern Y2. A total of four special games will be executed up to the special game based on. In addition, when the first shift to the normal game state, the big hit pattern X2 or the small hit pattern Y1 is determined, and when the second shift to the normal game state, the big hit pattern X2 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined, A total of 7 special games are executed from the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 to the special game based on the determination of the above-mentioned jackpot pattern X3 or the small hit pattern Y2.

(2) When the jackpot is won in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (the number of times of continuous time-saving setting is 1) and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set For (1), the first start in the normal gaming state In the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the winning opening 15, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined, the game state after the determination is set to the first low probability time-saving game state (Fig. 64, See Figure 65). Then, based on the determination of the lost pattern Z1, the number of continuous time reduction setting becomes 1 time (2 times remaining until reaching the upper limit number of times).
In this first low-probability time-saving gaming state (when the number of continuous time-saving settings is one), the game ball is continuously launched to the first game area 12a. Then, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, the game state after the special game based on the determination is set to the second low-probability time-saving game state. (Refer to FIG. 64 and FIG. 65), based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1, the number of continuous time reduction setting is 2 times (remaining 1 time until reaching the upper limit number of times).
Also, as in the case of (1), after setting the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the first game ball enters the second start winning opening 16, and based on this, the winning lottery and fluctuation Further, based on the entry of the second to third game balls into the second start winning opening 16, the second special random numbers are retained and stored up to the upper limit of two.

Then, as described above, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined in the normal game state (when the number of continuous time reduction settings is 1 time) and the second low-probability time reduction game state is set, to determine the jackpot pattern X1 Based on the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 2 times, after that, when any one of the big hit pattern X2, the big hit pattern X3, the small hit pattern Y1 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined once, the special game based on the determination ends After that, the normal game state is forcibly set. In addition, since the normal game state is forcibly set, the number of consecutive time reduction settings is reset to 0 times.

(B) In the forcibly set normal game state, when the big hit symbol X2 or the small hit symbol Y1 is determined based on the second special random number that has been reserved and stored. When the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, two second special random numbers are retained and stored in addition to the second special random numbers used for the first lottery and variation. Therefore, when the above-described symbol is determined once and the normal game state is forcibly set, the remaining two second special symbol random numbers are reserved and stored.
Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the second special random number which is reserved and stored earlier out of the two reserved and stored, and a big winning pattern X2, a big winning pattern X3, a small winning pattern Y1 or a small winning pattern Y2. is determined. Here, since the normal game state is set at the time of the lottery, when the big hit pattern X2 or the small hit pattern Y1 is determined, the second low probability time saving again, as in the case of (1) A game state is set (see FIGS. 64 and 65), and the number of continuous time reduction setting times is 1 (remaining 2 times until reaching the upper limit number of times).
At this time, since the remaining one second special random number is reserved and stored, one of the above-described symbols is determined based on this last one second special random number, and again, the second 2 low-probability time-saving gaming state is set (see FIGS. 64 and 65), and the number of continuous time-saving setting times is 2 times (the remaining time until reaching the upper limit number of times is 1 time).

Then, because the above-mentioned winning lottery is performed, the second special random number is not retained and stored, so the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set based on the determination of one of the above symbols. In the case, again, the second start winning opening 16 is opened, and the winning lottery and variation based on the entry of the first game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 during the opening are performed, and furthermore, the second Based on the entry of the 2nd to 3rd game balls into the 2-start winning opening 16, the second special random number is reserved and stored up to 2, which is the upper limit number.
As described above, at this time, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 2 times (the remaining number of times to reach the upper limit is 1 time). When one of the jackpot pattern X2, the jackpot pattern X3, the small jackpot pattern Y1, or the small jackpot pattern Y2 is determined, the normal game state is forcibly set, resulting in the same situation as described above.

(B) In the forcedly set normal game state, when the big winning symbol X3 or the small winning symbol Y2 is determined based on the second special random number previously stored The normal game state is forcibly set at this time, and the big hit pattern X3 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined based on the second special symbol random number that is reserved and stored earlier out of the two that are reserved and stored at this time. If so, the normal game state is set again based on the determination (see FIGS. 64 and 65).
At this time, since the remaining one second special random number is reserved and stored, when the big winning design X2 or the small winning design Y1 is determined based on this last one second special random number. Again, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set (see FIGS. 64 and 65), resulting in the same situation as the above (1).
On the other hand, when the big winning symbol X3 or the small winning symbol Y2 is determined, the normal game state is set continuously (see FIGS. 64 and 65), and in this case as well, the situation is the same as the above (1). becomes.

In this way, when the jackpot is won in the normal game state (when the number of continuous time reduction settings is 1 time) and the second low-probability time reduction game state is set, then it remains when the game state is shifted to the normal game state. For any of the two second special random numbers, the second low-probability time-saving game state is repeatedly set and the special game continues to be executed continuously unless the big winning symbol X3 or the small winning symbol Y2 is determined. Become.
For example, when the big hit pattern X3 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined for both the first and second second special symbol random numbers that have been reserved and stored when the game state is shifted to the normal game state for the first time, A total of four special games will be executed from the special game based on the determination of the big winning pattern X1 to the special game based on the determination of the above-described big winning pattern X3 or the small winning pattern Y2. In addition, a big hit pattern X2 or a small hit pattern Y1 is determined based on the first second special symbol random number retained and stored when shifting to the normal game state for the first time, and the state shifts to the normal game state for the second time. When the jackpot pattern X3 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined for both the first and second second special symbol random numbers retained and stored, the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 is started. A total of 7 special games are executed up to the special game based on the determination of the above-mentioned big winning symbol X3 or small winning symbol Y2.
In addition, a big hit pattern X2 or a small hit pattern Y1 is determined based on the first second special symbol random number retained and stored when shifting to the normal game state for the first time, and the state shifts to the normal game state for the second time. A big hit pattern X2 or a small winning pattern Y1 is determined based on the first second special symbol random number reserved and stored when the game is played, and the one reserved and stored when the game is shifted to the normal game state for the third time. When the big winning pattern X3 or the small winning pattern Y2 is determined for both the eye and the second special random number, the above-mentioned big winning pattern X3 or the small winning pattern Y2 is selected from the special game based on the determination of the big winning pattern X1. A total of 10 special games are executed up to the special game based on the determination of .

(3) When a jackpot is won in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (the number of consecutive time-saving settings is two times) and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set Like the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, When a jackpot is won in the first low-probability time-saving game state in which the number of continuous time-saving settings is two times, a special game based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16 is not executed. , the normal game state is set again.
Also, in the above-described first low-probability time-saving gaming state (when the number of consecutive time-saving settings is two times), even if the loss pattern Z1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball to the first start winning opening 15, other Similar to the pachinko machine P according to the application example 3, after the determination, the normal game state is forcibly set (see FIGS. 64 and 65), and the above-described (1) to (3) are repeated. Become.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 4, in the normal game state or the first low-probability time-saving game state, a specific losing pattern (losing pattern Z1) is obtained without winning a jackpot and executing a special game. is determined, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and the number of times of continuous time-saving setting is updated. In addition, when the second low-probability time-saving game state transitions to the normal game state through the special game, a predetermined jackpot pattern (jackpot pattern X2 ) or a small winning pattern (small winning pattern Y1) is determined, the second low probability time saving gaming state is set again. Then, according to the number of times the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set in the normal game state or the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, at the time when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the upper limit number of continuous time-saving setting times As the remaining number of times to reach changes, it is possible to re-shift to the second low probability time-saving game state according to the lottery result at the time of transition to the normal game state, so the second low probability time-saving game During the state (until the normal game state is set again), the number of times the special game is continuously executed is changed, and novel playability that enhances the player's interest can be imparted.

It should be noted that it is not necessary to set such that when a game ball enters the second starting prize-winning hole 16, it always wins a big win or a small win, and it may be set so that it loses with a predetermined probability of determination. .
In addition, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 and the loss is determined, the first time-saving game state (first low probability time-saving game state) is set. The symbol Z1) may be determined.
In addition, when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 and wins a jackpot, a jackpot pattern in which a normal game state is set may be determined.
In addition, based on the determination of a specific losing pattern (losing pattern Z1) based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the first time-saving gaming state (first low-probability time-saving gaming state) is set. Instead, a specific big winning pattern or small winning pattern is provided in which the first time-saving game state is set by entering the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, and the specific big winning pattern or small winning pattern is provided. Based on the determination, the first time-saving gaming state may be set.

(Another application example 5)
(Outline of configuration and control)
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 5 is also a so-called one-type and two-type mixed pachinko machine. In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 5, as shown in FIG. Only game balls that flow down the first game area 12a can enter this normal figure start winning opening 70.例文帳に追加

In addition, an entry device 80 into which game balls can enter is provided at the lower left of the normal figure starting port 70 . As shown in FIG. 66, the entrance device 80 includes a ball entrance 81 into which a game ball can enter, an opening/closing door 82 (ordinary electric accessory) for opening and closing the ball entrance 81, and a ball entrance 81. A first flow-down passage 83 and a second flow-down passage 84 through which a played game ball can flow down, and a first or second position that can be displaced and entered from a ball entrance 81 when in the first position. A distribution member 85 that distributes game balls to a first flow-down passage 83 and distributes game balls entered from a ball entrance 81 when in a second position to a second flow-down passage 84, and a game that flows down the first flow-down passage 83. A first gate 86 through which a ball can pass, a second gate 87 through which a game ball flowing down the second flow-down passage 84 can pass, and a game ball passing through the first gate 86 and the second gate 87 is passed through the game board 11. A discharge port (not shown in particular) for discharging to the rear side is provided.
In addition, as shown in FIG. 66, in the center of the left part of the game area 12, there is a first starting prize winning port 15 provided with an openable and closable door 90, and a second start winning prize port provided with an openable and closable door 91. 16 are arranged side by side. Also, in the lower left part of the game area 12, an attacker device 17 having the same configuration as those of the application examples 3 and 4 is provided.

Moreover, in the pachinko machine P according to this other application example 5, as in the other application examples 3 and 4, the normal game state, the first low probability time saving game state or the second low probability time saving game state Either one is set, but in any game state, the launching of the game ball (left-handed hitting) toward the first game area 12a is instructed.
Then, when the game ball flowing down the first game area 12a enters the normal pattern start port 70, a normal pattern lottery is performed, and when the result of the lottery wins, the opening and closing door 82 opens, and the entrance device 80 enters. A game ball can enter the ball opening 81, and the distribution member 85 is stopped at the first position or the second position, so that the game ball entering from the ball opening 81 can enter the first flow passage 83 or the second flow passage. It is guided to the downstream passage 84 . Which flow passage the game ball is led to is determined in advance according to the set game state.

Further, when the game ball guided to the first flow-down passage 83 passes through the first gate 86, the opening/closing door 90 opens (the second start winning opening 16 is opened), and the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16. It becomes possible. Then, when two game balls enter the second starting winning hole 16, the opening/closing door 90 is closed. In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 5, the upper limit number of reserves of the first special random number that can be stored when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 (the upper limit number of the first reserve number) is It is set to 1.
Further, when the game ball guided to the second flow-down passage 84 passes through the second gate 87, the opening/closing door 91 opens (the first start winning opening 15 is opened), and the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16. It becomes possible. Then, when two game balls enter the second start winning opening 16, the opening/closing door 91 is closed. In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 5, the upper limit number of second special random number reservations that can be stored when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 (the upper limit number of the second reservation numbers) is It is set to 1.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 5, as shown in FIG. 67, the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols during the non-time-saving game state (normal game state) is set to about 1/150. The opening time of the opening/closing door 82 in the case of winning is 1.8 seconds (=0.9 seconds×2 times). Then, when winning in the normal pattern lottery during the non-time-saving game state, the sorting member 85 is stopped at the second position, so that the game ball entered from the ball entrance 81 is the second gate 87. The second start winning opening 16 is opened by passing through.

Further, as shown in FIG. 67, the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols during the first time-saving gaming state (during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state) is set to about 1/2, and the winning The opening time of the opening/closing door 82 in this case is 1.8 seconds (=0.9 seconds×2 times). Then, when winning in the lottery of normal symbols during the first time-saving game state, the sorting member 85 is stopped at the first position, whereby the game ball entered from the ball entrance 81 is placed in the first gate. By passing through 86, the first start winning opening 15 is opened.

Further, as shown in FIG. 67, the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols during the second time-saving gaming state (during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state) is set to about 1/1.1. The opening time of the open/close door 82 when it becomes 1.8 seconds (=0.9 seconds×2 times). Then, when a win is obtained in the normal pattern lottery during the second time-saving game state, the sorting member 85 is stopped at the second position, whereby the game ball entering from the ball entrance 81 enters the second gate. Passing through 87 opens the second start winning opening 16 .

Further, as shown in FIG. 67, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 5, similarly to the other application examples 3 and 4, when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, It is possible to win a big win, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X1 is determined, and when a loss occurs, a losing pattern Z1 is determined. It should be noted that the probability of winning a jackpot when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 is set to approximately 1/300 regardless of the game state.
Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, 10 round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and about 1000 game balls can be acquired.

Also, as shown in FIG. 67, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the game state at the time of determination is either the normal game state or the time-saving game state (first low probability time-saving game state), A second low-probability time-saving game state (time-saving number of times is 100 times) is set after the end of the special game based on the determination.
Further, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined, when the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state (the number of times of time-saving is 100 times) is set after the determination. . On the other hand, when the game state at the time of the determination is the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the time-saving gaming state is not set. That is, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state continues even after the determination.

Further, as shown in FIG. 67, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 5, when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, it is possible to win a big win or a small win. When winning, a big win pattern X2 or X3 is determined, when winning a small win, a small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, and when losing, a losing pattern Z2 is determined.
Then, when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, it is possible to win a big win (whether the big win pattern X2 or X3 is determined) or win a small win (small win pattern Y1 or Y2 A special game is executed through a small winning game executed based on the determination of ().

It should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 67, the probability of winning a jackpot when a game ball enters the second starting winning hole 16 is set to approximately 1/300 regardless of the game state, and the second starting winning The probability of winning a small hit when a game ball enters the winning hole 16 is set to approximately 149/300 regardless of the game state. That is, when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, the probability of winning a big win or a small win and executing a special game is about 1/2.
Further, as shown in FIG. 67, the determination probability of the big winning symbol X2 and the determination probability of the big winning symbol X3 at the time of winning the big winning are both 1/2. Similarly, both the determination probability of the small winning symbol Y1 and the determination probability of the small winning symbol Y2 at the time of winning the small winning are 1/2.
Then, when the big winning symbol X2 or X3 is determined, and when the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined, 10 round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and about 1000 Individual game balls can be acquired.

Also, as shown in FIG. 67, when the big winning symbol X2 or the small winning symbol Y1 is determined, when the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state, after the special game based on the determination A second low-probability time-saving gaming state (the number of times of time-saving is 100 times) is set, and when the game state at the time of the determination is the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the normal game state after the special game based on the determination is set.
On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 67, when the big hit pattern X3 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined, the game state at the time of the determination is either the normal game state or the second low probability time-saving game state. Also when the second low-probability time-saving game state (the number of times of time-saving is 100 times) is set after the end of the special game based on the determination. That is, when the big hit pattern X3 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined during the normal game state or the second low probability time saving game state, the second low probability time saving game state and the number of time saving times are set (second low probability time saving game state).

Also, as shown in FIG. 67, when the losing pattern X2 is determined, when the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state, the first low probability time saving game state (time saving number of times is 999 times) is set. On the other hand, when the game state at the time of the determination is the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the time-saving gaming state is not set. That is, when the losing pattern Z2 is determined during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state continues even after the determination.

(Playability of pachinko machine P according to another application example 5)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 5, as described above, the normal game state (game state combining the low probability game state and the non-time-saving game state), the first low-probability time-saving game state (low-probability game state and Either the game state combining the first time-saving game state) or the second low-probability time-saving game state (game state combining the low-probability game state and the second time-saving game state) is set, and the game progresses. It's like

In the initial state immediately after shipment from the factory or after resetting, the normal game state is set.
During the normal game state, the game ball can enter the normal pattern starting winning port 70, and the normal pattern lottery based on the entry of the game ball to the normal pattern starting winning port 70 is performed. . When the lottery of this normal pattern wins, as described above, the opening and closing door 82 is opened and the game ball entering the entrance device 70 can pass through the second gate 87, and the game ball passes through the gate. , the second start winning opening 16 is opened. When one game ball enters the opened second starting prize winning port 16, the second starting prize winning port 16 is closed, and one winning lottery is made based on the entering game ball. times.
In this success or failure lottery, when the jackpot is won, the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, and after the special game based on the determination is finished, the second low-probability time-saving game state (time-saving number of times 100 times) is set (see FIGS. 67 and 68). ). On the other hand, when it becomes a loss, the loss pattern Z1 is determined, and after the determination, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (time-saving number of times 999 times) is set (see FIGS. 67 and 68).

(1) When the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set Even during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, in the same way as during the normal gaming state, the game ball can enter the normal figure start winning opening 70 When the normal pattern lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the normal pattern start winning opening 70 wins, the opening and closing door 82 is opened and the game ball entering the entrance device 70 is the second gate. 87 can be passed through, and the second start winning opening 16 is opened by the game ball passing through the gate. Then, when one game ball enters the opened second starting prize winning port 16, the second starting prize winning port 16 is closed, and a winning lottery is performed once based on the entering game ball.

In this lottery, if a big win is won, a big win pattern X2 or X3 is determined, if a small win is won, a small win pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, and if a loss is made, a losing pattern Z2 is determined (see FIGS. 67 and 68). ). Then, when the big hit pattern X3 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined, the second low probability time saving game state is set again after the special game based on the determination (see FIGS. 67 and 68). On the other hand, when the big winning symbol X2 or the small winning symbol Y1 is determined, the normal game state is set after the special game based on the determination is finished (see FIGS. 67 and 68). Moreover, when the losing pattern Z2 is determined, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state continues even after the determination (see FIGS. 67 and 68).

In addition, since the number of times of time saving in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set to 100 times, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends when the above-mentioned winning lottery is performed 100 times without winning the jackpot. Become. However, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second start winning opening 16 is frequently opened, and in the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16, the big hit or the small hit Since the probability of winning is set to about 1/2, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is substantially continued until a big win or a small win is won again.
Then, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, unless the big hit pattern X2 or the small hit pattern Y1 is determined in the above-mentioned lottery, the second low via a special game based on the winning of the big hit or the small hit The probability time-saving gaming state is repeatedly set.

On the other hand, based on the determination of the big winning symbol X2 or the small winning symbol Y1, when the normal game state is set after the end of the special game based on the determination, the normal symbol lottery is won in the same manner as described above. A winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the 2-start winning hole 16.例文帳に追加Then, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (100 time-saving times) is set again, and when the losing pattern Z1 is determined, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. is set.

(2) When the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set As described above, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined in the normal game state, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set.
During the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, as well as during the normal game state and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball can enter the normal figure start winning opening 70, but the When winning is achieved in the normal pattern lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the normal pattern start winning opening 70, the opening and closing door 82 is opened and the game ball entering the entrance device 70 can pass through the first gate 86. , the first start winning opening 15 is opened by the game ball passing through the gate. Then, when two game balls enter the opened first start prize winning port 15, the first start prize winning port 15 is closed. The first special symbol random number acquired based on the game ball entered after the variation is performed is retained and stored. In addition, when the variation being executed is completed, success or failure lottery and variation based on the reserved and stored first special random number are continuously performed.

Then, in the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the above-described first start winning opening 15, when the big win is won and the big win pattern X1 is determined, after the special game based on the determination is finished, the second A low probability time saving gaming state is set (see FIGS. 67 and 68). The flow of the game after the second low probability time saving gaming state is set is the same as (1).
On the other hand, in the above-mentioned success or failure lottery, when the winning pattern Z1 is determined as a loss, the time saving game state is not set, and the first low probability time saving game state continues as it is. In addition, by performing the winning lottery once, the remaining number of times of time saving in the first low-probability time saving game state is reduced by one.

Here, during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, two game balls enter during the opening of the first start winning opening 15 due to the determination of winning in the normal symbol lottery, so the first special random number The state in which one is reserved and stored is maintained. Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 5, as described above, the number of times of time saving in the first low probability time saving game state is set to 999 times which is an odd number of times. Then, if the winning lottery is performed 999 times without winning the jackpot during the first low probability time saving game state, the first low probability time saving game state ends and the normal game state is set (see FIG. 68) , At this point, one first special random number is reserved and stored.
Then, when the normal game state is set, a lottery is performed based on the first special random number that has been reserved and stored, and when a big win is won and a big win pattern X1 is determined, a special based on the determination After the end of the game, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set (see FIGS. 67 and 68). Furthermore, also when it becomes a loss in the above-mentioned winning lottery and the losing pattern Z1 is determined, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the determination (see FIGS. 67 and 68).
That is, after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, if the winning lottery is performed 999 times without winning the jackpot, the subsequent game state is always the second low-probability time-saving game with a high degree of advantage for the player. state will be set.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 5, when the winning lottery is performed a predetermined number of times without winning a jackpot in a predetermined game state (first low-probability time-saving game state), it is executed next. Whether a specific jackpot pattern (jackpot pattern X1) is determined or a specific losing pattern (losing pattern Z1) is determined in the winning lottery, the degree of advantage for the player is increased. A high specific gaming state (second low-probability time-saving gaming state) is set. As a result, it is possible to set an upper limit (a so-called ceiling) on the number of win-or-fail lotteries until a shift to a specific game state is made, and it is possible to provide novel game features that enhance the player's interest.
In addition, in the case of a loss based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (time-saving number of times 999 times) is set. Although only Z2 was determined, it is not limited to this, for example, the second low-probability time-saving game state (time-saving number of times 100 times) is set to be set Lost pattern Z1 can be determined.

(Another application example 6)
(Outline of configuration and control)
Although not particularly shown, the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6 is not a so-called 1 type 2 type mixing machine, and a special game is executed only based on the winning of the jackpot as in the above-described embodiment. is configured as

(Outline of the structure within the game area 12)
In the game area 12 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, as in the above-described embodiment, there are a general winning opening 14, a first starting winning opening 15, a second starting winning opening 16, a movable piece 16b, An attacker device 17, an exit 19, a gate 20, and an effect display device 21 are provided (see FIG. 69).
It should be noted that the structure and installation position of some of these devices and members are different from those of the above-described embodiment.
The structure inside the game area 12 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6 will be described below, focusing on the points different from the above-described embodiment.

In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, as shown in FIG. 69, the gate 20 is provided on the upper right side of the effect display device 21 (upper part of the second game area 12b). The gate 20 allows only game balls flowing down the second game area 12b to pass through, and cannot pass game balls flowing down the first game area 12a. Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 6, almost all game balls entering the second game area 12b pass through the gate 20. As shown in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 69, below the gate 20, a second start-up prize-winning port 16 and a flat plate-shaped movable piece 16b (ordinary electric accessory) that can be pushed into the game board 11 are arranged side by side. ing.
The upper surface of the movable piece 16b is formed so as to be inclined downward from the right end to the left end when protruding from the game board 11 . The right end of the movable piece 16b is positioned directly below the gate 20, and the second start winning opening 16 is arranged to the left of the left end of the movable piece 16b. In addition, the second starting winning opening 16 has a cup shape that opens upward, and a game ball reaching the opening enters the second starting winning opening 16 .
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, in a state in which the movable piece 16b protrudes from the game board 11, the upper surface of the movable piece 16b serves as a guide member that guides the game ball to the opening of the second start winning hole 16. By functioning as, it is possible to enter the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 (see FIG. 70 (b)). On the other hand, in the state where the movable piece 16b is immersed in the game board 11, the movable piece 16b cannot guide the game ball to the opening of the second starting winning hole 16, and the second starting winning hole 16 It is impossible to enter a game ball into (see FIG. 70(a)). In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the length from the right end of the movable piece 16b to the second start winning opening 16 is approximately the width of the flow-down passage through which the game balls flow down in the second game area 12b. Since it is the same, almost all the game balls that have entered the second game area 12b and passed through the gate 20 can enter the second start winning opening 16 when the movable piece 16b is protruding.

Then, as in the above-described embodiment, when the game ball passes through the gate 20, a lottery for normal symbols is performed, and variable display of normal symbols is started. When the result of the lottery of the normal symbols is winning, the variable display of the normal symbols is executed for a predetermined variation time, then the winning symbols are stopped and displayed, and the movable piece 16b protrudes for a predetermined operation time. state (see FIG. 70(b)). On the other hand, when the result of the lottery for the normal symbols is a loss, the variable display of the normal symbols is executed for a predetermined variation time, and then the lost symbols are stopped and displayed, and the movable piece 16b moves to the game board. 11 remains immersed (see FIG. 70(a)).
In addition, only the game ball flowing down the second game area 12b can pass through the second start winning opening 16, and the game ball flowing down the first game area 12a cannot pass through.
In addition, when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, a predetermined number of game balls (one in another application example 6) are paid out.

As shown in FIG. 69, an attacker device 17 is provided below the second start winning opening 16 and the movable piece 16b. In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the specific area 57, the general area 58 and the sorting member 59 are not provided in the big winning opening 18 unlike the above-described embodiment.
Only game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can pass through the big winning opening 18, and game balls flowing down the first game area 12a cannot pass through.
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, after the special game executed based on the winning of the jackpot is finished, a game state is set according to the type of the jackpot symbol determined when the jackpot is won. It has become so.

(Summary of control and game)
Next, various controls and games executed in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6 will be described, focusing on points different from the above-described embodiment.

In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the normal game state, which is a game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state, the low-probability game state, and the first time-saving game state, which is a game state 1 low-probability time-saving game state, low-probability game state and second time-saving game state, which is a game state combining low-probability time-saving game state, or high-probability game state and second time-saving game state In a game state that combines One game state of a certain high-probability time-saving game state is set.
Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the non-time-saving gaming state, the first time-saving gaming state, and the second time-saving gaming state are the frequency of entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 (entering The degree of difficulty of the ball, in other words, the frequency of winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16) is set to be different. Details of specific settings will be described later.
As in the above-described embodiment, the normal game state is set in the initial state after shipment from the factory or after reset.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, a game ball flowing down the first game area 12a can enter the first start winning hole 15, and flows down the second game area 12b. The game ball can pass through the gate 20, enter the second start winning hole 16, and enter the big winning hole 18. - 特許庁
Then, during the normal game state, the player is caused to hit the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left hitting) so that the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, and the first During the low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state, the high-probability time-saving game state, and the special game, the game ball passes through the gate 20 and enters the second start winning opening 16, and A player is made to launch a game ball toward a second game area 12b (so-called right-handed hitting) so that the game ball enters the big winning hole 18.例文帳に追加

As shown in FIG. 71(a), in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, it is possible to win a jackpot in a winning lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, and a jackpot is won. , the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined. And, the game state at the time of performing the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball to the first start winning prize port 15 is a low probability game state (normal game state, first low probability time saving game state, second low probability time saving game state ), the probability of winning the jackpot is set to about 1/300, and the probability of winning the jackpot when the above-mentioned gaming state is a high-probability gaming state (high-probability short-time gaming state) , is set to approximately 3/300 (ie approximately 1/100).
Also, the determination probability of the jackpot pattern X1 and the determination probability of the jackpot pattern X2 are both set to 50/100 (that is, 50%).
Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z1 is determined.
In addition, the upper limit number of the first special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 (upper limit number of the first reserved number) is set to four. The upper limit number of the reservation of the first special random number is not limited to this.

Also, as shown in FIG. 71(a), it is possible to win a big win even in a lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16, and if the big win is won, the big win pattern X3 is determined. It's like And, the game state at the time of performing the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball to the second start winning prize port 15 is a low probability game state (normal game state, first low probability time saving game state, second low probability time saving game state ), the probability of winning the jackpot is set to about 1/300, and the probability of winning the jackpot when the above-mentioned gaming state is a high probability gaming state (high probability short-time gaming state) , is set to approximately 3/300 (1/100).
Also, the determination probability of the jackpot symbol X3 is set to 100/100 (that is, 100%).
Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z2 is determined.
In addition, the upper limit number of the second special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 (the upper limit number of the second reservation number) is set to four. The upper limit number of reservations for the second special random number is not limited to this.

Then, as shown in FIG. 71(a), when the jackpot is won and the jackpot symbols X1 and X2 are decided, the big prize opening 18 is opened for 29.0 seconds during the special game based on the decision. or 10 game balls enter the big winning hole 18, the round game is executed 5 times, and about 500 game balls can be acquired. ing.
Also, when the jackpot symbol X3 is determined, the above-described round game is executed 10 times, and about 1000 game balls can be acquired.

(Summary of Universal Figure Game)
Next, an outline of a normal game to be executed in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 71(c), during the non-time-saving game state (normal game state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is about 1/1.2, the normal symbol fluctuation time is 10 seconds, The operating time of the movable piece 16b (the time during which the movable piece 16b is in a protruding state) is set to 0.05 seconds when the normal symbol lottery wins. It should be noted that, although not particularly shown, the same setting is made during the special game.
In addition, during the first time-saving gaming state (during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is about 1/1.2, which is the same as during the non-time-saving gaming state. The variable time is set to 0.5 seconds, which is shorter than during the non-time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b when winning by lottery of normal symbols is set to 5 seconds, which is longer than during the non-time-saving game state. there is
In addition, during the second time-saving game state (during the second low probability time-saving game state, during the high probability time-saving game state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is during the non-time-saving game state and the first time-saving game state About 1/1.1, which is higher than medium, the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 0.5 seconds, which is the same as during the first time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b when the normal pattern is won by lottery. , It is set to 5 seconds, which is the same as during the first time-saving game state.

That is, during the non-time-saving game state and during the special game, there is no chance that the game ball will win with a high probability in the normal symbol lottery executed when the game ball passes through the gate 20, and the movable piece 16b will be in a protruding state. many. However, since the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 5 seconds and the operation time of the movable piece 16b is 0.05 second, it takes a long time for the movable piece 16b to move from the recessed state to the projected state (from the projected state to the projected state). The interval until the next protruding state is long), but the time during which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the protruding state is extremely short. Therefore, during the non-time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is almost immersed, and it is almost impossible for the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b to enter the second start winning hole 16.

On the other hand, during the first time-saving game state (during the first low-probability time-saving game state), the same probability as during the non-time-saving game state is the same as during the non-time-saving game state. In addition, there are many occasions when the movable piece 16b protrudes. In addition, the normal pattern fluctuation time is 0.5 seconds shorter than during the non-time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b is 5 seconds longer than during the non-time-saving game state, so the state where the movable piece 16b is immersed. Although the time until the movable piece 16b protrudes is short (the interval from the protruded state to the next protruded state is short), the length of time that the movable piece 16b is maintained in the protruded state is long. Therefore, during the first time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is almost protruding, and the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b is likely to enter the second start winning opening 16.

Also, during the second time-saving game state (during the second low-probability time-saving game state, during the high-probability time-saving game state), there is a higher probability than during the non-time-saving game state or during the first time-saving game state. Therefore, there are many opportunities for the movable piece 16b to protrude. In addition, since the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is the same 0.5 seconds as during the first time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b is 5 seconds, which is the same as during the first time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state As in the middle, the time from the recessed state to the projected state is short (the interval from the projected state to the next projected state is short), but the movable piece 16b is projected. is maintained for a long time. Therefore, during the second time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is more likely to protrude than during the first time-saving game state, and the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b can enter the second start winning opening 16. The sex is higher than during the first time-saving game state.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is generally high in any of the non-time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state, and the second time-saving game state. Although it is set, the possibility that the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 (that is, the possibility of entering the second starting winning opening 16 by differentiating the fluctuation time of the normal symbol and the operation time of the movable piece 16b The frequency of game ball entry, in other words, the frequency of execution of the winning lottery based on the entry of game balls into the second start winning opening 16) is adapted to change.
That is, during the first time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is more likely to be maintained in a protruding state than the non-time-saving game state, so the game ball is more likely to enter the second start winning opening 16, and the second time-saving game state During the middle, the movable piece 16b is more likely to be maintained in the projecting state than in the first time-saving game state, so the game ball is more likely to enter the second start winning opening 16.例文帳に追加
Therefore, during the second time-saving game state, the decrease in game balls accompanying the progress of the game is suppressed more than during the non-time-saving game state and the first time-saving game state, and during the first time-saving game state, more than the non-time-saving game state. However, you will be able to acquire the opportunity of the lottery.

(Outline of game state to be set)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, one of the normal game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state, or the high-probability time-saving game state is set. be done.
Specifically, as long as the game ball is launched toward the first game area 12a as instructed during the normal game state, the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 It is possible to win a big win, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X1 or X2 is determined.
Then, as shown in FIG. 71(b), when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the low-probability game state, and is set to the second time-saving game state. By, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. When the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the number of times of time-saving is set to 100 times.
That is, after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, without winning the jackpot, until the number of fluctuations in the special symbol reaches 100 times (that is, until the result of the winning lottery is derived 100 times), The second low-probability time-saving gaming state continues.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 71(b), when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the high-probability game state, and is set to the second time-saving game state. By doing so, a high-probability time-saving gaming state is set. When the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, both the high-probability number of times and the time-saving number of times are set to 100 times.
That is, after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, without winning the jackpot, until the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 100 times (that is, until the result of the winning lottery is derived 100 times), the high-probability time-saving The game state continues.

In addition, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state and during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, as described above, the movable piece 16b is in a protruding state, and the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b is the second start winning. The possibility of entering the ball into the mouth 16 is high. Therefore, as long as the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b as instructed during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state or during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball to the second start winning opening 16 enters the ball. Then, it is possible to win a big win in a winning lottery based on the ball entry, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X3 is determined.
Then, as shown in FIG. 71(b), when the jackpot symbol X3 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the high-probability game state, and is set to the second time-saving game state. Thus, a high-probability time-saving game state is set, and both the high-probability number of times and the time-saving number of times are set to 100 times.

Also, after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, when the result of the winning lottery is all other than the jackpot (that is, losing) 100 times, the second time-saving gaming state is changed to a non-time-saving gaming state, Normal game state is set.
Similarly, after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, when the results of the winning lottery are all other than the jackpot 100 times, the high-probability gaming state is changed to the low-probability gaming state, and the second time-saving gaming state is non-time-saving. By changing to the game state, the normal game state is set.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the normal game state is set after the RAM is cleared. After the special game based on the jackpot pattern X1 is finished, a second low-probability time-saving game state is set, and when the number of variations of the special pattern reaches 100 times without winning the jackpot, the normal game state is set. After the end of the special game based on the jackpot pattern X2 or X3, a high-probability time-saving game state is set, and when the number of variations of the special pattern reaches 100 times without winning the jackpot, the normal game state is set.
Then, as shown in FIG. 71(b), after the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, the number of fluctuations of the special symbols is a predetermined number of times of time-saving activation (other In Application Example 6, 500 times) is reached (that is, after the normal game state or the second low probability time saving game state is set, the results of the winning lottery of 500 times are all other than the jackpot), the low probability game state is As it is, the first low-probability time-saving game state is set by changing the non-time-saving game state to the first time-saving game state. When the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the number of times of time-saving is set to 600 times.
That is, after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, without winning the jackpot, until the number of fluctuations in the special symbol reaches 600 times (that is, the results of the winning lottery of 600 times are all other than the jackpot until), the first low-probability time-saving gaming state continues.

In addition, during the first low-probability time-saving game state, in the same way as during the second low-probability time-saving game state and during the high probability time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b almost protrudes, and the game entered the second game area 12b There is a high possibility that the ball will enter the second start winning opening 16 . Therefore, as long as the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b as instructed during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16. Then, it is possible to win a big win in a winning lottery based on the ball entry, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X3 is determined.
On the other hand, in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaches 600 times without winning the jackpot (that is, when the results of the winning lottery of 600 times are all other than the jackpot), The normal game state is set by changing the first time-saving game state to the non-time-saving game state.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the time saving activation for counting the number of time saving activation times (500 times) that the first low probability time saving gaming state (first time saving gaming state) is set A number counter is composed of a predetermined storage area in the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100 .
The count value of the time-saving activation counter is set by a predetermined operation to clear (reset) the RAM, end the special game, or set the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (first time-saving gaming state). It is reset when any one of the reset conditions is established. Then, when the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, counting by the time-saving activation counter is started, and the count is during the normal game state and the second low-probability time-saving game state (that is, low probability During the game state) is to be executed only.

Specifically, when the RAM is cleared (reset), the subsequent game state is set to the normal game state (low-probability game state), and counting by the time-saving activation number counter is started from this point.
In addition, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 is completed, the subsequent game state is set to the second low-probability time-saving game state (low-probability game state), and counting by the time-saving activation frequency counter is started from this point. .
On the other hand, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is completed, the subsequent game state is set to a high probability time-saving game state (high probability game state). Therefore, counting by the time reduction activation number counter is not started from the time when the special game is finished, and counting by the time reduction activation number counter is started from the time when the high probability time reduction game state is finished and the normal game state is set.

Then, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, every time the special symbol is varied, the time-saving activation frequency counter counts. When the count value of the time-saving activation counter reaches the number of times of time-saving activation, the fluctuation of the special symbol at the time of arrival ends (that is, the special symbol is stopped and displayed) When a predetermined stop display time has elapsed, the second 1 low probability time saving gaming state is set.
That is, according to the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the number of fluctuations of the special symbols (count value by counting the number of times of shortening activation) after the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set is time-saving activation By reaching the number of times, the first low-probability time-saving game state is set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game, so that it is possible to impart a novel game property and increase the interest of the player. .

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, after the RAM is cleared (after reset) or after the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot until the next jackpot is won, the first low-probability time-saving The game state (first time-saving game state) can be set only once.
That is, after the count value of the time saving activation number counter after the normal game state or the second low probability time saving game state is set reaches the time saving activation number (500 times) and the first low probability time saving game state is set , The first low-probability time-saving gaming state cannot be set again until the next big win is won.
Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, after the count value of the time saving activation counter is reset by setting the first low probability time saving gaming state, until the next big hit is won, the It is set so that the counting by the time saving activation counter is stopped.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, none of the losing symbols (Z1, Z2) are defined to set the time-saving gaming state. Therefore, the game state is not changed after the losing symbols are stopped, and the game state at the time of determination of the losing symbols continues.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting and the number of times of continuous probability variation setting like the above-described embodiment are not set, and when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, always A low-probability time-saving game state is set after the special game based on the determination, and a high-probability time-saving game state is set after the special game based on the determination whenever the jackpot pattern X2 or X3 is determined. .

(Summary of transmission of information on game status)
The main CPU 101 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6 transmits information (hereinafter also referred to as game state designation information) about the game state at the time to the sub control board 300 at various times.

Specifically, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, as the gaming state designation information, normal A designation information, second low probability time reduction designation information, second low probability time reduction end predetermined number of times before designation information, second Low probability short working hours final designation information, high probability short working hours suspension designation information, high probability short working hours designation information, high probability short working hours end predetermined times before designation information, high probability short working hours final designation information, first low probability short working hours designation information before arrival, first low 13 types of probability short working hours designation information, 1st low probability short working hours end predetermined times ago designation information, 1st low probability short working hours final designation information, normal B designation information are provided.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the main CPU 101 changes the above-described game state designation information transmitted to the sub control board 300 after the special symbol is stopped and displayed and the stop display time elapses. In the case (for example, when the game state is changed from the second low-probability time-saving game state to the normal game state), at the time when the above-mentioned stop display time has elapsed (that is, when the stop-displayed special symbol is confirmed ), a game state change designation command including information indicating that the game state designation information is to be changed is transmitted.
Further, when the special game ends, the main CPU 101 transmits a special game post-game state designation command including information on the game state to be set thereafter.
Further, the main CPU 101 determines when a predetermined customer waiting time (for example, 30 seconds) has elapsed without the special symbols being displayed in a variable manner, when the special symbols start to vary, and when the special symbols are stopped and displayed and the stop display time elapses. time point, opening process start time when special game is executed, round game start time when special game is executed (time of opening big winning port 18), round game when special game is executed end point (when the big winning hole 18 closes), the start point of the ending process when a special game is executed, the end point of the ending process when a special game is executed, the time of RAM clear, the time of turning on the power (power At the time of disconnection and recovery), a specification designation command including the model information of the pachinko machine P is transmitted. Incidentally, each time point at which the spec specification command is transmitted is also collectively referred to as a spec specification command transmission time point.
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, predetermined game state designation information is included in the game state change designation command, the special game post-game state designation command, or the spec designation command, and transmitted to the sub control board 300. It's like

(1) Normal A designation information Normal A designation information is after the second low probability time saving game state ends without winning the jackpot after clearing the RAM, or the high probability time saving game state ends without winning the jackpot It indicates that it is in the normal game state (hereinafter also referred to as normal game state A) which is set after that.
The normal A designation information is the 100th variation that has reached without winning the jackpot after the second low probability time saving gaming state is set (that is, the second low probability time saving gaming state ends without winning the jackpot) The 100th fluctuation reached without winning the jackpot after the special symbol was stopped and the stop display time elapsed in the fluctuation), or when the high-probability time-saving gaming state was set (that is, winning the jackpot) The special symbol is stop-displayed in the change that the high-probability time-saving game state ends without being included in the game state change designation command transmitted when the stop display time elapses, and is transmitted to the sub control board 300 It has become.
Further, the normal A designation information is included in the spec designation command transmitted when the spec designation command transmission time comes during the normal game state A, and is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . For example, every time the special symbols change during the normal game state A, the normal A designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Also, for example, if power failure occurs during normal game state A, normal A Designation information is included in the specification designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Further, for example, when a jackpot is won during the normal game state A and a special game is executed, the normal A designation information is specified at the start of the opening process, the start of the round game, the start of the ending process, etc. It is included in the designated command and sent to the sub control board 300 .

(2) Second low-probability time-saving designation information The second low-probability time-saving designation information indicates that the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is the 1st to 95th special symbol fluctuations.
The second low-probability time-saving designation information is included in the special game post-game state designation command transmitted when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 is completed, and is transmitted to the sub control board 300. .
In addition, the second low-probability time-saving designation information is the spec-designation command transmitted when the spec-designation command transmission time comes in the 1st to 95th special symbol fluctuations after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. , and transmitted to the sub-control board 300 . For example, every time the variation of the 1st to 95th special symbols is started after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the second low-probability time-saving designation information is included in the spec designation command, and the sub control board 300 sent to. Also, for example, when the power outage occurs during the fluctuation of the special symbol of the 1st to 95th time since the second low probability time saving gaming state is set, at the time of power failure recovery, the second low probability time saving designation information is included in the spec specification command and sent to the sub control board 300 . In addition, when the special game is executed by winning the jackpot by the 1st to 95th success or failure lottery after the second low probability time saving game state is set, the opening process start time, round game start time, ending At the start of the process, etc., the second low-probability short working hours designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

(3) 2nd low-probability short-time end predetermined number of times before specified information It indicates that there is (that is, it is a variation before 4 times, 3 times, 2 times or 1 time from the last variation of the second low probability time saving gaming state).
The second low-probability time-saving end predetermined number of times before designation information is the 95th fluctuation after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and the special symbol is stop-displayed and is transmitted when the stop display time has elapsed. It is included in the change designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .
In addition, the second low-probability time-saving end predetermined number of times previous designation information is transmitted when the spec designation command transmission time comes in the 96th to 99th special symbol fluctuations after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. It is included in the specification designation command to be sent to the sub-control board 300 . For example, every time the 96th to 99th special pattern variation is started after the second low probability time saving gaming state is set, the second low probability time saving end predetermined number of times before specification information is included in the spec specification command, It is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Also, for example, when the power outage occurs during the fluctuation of the 96th to 99th special symbols after the second low probability time saving gaming state is set, at the time of power failure recovery, the second low probability time saving end predetermined The pre-number designation information is included in the specification designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 . In addition, when the special game is executed by winning the jackpot by the 96th to 99th success or failure lottery after the second low probability time saving game state is set, the opening process start time, round game start time, ending At the start of the process or the like, the specification information before the second low-probability time-saving end predetermined number of times is included in the specification specification command and is transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

(4) Second low-probability short working hours final designation information Second low-probability short working hours final designation information is the 100th special symbol fluctuation since the second low-probability short working hours gaming state is set (that is, second low probability It indicates that it is the last variation of the time-saving gaming state).
The second low-probability time-saving final designation information is the 99th change after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. , and transmitted to the sub-control board 300 .
In addition, the second low-probability time-saving final designation information is included in the spec-designation command to be transmitted when the spec-designation command is transmitted in the 100th special symbol variation after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. and transmitted to the sub-control board 300 . For example, at the time when the 100th special symbol variation is started after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the second low-probability time-saving final designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300. be done. Also, for example, when the power outage occurs during the fluctuation of the 100th special symbol after the second low probability time saving gaming state is set, at the time of power failure recovery, the second low probability time saving final designation information is Spec It is included in the designated command and sent to the sub control board 300 . In addition, when the jackpot is won by the 100th winning lottery after the second low-probability time-saving game state is set and the special game is executed, the opening process is started, the round game is started, and the ending process is started. At the time point or the like, the second low-probability short working hours final designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

(5) High-probability time-saving reservation designation information High-probability time-saving reservation designation information is stored when the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set Hold storage of the second special random number (hereinafter, also referred to as high reservation) It indicates that it is a variation of the special design based on.
The high-probability time-saving reservation designation information is included in the special game post-game state designation command transmitted when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is completed, and is transmitted to the sub control board 300. there is
In addition, the high probability time saving reservation designation information is included in the spec designation command transmitted when the spec designation command transmission time comes in the fluctuation of the special symbol based on the above high reservation reservation, and is transmitted to the sub control board 300 It's like For example, whenever the variation of the special design based on the high reservation reserve is started, the high probability time saving reservation designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Further, for example, when power failure occurs during the fluctuation of the special symbol based on the above-mentioned high secure retention, at the time of power failure recovery, high probability time saving hold designation information is included in the spec designation command, sub control board 300 sent to. Also, if a special game is executed by winning a jackpot by lottery based on the above-mentioned high reservation retention, at the start of the opening process, the start of the round game, the start of the ending process, etc., a high probability time-saving hold Designation information is included in the specification designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

(6) High-probability time-saving designation information The high-probability time-saving designation information is the 95th time that the special design fluctuates after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the fluctuation of the special design based on the above-mentioned high reservation is completed. It indicates that the fluctuation is up to
The high-probability time-saving designation information is a game state change designation transmitted at the time when the special design is stopped and the stop display time has elapsed in the variation of the special design based on the hold stored the latest among the above-mentioned high securing reservations. It is included in the command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .
In addition, the high-probability time-saving designation information is specified from the next change after the end of the special design fluctuation based on the high-reservation stop to the 95th special design change after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set. It is included in the spec specification command that is transmitted at the time of transmission, and is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . For example, when the high probability time-saving gaming state is set and four high-reservation reserves are stored, the 5th to 95th special symbol fluctuations start after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set. Each time, the high-probability time-saving designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Also, for example, in the above-described case, when a power failure occurs during the 5th to 95th special pattern fluctuations after the high probability time saving gaming state is set, at the time of power failure recovery, the high probability time saving designation information is It is included in the spec specification command and sent to the sub control board 300 . Also, in the above case, when a special game is executed by winning a jackpot by the 5th to 95th success or failure lotteries after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, at the start of the opening process, at the start of the round game, At the start of the ending process, etc., the high-probability time-saving designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

(7) High-probability time-saving end specified number of times before specified information High-probability time-saving end specified number of times before specified information is the 96th to 99th special symbol fluctuations after the high probability time-saving gaming state is set (that is, high It indicates that it is four times before, three times before, two times before or one time before from the last fluctuation of the probability time saving gaming state).
The specified information before the high probability time saving end predetermined number of times is the game state change specification command transmitted when the special symbol is stopped and the stop display time has elapsed in the 95th fluctuation after the high probability time saving game state is set. included and transmitted to the sub-control board 300 .
In addition, the high-probability time-saving end predetermined number of times before designation information is the spec-designation command transmitted when the spec-designation command transmission time comes in the 96th to 99th special symbol fluctuations after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set. , and transmitted to the sub-control board 300 . For example, every time the 96th to 99th special symbol fluctuations are started after the high probability time saving gaming state is set, the high probability time saving end predetermined number of times before designation information is included in the spec specification command, and the sub control board 300 sent to. Also, for example, when a power failure occurs during the fluctuation of the 96th to 99th special symbols after the high probability time saving gaming state is set, at the time of power failure recovery, the high probability time saving end predetermined number of times before the specified information is spec It is included in the designated command and sent to the sub control board 300 . In addition, when the special game is executed by winning the jackpot by the 96th to 99th lottery after the high-probability time-saving game state is set, the opening process is started, the round game is started, and the ending process is performed. At the start time point, etc., the specification information before the end of the high-probability time saving predetermined number of times is included in the specification specification command and is transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

(8) High probability time saving final designation information High probability time saving final designation information is the 100th special pattern change since the high probability time saving game state was set (that is, the last change in the high probability time saving game state that there is).
The high-probability time-saving final designation information is included in the game state change designation command transmitted when the stop display time elapses after the special symbol is stopped and displayed in the 99th fluctuation after the high-probability time-saving game state is set, It is designed to be transmitted to the sub control board 300 .
In addition, the high-probability time-saving final designation information is included in the spec-designation command transmitted when the spec-designation command transmission time comes in the 100th special symbol fluctuation after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and sub-control It is adapted to be transmitted to the substrate 300 . For example, at the time when the 100th special symbol variation is started after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the high-probability time-saving final designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300. - 特許庁Also, for example, when a power failure occurs during the 100th special pattern fluctuation after the high probability time saving gaming state is set, the high probability time saving final specification information is included in the spec specification command at the time of power failure recovery, It is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . In addition, when a special game is executed by winning a jackpot by the 100th lottery after the high-probability time-saving game state is set, the time of starting the opening process, the time of starting the round game, the time of starting the ending process, etc. In , the high probability time saving final designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

(9) 1st low probability time saving before arrival designation information 1st low probability time saving before arrival designation information is after the normal game state (normal game state A) or second low probability time saving game state is set after the end of the special game It indicates that it will be the 500th special symbol variation (that is, it will be the variation immediately before the first low probability time saving gaming state is set).
The first low-probability time-saving pre-arrival designation information is the 499th change after the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state is set after the end of the special game, and the special symbol is stop-displayed and the stop display time has elapsed. It is included in the game state change designation command transmitted at this time and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .
Also, after the end of the special game, when the power cut occurs during the 499th special pattern fluctuation after the normal game state or the second low probability time saving game state is set, the first low probability time saving at the time of power cut return. Pre-arrival designation information is included in the specification designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .
In addition, after the end of the special game, when the special game is executed by winning the jackpot by the 499th success or failure lottery after the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, at the start of the opening process, the round At the start of the game, the start of the ending process, etc., the specification information before reaching the first low probability short working hours is included in the spec specification command and transmitted to the sub control board 300.

(10) 1st low probability time saving designation information 1st low probability time saving designation information indicates that it is the 1st to 595th special symbol fluctuation after the 1st low probability time saving gaming state is set.
The first low-probability time-saving designation information is the 500th change after the normal game state is set after RAM clearing, or the 500th time after the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state is set after the end of the special game. , the special symbol is stopped and displayed, and is included in the game state change designation command transmitted when the stop display time has elapsed, and is transmitted to the sub-control board 300 .
In addition, the first low-probability time-saving designation information is the spec-designation command transmitted when the spec-designation command transmission time comes in the 1st to 595th special symbol fluctuations after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. , and transmitted to the sub-control board 300 . For example, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and every time the variation of the 1st to 595th special symbols is started, the first low-probability time-saving designation information is included in the spec designation command, and the sub control board 300 sent to. Also, for example, when the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, when a power failure occurs during the fluctuation of the special symbol for the 1st to 595th times, at the time of power failure recovery, the first low-probability time-saving designation information is spec It is included in the designated command and sent to the sub control board 300 . In addition, when the special game is executed by winning the jackpot by the 1st to 595th success or failure lottery after the first low probability time saving game state is set, the opening process start time, round game start time, ending At the start of the process or the like, the first low-probability short working hours designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

(11) 1st low-probability time-saving end predetermined number of times before designation information It indicates that there is (that is, the change before the last 4 times, 3 times, 2 times or 1 time from the last change of the first low probability time saving gaming state).
The 1st low-probability time-saving end predetermined number of times before designation information is the 595th fluctuation after the 1st low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and the special symbol is stopped and displayed. It is included in the change designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .
In addition, the first low-probability time-saving end predetermined number of times before designation information is transmitted when the spec designation command transmission time comes in the 596th to 599th special symbol fluctuations after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. It is included in the specification designation command to be sent to the sub-control board 300 . For example, every time the 596th to 599th special symbol variation is started after the first low probability time saving gaming state is set, the first low probability time saving end predetermined number of times before designation information is included in the spec specification command, It is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Also, for example, when a power failure occurs during the fluctuation of the special symbols 596th to 599th after the first low probability time saving gaming state is set, at the time of power failure recovery, before the first low probability time saving end predetermined number of times Designation information is included in the specification designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 . In addition, when the special game is executed by winning the jackpot by the 596th to 599th success or failure lottery after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the opening process starts, the round game starts, and the ending. At the start of the process or the like, the specification information before the first low-probability time-saving end predetermined number of times is included in the spec specification command and is transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

(12) 1st low probability time saving final designation information The 1st low probability time saving final designation information is the 600th special symbol fluctuation after the 1st low probability time saving gaming state is set (that is, the 1st low probability It indicates that it is the last variation of the time-saving gaming state).
The first low-probability time-saving final designation information is the 599th change after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. , and transmitted to the sub-control board 300 .
In addition, the first low-probability time-saving final designation information is included in the spec-designation command transmitted when the spec-designation command transmission time comes in the 600th special symbol fluctuation after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. and transmitted to the sub-control board 300 . For example, after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, at the time when the 600th special symbol variation is started, the first low-probability time-saving final designation information is included in the spec designation command, and is transmitted to the sub control board 300. be done. Also, for example, when a power failure occurs during the 600th special pattern fluctuation after the first low probability time saving gaming state is set, at the time of power failure recovery, the first low probability time saving final designation information is a spec designation command , and sent to the sub control board 300 . In addition, when a special game is executed by winning a jackpot by the 600th success or failure lottery after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the opening process is started, the round game is started, and the ending process is started. At the time point or the like, the first low-probability short working hours final designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

(13) Normal B designation information Normal B designation information is a normal game state (hereinafter also referred to as normal game state B) that is set after the first low-probability time-saving game state ends without winning the jackpot is shown.
The normal B designation information is the 600th variation that has reached without winning the jackpot after the first low probability time saving gaming state is set (that is, the first low probability time saving gaming state ends without winning the jackpot) ), the special symbol is stopped and displayed, and is included in the game state change designation command transmitted when the stop display time has passed, and is transmitted to the sub control board 300.
Further, the normal B designation information is included in the spec designation command transmitted when the spec designation command transmission time comes during the normal game state B, and is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . For example, every time the special symbols start to change in the normal game state B, the normal B designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Further, for example, when power failure occurs during the normal game state B, the normal B designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 at the power failure recovery time. Further, for example, when a jackpot is won in the normal game state B and a special game is executed, the normal B designation information is specified at the start of the opening process, the start of the round game, the start of the ending process, etc. It is included in the designated command and sent to the sub control board 300 .

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the above-described game state designation information corresponding to the set game state, the number of times the special symbols change, etc. is stored in the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100. When power is cut off, the data stored in the main RAM 103, including the game state designation information, is backed up. As a result, it is possible to acquire the above-described game state designation information corresponding to the game state set before the occurrence of the power failure and the number of times the special symbols fluctuate and to transmit it to the sub-control board 300 at the time of power failure recovery.
Then, when receiving the game state designation information, the sub CPU 301 stores the received game state designation information in a predetermined storage area of the sub RAM 303 in the sub control board 300 .

As described above, according to the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the sub control board 300 receives the game state designation information corresponding to the set game state, the number of times the special symbol changes, etc. at each time point described above. Since it is transmitted to the sub-control board 300, it is possible to grasp the game state set at each time point described above and the number of times the special symbol fluctuates after the game state is set, and the game state And it becomes possible to execute the production according to the number of times of fluctuation of the special symbol.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, at the time of power failure recovery (when the power of the pachinko machine P is turned on from off), the game state designation information before the power failure occurred is set to the sub control board 300 sent to.
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, for example, when an unexpected power failure occurs in the pachinko machine P due to a lightning strike or the like, the data stored in the main RAM 103 in the main control board 100 is backed up, but the sub control The data stored in the sub-RAM 303 on the board 300 are not backed up. Therefore, when the sub-control board 300 is reset due to the occurrence of the power failure described above, the data stored in the sub-RAM 303 in the sub-control board 300 is cleared. Then, the game state designation information stored in the sub-RAM 303 is also cleared as described above. Furthermore, since the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6 is capable of one-way communication from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300, the main control board 300 causes the sub control board 300 to be reset. i can't figure out what i did. Therefore, when power failure occurs, the main CPU 101 transmits the game state designation information stored in the main RAM 103 to the sub control board 300 at the time of recovery from the power failure, so that the sub control board 300 , it is possible to grasp the game state designation information before the occurrence of the power failure. As a result, even when power failure occurs, the effect corresponding to the game state set before the power failure occurred can be executed again.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the number of fluctuations of the special symbol after the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state is set reaches the time-saving activation number. During the low-probability time-saving gaming state (that is, during the time-saving gaming state set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game), and the second low probability set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 During the time-saving gaming state (that is, during the time-saving gaming state set through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game), game state designation information corresponding to each time-saving gaming state is defined.
Therefore, according to the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, in the sub-control board 300, the time-saving gaming state that is set is set without winning the jackpot and executing the special game (i.e. , Whether it is the first low-probability time-saving gaming state), or whether it is set through the execution of the jackpot winning and special game (that is, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state). It is possible to execute an effect according to each time-saving game state.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, at the time when the stop display time has elapsed in the variation immediately before the variation in which the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the main CPU 101 performs the following: Variation is transmitted to the sub control board 300 1st low probability short working hours arrival pre-arrival designation information indicating that it is a variation immediately before the 1st low probability short working hours gaming state is set.
As a result, according to the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, it is possible to prepare the data of the effect executed at the time when the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set before the time. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the player feels uncomfortable with the progress of the presentation, for example, when the content of the presentation is suddenly switched at that time.

(Summary of various number of transmissions)
The main CPU 101 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, at the time of setting each game state described above and at the start of counting by the time-saving activation counter, etc., numerical information on various times such as the number of times of time-saving and the number of times of time-saving activation. (numerical data) to the sub control board 300.

Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (that is, the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1) at the time of setting the second low-probability time-saving gaming state. 100 times” is transmitted to the sub-control board 300 .
In addition, the main CPU 101, at the time of setting the high-probability time-saving gaming state (that is, at the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2 or X3), sets the high-probability number of times in the high-probability time-saving gaming state to “100 times”. Numerical information and numerical information of "100 times", which is the number of times of time saving, are transmitted to the sub control board 300 .
In addition, the main CPU 101 starts counting by the time saving activation number counter (that is, when the RAM is cleared, or when the normal game state or the second low probability time saving game state is set after the end of the special game), the first Numerical information of "500 times", which is the number of time reduction activations in the low probability time reduction gaming state, is transmitted to the sub control board 300. - 特許庁
In addition, the main CPU 101 sets the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (that is, when the count value of the time-saving activation counter reaches the time-saving activation count (500 times)), time-saving in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state Numerical information of “600 times”, which is the number of times, is transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

Here, although not shown, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, all of the numerical information corresponding to the above-described various numbers of times are number data A, which is 1-byte (8-bit) binary number data. and the number of times data B (expressed).
Specifically, both the count data A and the count data B are represented by "0000000b" (decimal 0. Note that the number with "b" at the end is 2 by the lower 7 bits excluding the upper 1 bit). The same applies hereinafter) to "1111111b" (127 in decimal). The lower 7 bits of the count data A are the remainder values obtained by dividing the numerical values of the various counts described above by 1 added to the maximum value "127" (decimal number) that can be represented by a 7-bit binary number. The lower 7 bits of the count data B are the quotient values obtained by dividing the above-mentioned various count values by the above-mentioned "128".
The main CPU 101 transmits the count data A configured as described above to the sub control board 300 at the above various times, and then transmits the count data B configured as described above to the sub control board 300 . Then, when the sub CPU 301 receives the number data A and the number data B, the sub CPU 301 adds the value of the lower 7 bits of the number data B received later and the above "128" to the lower part of the number data A received first. By adding the 7-bit values, the corresponding number of times can be calculated. This allows the sub-control board 300 to grasp the above-described various numbers of times.

For example, if the number of times of time saving in the second low probability time saving gaming state is "100 times", the quotient obtained by dividing this "100 times" by the above-mentioned "128" is "0" and the remainder is "100". Therefore, the number of times data A corresponding to this time saving number of times "100 times" has the lower 7 bits "1100100b" (100 in decimal), and the number of times data B has the lower 7 bits "0000000b" (0 in decimal). becomes.
Then, at the time of setting the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the main CPU 101 transmits the number data A whose lower 7 bits are "1100100b" to the sub control board 300, and then the number data B whose lower 7 bits are "0000000b". is sent to the sub control board 300 .
When the sub CPU 301 receives the count data A and the count data B, the sub CPU 301 adds the count data A to “0” which is the product of the lower 7 bits “0000000b” (decimal 0) of the count data B and the above “128”. By adding the lower 7 bits "1100100b" (100 in decimal), it is possible to calculate "100 times" which is the number of times of time saving in the second low probability time saving game state. Thereby, in the sub-control board 300, at the time of setting the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, it is possible to acquire the numerical information "100 times", which is the number of times of time-saving.

Also, for example, if the number of time reduction activations in the first low probability time reduction gaming state is "500 times", the quotient obtained by dividing this "500 times" by the above "128" is "3" and the remainder is "116" . Therefore, the number of times data A corresponding to the number of time-saving activations "500 times" has the lower 7 bits "1110100b" (116 in decimal), and the number of times data B has the lower 7 bits "0000011b" (3 in decimal). ).
Then, the main CPU 101 transmits the number data A with the lower 7 bits "1110100b" to the sub control board 300 at the start of counting by the time saving activation number counter, and then transmits the number data B with the lower 7 bits "0000011b". It is transmitted to the sub control board 300 .
When the sub CPU 301 receives the count data A and the count data B, the sub CPU 301 adds the count data A to “384” which is the product of the lower 7 bits “0000011b” (decimal 3) of the count data B and the above “128”. By adding the lower 7 bits "1110100b" (116 in decimal), it is possible to calculate "500 times" which is the number of times of shortening working hours in the first low probability shortening working hours gaming state. Thereby, in the sub-control board 300, it becomes possible to acquire the numerical information "500 times", which is the number of times of time saving, at the start of counting by the time saving number of times counter.

Also, for example, if the number of times of time saving in the first low probability time saving gaming state is "600 times", the quotient obtained by dividing this "600 times" by the above-mentioned "128" is "4" and the remainder is "88". Therefore, the number of times data A corresponding to this time saving number of times "600 times" has the lower 7 bits "1011000b" (88 in decimal), and the number of times data B has the lower 7 bits "0000100b" (4 in decimal) becomes.
Then, at the time of setting the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the main CPU 101 transmits the number data A whose lower 7 bits are "1011000b" to the sub control board 300, and then the number data B whose lower 7 bits are "0000100b". is sent to the sub control board 300 .
When the sub CPU 301 receives the count data A and the count data B, the sub CPU 301 adds the count data A to “512” which is the product of the lower 7 bits “0000100b” (decimal 4) of the count data B and the above “128”. By adding the lower 7-bit value "1011000b" (88 in decimal), it is possible to calculate "600 times" which is the number of times of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. Thereby, in the sub-control board 300, at the time of setting of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, it is possible to acquire numerical information of "600 times", which is the number of times of time-saving.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the maximum value that can be represented by a binary number of a plurality of bits (7 bits in another application example 6), such as the number of times of time saving and the number of times of time saving activation The number data A including the remainder obtained by dividing by 1 and the number data B including the quotient value are transmitted to the sub control board 300, and the number data A and the number data received in the sub control board 300 are transmitted to the sub control board 300. Based on B, the above number of times can be calculated.
As a result, according to the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, even if various times such as the number of times of time saving and the number of times of time saving activation become large values, the number of data to be transmitted to the sub control board 300 can be reduced. While doing so, the above-mentioned number of times can be transmitted to the sub-control board 300 .

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, after sending the number data A including the remainder value, the number data B including the quotient value is sent to the sub control board 300. ing.
As a result, for example, in a pachinko machine, when various times such as the number of times of time saving and the number of times of time saving are set to be less than or equal to the maximum value that can be represented by the binary number of the plurality of bits described above, the number of times data B Since the value of the quotient contained in is always 0, the above-mentioned number of times can be calculated based only on the number of times data A previously transmitted. Therefore, in the case described above, the processing for calculating the above-described number of times in the sub-control board 300 can be simplified.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the number of fluctuations of the special symbol after the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state is set reaches the time-saving activation number. The number of times of the low-probability time-saving gaming state (that is, the time-saving gaming state that is set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game), and the second set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 Regarding the number of time-saving gaming states with a low probability (that is, the time-saving gaming state set through the execution of a jackpot and a special game), data configured in a predetermined format (number of times data A, By transmitting the number of times data B) to the sub control board 300, the sub control board 300 can acquire (grasp) the number of times of time saving based on the data.
Therefore, in the sub-control board 300, by executing the same processing, the number of times of the time-saving game state set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game, and the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game It is possible to acquire any of the number of times of time saving in the time saving game state set via , and it is possible to prevent the acquisition process from becoming complicated.

Next, the progress of the above-described special figure game will be described using a flowchart, focusing on the differences from the above-described embodiment.
First, the post-stop process executed after the stop display time for stopping and displaying the special symbol is set in the stop display time timer counter will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 3000, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the stop display time set in the stop display time timer counter has elapsed. Then, when it is determined that the stop display time has not elapsed, the post-stop process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 3001 .
At step 3001, the main CPU 101 stores the current game state in the game state buffer. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3002 .

In step 3002, the main CPU 101 executes a time saving frequency update process. Since this time saving frequency|count update process is the same as that of the time saving frequency|count update process in the above-mentioned embodiment, description is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3003.
At step 3003, the main CPU 101 executes highly accurate number update processing. Since this high-accuracy number update process is the same as the high-accuracy number update process in the above-described embodiment, the explanation is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3004 .

At step 3004, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbol that is stopped and displayed is a jackpot symbol. Then, when it is determined that the stopped special symbol is not a big hit symbol (that is, it is a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 3009 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the stopped special symbol is a jackpot symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 3005 .
At step 3005, the main CPU 101 sets a jackpot winning command for transmitting the game state at the jackpot winning and the types of the jackpot symbols stopped and displayed (jackpot symbols X1, X2, X3) to the sub control board 300. - 特許庁Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3006.

At step 3006, the main CPU 101 resets the current gaming state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3007 .
At step 3007, the main CPU 101 sets the opening time, which is the waiting time set at the start of the special game, in the opening time timer counter, and sends an opening command indicating that the opening process is to start. memorize to Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3008.

At step 3008, the main CPU 101 sets the number of rounds in the main RAM 103 based on the type of the jackpot symbol that is stopped and displayed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets “5” as the number of rounds if the stopped jackpot symbol is X1 or X2, and sets “5” as the round number if the stopped jackpot symbol is X3. Set "10". Then, the post-stop processing is terminated.

In addition, in step 3009, which proceeds when it is determined that the special symbol stopped and displayed in step 3004 is not a jackpot symbol, the main CPU 101 executes time-saving activation count execution processing for counting by the time-saving activation frequency counter. do. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3010.
At step 3010, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not it is time to end the high-probability time-saving gaming state. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the second time saving game flag is turned off from on in step 3002 described above and the high certainty game flag is turned off from on in step 3003 described above. And, when it is determined that it is not the time when the high-probability time-saving gaming state ends, the process proceeds to step 3012 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the high-probability time-saving gaming state has ended, the process proceeds to the next step 3011 .

At step 3011, the main CPU 101 sets the time saving activation frequency counter to the time saving activation frequency “500”. In addition, the main CPU 101 transmits the frequency data A and the frequency data B corresponding to the time saving activation frequency “500” to the sub control board 300 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3012.
At step 3012, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the game state designation information to be transmitted to the sub-control board 300 at that time is changed. A game state change designation command including the game state designation information is stored in the performance transmission data storage area. Incidentally, when it is determined that the game state designation information is not changed, the main CPU 101 does nothing here. Then, the post-stop process is terminated.

Next, the time-saving invocation count execution process of step 3010 mentioned above is demonstrated with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 3100, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the high probability game flag is off. Then, when it is determined that the high certainty game flag is not off (that is, it is on), the time saving activation count execution process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the high certainty game flag is off, the process proceeds to the next step 3101 .

In step 3101, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a time saving activation count reaching flag indicating that the count value of the time saving activation count counter has reached the time saving activation count is off. And when it determines with the time saving activation frequency|count reach|attainment flag not being OFF (namely, it is ON), it complete|finishes a time saving activation frequency|count count execution process. On the other hand, when it determines with the time saving activation frequency|count reach|attainment flag being OFF, it progresses to following step 3102. FIG.
At step 3102, the main CPU 101 decrements the count value of the time saving activation number counter by one. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3103.

At step 3103, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the count value of the time saving activation counter has reached zero. And when it determines with not having reached|attained, it complete|finishes time saving invocation frequency count execution processing. On the other hand, if it is determined to have arrived, the process proceeds to the next step 3104 .
In step 3104, the main CPU 101 executes a first low-probability time-saving gaming state setting process for setting the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 turns on the first time saving game flag and sets the number of time saving games to "600". It should be noted that, when the number of time-saving activations is reached, the normal game state is set, and the high-precision game flag is turned off. This high certainty game flag remains off. In addition, the main CPU 101 transmits frequency data A and frequency data B corresponding to the number of time reductions “600” in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state to the sub control board 300 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3105.

In step 3105, the main CPU 101 resets (clears to zero) the count value of the time saving activation counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3106.
In step 3106, the main CPU 101 turns on the time saving activation count reached flag. Then, the time saving activation frequency count execution process is terminated.

Next, the special game end processing executed when the special game ends will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 3200, the main CPU 101 confirms the jackpot symbol (stored in the processing area of the main RAM 103) that triggered the execution of the finished special game, and adjusts the gaming state after the special game according to the jackpot pattern. Execute the game state setting process to be set.
Specifically, when the above-mentioned jackpot symbol is X1 (that is, when the second low-probability time-saving game state is set), the main CPU 101 turns off the high-probability game flag and sets the second time-saving game. Turn on the flag and set "100" to the number of times of time saving. Also, when the above-mentioned jackpot symbol is X2 or X3 (that is, when the high probability time saving game state is set), both the high probability game flag and the second time saving game flag are turned on, and the high probability number And set "100" to the number of times of time saving.
In addition, when the high probability time saving gaming state is set, the main CPU 101 transmits the number data A and the number data B corresponding to the high probability number "100" to the sub control board 300, and the time saving number "100". to the sub-control board 300 . In addition, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the number data A and number-of-times data B corresponding to the number of times of time saving “100” are transmitted to the sub control board 300 .
Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3201.

In step 3201, the main CPU 101 stores the game state set in step 3200 and the post-special game game state designation command including the corresponding game state designation information in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3202.
In step 3202, the main CPU 101 resets (clears to zero) the count value of the time saving activation counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3203.

In step 3203, the main CPU 101 turns off the time saving activation count reached flag. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3204.
At step 3204, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the second low-probability time-saving gaming state has been set at step 3200 described above. Specifically, at step 3200 described above, it is determined whether or not the high probability game flag is turned off and the second time saving game flag is turned on. And when it determines with the 2nd low probability time-saving game state not being set, it complete|finishes special game end processing. On the other hand, when it is determined that the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the process proceeds to the next step 3205 .

In step 3205, the main CPU 101 sets the time saving activation frequency counter to the time saving activation frequency "500". In addition, the main CPU 101 transmits the frequency data A and the frequency data B corresponding to the time saving activation frequency “500” to the sub control board 300 . Then, the special game ending process is terminated.

Next, the RAM clear processing executed based on the RAM clear (reset) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 3300, the main CPU 101 executes a normal game state setting process for setting a normal game state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 turns off the high probability game flag, the first time saving game flag and the second time saving game flag. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3301 .
In step 3301, the main CPU 101 resets (clears to zero) the count value of the time saving activation counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3302 .

In step 3302, the main CPU 101 turns off the time saving activation count reached flag. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3303 .
At step 3303, the main CPU 101 sets the time saving activation frequency counter to the time saving activation frequency "500". In addition, the main CPU 101 transmits the frequency data A and the frequency data B corresponding to the time saving activation frequency “500” to the sub control board 300 . Then, the RAM clearing post-processing is terminated.

Next, the processing at the time of transmission of the specification designation command executed at the time of transmission of the specification designation command will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 3400, the main CPU 101 stores the model information of the pachinko machine P and the specification designation command including the corresponding game state designation information in the performance transmission data storage area. Then, the process at the time of transmission of the specification designation command is terminated.

(Overview of various displays such as background image display, countdown display of the number of remaining time reductions, countup display of the number of times to activate the time reduction, etc.)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, as the background image displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21, the normal background image corresponding to the normal game state (see FIGS. 77(d) to 77(e), etc.). , 1st low probability time saving background image corresponding to the 1st low probability time saving gaming state (see FIG. 77 (i) ~ (j) etc.), 2nd low probability time saving background image corresponding to the 2nd low probability time saving gaming state ( Figure 77 (a) ~ (b), etc.), a high probability time-saving background image corresponding to the high probability time-saving game state (see Figure 79 (a) ~ (c), etc.) is provided, during each game state , the corresponding background image is displayed on the display section 21a.

Specifically, the normal background image is displayed during the normal game state, and the second low-probability time-saving background image is displayed during the second low-probability time-saving game state set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1. is displayed, and a high-probability time-saving background image is displayed during the high-probability time-saving game state set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X2 or X3, and the count value of the time-saving activation counter is the number of time-saving activations. A first low-probability time-saving background image is displayed during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set by reaching.
When the game state is switched, the displayed background image is also switched accordingly (see FIG. 77(d), FIG. 77(i), etc.).

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, both during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the predetermined location of the display unit 21a (in other application example 6, the upper right An upper display frame for performing a predetermined display is displayed in the corner), and a countdown display of the remaining number of times of time saving is performed each time a special pattern variation (variation effect) is performed within this upper display frame. (See FIGS. 77(a) to (c), FIG. 77(j), FIG. 78(a), etc.). Similarly, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the countdown display of the remaining high-probability times (time-saving times) is performed each time the special symbol variation (variation effect) is performed once in the above-described upper display frame. (See FIGS. 79(a) to (c), etc.).

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, while the time saving activation counter is counting (that is, while the second low probability time saving game state and the normal game state A are set), A lower display frame for performing a predetermined display is displayed at a predetermined location (lower right corner in another application example 6) of the display unit 21a, and the special pattern is varied (variation effect) once within the lower display frame. Every time it is performed, the count-up display of the number of times toward 500 times, which is the number of time-saving activations, is performed (Fig. 77 (a) ~ (h), Fig. 79 (d) ~ (g), See FIGS. 80(a) to (c), etc.).

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, during the first low-probability time-saving game state, along with the display of the above-described low-probability time-saving background image, in the above-described lower display frame, the first low-probability time-saving game A display indicating that it is in the state (in another application example 6, a character display of "during lucky time") is performed (FIGS. 77(i) to (j), FIG. 78(a), See FIG. 79(h), FIG. 80(d), etc.).

The various displays described above will be described in more detail below.
(1) Display after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 As described above, after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1, the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, and the time-saving activation counter is used. Counting is started.
Then, along with the setting of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is displayed on the display unit 21a, and a display indicating that the second low-probability time-saving gaming state has been set (other application example 6 Then, the character display "Revenge mode start!" , the display of the lower display frame, and the initial value ("1") of the count-up display toward the number of time-saving activations are displayed (see FIG. 77(a)).

After that, each time the special pattern variation (variation display) is executed, at the time when the stop display time in the variation has elapsed, the countdown display of the remaining number of times of shortening is performed, and the number of times toward the number of times of shortening A count-up display is performed.
Then, when the special pattern changes 100 times without winning the jackpot, the remaining time reduction display becomes "0", and the display of the number of times toward the time reduction activation becomes "100" (Fig. 77(b)), when the stop display time in the variation has passed, the normal game state (normal game state A) is set. With the setting of this normal game state, the second low-probability time-saving background image is switched to the normal background image, and a display indicating that the second low-probability time-saving game state has ended (In another application example 6, "end of revenge mode ”), clearing of the display of the upper display frame, and clearing of the display of the number of remaining time reductions are performed (see FIGS. 77(c) to (d)). In addition, about the number of times toward the time saving activation number of times, the count-up display is continuously performed (see FIG. 77(d)).

After that, every time the special symbol variation (variation display) is executed, at the time when the stop display time in the variation has elapsed, the count-up display of the number of times toward the number of time reduction activations is performed (Fig. 77 (e ) to (g)).
Then, without winning the jackpot, if the special symbol is changed 400 times, the display of the number of times toward the time reduction activation number becomes "500" (see FIG. 77 (g)), and the stop display in the change When the time elapses, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. With the setting of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the normal background image is switched to the first low-probability time-saving background image, and a display indicating that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state has been set (in other application example 6 , “Lucky Time Start!” Character display), the initial value of the remaining number of times of saving time for which the countdown display is performed (that is, the number of times of saving time in the first low-probability time saving game state “600”) is displayed, and the count-up display is performed. Clearing the display of the number of times held, and the display indicating that it is in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is performed (see FIG. 77 (h) to (i)).

After that, every time the variation of the special symbol (variation display) is executed, when the stop display time in the variation elapses, the countdown display of the number of remaining times of shortening is performed.
Then, when the variation of the special symbol is performed 600 times without winning the jackpot, the display of the remaining number of times of time reduction becomes "0" (see FIG. 77(j)), and when the stop display time in the variation has passed. , a normal game state (normal game state B) is set. Along with the setting of this normal game state, the first low-probability time-saving background image is switched to the normal background image, and a display indicating that the first low-probability time-saving game state has ended (In another application example 6, "Lucky Time End ” character display), clearing the display of the lower display frame, and clearing the display indicating that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is in progress (see FIGS. 78(a)-(b)).

In addition, since the setting of the first low-probability time-saving game state is performed once, after the above-described normal game state (normal game state B) is set, the time-saving activation counter is not counted. Therefore, until the next jackpot is won, the display of the lower display frame and the count-up display of the number of times toward the number of time-saving activations are not performed (see FIG. 78(c)). .

(2) Display after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 As described above, after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2 or X3, a high probability time-saving game state is set. As described above, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, counting by the time-saving activation number counter is not performed.
Then, with the setting of the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the display unit 21a displays a high-probability time-saving background image and a display indicating that the high-probability time-saving gaming state has been set (in another application example 6, "Super mode start !” character display), the display of the upper display frame, and the initial value of the remaining high-probability number and the time-saving number of countdown display (that is, the high-probability number and the time-saving number in the high-probability time-saving game state “100”) is displayed (see FIG. 79(a)). In addition, since the count by the time-saving activation number counter is not performed, at this time, the display of the lower display frame and the initial value of the count-up display toward the time-saving activation number are not displayed (Fig. 79 ( a) see)

After that, every time the variation of the special symbol (variation display) is executed, when the stop display time in the variation has passed, the countdown display of the number of remaining times of shortening is performed.
Then, when the variation of the special pattern is performed 100 times without winning the jackpot, the display of the remaining high probability number and the time reduction number becomes "0" (see FIG. 79 (b)), and the stop display time in the variation When the time elapses, the normal game state (normal game state A) is set. Along with the setting of this normal game state, the high-probability time-saving background image is switched to the normal background image, and the display indicating that the high-probability time-saving game state has ended (In another application example 6, the character display "super mode end" ), clearing of the display of the upper display frame, and clearing of the display of the number of remaining time reductions are performed (see FIGS. 77(c) to (d)). In addition, since the count by the time saving activation number counter is started by setting the normal game state, the initial value ("1") of the display of the lower display frame and the count-up display toward the time saving activation number is displayed (see FIG. 79(d)).

After that, every time the variation of the special symbol (variation display) is executed, when the stop display time in the variation has passed, the count-up display of the number of times toward the number of times of time reduction activation is performed (Fig. 79 (e ) to (f)).
Then, without winning the jackpot, when the special symbol variation is performed 500 times, the display of the number of times toward the time reduction activation number becomes "500" (see FIG. 79 (f)), and the stop display in the variation When the time elapses, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. With the setting of this first low probability time saving gaming state, similar to the above (1), switching to the first low probability time saving background image of the normal background image, the fact that the first low probability time saving gaming state was set display, display of the initial value (“600”) of the remaining number of times of time reduction for which the countdown display is performed, clearing of the display of the number of times the countup display has been performed, and the fact that the first low probability time reduction game state is in progress is displayed (see FIGS. 79(g) to (h)).
Further, since the display flow after that is the same as in (1) above, the explanation is omitted.

(3) Display after clearing the RAM As described above, after clearing the RAM, the normal game state (normal game state A) is set, and counting by the time saving activation number counter is started.
Then, with the setting of the normal game state, the display of the normal background image, the display of the lower display frame, and the initial value ("1") of the count-up display toward the number of time-saving activations are displayed on the display unit 21a. (See FIG. 80(a)).

After that, each time the special pattern variation (variation display) is executed, at the time when the stop display time in the variation has elapsed, the countdown display of the remaining number of times of shortening is performed, and the number of times toward the number of times of shortening A count-up display is performed.
Then, without winning the jackpot, if the special symbol changes 500 times, the display of the number of times toward the number of times of time reduction activation becomes "500" (see FIG. 80 (b)), and the stop display time in the change When has passed, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. With the setting of this first low probability time saving gaming state, like the above (1) and (2), the normal background image is switched to the first low probability time saving background image, and the first low probability time saving gaming state is set. Display indicating that it has been done, display of the initial value of the remaining number of times of reduction in countdown display, clearing of the display of the number of times the countup display was performed, and the fact that the first low probability reduction in time gaming state is in progress is displayed (see FIGS. 80(c) to (d)).
Further, since the display flow after that is the same as in (1) above, the explanation is omitted.

(Summary of the above display after power failure recovery)
As described above, for example, when an unexpected power failure occurs in the pachinko machine P due to a lightning strike or the like, the game state designation information stored in the sub RAM 303 is cleared. However, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the game state designation information backed up in the main control board 100 at the time of the power outage is transmitted to the sub control board 300 when the power outage occurs. As a result, based on the received game state designation information, the predetermined display that was executed before the occurrence of the power failure can be executed even after the power failure is restored.

For example, if the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set before the power outage occurs, at the time of recovery from the power outage, the second stored before the power outage from the main control board 100 Game state designation information such as low probability time saving designation information, second low probability time saving end predetermined number of times previous designation information, and second low probability time saving final designation information is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Thereby, in the sub-control board 300, since it is possible to grasp that the game state set before the occurrence of power failure is the second low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving background image is displayed as the background image. At the same time, display of the upper display frame, display of the lower display frame, and the like can be performed.

Also, if the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set before the occurrence of the power failure, at the time of recovery from the power failure, the first stored before the power failure from the main control board 100 Game state designation information such as low probability time saving designation information, first low probability time saving end predetermined number of times before designation information, and first low probability time saving final designation information is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . As a result, in the sub-control board 300, since it is possible to grasp that the game state set before the occurrence of the power failure is the first low-probability time-saving game state, the first low-probability time-saving background image is displayed as the background image. At the same time, it is possible to display the upper display frame, display the lower display frame, and display indicating that the game is in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (character display indicating that it is in lucky time).

Also, if the normal game state A is set before the power failure occurs, at the time of recovery from the power failure, the normal A designation information stored before the power failure occurred from the main control board 100 Game state designation information is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . As a result, in the sub-control board 300, since it is possible to grasp that the game state set before the occurrence of the power failure is the normal game state A, the normal background image is displayed as the background image, and the lower display frame is displayed. etc.

Also, when the normal game state B is set before the power failure occurs, at the time of recovery from the power failure, the normal B designation information stored before the power failure occurred from the main control board 100 Game state designation information is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . As a result, in the sub-control board 300, since it can be grasped that the game state set before the occurrence of the power failure is the normal game state B, the normal background image is displayed as the background image, and the lower display frame is displayed. you can avoid doing it.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, at the time of power failure recovery, the game state designation information stored before the power failure occurred is transmitted to the sub control board 300, and the game state designation information Background image display, etc., can be executed based on this.
That is, according to the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, various displays corresponding to the game state set before the occurrence of the power failure can be restarted reliably after the recovery from the power failure. To prevent a situation in which an inappropriate performance is executed when it occurs.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, at the time of recovery from power failure, the remaining number of times of time saving before the occurrence of power failure and the count value of the time saving activation number counter are stored in the sub control board 300. It will never be sent. Therefore, the sub-control board 300 cannot grasp these values and cannot display them accurately.
Therefore, although not particularly illustrated, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, power interruption occurs in the first low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state, or the high probability time-saving game state. After the power is restored, the upper display frame is displayed. display, etc.). Similarly, a power outage occurs in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, or normal gaming state A, and after recovering from this power outage, the lower display frame is displayed. The display described above is displayed in the display frame.
As a result, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the player misunderstands the remaining number of times of time saving or the remaining number of times up to the number of times of time saving activation.

In addition, at the time of recovery from a power failure, the remaining number of times of time saving before the occurrence of power failure and the count value of the time saving activation counter are set to be sent to the sub control board 300, and the correct number of times is displayed after the power failure is restored. It may be made executable.

(Modified example of pachinko machine P according to another application example 6)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, one gate 20 is provided only in the second game area 12b, but the installation position and installation number of the gates 20 are not limited to this.
For example, one gate 20 may be provided in the first game area 12a, or one gate 20 may be provided in each of the first game area 12a and the second game area 12b.
In this case, even when the game ball is launched toward the first game area 12a, the chance of executing the lottery of the normal symbols can be obtained, so that the interest of the player can be enhanced.
In addition, almost all of the game balls that have entered the second game area 12b and have not entered the second start winning opening 16 and the big winning opening 18 can enter the second game area 12b, When a game ball enters, a predetermined number (for example, one) of game balls are paid out, and a normal pattern operation winning opening may be provided so that a normal pattern lottery is performed.
In this case, for example, when the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b during the non-time-saving game state, the game ball does not enter the second start winning opening 16, but the normal figure operation winning A game ball enters the mouth, which gives the player an opportunity to pay out the game ball and draw a lottery for normal symbols, thereby enhancing the interest of the player.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, during the first time-saving gaming state (during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state) set by the count value by the time-saving activation counter reaching the time-saving activation count , It was supposed to win in the lottery of normal symbols with the same probability as during the non-time-saving game state, but it is not limited to this, and the first time-saving game state is higher than the non-time-saving game state. It may be set so as to win in the lottery of normal symbols with probability.
In addition, during the first time-saving game state, the setting that the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols is higher than during the non-time-saving game state, the setting that the fluctuation time of normal symbols is short, and the operation of the movable piece 16b By performing at least one of the settings that lengthen the time, the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 may be facilitated.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6 can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, as the time-saving gaming state, the time-saving gaming state (second Time-saving game state) and low-probability game state (normal game state, second low-probability time-saving game state) without winning the jackpot, time-saving game set by reaching the number of times of time-saving activation Although the state (first time-saving game state) was provided, the type of time-saving game state is not limited to these.
For example, a special symbol that is other than a jackpot symbol and is determined to set a time-saving gaming state (for example, a lost symbol that is determined to be a time-saving gaming state, a small A time-saving game state or the like may be provided which is set based on the determination of winning symbols and the like.
In addition, the time-saving game set by winning the jackpot and the execution of the special game, and the time-saving game set by reaching the number of time-saving activations without winning the jackpot in the low-probability game state The state and the time-saving game state set based on the determination of the special pattern other than the jackpot pattern and setting the time-saving game state, Different degrees of difficulty may be set, or the same degree of difficulty may be set.
Even in the above case, the same effect as that of the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 6 can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, all 13 types of game state designation information (normal A designation information, second low probability time reduction designation information, second low probability time reduction end predetermined number of times before designation information, second Low probability short working hours final designation information, high probability short working hours suspension designation information, high probability short working hours designation information, high probability short working hours end predetermined times before designation information, high probability short working hours final designation information, first low probability short working hours designation information before arrival, first low Probable short working hours designation information, 1st low probability short working hours end predetermined times designation information, 1st low probability short working hours final designation information, game state designation information of normal B designated information) was provided, but other game state designation information may be provided.

For example, in the normal game state that is set after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state and high-probability time-saving gaming state are completed, a specific period until a predetermined number of fluctuations are performed, so that a special variation pattern is determined In the set pachinko machine, as the game state designation information, the specific period designation information indicating that the special symbols are changed in the above-mentioned specific period, and the last special symbol change in the above-mentioned specific period. Specific period final designation information or the like may be provided to indicate that there is.
In addition, for example, in a pachinko machine in which it is possible to win a small win by lottery, and to set a time-saving gaming state to a predetermined small winning symbol that can be determined when a small win is won, the game As the state designation information, small hit time saving designation information indicating that it is a change of special symbols in the time saving game state (hereinafter also referred to as small hit time saving game state) set based on the determination of the above-mentioned small hit pattern, small hit It is also possible to provide small win time-saving final designation information or the like indicating that it is the change of the last special symbol in the time-saving gaming state.
Further, for example, in a pachinko machine that sets a time-saving game state to a predetermined losing pattern that can be determined in the event of a loss, the gaming state designation information is based on the determination of the above-mentioned losing pattern. Loss time saving designation information indicating that it is a change in special symbols in the time saving game state set by (hereinafter also referred to as loss time saving game state), Loss time saving information indicating that it is a change in the last special symbol in the loss time saving game state Final designation information or the like may be provided.
Even if it is set in this way, the same effect as the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 6 can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the game state designation information includes the time when the stop display time has passed, the time when the special game ends, the time when the spec designation command is sent (when the customer waiting time has passed, the special symbol at the start of fluctuation, at the start of the opening process, at the start of the round game, at the end of the round game, at the start of the ending process, at the end of the ending process, at the time of clearing the RAM, at the time of turning on the power (at the time of power failure recovery)) Although the information is transmitted to the sub-control board 300, the transmission timing of the game state designation information is not limited to this.
For example, in a pachinko machine set so that a small win can be won by lottery, and a small win game is executed when a small win is won, at the start of the small win game, You may make it transmit game state designation|designated information to the sub control board 300 at the time of completion|finish.
In addition, for example, setting values associated with settings related to ball output are provided, and as a mode related to setting values, a setting value change mode for changing the setting values and a setting value that has been set are confirmed. In a pachinko machine provided with a set value confirmation mode for the purpose, the game state designation information is transmitted to the sub control board 300 at the time when the set value change mode is terminated, at the time when the set value confirmation mode is terminated, etc. You may make it
Even in the case of setting in this way, the same effect as the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 6 can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the number of times constituted by the number of times data A and the number of times data B described above is the high accuracy number, the time saving number, and the time saving number of times, but is limited to these. not something.
For example, depending on the number of times the special symbols change after the special game is finished (hereinafter also referred to as the special number), the pachinko machine is set so that the change pattern table for determining the change pattern can be switched. Alternatively, the special number of times may be composed of the number of times data A and the number of times data B described above.
In addition, for example, as a condition for ending the time-saving gaming state, the occurrence of a predetermined event a specific number of times the number of times reaches a specific number of times, the number of times a predetermined small winning pattern is determined reaches a specific number of times, etc.), the specific number of times is determined by the above-mentioned number of times data A and number of times data B may be configured.
Also, for example, the sum of the number of fluctuations based on the first special random number and the number of fluctuations based on the second special random number reaches the first time saving number of times, and the number of fluctuations based on the second special random number is the second In the pachinko machine set so that the time-saving gaming state ends when any of the conditions for reaching the time-saving number of times is satisfied, both the first time-saving number of times and the second time-saving number of times The number data A and the number data B described above may be used.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6 can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, both the number data A and the number data B are 1-byte data, and the lower 7 bits of the number data A are used to convert the numerical values of various numbers into 7 numbers. The value of the remainder obtained by dividing the maximum value that can be represented by the binary number of the bit by 1 is formed, and the value of the quotient is formed using the lower 7 bits of the count data B. The format is not limited to this.
For example, the number of times data A and the number of times data B may both be binary data of 2 bytes or more, or the data sizes of the number of times data A and the number of times data B may be set to be different from each other.
Specifically, for example, both the count data A and the count data B may be configured as 2-byte data consisting of upper 1-byte data and lower 1-byte data. In the case of such a configuration, the type of data to be transmitted (for example, frequency data A related to the highly accurate number of times, frequency data B related to the highly accurate number of times, etc.) is indicated by the upper 1 byte data. The lower 1-byte data may be used as data for specifying the numerical value of the number of times. As a result, by referring to the upper 1-byte data, it is possible to reliably transmit to the sub control board 300 the type of the number of times specified by the following lower 1-byte data.
In addition to the number data A and the number data B, other commands and data transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 (for example, a variation pattern command indicating a variation pattern determined at the start of variation, a preliminary determination process Pre-judgment command indicating the result of , pending number data indicating the number of the first special random number and the second special random number, etc.) ) and lower 1 byte (specifying the specific content of the command or data). As a result, the format of data transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 can be standardized, and the processing load associated with receiving the data transmitted from the main control board 100 can be reduced.
Further, when the number data A and the number data B and the like are configured as 2-byte data consisting of the upper 1 byte and the lower 1 byte as described above, the first bit of the upper 1 byte always has a predetermined value (for example, 1 ) may be set, and a value different from the predetermined value (for example, 0) may be set for the leading bit of the lower 1 byte. Thus, by judging the value set in the leading bit in the sub control board 300, it is possible to reliably grasp whether the data is upper 1-byte data or lower 1-byte data.
Then, the sub control board 300 continuously receives 1-byte data (the data received first is also called preceding data, and the data received following the preceding data is also called subsequent data). When the values are the same (when both the leading bit of the preceding data and the leading bit of the following data have a predetermined value, the leading bit of the preceding data and the leading bit of the following data both have different values from the predetermined value) case), it is determined that the upper 1 byte or the lower 1 byte in the various commands and data configured as described above could not be received due to the occurrence of noise, etc., and the above preceding data is discarded, or the above By discarding the following data, or by discarding both the preceding data and the following data, various processing based on the received data may not be performed.
On the other hand, if the leading bit of the preceding data has a predetermined value and the leading bit of the succeeding data has a value different from the predetermined value, the high-order 1 in the various commands and data configured as described above. It may be determined that the byte and the lower 1 byte have been properly received, and various processing may be performed based on the received data.
It should be noted that the bit for setting the predetermined value or a value different from the predetermined value is not limited to the leading bit, and may be another bit.
Also, the bits forming the remainder value and the quotient value described above may be, for example, the upper 7 bits, or may be 7 bits excluding a predetermined bit (for example, the 4th bit from the first bit).
Also, a plurality of bits (eg, 5 bits, 8 bits, etc.) other than 7 bits may be used to form the remainder value and the quotient value. For example, by using the lower 5 bits of the number data A, the remainder obtained by dividing the numerical values of various numbers by a value 1 larger than the maximum value that can be represented by a 5-bit binary number is configured, and the lower 5 bits of the number data B Bits may be used to form the value of the quotient.
Alternatively, the number of times data A may constitute the quotient value, and the number of times data B may constitute the remainder value.
Even in the above case, even if various times such as the number of times of saving time and the number of times of saving time are large values, the number of times of data transmitted to the sub control board 300 is reduced, and the above-mentioned times are sub It can be transmitted to the control board 300 .
In addition, the main CPU 101 stores information on the number of time-saving activations that will set the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and the number of time-savings in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (number of times data A, number of times data B), backup errors, etc. You may make it transmit to the sub-control board 300 also in the game stop state by which progress of a game is impossible based on. In addition, a set value associated with a setting related to the ball output is provided, and as a mode related to the set value, a set value change mode for changing the set value after the progress of the game is disabled. In the pachinko machine provided with a set value confirmation mode for confirming the set value set after the progress of is disabled, the main CPU 101 sets the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. Information on the number of time-saving activations and the number of times of time-saving in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (number of times data A, number of times data B) is transmitted to the sub control board 300 even during the setting value change mode or the setting value confirmation mode. You may make it

(Other application example 7)
The external configuration of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7 (the configuration of the game board 11 (game area 12), the installed devices and members), the configuration of the control means, the progress of the game, various random numbers used in the game, Various tables are substantially the same as the pachinko machine P according to the above-described embodiment, and only the conditions for setting the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and the configuration of the success/failure random number determination table 110 are the same as the above-described implementation. It is different from the pachinko machine P according to the form of .

Specifically, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7, during the normal game state, during the first low-probability time-saving game state, and during the second low-probability time-saving game state, winning a big hit, winning a small hit or lose, and in the case of winning a big win, one of the big win symbols X1, X2, or X3 is determined as in the above-described embodiment, and a small win is made. In the case of winning, either the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined as in the above-described embodiment, and in the case of losing, the losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined.
Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7, it is determined that the first time-saving game state (time-saving game state, the number of time-saving games is 50 times) is set in the losing pattern Z2, and during the normal game state When the losing pattern Z2 is determined, the first time-saving game state is set, and the state is shifted to the first low-probability time-saving game state. In addition, when the losing pattern Z2 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the first low-time-saving gaming state is not reset, and the first low-probability time-saving gaming state continues. there is Similarly, when the losing pattern Z2 is determined during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the first time-saving gaming state is not set, and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state continues. there is
On the other hand, the setting of the first time-saving game state is not defined in the lost symbol Z1, and when the lost symbol Z1 is determined, the game state at the time of the determination continues. That is, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the normal game state, the normal game state continues, and when the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state continues. Then, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the second low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state continues.

In addition, even during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the lottery result of winning a jackpot, winning a small win, or losing is determined. Either the similar big winning pattern X1 or X4 is determined, in the case of winning the small winning, either the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 similar to the above embodiment is determined, and in the case of losing, the losing pattern. Z1 is determined. In other words, the losing pattern Z2 is not determined when the game is lost during the high-probability time-saving gaming state.

Then, as shown in FIG. 81, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7, as the win/fail random number determination table 110, the low probability game state (normal game state, first low probability time saving game state, second low probability time saving game state game state), a table TL that is referred to when a game ball enters the first start winning port 15 or the second starting winning port 16, and the first starting winning port 15 in the high probability gaming state (high probability time-saving gaming state) Alternatively, there is provided a table TH that is referred to when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 .
Here, in the success/failure random number determination table 110 of another application example 7, it is determined that one of the above-described lottery results (big win, small win, or loss) is determined, and a special random number corresponding to the determined lottery result A plurality of numerical ranges are set in which the type of symbol is defined, and according to the numerical range to which the acquired winning random numbers (first special random number, second special random number) belong, the above-mentioned lottery results and special symbols type is determined. That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 7, both the result of the win/fail lottery and the type of the special symbol are determined by the win/fail random number determination table 110 and the win/fail random number. Therefore, the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7 is provided with the special symbol random number for determining the type of special symbol and the special symbol random number determination table 111 provided in the pachinko machine P according to the above-described embodiment. not

Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 81(a) and 82(a), according to the table TL, when the hit/fail random number is 0 to 63570, it is determined to be lost, and the losing pattern Z1 is If the random number is 63571 to 63963, it is determined to be a loss, and the losing pattern Z2 is determined, and if the random number is 63964 to 63965, it is determined to be a big hit, and When the jackpot pattern X1 is determined and the hit/fail random numbers are 63966 to 64147, it is determined that the jackpot is won, and when the jackpot pattern X2 is determined and the hit/fail random numbers are 64148 to 64225, the jackpot is awarded. When it is determined to be winning, the big winning pattern X3 is determined, and the winning random number is 64226 to 64880, it is determined to be winning a small winning, and the small winning pattern Y1 is determined, and the winning random number is 64881 to 65535. If there is, it is determined that a small win has been won, and a small win symbol Y2 is determined.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 81(b) and 82(b), according to the table TH, when the hit/fail random number is 0 to 63570, it is determined as a loss, and a losing pattern Z1 is determined, When the success/failure random numbers are 63571 to 64028, it is determined that a big win is won and the big win symbol X1 is determined, and when the success/failure random numbers are 64029 to 64225, it is determined to be a big win and a big win. If the symbol X4 is determined and the success or failure random number is 64226 to 64880, it is determined that the small winning is won, and the small winning symbol Y1 is determined, and if the success or failure random number is 64881 to 65535, the small Winning is determined, and a small winning symbol Y2 is determined.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 7, the value range (hereinafter referred to as The high-probability jackpot symbol determination value range) is wider than the value range (hereinafter referred to as the low-probability jackpot pattern determination value range) in which the jackpot symbols are determined by the table TL referred to in the low-probability gaming state. In TL, the range corresponding to the difference between the high-probability jackpot pattern determination numerical value range and the low-probability jackpot pattern determination value range is determined to be a loss, and the loss pattern Z2 is determined to set the first time-saving gaming state. It is set as a numerical range to be determined.
That is, the numerical range in which the winning symbols Z2 are determined in the table TL is set to switch to the numerical range in which the big winning symbols are determined in the table TH.
With this configuration, although the jackpot pattern is determined in the high-probability game state, the first time-saving game state is achieved by effectively using the numerical range in which the jackpot pattern is not determined in the low-probability game state. A losing pattern determined to be set can be determined, and in a high-probability game state, a low-probability game is prevented while preventing a transition to a time-saving game state without going through a jackpot winning and a special game. In the state, it is possible to surely execute the control of performing the transition to the time-saving game state without going through the winning of the jackpot and the special game.

Note that the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 7 is not provided with the special symbol random number and the special symbol random number determination table 111 for determining the type of the special symbol, and only the success/failure random number and the success/failure random number determination table 110 are provided. It was set so as to determine the result of the lottery and the type of the special symbol, but it is not limited to this.
For example, as in the above-described embodiment, a special symbol random number and a special symbol random number determination table 111 are provided, and after determining the result of the lottery by the random number and the random number determination table 110, the determined result of the lottery You may make it determine the kind of special design by the special design random number and the special design random number determination table 111, referring to . Also in this case, similarly to the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7, the numerical range of the win/fail random number determination table 110 may be set.

Specifically, the table TL, which is the success/failure random number determination table 110 referenced in the low-probability gaming state, includes, for example, a first numerical range and a second numerical range determined to be lost, and a jackpot determined to be won. The table TH, which is the success/failure random number determination table 110 referred to in the high-probability gaming state, includes, for example, a first numerical range determined to be lost, A numerical value range determined to win a big win and a numerical value range determined to win a small win are provided. Then, in the table TL, the range corresponding to the difference between the numerical range determined to be a jackpot winning in the table TH and the numerical range determined to be a jackpot winning in the table TL is defined as the second numerical range. set.
In addition, the special symbol random number determination table 111, for example, when it is determined to be a loss belonging to the first numerical range, no matter what value the acquired special symbol random number is, the loss symbol Z1 (first time-saving game state is determined to be set) is determined, and if it is determined to be a loss belonging to the second numerical range, no matter what value the acquired special symbol random number is, the losing pattern Z2 (the A lost pattern that sets the one-hour short game state) is determined, and when it is determined that a big win is won, one of the big win symbols X1, X2, X3 or X4 is determined, and a small win is won. If it is determined as such, the setting is made so that either the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined.
In the case of setting as above, the second numerical range determined as losing in the winning lottery in the low-probability gaming state is switched to the numerical range determined as winning the jackpot in the winning lottery in the high-probability gaming state. becomes. Then, when it is determined to be a loss belonging to the second numerical range, the loss symbol Z2, which is determined to set the first time-saving gaming state, is always determined. Therefore, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the seventh application example can be obtained.

In addition, as the special symbol random number determination table 111, similar to the above-described embodiment, the type of the starting winning opening into which the game ball entered (that is, the type of the acquired special symbol random number (first special random number, second Separate tables may be provided for each of the 2 special random numbers)), and different types of special symbols may be determined for each table.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 7, whether a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 or enters the second starting winning hole 16, The table TL is referred to in the low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the table TH is referred to in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, but it is not limited to this.
For example, a low-probability time-saving gaming state and a success or failure random number determination table 110 that is referred to when a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15, a low-probability time-saving gaming state, and a second start winning A success/failure random number determination table 110 that is referred to when a game ball enters the opening 16, and a success/failure random number that is referred to when a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 in a high-probability time-saving gaming state. A determination table 110, a success/failure random number determination table 110 to be referred to when a game ball enters a second start winning opening 16 in a high-probability time-saving game state is separately provided, and results of a success/failure lottery are provided for each table. And you may make it set the numerical value range by which the classification of the special design was matched.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7 can be obtained.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7, the range corresponding to the difference between the high-probability jackpot pattern determination numerical value range and the low-probability jackpot pattern determination numerical value range is determined to be lost in the table TL, and the losing pattern Z2. was completely consistent with the numerical range determined by , but is not limited thereto.
For example, the numerical range in which it is determined to be lost in the table TL and in which the losing pattern Z2 is determined is part of the range corresponding to the difference between the high probability jackpot pattern determination numerical value range and the low probability jackpot pattern determination numerical value range. can be set to
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7 can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7, the numerical range in which the winning symbols Z2 are determined in the table TL is such that the jackpot symbols are determined in the table TH, but the range is limited to this. Instead, a small winning pattern may be determined.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7 can be obtained.

(Other application example 8)
The pachinko machine P according to another example of application 8 is characterized in that the variation of the special symbols based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 and the change of the special symbols based on the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning port 16 are performed. Change at the same time (when both the suspension based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 and the suspension based on the entry of the gaming ball into the second start winning opening 16 are stored, both It is set to process the hold at the same time, so-called simultaneous rotation control).

(Outline of the structure within the game area 12)
In the game area 12 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, as in the above-described embodiment, there are a general winning opening 14, a first starting winning opening 15, a second starting winning opening 16, a movable piece 16b, An attacker device 17, an exit 19, a gate 20, and an effect display device 21 are provided (see FIG. 83). In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, as the second start winning opening 16, the normal second starting winning opening 16c not provided with the movable piece 16b and the specific second opening winning opening provided with the movable piece 16b are provided. There are provided two 2-start winning openings 16d.
It should be noted that the structure and installation position of some of these devices and members are different from those of the above-described embodiment.
Hereinafter, the structure inside the game area 12 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8 will be described, focusing on the differences from the above-described embodiment.

In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, as shown in FIG. 83, the first start winning opening 15 is provided at a position slightly lower than the center of the game area 12 (below the effect display device 21). there is Only game balls that flow down the first game area 12a can enter the first start winning opening 15, and game balls that flow down the second game area 12b cannot enter.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, as shown in FIG. 83, the gate 20 is provided on the upper right side of the effect display device 21 (upper part of the second game area 12b). The gate 20 allows only game balls flowing down the second game area 12b to pass through, and cannot pass game balls flowing down the first game area 12a. Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, almost all game balls entering the second game area 12b pass through the gate 20. As shown in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 83, below the gate 20, a specific second starting prize opening 16d and a flat plate-like movable piece 16b (ordinary electric accessory) that can be pushed into the game board 11 are arranged side by side. It is
The upper surface of the movable piece 16b is formed so as to be inclined downward from the right end to the left end when protruding from the game board 11 . The right end of the movable piece 16b is positioned directly below the gate 20, and the specific second start winning opening 16d is arranged to the left of the left end of the movable piece 16b. Further, the specific second starting winning opening 16d has a cup shape that opens upward, and the game ball that reaches the opening enters the specific second starting winning opening 16d.
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, in the state where the movable piece 16b protrudes from the game board 11, the upper surface of the movable piece 16b serves as a guide that guides the game ball to the opening of the specific second start winning opening 16d. By functioning as a member, it is possible to enter the game ball into the specific second start winning opening 16d (see FIG. 84(b)). On the other hand, in the state where the movable piece 16b is immersed in the game board 11, the movable piece 16b cannot guide the game ball to the opening of the specific second start winning opening 16d, and the specific second start winning prize A game ball cannot enter the mouth 16d (see FIG. 84(a)). Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, the length from the right end of the movable piece 16b to the specific second start winning opening 16d is the horizontal width of the downflow passage through which the game balls flow down in the second game area 12b. Since it is almost the same, in the state where the movable piece 16b protrudes, almost all the game balls that have entered the second game area 12b and passed through the gate 20 can enter the specific second start winning opening 16d.

Then, as in the above-described embodiment, when the game ball passes through the gate 20, a lottery for normal symbols is performed, and variable display of normal symbols is started. When the result of the lottery of the normal symbols is winning, the variable display of the normal symbols is executed for a predetermined variation time, then the winning symbols are stopped and displayed, and the movable piece 16b protrudes for a predetermined operation time. state (see FIG. 84(b)). On the other hand, when the result of the lottery for the normal symbols is a loss, the variable display of the normal symbols is executed for a predetermined variation time, and then the lost symbols are stopped and displayed, and the movable piece 16b moves to the game board. 11 remains immersed (see FIG. 84(a)).
In addition, only game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can enter the specific second start winning opening 16d, and game balls flowing down the first game area 12a cannot enter.

As shown in FIG. 83, an attacker device 17 is provided below the specific second start winning opening 16d and the movable piece 16b. In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, the specific area 57, the general area 58 and the sorting member 59 are not provided in the big winning opening 18 unlike the above-described embodiment.
Only game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can enter the big winning opening 18, and game balls flowing down the first game area 12a cannot enter.
As will be described later, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, after the special game executed based on the winning of the jackpot is finished, the game machine P is operated according to the type of the jackpot symbol determined when the jackpot is won. A game state is set.

As shown in FIG. 83, below the attacker device 17, there is usually provided a second starting winning opening 16c. Normally, only game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can enter the second start winning opening 16c, and game balls flowing down the first game area 12a cannot enter. Then, the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b and has not entered the specific second starting winning opening 16d and the big winning opening 18 can enter the normal second starting winning opening 16c.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, when a game ball enters the normal second start winning hole 16c, a predetermined number of game balls (three in another application example 8) are paid out, and a specified number of game balls are paid out. When a game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16d or the first starting winning opening 15, a different number of the game balls (one in the other application example 8) from the predetermined number described above are paid out.

(Summary of control and game)
Next, various controls and games executed in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8 will be described, focusing on points different from the above-described embodiment.

In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, the normal game state, which is a game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state, the low-probability game state, and the first time-saving game state, which is a low Probable time-saving game state (hereinafter also referred to as low-probability time-saving game state), high probability time-saving game state (hereinafter also referred to as high probability time-saving game state), which is a game state combining high probability game state and second time-saving game state game state is set.
Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, the non-time-saving gaming state, the first time-saving gaming state, and the second time-saving gaming state are the frequency of entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 (entering The degree of difficulty of the ball, in other words, the frequency of winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16) is set to be different. Details of specific settings will be described later.
As in the above-described embodiment, the normal game state is set in the initial state after shipment from the factory or after resetting.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, a game ball flowing down the first game area 12a can enter the first start winning hole 15, and flows down the second game area 12b. The game ball can pass through the gate 20, enter the specific second starting prize winning port 16d, enter the big winning prize port 18, and enter the normal second starting prize winning port 16c.
In principle, during the normal game state, the player is asked to launch a game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left-handed hitting) so that the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15. During the low-probability time-saving game state, the high-probability time-saving game state, the special game, and the small winning game, the game ball passes through the gate 20, and the specific second start winning opening 16d or the normal second starting winning opening 16c, and the player is made to hit the game ball toward the second game area 12b (so-called right hit) so that the game ball enters the big winning opening 18.例文帳に追加

As shown in FIG. 85(a), in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 8, a jackpot can be won in a winning lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, and a jackpot can be won. , the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined. Then, when the game state at the time of performing the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning prize port 15 is the low probability game state (normal game state, low probability time-saving game state). The probability is set to about 1/300, and the probability of winning the jackpot when the above game state is a high-probability game state (high-probability time-saving game state) is set to about 6/300. .
Also, the decision probability of the jackpot pattern X1 is set to 70/100 (ie, 70%), and the decision probability of the jackpot pattern X2 is set to 30/100 (ie, 30%). Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z1 is determined.
In addition, the upper limit number of the first special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 (upper limit number of the first reserved number) is set to four. The upper limit number of reserves of the first special random number is not limited to this.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 85(a), in the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 (normal second starting winning opening 16c, specific second starting winning opening 16d) A small win can be won, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X3 is determined, and when a small win is won, a small win pattern Y1 is determined. Then, when the game state at the time of performing the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16 is the low probability game state (normal game state, low probability time-saving game state). The probability is set to about 1/300, and the probability of winning the jackpot when the above game state is a high-probability game state (high-probability time-saving game state) is set to about 6/300. .
Also, the determination probability of the big winning symbol X3 is set to 100/100 (that is, 100%), and the determination probability of the small winning symbol Y1 is set to 100/100 (100%). Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z2 is determined.
In addition, the upper limit number of the second special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 (the upper limit number of the second reservation number) is set to four. The upper limit number of reservations for the second special random number is not limited to this.

Then, as shown in FIG. 85(a), when the big win is won and the big win pattern X1 is determined, the big win opening 18 is opened for 29.0 seconds or the big win is opened during the special game based on the decision. A round game is executed five times and ends when any condition of ten game balls entering the winning hole 18 is established, and about 500 game balls can be acquired.
Then, as shown in FIG. 85(a), when the jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined, the above-mentioned round game is executed 10 times during the special game based on the determination. About 1000 game balls can be obtained.
Further, as shown in FIG. 86(a), when a small prize is won and a small prize pattern Y1 is determined, the big prize gate 18 is opened once for 0.05 seconds, and the big prize gate 18 is opened once. When 10 game balls are entered during the opening of , a small winning game is executed in which the big winning opening 18 is closed. During this small winning game, as described above, the big winning hole 18 is opened only for 0.05 seconds, so it is almost impossible to let the game ball enter the big winning hole 18 .

Further, as shown in FIG. 85(b), in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 8, during the normal game state, a winning or losing lottery based on the first special random number determines a losing symbol Z1, and the winning symbol Z1 is determined. If the first pending number at the time point is less than 2 (0 or 1), "13 seconds variation (variation pattern in which special symbol variation time is set to 13 seconds)" or "30 seconds variation (special symbol variation A variation pattern in which the time is set to 30 seconds)” is determined. Also, if the number of first reservations at the time point described above is 2 or more, either "5 seconds variation (variation pattern in which the special symbol variation time is set to 5 seconds)" or "30 seconds variation" A pattern is determined.

In the normal game state, if the winning/losing lottery based on the second special random number results in a loss and the losing pattern Z1 is determined, the variation pattern of "13 seconds variation" is determined.
In the normal game state, when a big hit is won by a lottery based on a first special random number and a big winning pattern X1 or X2 is determined, and when a big winning is won by a lottery based on a second special random number and a big winning pattern X3. is determined, the variation pattern of "120 seconds variation (variation pattern in which the variation time of the special symbol is set to 120 seconds)" is determined.
In the normal game state, if a small hit is won by a lottery based on the second special random number and a small hit pattern Y1 is determined, "3 second fluctuation (the special pattern fluctuation time is set to 3 seconds variation pattern)” is determined.

Also, as shown in FIG. 85 (b), in the low probability time-saving gaming state or high probability time-saving gaming state, when the winning pattern Z1 is determined by the winning lottery based on the first special random number, and the second In any case where a winning pattern Z2 is determined by a success/fail lottery based on a special random number, any variation pattern of ``5 seconds variation'', ``30 seconds variation'' or ``60 seconds variation'' is determined. .
In the low-probability time-saving gaming state or high-probability time-saving gaming state, if the jackpot is won by the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the jackpot pattern X1 or X2 is determined, and by the winning lottery based on the second special random number When the big win is won and the big win symbol X3 is determined, the variation pattern of "60-second variation" is determined.
In the low-probability time-saving game state or high-probability time-saving game state, if a small win is won by a winning lottery based on the second special random number and the small winning pattern Y1 is determined, the “3-second fluctuation” variation pattern is determined. be done.

(Outline of simultaneous rotation control)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, the variation of the special symbol based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 and the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning port 16 Simultaneous rotation control, ie, control for simultaneously changing the special symbols based on the ball, is executed. Simultaneous rotation control in another application example 8 will be described below.

In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, the special game is not executed, and the variable display of special symbols is not performed by the first special symbol display device 30 and the second special symbol display device 31. In the case, it is possible to draw a lottery based on the first special random number and the second special random number.
Also, when the special symbols are being variably displayed by the first special symbol display device 30 and the special symbols are not variably displayed by the second special symbol display device 31, based on the second special symbol random number Winning lottery is possible, and during the variable display of the special symbols by the second special symbol display device 31, when the variable display of the special symbols by the first special symbol display device 30 is not performed, the first special A winning lottery is possible based on random numbers.
That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, the special symbol variable display by the first special symbol display device 30 and the special symbol variable display by the second special symbol display device 31 are simultaneously performed. Then, when the first special symbol display device 30 finishes the special symbol variable display, if the first special symbol random number is stored, the next special symbol variable display is started by the first special symbol display device 30. Then, if the second special symbol random number is stored when the second special symbol display device 31 completes the variable display of the special symbol, the second special symbol display device 31 starts the variable display of the next special symbol. be done.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, when the winning lottery is newly performed based on the second special symbol random number during the variable display of the special symbols by the first special symbol display device 30, the variation When the special symbol being displayed is the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 (that is, regarding the variable display being executed, when the jackpot is won in the lottery that triggers the variable display), it is newly performed. As a result of the winning lottery, when the winning of the jackpot cannot be obtained and the winning of the jackpot is determined, the result of the lottery is set to be forcibly lost. That is, the result of the lottery is a loss.
Similarly, during the variable display of the special symbols by the second special symbol display device 31, when the winning lottery is newly performed based on the first special symbol random number, the special symbol during the variable display is the jackpot symbol X3. When the winning lottery is newly conducted, it is not possible to win the jackpot, and if it is determined that the jackpot has been won, the result of the lottery is set to be forcibly lost. there is That is, the result of the lottery is winning or losing a small prize.
Therefore, for example, when the jackpot is won based on the second special random number, and the special pattern (jackpot pattern X3) based on the jackpot win is being displayed in the second special pattern display device 31, a new If a lottery is performed based on the first special random number, the result of the lottery will be a loss. In addition, when a jackpot is won based on the first special random number, and when the special pattern (jackpot pattern X1 or X2) based on the jackpot win is displayed on the first special pattern display device 30, a new When a lottery is performed based on the second special random number, the result of the lottery is winning or losing a small hit.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, when the first special symbol display device 30 stops displaying the big winning symbol X1 or X2, the second special symbol display device 31 displays the small winning symbol Y1 variably. If it is inside, the small winning pattern Y1 is forcibly changed (rewritten) to the losing pattern Z2, and the losing pattern Z2 is forcibly stopped.
Further, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30, if the losing symbol Z2 is being variably displayed on the second special symbol display device 31, this losing symbol Z2 is displayed. It is forced to stop.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, when the second special symbol display device 31 stops displaying the big winning symbol X3 or the small winning symbol Y1, the first special symbol display device 30 displays the losing symbol Z1. When the variable display is in progress, the lost symbol Z1 is forcibly stopped.
Further, when the small winning symbol Y1 is stopped and displayed on the second special symbol display device 31, if the big winning symbol X1 or X2 is being variably displayed on the first special symbol display device 30, this big winning symbol X1. Alternatively, X2 is forcibly changed (rewritten) to the losing pattern Z1, and this losing pattern Z1 is forcibly stopped.

On the other hand, when the losing symbols (Z1, Z2) are stopped and displayed on either the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31, the jackpot symbols (X1, X2) are displayed on the other. , X3), when the small winning pattern (Y1) or the losing pattern (Z1, Z2) is being variably displayed, the variable display of the big winning pattern, the small winning pattern, and the losing pattern is continued without stopping. Variable display is performed.

(Summary of Universal Figure Game)
Next, an outline of a normal game to be executed in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 86(b), in the non-time-saving game state (normal game state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is about 1/1.2, and the fluctuation time of normal symbols is 10 seconds. The operating time of the movable piece 16b (the time during which the movable piece 16b is in a protruding state) is set to 0.05 seconds when the normal symbol lottery wins. In addition, although not shown in particular, it is set in the same way during the special game and during the small winning game.
In addition, during the first time-saving game state (during the low-probability time-saving game state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is about 1/1.2, which is the same as during the non-time-saving game state. is set to 0.5 seconds shorter than during the non-time-saving game state, and the operation time of the movable piece 16b in the case of winning by lottery of normal symbols is set to 5 seconds longer than during the non-time-saving game state.
In addition, during the second time-saving game state (during the high-probability time-saving game state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is about 1/1. 1, the normal pattern fluctuation time is 0.5 seconds, which is the same as during the first time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b when winning by lottery of normal patterns is the same as during the first time-saving game state. is set to 5 seconds.

That is, during a non-time-saving game state (during a normal game state), during a special game, or during a small winning game, the normal symbol lottery executed when the game ball passes through the gate 20 hits with a high probability, and the movable piece There are many opportunities for 16b to protrude. However, since the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 10 seconds and the operation time of the movable piece 16b is 0.05 second, it takes a long time for the movable piece 16b to move from the recessed state to the projected state (from the projected state to the projected state). The interval until the next protruding state is long), but the time during which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the protruding state is extremely short. Therefore, during the non-time-saving game state, during the special game, or during the small winning game, the movable piece 16b is almost immersed, and the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b enters the specific second start winning opening 16d. is nearly impossible.

On the other hand, during the first time-saving game state (during the low-probability time-saving game state), since it hits with the same probability as during the non-time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b protrudes as in the non-time-saving game state. There are many opportunities to be in a state where In addition, the normal pattern fluctuation time is 0.5 seconds shorter than during the non-time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b is 5 seconds longer than during the non-time-saving game state, so the state where the movable piece 16b is immersed. Although the time until the movable piece 16b protrudes is short (the interval from the protruded state to the next protruded state is short), the length of time that the movable piece 16b is maintained in the protruded state is long. Therefore, during the first time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is almost always protruding, and almost all the game balls that have entered the second game area 12b enter the specific second start winning opening 16d. .

In addition, during the second time-saving game state (during the high-probability time-saving game state), there is a higher probability than during the non-time-saving game state or during the first time-saving game state, so the opportunity for the movable piece 16b to be in a protruding state are very many. In addition, since the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is the same 0.5 seconds as during the first time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b is 5 seconds, which is the same as during the first time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state As in the middle, the time from the recessed state to the projected state is short (the interval from the projected state to the next projected state is short), but the movable piece 16b is projected. is maintained for a long time. Therefore, even during the second time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is almost always protruding, and almost all the game balls that have entered the second game area 12b enter the specific second start winning opening 16d. .

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 8, in all of the non-time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state, and the second time-saving game state, the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is extremely high. Although it is set high, by differentiating the fluctuation time of the normal pattern and the operation time of the movable piece 16b, the possibility that the game ball enters the specific second start winning opening 16d (that is, the specific second starting winning opening The frequency of game balls entering 16d, in other words, the frequency of execution of winning lottery based on the entry of game balls into the specific second start winning opening 16d) is changed.
That is, during the first time-saving game state and during the second time-saving game state, unlike during the non-time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is maintained in a protruded state, so relatively to the specific second start winning opening 16d Game balls are easy to enter. Therefore, during the first time-saving game state and the second time-saving game state, it is possible to obtain an opportunity for winning or losing lottery while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls accompanying the progress of the game more than in the non-time-saving game state.

(Overview of game state to be set)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, any one of the normal game state, the low-probability time-saving game state, and the high-probability time-saving game state is set.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 85 (c), when the big hit is won by the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the big winning symbol X1 or X2 is determined, and the winning or not based on the second special random number In any case where a jackpot is won by lottery and a jackpot pattern X3 is determined (that is, when a jackpot is won), the game state after the special game based on the determination is set to a high probability game state. Along with this, by setting the second time saving game state, a high probability time saving game state is set. When the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, both the high-probability number of times and the time-saving number of times are set to 50 times.
That is, after the end of the special game executed when the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined, the game state is set to a high probability time-saving game state, and the result of the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the second Until the result of the winning lottery based on the 2 special random numbers is derived 50 times in total (special design determined based on the 1st special random number (hereinafter also referred to as the 1st special design) The number of fluctuations and the 2nd special The high-probability time-saving game state continues until the total number of fluctuations of the special symbols (hereinafter also referred to as the second special symbol) determined based on the random number reaches 50 times.
Then, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the result of the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the result of the winning lottery based on the second special random number are all 50 times other than the big hit (small hit, loss). By changing the high-probability game state to the low-probability game state and changing the second time-saving game state to the non-time-saving game state, the game state is changed to the normal game state.

In addition, when the jackpot is won during the above-mentioned high-probability time-saving gaming state and the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined, the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set again after the special game based on the determination. .

Further, as shown in FIG. 85(c), in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, since the low probability game state (normal game state) is set, the first special figure When the sum of the number of fluctuations and the number of fluctuations of the second special figure reaches a predetermined number of times of short-time activation (500 times in other application example 8) (that is, in the low-probability gaming state, the winning lottery based on the first special figure random number and the results of the winning lottery based on the second special random number are all 500 times other than the jackpot), the low probability game state is left as it is, and the first time saving game state is set, resulting in a low probability time saving game State is set. When the low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the number of times of time-saving is set to 450 times.
After the low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the sum of the number of fluctuations of the first special figure and the number of fluctuations of the second special figure reaches 450 times without winning the jackpot (that is, the first special figure Until the result of the lottery based on the random number and the result of the lottery based on the second special random number are derived 450 times in total), the low-probability time-saving gaming state continues.
Then, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state, the result of the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the result of the winning lottery based on the second special random number are all 450 times other than the big hit (small hit, loss). The game state is changed to the normal game state by changing the first time-saving game state to the non-time-saving game state while maintaining the low-probability game state.

When a jackpot is won during the low-probability time-saving game state and the big-win pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined, a high-probability time-saving game state is set after the special game based on the determination is finished.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, a time saving activation counter for counting the number of time saving activations (500 times) for which the low probability time saving gaming state (first time saving gaming state) is set is provided. , a predetermined storage area in the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100 .
The count value of this time-saving activation counter is that the RAM is cleared (reset) by a predetermined operation, that the special game ends, or that a low-probability time-saving game state (first time-saving game state) is set. is reset when any one of the reset conditions is established.

When the RAM is cleared (reset), the subsequent game state is set to the normal game state (low-probability game state), so the time-saving activation counter starts counting from this point.
In addition, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbols X1, X2 or X3 ends, the subsequent game state is set to a high probability time-saving game state (high probability game state). Therefore, counting by the time saving activation number counter does not start from the time the special game ends, and counting by the time saving activation number counter from the time when the high probability time saving game state ends and the normal game state (low probability game state) is set is started.

And, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, the variation of the first special figure (win or lose lottery based on the first special figure random number) or the variation of the second special figure (win or lose lottery based on the second special figure random number) Each time the game is played, the time-saving activation number counter counts, and when the count value of the time-saving activation number counter reaches the time-saving activation number, the low-probability time-saving game state is set as described above.

It should be noted that, as described above, the counting by the time saving activation number counter is started with the setting of the normal game state as a trigger. When the count by the time saving activation number counter is started with the setting of the normal game state as a trigger, the time when the count value of the time saving activation number counter reaches 500 times of the time saving activation number (that is, the low probability time saving game state is set The game state at the point in time) becomes a normal game state.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, after the RAM is cleared (after reset) or after the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot until the next jackpot is won, the low-probability time-saving gaming state can be set only once.
That is, after the count value of the time-saving activation counter reaches the number of time-saving activations (500 times) and the low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the low-probability time-saving gaming state is set again until the next big hit is won. can't
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, after the count value of the time-saving activation counter is reset by setting the low-probability time-saving gaming state, until the next big hit is won, the time-saving activation It is set so that the count by the number counter is stopped.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, neither the losing symbols (Z1, Z2) nor the small winning symbols (Y1) are defined to set the time-saving gaming state. Therefore, the game state is not changed after the losing symbols are stopped, and the game state at the time of determination of the losing symbols continues. Further, after the end of the small winning game based on the determination of the small winning symbol, the game state at the start of the small winning game continues.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting and the number of times of continuous probability variable setting like the above-described embodiment are not set, and when the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined Always, a high probability time-saving game state is set after the end of the special game based on the determination.

(Playability of pachinko machine P according to another application example 8)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, as described above, the normal game state (game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state), the low-probability time-saving game state (low-probability game state and the first A game state that combines the time-saving game state) or a high-probability time-saving game state (a game state that combines the high-probability game state and the second time-saving game state) is set, and the game progresses. ing.

When a player starts playing a game, the normal game state is often set. During the normal game state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left-handed hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched accordingly, the game ball is There is a possibility that the ball will enter the first start winning hole 15, and will not enter the second starting winning hole 16 (normal second starting winning hole 16c, specific second starting winning hole 16d). Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, and when the big win is won, the big win symbol X1 or X2 is determined (see FIG. 85(a)). Then, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, a special game in which the round game is performed 5 times is executed, and when the jackpot pattern X2 is determined, the special game in which the round game is performed 10 times is executed. And, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the high-probability time-saving game state (see FIG. 85(c)).
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, if the player hits to the left as instructed during the normal game state, it is possible to shift to the high-probability time-saving game state by winning the jackpot ( See Figure 87).

During the high-probability time-saving game state, the probability of winning a jackpot is higher than during the normal game state, and the game ball is easier to enter the specific second start winning hole 16d, and the game is more popular than during the normal game state. To more easily win a jackpot while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls that accompany progress.
During the high-probability time-saving gaming state, if you hit right as instructed, there is a possibility that the game ball will enter the second start winning opening 16 (normal second starting winning opening 16c, specific second starting winning opening 16d). Extremely high. Then, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, and when the big win is won, the big win pattern X3 is always determined (Fig. 85 (a)). That is, when winning a jackpot by lottery based on the second special random number, always win more game balls than the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 (special game in which 5 round games are played) A possible special game (a special game in which 10 round games are performed) is executed, and the game state after the special game is finished is set again to the high-probability time-saving game state (see FIG. 85(c)).
Thus, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, if the right hand is hit as instructed during the high-probability time-saving game state, a relatively advantageous special game is executed by winning the jackpot. Along with being, it becomes possible to shift again to the high probability time-saving gaming state (see FIG. 87).

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, as described above, the number of fluctuations of the special symbols (first special symbol, second special symbol) is reduced to the number of time-saving activations without winning the jackpot during the normal game state. (500 times) (when the number of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery based on the 1st special random number and the 2nd special random number reaches the time saving activation number), the subsequent game state is low probability time saving The game state is set (see FIG. 85(c)). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, if left-handed hitting is performed as instructed during the normal game state, all the results of the winning lottery of 500 times are other than winning the jackpot, and the probability is low. It will shift to the time-saving game state (see FIG. 87).

During the low-probability time-saving game state, although the probability of winning the jackpot is the same as during the normal game state, it is easier for the game ball to enter the specific second start winning hole 16d than during the normal game state, and the normal game. An opportunity for winning or losing lottery can be acquired while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls accompanying the progress of the game more than during the state.
Then, even during the low-probability time-saving gaming state, as in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the possibility of the game ball entering the second start winning hole 16 is extremely high if the player hits to the right as instructed. Then, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state, similarly to during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, and when the jackpot is won, A jackpot symbol X3 is determined (see FIG. 87).
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, if the player hits right as instructed during the high-probability time-saving game state, a relatively advantageous special game is executed by winning the jackpot. While being done, it becomes possible to shift again to the high probability time saving game state (see FIG. 87).

Here, the low-probability time-saving game state set by the results of all 500 win-or-fail lotteries being other than the jackpot during the low-probability game state (during the normal game state) reduces the number of game balls as the game progresses. It is possible to execute a winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16 up to 450 times while suppressing the expectation of winning a big win (execution of a special game in which 10 round games are played). is high, the game state is advantageous for the player.
As described above, when a jackpot is won in the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, 4 round games are performed rather than the special game in which 10 round games are performed. A special game that is played is likely to be executed, and there is a high possibility that only a relatively small number of game balls can be acquired. Therefore, in the normal game state, when the count value of the time saving activation number counter is close to reaching the number of time saving activation times, a big hit is won by a winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15. It is preferable for the player to set the low-probability time-saving gaming state by reaching the count value of the time-saving activation frequency counter reaching the time-saving activation frequency without winning the jackpot.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 8, when a jackpot is won in a winning lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the first start winning hole 15 during the normal game state, the player is informed of the fact. (see FIGS. 88(a) to (d) and FIGS. 89(a) to (d)). As a result, when the above-mentioned suggestion is made, the second game area 12b is displayed in the normal game state until the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30. A game ball is hit toward the normal second start winning opening 16c, and the game ball can be aimed at winning a small hit (decision of a small winning pattern Y1).
As described above, when the small winning symbol Y1 is stopped and displayed in the second special symbol display device 31, when the big winning symbol X1 or X2 is being displayed in a variable manner in the first special symbol display device 30, this After the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is forcibly changed to the losing symbol Z1, the losing symbol Z1 is forcibly stopped. Therefore, during the variable display of the big winning pattern X1 or X2, if it is possible to win a small winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the normal second start winning opening 16c and stop displaying the small winning pattern Y1, it is already possible. Since the winning jackpot is canceled and lost, winning of the jackpot can be avoided.

Specifically, when a big win is won by a winning lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the first start winning hole 15 during the normal game state, the fact that the big win is won is suggested with the start of the variable performance. An image suggesting a big win (for example, a character image of "!!!") is displayed (see FIGS. 88(a) to (d) and FIGS. 89(a) to (d)).
In addition, in the variable effect during the normal game state, in the center of the display part 21a of the effect display device 21, the variable display of the effect pattern 50 corresponding to the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15 is displayed. At the lower right corner of the display portion 21a of the effect display device 21, the variable display of the effect pattern 50 corresponding to the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16 is performed. (See FIGS. 88(a) to (e) and FIGS. 89(a) to (e)).

Then, when the above-described big-hit suggestion image is displayed, a game ball can be launched toward the second game area 12b so as to enter the game ball into the normal second start winning opening 16c.
Here, when the game ball enters the first start winning port 15 during the normal game state and the jackpot pattern X1 or X2 is determined, the variation pattern of "120 second variation" is determined (Fig. 85 (b) ), the first special symbol display device 30 executes the variable display (variable effect) of the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 for 120 seconds. On the other hand, when the game ball enters the normal second start winning opening 16c (the second starting winning opening 16) during the normal game state and the losing pattern Z2 is determined, the fluctuation pattern of "13 seconds fluctuation". is determined (see FIG. 85(b)), and the second special symbol display device 31 performs the variable display (variable effect) of the lost symbol Z2 for 13 seconds. Then, during the variable display of the big winning symbols X1 or X2, it is possible to execute the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the normal second start winning opening 16c up to 9 times. Therefore, if a small win is won in the win-or-fail lottery that can be performed up to nine times during the variable display of the big win symbols X1 or X2, and the small win symbol Y1 is stopped during the variable display of the big win symbols X1 or X2, Determination of the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 (winning of the jackpot in the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15) is cancelled.

When the small winning symbol Y1 is stopped and displayed in the second special symbol display device 31 while the big winning symbol X1 or X2 is being displayed in a variable manner in the first special symbol display device 30, the big winning symbol X1 or X2 is displayed. The lost symbol Z1 is changed to the lost symbol Z1, and the lost symbol Z1 is forcibly stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30. - 特許庁Accompanying this, at the lower right corner of the display section 21a of the effect display device 21, the effect pattern 50 is stopped and displayed in a mode of notifying the winning of the small hit (for example, a mode in which all the effect symbols 50 are even-numbered symbols, etc.). At the same time, at the center of the display section 21a of the effect display device 21, the effect symbol 50 is stopped and displayed in a mode of informing a failure (see FIGS. 88(c) to (e)). Furthermore, the jackpot suggestion image is erased (see FIG. 88(e)).

On the other hand, the fluctuation time of 120 seconds has elapsed without the small winning symbol Y1 being stopped and displayed on the second special symbol display device 31, and the big winning symbol X1 or X2 is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30. In this case, the second special symbol display device 31 stop-displays the lost symbol Z2 when the second special symbol is displayed in a variable manner. Along with this, in the center of the display section 21a of the production display device 21, the production pattern 50 is stopped and displayed in a manner to notify the winning of the jackpot, and in the lower right corner of the display section 21a of the production display device 21, The production pattern 50 is stopped and displayed in a mode of informing a loss (see FIGS. 89(c) to (e)). Furthermore, the jackpot suggestion image is erased (see FIG. 89(e)).
In addition, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30, no special display is performed when the second special symbol is being stopped and displayed.

In this way, when the jackpot is won when the number of time-saving activations is about to be reached in the normal game state, the above-described game method is executed, and the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the normal second start winning opening 16c. There is a possibility that the winning of the big win can be canceled by aiming for the winning of the small win. If the winning of the jackpot can be canceled, the count value of the time-saving activation frequency counter will not be cleared, so that it is possible to continuously aim to reach the time-saving activation frequency.
It should be noted that it is not always necessary to execute the above-described game method when winning a jackpot in the normal game state. For example, if a jackpot is won in a situation shortly after the time-saving activation counter starts counting (situation far from reaching the number of time-saving activations), the jackpot is won without executing the above-described game method. A special game based on this may be executed.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 8, the winning of the jackpot (determination of the jackpot symbols X1, X2 or X3) and the execution of the special game result in a higher advantage than the normal game state. Not only can it be shifted to the probability time-saving gaming state, but during the low-probability gaming state (normal gaming state), all 500 winning lotteries, which are the number of time-saving activations (first special random number-based winning lottery, second A low-probability short-time gaming state with a higher degree of advantage than the normal gaming state without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game, because the result of the winning lottery based on the special random number) is other than the jackpot (losing, small win). Since it is possible to shift to , it is possible to provide a novel game property and increase the interest of the player.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, in the second time-saving gaming state set based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3, the number of times of time-saving is less than the number of times of time-saving activation (50 times). is set. Thereby, for example, based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3, even if the game state is set by combining the low probability game state and the second time-saving game state, the low probability game During the game state that combines the state and the second time-saving game state, the count value of the time-saving activation counter reaches the time-saving activation count, so that the second time-saving game state being set is changed to a different time-saving game state. situation can be prevented.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, when a jackpot is won in a winning lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the first start winning hole 15 in the normal game state, that effect is notified. be. Then, during the variable display of the big winning pattern X1 or X2, when a small winning is won in a winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the normal second start winning opening 16c and the small winning pattern Y1 is stopped and displayed, the big winning is performed. The symbol X1 or X2 is changed to the lost symbol Z1, and the lost symbol Z1 is forcibly stopped and displayed so that the winning of the big win can be cancelled. As a result, depending on the progress of the game (for example, the count value of the time-saving activation counter is close to reaching the number of time-saving activations, etc.), the game ball is usually entered into the second start winning opening 16c with the aim of winning a small hit. , the player can choose whether or not to cancel the winning of the jackpot, a novel game with a rich strategy can be provided, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.

Next, the progress of the above-described special figure game will be described using a flowchart, focusing on the points different from the above-described embodiment.
First, the special symbol variation start processing executed when the special symbol variation is started will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 5000, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the second special random number is stored in the storage section of the second reserved storage area, that is, whether or not the second reserved number counter is equal to or greater than "1". . Then, when it is determined that the second special random number is not stored, the process proceeds to step 5013 . On the other hand, when it determines with the 2nd special random number being memorize|stored, it progresses to following step 5001. FIG.

At step 5001, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the second special symbol (the special symbol determined based on the second special symbol random number) is being variably displayed. Then, if it is determined that the variable display is being performed, the process proceeds to step 5013 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the variable display is not being performed, the process proceeds to the next step 5002 .
At step 5002, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the second reservation number counter by "1" and shifts the second reservation storage area. Since this shift processing is the same as the processing of step 804 in the above-described embodiment, the description is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to step 5003 .

At step 5003, the main CPU 101 executes a winning/failing determination process. Since this right/wrong determination process is the same as the right/wrong determination process in the above-described embodiment, a description thereof will be omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5004.
At step 5004, the main CPU 101 executes second special figure determination processing for determining the type of the second special figure. Since this second special figure determination process is the same as the special symbol determination process in the above-described embodiment, the description is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5005.

At step 5005, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the second special symbol determined at step 5004 is the jackpot symbol X3. Then, when it is determined that the symbol is not the big winning symbol X3 (that is, the symbol is the small winning symbol Y1 or the losing symbol Z2), the process proceeds to step 5008 . On the other hand, if it is determined to be the big hit symbol X3, the process proceeds to the next step 5006 .
At step 5006, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the data stored in the first special figure temporary storage area, which will be described later, relates to the jackpot symbol X1 or X2.
Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, as described above, the first special symbol (special symbol determined based on the first special symbol random number) and the second special symbol can be variably displayed at the same time. It's becoming Then, at the start of the variable display of the second special figure, the determined second special figure (that is, the second special figure to be stopped and displayed) is stored in the second special figure temporary storage area. Similarly, at the start of the variable display of the first special figure, the determined first special figure (that is, the first special figure to be stopped and displayed) is stored in the first special figure temporary storage area. That is, in the first special symbol temporary storage area, the first special symbol being displayed in a variable manner in the first special symbol display device 30 is stored, and in the second special symbol temporary storage area, in the second special symbol display device 31 The second special figure during the variable display is stored.
Therefore, in this step 5006, when the variable display of the jackpot pattern X3 determined as the second pattern is started, the jackpot pattern X1 or X2 determined as the first special pattern is displayed in the first special pattern display device 30. It is determined whether or not the variable display is performed.
Then, when it is determined that the above data does not relate to the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 (that is, it is the losing symbol Z1), the process proceeds to step 5008 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the above-mentioned data relates to the jackpot symbol X1 or X2, the process proceeds to the next step 5007 .

At step 5007, the main CPU 101 rewrites the data relating to the big win symbol X3 stored in the second special figure temporary storage area to the data relating to the losing symbol Z2. That is, in the case where the variable display of the second special figure is started during the variable display of the first special figure in which the big winning figure X1 or X2 is determined, when the big winning figure X3 is determined as the second special figure. , this jackpot symbol X3 is forcibly rewritten to a losing symbol Z2.
In addition, as described above, after determining the second special symbol, instead of forcibly rewriting the determined jackpot symbol X3 to the losing symbol Z2, when determining the second special symbol, the first special symbol display In the device 30, it is determined whether or not the jackpot pattern X1 or X2 determined as the first special pattern is being variably displayed, and when it is determined that the jackpot pattern X1 or X2 is being variably displayed, the second special pattern is determined. As a figure, the losing pattern Z2 may always be determined.
Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5008.
At step 5008, the main CPU 101 stores the symbol determination command indicating the second special figure stored in the second special figure temporary storage area in the effect transmission data storage area. Specifically, the second special pattern (big hit pattern X3, small hit pattern Y1 or losing pattern Z2) determined in step 5004 described above, or when forced rewriting is performed in step 5007 described above A losing pattern Z2 is stored. As a result, the information relating to the second special figure is transmitted to the sub-control board 300 at the start of the variable effect. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5009 .

At step 5009, the main CPU 101 executes variation pattern determination processing. Since this fluctuation pattern determination process is the same as the fluctuation pattern determination process in the above-described embodiment, the explanation is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5010.
At step 5010 , the main CPU 101 sets variable display data for starting variable display of the second special symbol on the second special symbol display device 31 . Thereby, the variable display of the second special symbol display device 31 is started. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5011.

In step 5011, the main CPU 101 executes a time saving frequency update process. Since this time saving frequency|count update process is the same as that of the time saving frequency|count update process in the above-mentioned embodiment, description is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5012.
At step 5012, the main CPU 101 executes highly accurate count update processing. Since this high-accuracy number update process is the same as the high-accuracy number update process in the above-described embodiment, the explanation is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5013.

At step 5013, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the first special random number is stored in the storage section of the first reserved storage area, that is, whether or not the first reserved number counter is equal to or greater than "1". . And when it determines with the 1st special figure random number not being memorize|stored, a fluctuation start process is complete|finished. On the other hand, when it is determined that the first special random number is stored, the process proceeds to the next step 5014 .
At step 5014, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the first special figure is being variably displayed. Then, when it is determined that the variable display is in progress, the special symbol variation start process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the variable display is not being performed, the process proceeds to the next step 5015 .

At step 5015, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the first reservation number counter by "1" and shifts the first reservation storage area. Since this shift processing is the same as the processing of step 803 in the above-described embodiment, the description is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to step 5016 .
At step 5016, the main CPU 101 executes a winning/failing determination process. The success/failure determination process is the same as the success/failure determination process in the above-described embodiment, so description thereof will be omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5017.

At step 5017, the main CPU 101 executes first special figure determination processing for determining the type of the first special figure. Since this first special figure determination process is the same as the special symbol determination process in the above-described embodiment, the description is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5018.
At step 5018, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the first special figure determined at step 5017 is the jackpot symbol X1 or X2. Then, when it is determined that it is not the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 (that is, it is the losing symbol Z1), the process proceeds to step 5021 . On the other hand, if it is determined to be the jackpot symbol X1 or X2, the process proceeds to the next step 5019 .

At step 5019, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the data stored in the second special figure temporary storage area is related to the jackpot symbol X3. That is, when the main CPU 101 starts the variable display of the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 determined as the first symbol, the second special symbol display device 31 variably displays the jackpot symbol X3 determined as the second special symbol. Determine whether or not Then, when it is determined that the above-mentioned data does not relate to the big winning symbol X3 (that is, it is the small winning symbol Y1 or the losing symbol Z2), the process proceeds to step 5021 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the above-mentioned data relates to the jackpot symbol X3, the next step 5020 is performed.
At step 5020, the main CPU 101 rewrites the data relating to the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 stored in the first special figure temporary storage area to the data relating to the losing symbol Z1. That is, when the variable display of the first special symbol is started during the variable display of the second special symbol in which the big winning symbol X3 is determined, when the big winning symbol X1 or X2 is determined as the first special symbol. , this jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is forcibly rewritten to a losing symbol Z1.
In addition, after determining the first special symbol, instead of forcibly rewriting the determined jackpot symbol X1 or X2 to the losing symbol Z1, when determining the first special symbol, in the second special symbol display device 31 , It is determined whether or not the jackpot pattern X3 determined as the second special pattern is displayed in a variable manner, and when it is determined that the jackpot pattern X3 is variably displayed, the winning pattern Z1 is always displayed as the first special pattern. It may be determined.
Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5021.

At step 5021, the main CPU 101 stores the symbol determination command indicating the first special figure stored in the first special figure temporary storage area in the effect transmission data storage area. Specifically, the first special pattern (jackpot pattern X1 or X2, or the losing pattern Z1) determined in step 3017 described above, or if forced rewriting is performed in step 5020 described above, it is lost. A pattern Z1 is stored. As a result, the information related to the first special figure is transmitted to the sub-control board 300 at the start of the variable effect. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5022.
At step 5022, the main CPU 101 executes variation pattern processing. Since this fluctuation pattern determination process is the same as the fluctuation pattern determination process in the above-described embodiment, the explanation is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5023.

At step 5023 , the main CPU 101 sets variable display data for starting variable display of the first special symbol on the first special symbol display device 30 . Thereby, the variable display of the first special symbol display device 30 is started. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5024.
In step 5024, the main CPU 101 executes a time saving frequency update process. Since this time saving frequency|count update process is the same as that of the time saving frequency|count update process in the above-mentioned embodiment, description is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5025.

At step 5025, the main CPU 101 executes high-accuracy count update processing. Since this high-accuracy number update process is the same as the high-accuracy number update process in the above-described embodiment, the explanation is omitted. Then, the special symbol variation start process is terminated.

Next, the special symbol variation stop processing executed when the variation of the special symbols is stopped will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 5100 , the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the first special symbol is displayed in a variable manner on the first special symbol display device 30 . If it is determined that the variable display is not being performed, the process proceeds to step 5106 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the variable display is being performed, the process proceeds to the next step 3101 .
At step 5101, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the variation time of the first special figure has elapsed. If it is determined that the period has not elapsed, the process proceeds to step 5106 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the period has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 5102 .

In step 5102, the main CPU 101 sets stop display data for stopping and displaying the first special symbol stored in the first special symbol temporary storage area on the first special symbol display device 30, and displays the first special symbol. Execute stop display. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5103.
At step 5103, the main CPU 101 stores a first special figure stop display command indicating that the first special figure has been stopped and displayed in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5104.

In step 5104, the main CPU 101 determines the special figure stop display time (hereinafter also referred to as the first special figure stop display time) for stop-displaying the first special figure. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5105.
At step 5105, the main CPU 101 sets the first special figure stop display time determined at step 5104 to the first stop display time timer counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5106.

At step 5106 , the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the second special symbol is being variably displayed on the second special symbol display device 31 . When it is determined that the variable display is not being performed, the special symbol variation stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the variable display is being performed, the process proceeds to the next step 5107 .
At step 5107, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the variation time of the second special figure has elapsed. And when it determines with not having passed, it complete|finishes special design fluctuation|variation stop processing. On the other hand, if it is determined that the period has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 5108 .

In step 5108, the main CPU 101 sets stop display data for stopping and displaying the second special symbol stored in the second special symbol temporary storage area on the second special symbol display device 31, and stops the second symbol. Execute the display. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5109 .
At step 5109, the main CPU 101 stores a second special figure stop display command indicating that the second special figure has been stopped and displayed in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5110.

In step 5110, the main CPU 101 determines a special figure stop display time (hereinafter also referred to as a second special figure stop display time) for stop-displaying the second special figure. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5111.
At step 5111, the main CPU 101 sets the second special figure stop display time determined at step 5110 to the second stop display time timer counter. Then, the special symbol variation stop processing is terminated.

Next, the post-stop processing executed after the end of the special symbol variation stop processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 5200, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the first special figure stop display time set in the first stop display time timer counter at step 5105 has passed. And, when it is determined that the first special figure stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to step 5202 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the first special figure stop display time has not elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 5201.
At step 5201, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the second special figure stop display time set in the second stop display time timer counter at step 5011 has elapsed. And, when it is determined that the second special figure stop display time has not passed, the processing after the stop is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the second special figure stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 5202 .

In step 5202, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the stopped special symbol (first special symbol or second special symbol) is a jackpot symbol. Then, when it is determined that the symbol is not a big winning symbol (that is, it is a small winning symbol or a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 5209 . On the other hand, when it is determined to be a jackpot symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 5203 .
At step 5203, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not there is a special symbol being variably displayed, that is, whether or not another special symbol different from the special symbol that is stopped and displayed is being variably displayed. Specifically, when the stop-displayed first special figure is the jackpot symbol X1 or X2, it is determined whether the second special figure is being displayed in a variable manner, and the stop-displayed second special figure is determined. When the figure is the jackpot symbol X3, it is determined whether or not the first special figure is being displayed in a variable manner. Then, when it is determined that there is no special symbol under variable display, the process proceeds to step 5207 . On the other hand, if it is determined that there is a special symbol that is displayed in a variable manner, the process proceeds to the next step 5204 .

At step 5204, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbol being changed is a small winning symbol. Then, when it is determined that the symbol is not a small winning symbol (that is, it is a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 5206 . On the other hand, when it is determined to be a small hit symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 5205 .

At step 5205, the main CPU 101 rewrites the data relating to the small winning symbol being displayed in the variable display (that is, the data relating to the small winning symbol Y1 stored in the second special figure temporary storage area) to the data relating to the losing symbol. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5206.
At step 5206, the main CPU 101 forcibly stops and displays the special symbols that are displayed in a variable manner. Specifically, when the special symbol in the variable display is a lost symbol, the lost symbol stored in the first special symbol temporary storage area or the second special symbol temporary storage area is also transferred to the above step When rewriting is performed in 5205, the special design corresponding to the lost design stored in the rewritten first special design temporary storage area or second special design temporary storage area even if the fluctuation time has not passed Stop display on the display device. That is, when the first special symbol is being displayed in a variable manner, the losing symbol Z1 is forcibly stopped and displayed in the first special symbol display device 30 even if the variation time of the first special symbol has not elapsed. . In addition, when the second special symbol is being displayed in a variable manner, the losing symbol Z2 is forcibly stopped and displayed in the second special symbol display device 31 even if the variation time of the second special symbol has not passed. . Then, the process proceeds to step 5207 .

In step 5207, the main CPU 101 turns off the high probability game flag and the time saving game flag (first time saving game flag, second time saving game flag). In addition, when the high probability game flag and the time saving game flag are off, the main CPU 101 does not perform any processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5208.
At step 5208, the main CPU 101 sets the opening time, which is the waiting time set at the start of the special game, in the opening time timer counter, and sends an opening command indicating that the opening process is started. memorize to Also, the number of rounds during the special game to be executed after the opening time has passed is set in the number-of-rounds storage area provided in the main RAM 103 . Then, the post-stop processing is terminated.

Also, in step 5209 to which the process proceeds when it is determined in step 5202 that the symbol is not a big winning symbol, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbol stopped and displayed is a small winning symbol. Then, when it is determined that the pattern is not a small winning pattern (that is, it is a losing pattern), the process proceeds to step 5218 . On the other hand, if it is determined to be a small winning symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 5210 .
In step 5210, the main CPU 101 executes time saving activation number count execution processing for counting by the time saving activation number counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5211.

In step 5211, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not there is a special symbol that is being variably displayed. Specifically, if the second special symbol that is stopped and displayed is the small winning symbol Y1, the first special symbol is variably displayed. It is determined whether or not it is in the middle. Then, when it is determined that there is no special symbol under variable display, the process proceeds to step 5216 . On the other hand, when it is determined that there is a special symbol that is displayed in a variable manner, the process proceeds to the next step 5212 .
At step 5212, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbol being changed is a jackpot symbol. Then, when it is determined that the pattern is not a big hit pattern (that is, it is a losing pattern), the process proceeds to step 5214 . On the other hand, when it is determined to be a jackpot symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 5213 .

In step 5213, the main CPU 101 rewrites the data relating to the jackpot symbol being changed (that is, the data relating to the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 stored in the first special figure temporary storage area) to the data relating to the losing symbol Z1. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5214.

At step 5214, the main CPU 101 forcibly stops and displays the special symbols that are displayed in a variable manner. Specifically, when the special symbol being changed and displayed is the lost symbol Z1, the lost symbol Z1 stored in the first special symbol temporary storage area is also rewritten in step 5213 described above. In that case, the lost design Z1 stored in the rewritten first special design temporary storage area is stopped and displayed on the first special design display device 30 even if the variation time has not passed. That is, when the first special symbol is being displayed in a variable manner, the losing symbol Z1 is forcibly stopped and displayed in the first special symbol display device 30 even if the variation time of the first special symbol has not elapsed. . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5215.

In step 5215, the main CPU 101 executes time saving activation count execution processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5216.
In step 5216, the main CPU 101 executes time saving activation frequency count start processing for starting counting by the time saving activation frequency counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5217.

At step 5217, the main CPU 101 sets the opening time set at the start of the small win game in the opening time timer counter, and stores an opening command indicating the start of the opening process in the effect transmission data storage area. . Then, the post-stop processing is terminated.

Also, in step 5218 to which the process proceeds when it is determined in step 5209 that the symbol is not a small winning pattern, the main CPU 101 executes time-saving activation count execution processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5219.
In step 5219, the main CPU 101 executes time saving activation count start processing. Then, go to the next step 5220 .

At step 5220, the main CPU 101 confirms the current game state and stores the game state command in the effect transmission data storage area. This game state command includes information on or off of the high-precision game flag, information on on or off of the time-saving game flag (first time-saving game flag, second time-saving game flag), information on the number of times of high probability, time-saving number of times It contains information. Then, the post-stop processing is terminated.

Next, the above-mentioned step 5210, step 5215, and step 5218 will be described with reference to the flow chart of FIG.
At step 5300, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the high probability game flag is off. Then, when it is determined that the high certainty game flag is not off (that is, it is on), the time saving activation count execution process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the high certainty game flag is off, the process proceeds to the next step 5301 .
In step 5301, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a time saving activation count reaching flag indicating that the count value of the time saving activation count counter has reached the time saving activation count is off. And when it determines with the time saving activation frequency|count reach|attainment flag not being OFF (namely, it is ON), it complete|finishes a time saving activation frequency|count count execution process. On the other hand, when it determines with the number-of-time-savings activation reaching|attainment flag being OFF, it progresses to following step 5302. FIG.

At step 5302, the main CPU 101 decrements the count value of the time saving activation number counter by one. If the count value is 0, the main CPU 101 does nothing here. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5303.
At step 5303, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the count value of the time saving activation number counter has reached zero. And when it determines with not having reached|attained, it complete|finishes time saving invocation frequency count execution processing. On the other hand, if it is determined to have arrived, the process proceeds to the next step 5304 .

At step 5304, the main CPU 101 executes a first time-saving gaming state setting process for setting the first time-saving gaming state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 turns on the first time saving game flag and sets the number of time saving games to "450". It should be noted that, when the number of time-saving activations is reached, the normal game state is set, and the high-precision game flag is turned off. This high certainty game flag remains off. Thereby, a low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5305.
At step 5305, the main CPU 101 resets (clears to zero) the count value of the time saving activation counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5306.
In step 5306, the main CPU 101 turns on the time saving activation count reached flag. Then, the time saving activation frequency count execution process is ended.

Next, the above-mentioned steps 5216 and 5219 of the number of time reduction activation count start processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 94 .
At step 5350, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not it is time to end the high-probability time-saving gaming state. Specifically, in step 5012 or step 5025 described above, it is determined whether or not the high-probability game flag has changed from ON to OFF. When it is determined that the high probability time saving game state is not finished, the time saving activation count start process is ended. On the other hand, when it is determined that the high-probability time-saving gaming state has ended, the process proceeds to the next step 5351 .

At step 5351, the main CPU 101 sets the time saving activation frequency counter to the time saving activation frequency "500". Then, the time saving activation frequency count start processing is ended.

Next, the special game end processing executed when the special game ends will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 5400, the main CPU 101 confirms the jackpot symbol (stored in the processing area of the main RAM 103) that triggered the execution of the finished special game, and changes the game state after the special game according to the jackpot pattern. Execute the game state setting process to be set.
Specifically, the main CPU 101 turns on both the high-probability game flag and the second time-saving game flag, and sets the high-probability number and Set "50" to both of the number of times of shortening working hours.
Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5401.

In step 5401, the main CPU 101 resets (clears to zero) the count value of the time saving activation counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5402.
In step 5402, the main CPU 101 turns off the time saving activation count reached flag. Then, the special game ending process is terminated.

Next, the RAM clear processing executed based on the RAM clear (reset) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 5500, the main CPU 101 executes a normal game state setting process for setting a normal game state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 turns off both the high probability game flag and the time saving game flag (first time saving game flag, second time saving game flag). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5501 .
In step 5501, the main CPU 101 resets (clears to zero) the count value of the time saving activation counter. Then, it proceeds to the next step 5502 .

In step 5502, the main CPU 101 turns off the time saving activation count reached flag. Then, it proceeds to the next step 5503 .
In step 5503, the main CPU 101 sets the time saving activation frequency counter to the time saving activation frequency “500”. Then, the RAM clearing post-processing is terminated.

(Modified example of pachinko machine P according to another application example 8)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, during the first time-saving gaming state (during the low-probability time-saving gaming state) set by the count value by the time-saving activation counter reaching the time-saving activation count, the non-time-saving game Although it was supposed to win in the lottery of normal symbols with the same probability as during the state, it is not limited to this, and during the first time-saving game state, the probability is higher than during the non-time-saving game state. It may be set so that it will be a hit in the lottery of.
In addition, during the first time-saving game state, the setting that the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols is higher than during the non-time-saving game state, the setting that the fluctuation time of normal symbols is short, and the operation of the movable piece 16b By performing at least one of the settings that lengthen the time, the entry of the game ball to the specific second start winning opening 16d may be facilitated.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the eighth application can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, as the time-saving gaming state, the time-saving gaming state (second Time-saving game state), and a time-saving game state (first time-saving game state) that is set by the number of fluctuations of special symbols reaching the number of times of time-saving activation without winning a jackpot in a low-probability game state (normal game state) was provided, but the types of the time-saving gaming state are not limited to these.
For example, a special symbol that is other than a jackpot symbol and is determined to set a time-saving gaming state (for example, a lost symbol that is determined to be a time-saving gaming state, a small A time-saving game state or the like may be provided which is set based on the determination of winning symbols and the like.
In addition, the time-saving game set by winning the jackpot and the execution of the special game, and the time-saving game set by reaching the number of time-saving activations without winning the jackpot in the low-probability game state The state and the time-saving game state set based on the determination of the special pattern other than the jackpot pattern and the fact that the time-saving game state is set are entered into the specific second start winning hole 16d may be set to have different difficulty levels, or may be set to have the same difficulty level.
Even in the above-described configuration, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the eighth application can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, so-called simultaneous rotation control is executed, and the time-saving gaming state (low probability Although the time-saving game state) was set, the setting method of such a time-saving game state may be applied to other than pachinko machines in which simultaneous rotation control is executed. In other words, the pachinko machine (at the same time, the first special figure cannot be changed while the second special figure cannot be changed) and the second special figure cannot be changed while the first special figure is being changed. Also in a pachinko machine in which both the variation of the second special symbol and the variation of the second special symbol are not performed, only one of the variations is performed), the time-saving game is based on the total number of variations of the first special symbol and the number of variations of the second special symbol. You may enable it to set a state.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the eighth application can be obtained.

In addition, the timing of counting by the time-saving activation counter is either the time when the special design starts to change, the time when the special design is stopped, or the time when the special design is stopped and the stop display time (so-called design confirmation time) has passed. good too.
Also, when counting by the time-saving counter is performed at the start of the fluctuation of the special symbol, even if the jackpot is won by the lottery that triggers the change, even if the time-saving counter is counted. good. Then, when the count value by the time saving activation number counter reaches the time saving activation number at the time of fluctuation related to the winning of the jackpot, the time saving game state (first time saving game state) based on the arrival is not set. The setting of the game state based on the winning of is performed after the special game is finished.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state based on the determination of the jackpot symbols X1, X2, or X3, the high-probability number of times and the time-saving number of times to be set are both the same number of times. However, it is not limited to this, and a different number of times may be set.
For example, the high probability number of times is 50 times, the time saving number of times is set to 10 times, and the time saving number of times set in the high probability time saving gaming state may be set to be less than the high probability number of times.
Also, when a predetermined jackpot pattern is determined, instead of setting a high probability time-saving gaming state after the end of the special game based on the determination, a game state combining a low probability gaming state and a time-saving gaming state (hereinafter , Also referred to as low probability time-saving gaming state X) may be set.
Then, as described above, the low probability game state and the time saving game state that are set through the execution of the jackpot winning and the special game are combined (low probability time saving game state X), and the jackpot in the low probability game state The low-probability time-saving gaming state set by the number of fluctuations in the special symbol reaching the number of time-saving activations without winning is such that the difficulty of entering the game ball into the specific second start winning opening 16d is different. You may set, and you may set so that the said difficulty may become the same. For example, a game state (low-probability time-saving gaming state X) that combines the low-probability gaming state and the time-saving gaming state set through the execution of the jackpot winning and the special game as described above, and the jackpot in the low-probability gaming state One of the low-probability time-saving gaming states, which is set by the number of fluctuations in special symbols reaching the number of time-saving activations without winning, is set to have a higher probability of winning in the normal design lottery than the other. , By performing at least one of the setting that the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is shortened and the setting that the operation time of the movable piece 16b is lengthened, the entry of the game ball to the specific second start winning opening 16d You may make it easy.
Even in the above-described configuration, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the eighth application can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, the counting by the time saving activation number counter is performed only in the normal game state (the game state combining the low probability game state and the non-time saving game state). However, it is not limited to this.
For example, as a game state in which the low-probability game state is set, in addition to the normal game state, a game state combining a low-probability game state and a time-saving game state set after the end of a special game based on the determination of a predetermined jackpot pattern ( In a pachinko machine provided with a low-probability time-saving gaming state X), in one of the above-described normal game state or a game state combining a low-probability game state and a time-saving gaming state (low-probability time-saving gaming state X), a winning lottery If the result is other than a big hit, it may be counted by a time saving activation counter, or a game state (low probability In both of the time-saving gaming states X), when the result of the win/fail lottery is other than a jackpot, the time-saving activation number counter may be used for counting. Then, when the count value by the time-saving activation counter reaches the number of time-saving activations, a game state (low-probability time-saving gaming state) combining the low-probability time-saving gaming state and the first time-saving gaming state in another application example 8 is set. You may make it
Even in the above-described configuration, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the eighth application can be obtained.

In addition, the time-saving activation counter in another application example 8 decrements the value of the time-saving activation count set at the start of counting by a predetermined value ("1" in other application example 8) at the time of counting. By doing so, it was supposed to count toward the number of time-saving activations, but it is not limited to this. For example, set a predetermined start value (e.g., "0") at the start of counting, and increment by a predetermined value (e.g., "1") at the time of count execution to count toward the number of time-saving activations. You may make it
Even in the above-described configuration, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the eighth application can be obtained.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 8, when a jackpot is won in the normal game state, a jackpot suggesting image is displayed along with the variation effect, thereby notifying that the jackpot has been won. However, the notification method is not limited to this.
For example, in addition to the big win suggestion image, the fact that the big win has been won may be notified by outputting a predetermined sound or lighting a predetermined lamp in a predetermined lighting mode. Also, the winning of the big win may be notified in the look-ahead effect that can be executed before the start of the variable effect based on the first special random number that determines the winning of the big win.
In addition, not only during the normal game state but also when a big win is won in the high probability time-saving game state, the fact may be reported.
Even in the above-described configuration, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the eighth application can be obtained.

(Another application example 9)
The pachinko machine P according to another example of application 9 is configured such that a special game is executed only based on the winning of a jackpot, as in the above-described embodiment.

(Outline of the structure within the game area 12)
In the game area 12 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, as in the above-described embodiment, there are a general winning opening 14, a first starting winning opening 15, a second starting winning opening 16, a movable piece 16b, An attacker device, an exit 19, a gate 20, and an effect display device 21 are provided (see FIG. 97).
Among these devices and members, although the attacker device has a different configuration from the above-described embodiment, other than the attacker device, it has the same configuration (structure, installation position, etc.) as that of the above-described embodiment. there is
Hereinafter, the structure inside the game area 12 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9 will be described, focusing on the attacker device different from the above-described embodiment.

A pachinko machine P according to another application example 9 is provided with two attacker devices, that is, a first attacker device 170 and a second attacker device 180 .
As shown in FIG. 97, the first attacker device 170 is provided on the lower left side of the effect display device 21 (the lower part of the first game area 12a), and the second attacker device 180 is provided on the lower right side of the effect display device 21 (the lower side of the first game area 12a). 2 lower part of the game area 12b).

The first attacker device 170 includes a first big winning hole 171 into which a game ball can enter, and a first opening/closing door 172 that opens and closes the first big winning hole 171 . In the normal state, the first open/close door 172 is closed and the first big prize winning port 171 is closed, so that the game ball cannot enter the first big prize winning port 171, but the big win is possible. When a special game based on winning is executed, the first opening/closing door 172 is opened to open the first big winning hole 171, so that the game ball can enter the first big winning hole 171.例文帳に追加When one game ball enters the first big winning hole 171, a predetermined number of prize balls (15 in another application example 9) are paid out.
A game ball flowing down the first game area 12a can enter the first big winning hole 171, and a game ball flowing down the second game area 12b cannot enter.

The second attacker device 180 includes a second big winning opening 181 into which a game ball can enter, and a second opening/closing door 182 that opens and closes the second big winning opening 181 . In the normal state, the second open/close door 182 is closed and the second big prize winning port 181 is closed, so that it is impossible for the game ball to enter the second big prize winning port 181, but the big win is possible. When a special game based on winning is executed, the second opening/closing door 182 is opened to open the second big winning opening 181, thereby allowing the game ball to enter the second big winning opening 181.例文帳に追加When one game ball enters the second big winning hole 181, a predetermined number of prize balls (15 in another application example 9) are paid out.
A game ball flowing down the second game area 12b can enter the second big winning opening 181, and a game ball flowing down the first game area 12a cannot enter.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, unlike the above-described embodiment, the specific area 57, the general area 58, and the sorting member 59 are provided in the first big prize winning opening 171 and the second big winning opening 181. Not provided.
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, after the special game executed based on the winning of the jackpot is finished, the game state is set according to the type of the jackpot symbol determined when the jackpot is won. It has become so.

(Summary of control and game)
Next, various controls and games executed in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9 will be described, focusing on points different from the above-described embodiment.

In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, the normal game state, which is a game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state, the low-probability game state, and the low-time-saving game state, which is a game state combining the first time-saving game state A high probability time-saving game state that is a game state that combines a probability time-saving game state, a high probability game state and a second time-saving game state, or a high probability non-time-saving game state that is a game state that combines a high probability game state and a non-time-saving game state One of the game states is set.
Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, the non-time-saving gaming state, the first time-saving gaming state, and the second time-saving gaming state are the frequency of entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 (entering The degree of difficulty of the ball, in other words, the frequency of winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16) is set to be different. Details of specific settings will be described later.
As in the above-described embodiment, the normal game state is set in the initial state after shipment from the factory or after reset.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 9, the game ball flowing down the first game area 12a can enter the first start winning hole 15 and the first big winning hole 171. A game ball flowing down the second game area 12 b can pass through the gate 20 , enter the second start winning opening 16 , and enter the second big winning opening 181 .
Then, during the normal game state, during the high probability non-time-saving game state, and during the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 described later, the game ball enters the first start winning port 15, and the game ball The player is made to launch a game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left-handed hitting) so as to enter the first big winning hole 171.例文帳に追加Also, during the low-probability time-saving game state, during the high-probability time-saving game state, and during the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X2, X3 or X4 described later, the game ball passes through the gate 20, the second start winning opening 16, and the player is made to hit the game ball toward the second game area 12b (so-called right-handed hitting) so that the game ball enters the second big winning hole 181.例文帳に追加

As shown in FIG. 98(a), in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 9, it is possible to win a jackpot in a winning lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, and a jackpot is won. , the jackpot symbol X1, X2 or X4 is determined. Then, when the game state at the time of performing the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning prize port 15 is the low probability game state (normal game state, low probability time-saving game state). The probability is set to about 1/33, and the probability of winning a jackpot when the above-mentioned game state is a high probability game state (high probability time-saving game state, high probability non-time-saving game state) is about 1 /15.
In addition, the decision probability of the jackpot pattern X1 is set to 98.9%, the decision probability of the jackpot pattern X2 is set to 1%, and the decision probability of the jackpot pattern X4 is set to 0.1%.
In addition, the upper limit number of the first special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 (upper limit number of the first reserved number) is set to four. The upper limit number of the reservation of the first special random number is not limited to this.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 98(a), it is possible to win a big win even in a winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16, and if the big win is won, the big win pattern X3 or X4 is determined. It is designed to be Then, when the game state at the time of performing the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 15 is the low probability game state (normal game state, low probability time-saving game state). The probability is set to about 1/33, and the probability of winning a jackpot when the above-mentioned game state is a high probability game state (high probability time-saving game state, high probability non-time-saving game state) is about 1 /15.
Also, the determination probability of the big winning symbol X3 is set to 3%, and the determination probability of the big winning symbol X4 is set to 97%.
Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z2 is determined.
In addition, the upper limit number of the second special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 (the upper limit number of the second reservation number) is set to four. The upper limit number of reservations for the second special random number is not limited to this.

Then, as shown in FIGS. 98(a) and 98(c), when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, the first big winning port 171 is opened for 29.0 seconds during the special game based on the determination. or one game ball enters the first big winning hole 171, the round game is executed twice. In addition, including game balls that enter just before closing the first big winning hole 171 and are detected after closing the first big winning hole 171, the above-mentioned one round game has an average of 1.8 One game ball can enter. Therefore, an average of 36 game balls can be obtained during the above special game.
In addition, when the big win is won and the big win pattern X2 is determined, the second big winning hole 181 is opened for 29.0 seconds or one hole is opened in the second big winning hole 181 during the special game based on the determination. A round game is executed twice, which ends when one of the conditions is satisfied that the game ball is entered. In addition, including game balls that enter immediately before closing the second big winning hole 181 and are detected after closing the second big winning hole 181, the above-mentioned one round game has an average of 1.8 One game ball can enter. Therefore, an average of 36 game balls can be obtained during the above special game.
Also, when the jackpot symbol X3 or X4 is determined, the second big winning port 181 is opened for 29.0 seconds or one game is played in the second big winning port 181 during the special game based on the determination. A round game is executed 10 times and ends when one of the conditions of whether or not a ball enters the game is satisfied, and an average of 270 game balls can be obtained.

(Summary of Universal Figure Game)
Next, an outline of a normal game to be executed in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 99, during the non-time-saving gaming state (during the normal gaming state, during the high-probability non-time-saving gaming state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is about 1/1.2, the fluctuation of normal symbols The time is set to 10 seconds, and the actuation time of the movable piece 16b (the time during which the movable piece 16b is open) when winning by lottery of normal symbols is set to 0.05 second. It should be noted that, although not particularly shown, the same setting is made during the special game.
In addition, during the first time-saving game state (during the low-probability time-saving game state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is about 1/1.2, which is the same as during the non-time-saving game state. is set to 0.5 seconds shorter than during the non-time-saving game state, and the operation time of the movable piece 16b in the case of winning by lottery of normal symbols is set to 5 seconds longer than during the non-time-saving game state.
In addition, during the second time-saving game state (during the high-probability time-saving game state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is about 1/1. 1, the normal pattern fluctuation time is 0.5 seconds, which is the same as during the first time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b when winning by lottery of normal patterns is the same as during the first time-saving game state. is set to 5 seconds.

That is, during the non-time-saving game state (during the normal game state, during the high-probability non-time-saving game state) and during the special game, with a high probability in the normal symbol lottery that is executed when the game ball passes through the gate 20 There are many chances that it will hit and the movable piece 16b will be in an open state. However, since the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 5 seconds and the operation time of the movable piece 16b is 0.05 second, it takes a long time for the movable piece 16b to change from the closed state to the open state (from the open state to the open state). The interval until the next open state is long), but the time during which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the open state is extremely short. Therefore, during the non-time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is almost closed, and it is almost impossible for the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b to enter the second start winning opening 16.例文帳に追加

On the other hand, during the first time-saving game state (during the low-probability time-saving game state), since it will win in the lottery of normal symbols with the same probability as during the non-time-saving game state, There are many opportunities for the movable piece 16b to be in an open state. In addition, since the normal pattern fluctuation time is 0.5 seconds shorter than during the non-time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b is 5 seconds longer than during the non-time-saving game state, the state where the movable piece 16b is closed Although the time from opening to the opening state is short (the interval from the opening state to the next opening state is short), the time for which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the open state is long. Therefore, during the first time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is almost in an open state, and there is a high possibility that the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b will enter the second start winning opening 16.

Also, during the second time-saving game state (during the second low-probability time-saving game state, during the high-probability time-saving game state), there is a higher probability than during the non-time-saving game state or during the first time-saving game state. Therefore, there are extremely many opportunities for the movable piece 16b to be in an open state. In addition, since the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is the same 0.5 seconds as during the first time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b is 5 seconds, which is the same as during the first time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state As in the middle, the time from the closed state to the open state of the movable piece 16b is short (the interval from the open state to the next open state is short), but the movable piece 16b is in the open state. is maintained for a long time. Therefore, during the second time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is more likely to be in an open state than during the first time-saving game state, and the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b can enter the second start winning opening 16. The sex is higher than during the first time-saving game state.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is generally high in any of the non-time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state, and the second time-saving game state. Although it is set, the possibility that the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 (that is, the possibility of entering the second starting winning opening 16 by making the fluctuation time of the normal pattern and the operation time of the movable piece 16b different) The frequency of game ball entry, in other words, the frequency of execution of the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning opening 16) is adapted to change.
That is, during the first time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is more likely to be maintained in the open state than the non-time-saving game state, so the game ball is more likely to enter the second start winning opening 16, and the second time-saving game state During the middle, the movable piece 16b is more likely to be maintained in the open state than in the first time-saving game state, so the game ball is more likely to enter the second start winning opening 16.例文帳に追加
Therefore, during the second time-saving game state, the decrease in game balls accompanying the progress of the game is suppressed more than during the non-time-saving game state and the first time-saving game state, and during the first time-saving game state, more than the non-time-saving game state. However, you will be able to acquire the opportunity of the lottery.

(Overview of game state to be set)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, any one of the normal game state, the low-probability time-saving game state, the high-probability time-saving game state, or the high-probability non-time-saving game state is set.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 98(b), when the jackpot is won by the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, and the winning lottery based on the second special random number When the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X3 is determined, the game state after the special game based on the determination is set to the high probability game state and is set to the non-time-saving game state. , the normal game state is set.

Also, as shown in FIG. 98(b), when a big hit is won by a winning lottery based on the first special random number and a big hit pattern X2 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination is By setting the high-probability game state and setting the second time-saving game state, the high-probability time-saving game state is set. Also, the number of times of high accuracy is set to 10000 times, and the number of times of time saving is set to 5 times.
That is, after the end of the special game that is executed when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, the game state is set to a high probability time-saving game state, until the result of the winning lottery is derived 5 times (the number of fluctuations in the special symbol reaches 5 times), the high probability time-saving game state continues.
Then, during this high-probability time-saving game state, when the result of the win/fail lottery is all five times other than a big win (losing), the second time-saving game state is changed to a non-time-saving game state while maintaining the high-probability game state. Thereby, the game state is changed to a high-probability non-time-saving game state.
After that, the high probability non-time-saving game state continues until the result of the winning lottery is derived 9995 times (until the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaches 9995 times). Then, during this high-probability time-saving game state, when the result of the winning lottery is all 9995 times other than a big hit (losing), the high-probability game state is changed to the low-probability game state while the non-time-saving game state remains as it is. , the game state is changed to the normal game state. In the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 9, as described above, the probability of winning the jackpot in the high-probability gaming state is approximately 1/15. The non-time-saving gaming state will continue.

Also, as shown in FIG. 98(b), when a big hit is won by a winning lottery based on the second special random number and a big hit pattern X4 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination is By setting the high-probability game state and setting the second time-saving game state, the high-probability time-saving game state is set. Moreover, both the number of times of high probability and the number of times of time saving are set to 10000 times.
That is, after the end of the special game that is executed when the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, the game state is set to a high-probability time-saving game state, until the result of the winning lottery is derived 10000 times (the number of fluctuations in the special symbol reaches 10,000 times), the high-probability time-saving game state continues.
Then, during this high-probability time-saving game state, when all 10,000 win-or-fail lottery results are other than big hits (loss), the high-probability game state is changed to a low-probability game state, and the second time-saving game state is a non-time-saving game. By changing to the state, the game state is changed to the normal game state. In the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 9, as described above, the probability of winning the jackpot in the high-probability gaming state is approximately 1/15. The time saving game state will continue.

Further, as shown in FIG. 98(b), in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, after the low probability game state (normal game state) is set, the special symbols do not change without winning the jackpot. When the number of times reaches a predetermined number of time-saving activations (100 times in another application example 9) (that is, when all 100 winning lottery results are other than the jackpot in the low-probability game state), the low-probability game state remains as it is. , By setting the first time-saving gaming state, a low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. When the low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the number of times of time-saving is set to 100 times.
After the low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the low-probability time-saving gaming state is set until the number of variations of the special symbol reaches 100 times (that is, until the result of the winning lottery is derived 100 times) without winning the jackpot. The game state continues.
Then, during the low-probability time-saving game state, when the results of the win/fail lottery are all 100 times other than the big hit (losing), the low-probability game state remains as it is, and the first time-saving game state is changed to the non-time-saving game state. , the game state is changed to the normal game state.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, a time saving activation counter for counting the number of time saving activations (100 times) for which the low probability time saving gaming state (first time saving gaming state) is set is provided. , a predetermined storage area in the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100 .
The count value of this time-saving activation counter is that the RAM is cleared (reset) by a predetermined operation, that the special game ends, or that a low-probability time-saving game state (first time-saving game state) is set. is reset when any one of the reset conditions is established.

When the RAM is cleared (reset), the subsequent game state is set to the normal game state (low-probability game state), so the time-saving activation counter starts counting from this point.
In addition, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 or X3 is completed, the game state after that is set to the normal game state, and the time-saving activation frequency counter starts counting from this time point.
In addition, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2 or X4 is completed, the subsequent game state is set to a high probability time-saving game state (high probability game state). Therefore, counting by the time saving activation number counter does not start from the time when the special game ends, and counting by the time saving activation number counter starts from the time when the normal game state (low probability game state) is set.

Then, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 9, each time the special symbol is changed, the time reduction activation number counter is counted, and the count value of the time reduction activation number counter is the number of time reduction activation times. When reaching, as described above, a low probability time-saving gaming state is set.

It should be noted that, as described above, counting by the time-saving activation number counter is usually started with the setting of the game state (low probability game state). When the count by the time saving activation number counter is started with the setting of the normal game state as a trigger, the time when the count value of the time saving activation number counter reaches 100 times of the time saving activation number (that is, the low probability time saving game state is set The game state at the point in time) becomes a normal game state.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, after the RAM is cleared (after reset) or after the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot until the next jackpot is won, the low probability time-saving gaming state can be set only once.
That is, after the count value of the time-saving activation counter reaches the number of time-saving activations (100 times) and the low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the low-probability time-saving gaming state is set again until the next big hit is won. can't
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, after the count value of the time-saving activation counter is reset by setting the low-probability time-saving gaming state, until the next big hit is won, the time-saving activation It is set so that the count by the number counter is stopped.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 9, setting of the time-saving gaming state is not defined in the losing symbols (Z1, Z2). Therefore, the game state is not changed after the losing symbols are stopped, and the game state at the time of determination of the losing symbols continues.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 9, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting and the number of times of continuous variable probability setting like the above-described embodiment are not set, and when the jackpot pattern X2 or X4 is determined A high-probability time-saving game state is always set after the end of the special game based on the determination.

(Playability of pachinko machine P according to another application example 9)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, as described above, the normal game state (game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state), the low-probability time-saving game state (low-probability game state and the first A game state that combines a time-saving game state), a high probability time-saving game state (a game state that combines a high probability game state and a second time-saving game state), or a high probability non-time-saving game state (a high-probability game state and a non-time-saving game A game state combining states is set, and the game progresses.

When a player starts playing a game, the normal game state is often set. During this normal game state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left-handed hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched accordingly, the game ball is , there is a possibility that the ball will enter the first starting prize winning port 15, and the ball will not enter the second starting prize winning port 16. - 特許庁Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting prize winning port 15, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X1, X2 or X4 is determined (see FIG. 98(a)). .
When the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the game state after the special game based on the determination is set to the normal game state, and when the jackpot symbol X2 or X4 is determined, it is based on the determination. The game state after the end of the special game is set to the high-probability time-saving game state (see FIG. 98(b) and FIG. 100). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 9, if the player hits to the left as instructed during the normal game state, the player wins the jackpot and shifts to the normal game state or the high-probability time-saving game state. becomes (see FIG. 100).
However, the number of times the jackpot pattern X2 is determined is 1% when the jackpot is won, and the jackpot pattern X4 is determined when the jackpot is won in 0.1% (Fig. 98(a)). See), during the normal game state, even if you win a jackpot, it is extremely difficult to shift to the high probability time-saving game state.

Also, as described above, when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaches the number of time-saving activations (100 times) without winning the jackpot during the normal game state case), the subsequent game state is set to a low probability time-saving game state (see FIG. 98(b)). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, if left-handed hitting is performed as instructed during the normal game state, all the results of the winning lottery of 100 times are other than big wins (that is, losing). , It will shift to a low-probability time-saving gaming state (see FIG. 100). This low-probability time-saving gaming state continues until the result of the winning lottery is derived 100 times without winning a jackpot.

During the low-probability time-saving game state, the second start winning hole 16 is more likely to be maintained in an open state than during the normal game state, and the game ball is more likely to enter the second starting winning hole 16, so that the progress of the game is improved. It is possible to aim for winning the next jackpot while suppressing the accompanying decrease in the number of game balls. Also, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (right hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched accordingly, the game The ball may enter the second start prize winning port 16 and never enter the first start prize winning port 15.例文帳に追加Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16, and when the big win is won, the big win symbol X3 or X4 is determined (see FIG. 98(a)).
Then, when the jackpot symbol X3 is determined, the game state after the special game based on the determination is set to the normal game state, and when the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, the determination is made as described above. The game state after the end of the special game based on is set to a high probability time-saving game state (see FIG. 98(b) and FIG. 100). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, if the right hand is hit as instructed during the low-probability time-saving game state, the normal game state is shifted to by winning the jackpot, or the high probability It will shift to the time-saving game state (see FIG. 100).
In addition, since it is 97% that the jackpot pattern X4 is determined when the jackpot is won (see FIG. 98 (a)), during the low-probability time-saving gaming state, when the jackpot is won, the probability is extremely high. It is easy to shift to the time-saving game state.

During the high-probability time-saving game state, the second start-up winning port 16 is more easily maintained in an open state than during the low-probability time-saving game state, and the game ball is extremely easy to enter the second start-up winning port 16, so the game is played. It is possible to aim at winning the next jackpot while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls accompanying the progress of . Also, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, similarly to the low-probability time-saving gaming state, an instruction is given to launch the game ball toward the second game area 12b (right shot), and the game ball is launched accordingly. As long as there is, there is a possibility that the game ball enters the second start prize winning port 16 and does not enter the first start prize winning port 15. - 特許庁Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16, and when the big win is won, the big win symbol X3 or X4 is determined (see FIG. 98(a)).

Here, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state set based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X4, the number of times of time-saving is set to 10000 times (see FIG. 98(b)). As described above, the winning probability of the jackpot in the high-probability gaming state is about 1/15, so during this high-probability time-saving gaming state, the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, You will win the jackpot again. Then, when a big win is won by the lottery, the big win pattern X4 is determined with a very high determination probability. Therefore, once the jackpot pattern X4 is determined, unless the jackpot pattern X3 with a very low determination probability (3%) is determined, a special game is executed based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X4 and a high probability of time reduction. Since the setting of the game state is repeated, there is a high possibility that a large number of game balls can be acquired at once.

On the other hand, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state set based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2, the number of times of time-saving is set to 5 times (see FIG. 98(b)). Then, when the lottery results are all lost five times without winning the jackpot, the state is shifted to a high-probability non-time-saving game state, and the launching (left-handed) of the game ball toward the first game area 12a is instructed. . Therefore, after shifting to the high-probability non-working-time-saving gaming state, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 in the same manner as during the normal gaming state. Then, after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set based on the determination of the big hit pattern X2, the winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16. Up to 9 times (time-saving times ( 5 lotteries), and the upper limit number (4) of the second pending number that can be stored when the fifth lottery ends. If a jackpot is won in this maximum of 9 win-or-no lotteries, it is extremely likely that the jackpot pattern X4 will be determined and the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set again, but this maximum of 9 win-or-no lotteries will not always be a big hit. is not necessarily elected. Therefore, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state set based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X2, the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set again from the high-probability time-saving gaming state set based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X4. Unlikely.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, when the high probability time-saving gaming state is set based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X4, the special game execution and high probability based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X4 The setting of the time-saving game state is repeated with an extremely high probability. That is, the high-probability time-saving gaming state that is set based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X4 is a gaming state that is extremely advantageous for the player.
Then, during the normal game state or during the high-probability non-time-saving game state that shifts after the end of the high-probability time-saving game state, the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15, and the winning lottery based on the entry ball wins the jackpot. Even if the jackpot pattern X4 is almost not determined, the count value by the time saving activation number counter reaches the time saving activation number (without winning the jackpot and special game) during the low probability time saving game state that shifts. When a game ball is entered into the second starting winning hole 16 and a big win is won by a lottery based on the entered ball, a big win pattern X4 is decided with an extremely high probability.
Therefore, the low-probability time-saving game state that can be shifted from the normal game state without going through the winning of the jackpot and the special game is shifted to the high-probability time-saving game state based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X4, which is extremely advantageous for the player. A new chance zone is imparted, and the player's interest can be heightened.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, a high-probability time-saving game state with a higher degree of advantage than the normal game state is entered through the winning of the jackpot (decision of the jackpot pattern XX2 or X4) and the execution of the special game. Not only can it be transferred, but during the low-probability game state (normal game state), the result of the lottery for all 100 times, which is the number of time-saving activations, is other than the jackpot (losing), so that the jackpot winning and special Since the game state can be shifted to a low-probability time-saving game state having a higher advantage than the normal game state without execution of the game, it is possible to provide a novel game property and enhance the player's interest.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, in the second time-saving gaming state set based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X2, the number of times of time-saving is set to the number of times of time-saving activation or less (five times). It's like Thereby, for example, based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2, even if the game state is set by combining the low-probability game state and the second time-saving game state, the low-probability game state and the second To prevent a situation in which a second time-saving game state being set is changed to a different time-saving game state by the count value of a time-saving activation frequency counter reaching the time-saving activation frequency during a game state combining time-saving game conditions. It becomes possible.

It should be noted that the progress of the special figure game in the other application example 9 is substantially the same as the content of the flowchart explaining the progress of the special figure game of the pachinko machine P according to the above-described embodiment and another application example 6. , the explanation is omitted here.

(Modified example of pachinko machine P according to another application example 9)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, during the first time-saving game state (during the low-probability time-saving game state) set by the count value by the time-saving activation counter reaching the time-saving activation count, the non-time-saving game Although it was designed to win in the lottery of normal symbols with the same probability as during the state, it is not limited to this, and during the first time-saving game state, the probability is higher than during the non-time-saving game state. It may be set so that it will be a hit in the lottery of.
Also, during the first time-saving game state, the setting that the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols is higher than during the non-time-saving game state, the setting that the fluctuation time of normal symbols is short, and the operation of the movable piece 16b By performing at least one of the settings that lengthen the time, the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 may be facilitated.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the ninth example of application are obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, as the time-saving game state, the time-saving game state (second time-saving game state), and a time-saving game state (first time-saving game state) that is set by reaching the number of times of time-saving activation without winning a jackpot in a low-probability game state (normal game state). However, the types of the time-saving gaming state are not limited to these.
For example, a special symbol that is other than a jackpot symbol and is determined to set a time-saving gaming state (for example, a lost symbol that is determined to be a time-saving gaming state, a small A time-saving game state or the like may be provided which is set based on the determination of winning symbols and the like.
In addition, the time-saving game set by winning the jackpot and the execution of the special game, and the time-saving game set by reaching the number of time-saving activations without winning the jackpot in the low-probability game state The state and the time-saving game state set based on the determination of the special pattern other than the jackpot pattern and setting the time-saving game state, Different degrees of difficulty may be set, or the same degree of difficulty may be set.
In addition, in the time-saving gaming state that is set based on the determination of the special symbol other than the jackpot symbol that sets the time-saving gaming state, in the same manner as the low-probability time-saving gaming state in the other application example 9, It may be set so that the determination probability of the jackpot symbol X4, which is extremely advantageous for the player, is extremely high.
Even in the above-described configuration, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the ninth example of application can be obtained.

In addition, when a predetermined jackpot pattern is determined, instead of setting a high-probability time-saving gaming state after the end of the special game based on the determination, a game state combining a low-probability gaming state and a time-saving gaming state (hereinafter , Also referred to as low probability time-saving gaming state X) may be set.
Then, as described above, the low probability game state and the time saving game state that are set through the execution of the jackpot and the special game are combined (low probability time saving game state X), and the jackpot in the low probability game state The low-probability time-saving game state set by the number of fluctuations of special symbols reaching the number of times of time-saving activation without winning is set so that the difficulty of entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 is different. Alternatively, the difficulty levels may be set to be the same. For example, a game state (low-probability time-saving gaming state X) that combines a low-probability gaming state and a time-saving gaming state set through the execution of a jackpot and a special game as described above, and a jackpot in a low-probability gaming state One of the low-probability time-saving gaming states, which is set by the number of fluctuations in special patterns reaching the number of time-saving activations without winning, is set to have a higher probability of winning in the normal design lottery than the other. By performing at least one of setting to shorten the fluctuation time of the normal symbol and setting to lengthen the operation time of the movable piece 16b, the game ball can be easily entered into the second start winning hole 16. You may make it so.
Even in the above-described configuration, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the ninth example of application can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 9, the counting by the time saving activation number counter is performed only in the normal game state (the game state combining the low probability game state and the non-time saving game state). However, it is not limited to this.
For example, as a game state in which the low-probability game state is set, in addition to the normal game state, a game state combining a low-probability game state and a time-saving game state set after the end of a special game based on the determination of a predetermined jackpot pattern ( In a pachinko machine provided with a low-probability time-saving gaming state X), in one of the above-described normal game state or a game state combining a low-probability gaming state and a time-saving gaming state (low-probability time-saving gaming state X), a winning lottery If the result is other than a big hit, it may be counted by a time saving activation counter, or a game state (low probability In both of the time-saving gaming states X), when the result of the win/fail lottery is other than a big hit, the time-saving activation frequency counter may be counted. Then, when the count value by the time-saving activation counter reaches the number of time-saving activations, a game state (low-probability time-saving gaming state) combining the low-probability time-saving gaming state and the first time-saving gaming state in another application example 9 is set. You may make it
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the ninth example of application are obtained.

In addition, the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9 can be various kinds of the above-described embodiment and its modifications, and the pachinko machine P according to other application examples 1 to 8 and their modifications within a range that does not cause contradiction. Settings and controls may be applied and configured.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the ninth example of application are obtained.

(Another application example 10)
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 10 is not a so-called one-type and two-type mixed pachinko machine or a pachinko machine that performs a so-called simultaneous rotation control, but similar to the above-described embodiment and other application example 6, a jackpot machine. It is constructed so that a special game is executed only based on winning.

(Outline of the structure within the game area 12)
In the game area 12 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, as in the above-described embodiment, there are a general winning opening 14, a first starting winning opening 15, a second starting winning opening 16, a movable piece 16b, An attacker device 17, an outlet 19, a gate 20, and an effect display device 21 are provided, but only the internal structure of the attacker device 17 is different from the above embodiment.
Specifically, unlike the above-described embodiment, the special area 57 , the general area 58 and the sorting member 59 are not provided in the big winning opening 18 of the attacker device 17 . Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, after the special game executed based on the winning of the jackpot is finished, the game state is set according to the type of the jackpot symbol determined when the jackpot is won. It has become so.
Since other devices and members have the same structures and installation positions as those of the above-described embodiment (see FIG. 3), descriptions thereof are omitted.

(Summary of control and game)
Next, various controls and games executed in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10 will be described, focusing on points different from the above-described embodiment.

In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, a normal game state, a low-probability game state, and a first time-reduction game state (time-reduction game state), which are game states in which a low-probability game state and a non-time-reduction game state are combined, are combined. A game state that is a first low-probability time-saving game state (hereinafter also referred to as a first low-probability time-saving game state), a low-probability game state and a second time-saving game state (time-saving game state) that is a combination of a second low-probability time-saving game state A game state (hereinafter also referred to as a second low probability time saving game state), a high probability time saving game state (hereinafter also referred to as a high probability time saving game state) which is a game state combining a high probability game state and a second time saving game state game state is set.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, the non-time-saving gaming state, the first time-saving gaming state, and the second time-saving gaming state are the frequency of entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 (entering The degree of difficulty of the ball, in other words, the frequency of winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16) is set to be different.
As in the above-described embodiment, the normal game state is set in the initial state after shipment from the factory or after resetting.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, the game balls flowing down the first game area 12a can enter the first start winning opening 15, and flow down the second game area 12b. The game ball can pass through the gate 20, enter the big winning hole 18, and enter the second starting winning hole 16. - 特許庁
Then, during the normal game state, the player is caused to launch the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left hitting) so that the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15b. During the low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state, the high-probability time-saving game state, and the special game, the game ball passes through the gate 20 and enters the second start winning opening 16, and The player is made to hit the game ball toward the second game area 12b (so-called right-handed hitting) so that the game ball enters the big winning hole 18.例文帳に追加

As shown in FIG. 101(a), in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, it is possible to win a jackpot in a winning lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the first start prize winning port 15. , the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined.
And, the game state at the time of performing the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball to the first start winning prize port 15 is a low probability game state (normal game state, first low probability time saving game state, second low probability time saving game state ), the probability of winning the jackpot is set to about 1/300, and the probability of winning the jackpot when the above-mentioned gaming state is a high probability gaming state (high probability short-time gaming state) , is set at approximately 6/300.
Also, the determination probability of the jackpot pattern X1 is set to 25/100 (25%), and the determination probability of the jackpot pattern X2 is set to 75/100 (75%).
Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z1 is determined.
In addition, the upper limit number of the first special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 (upper limit number of the first reserved number) is set to four. The upper limit number of reserves of the first special random number is not limited to this.

As shown in FIG. 101(a), it is possible to win a big win in a winning lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the second starting winning hole 16, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X3, X4 or X5 is determined. It is designed to be The probability of winning the jackpot in the low-probability gaming state at the time when the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 is performed is set to approximately 1/300. The probability of winning the jackpot when the above game state is the high probability game state is set to about 6/300.
In addition, the decision probability of the jackpot pattern X3 is set to 25/100 (25%), the decision probability of the jackpot pattern X4 is set to 30/100 (30%), and the decision probability of the jackpot pattern X5 is set to 45/100 (45%). there is
Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z2 is determined.
In addition, the upper limit number of the second special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 (the upper limit number of the second reservation number) is set to four. The upper limit number of reservations for the second special random number is not limited to this.

Then, as shown in FIG. 101(a), when the big win is won and the big win symbols X1, X2, X3 and X4 are determined, the big winning opening 18 is 29 during the special game based on the determination. A round game is executed 4 times and ends when either condition of 0 second opening or 10 game balls entering the big prize opening 18 is established, and about 400 game balls are won. It is possible.
When the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X5 is determined, the above-mentioned round game is executed 10 times during the special game based on the determination, and about 1000 game balls can be acquired.

(Summary of Universal Figure Game)
Next, an outline of a normal game to be executed in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 101 (c), during the non-time-saving game state (normal game state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is about 1/1.1, the normal symbol fluctuation time is 10 seconds, The operation time of the movable piece 16b (the time during which the movable piece 16b is maintained in an open state) in the case of winning by lottery of normal symbols is set to 0.05 second. It should be noted that, although not particularly shown, the same setting is made during the special game.
In addition, during the first time-saving game state (during the first low-probability time-saving game state) and during the second time-saving game state (during the second low-probability time-saving game state, during the high-probability time-saving game state), both of the normal symbols The probability of winning by lottery is about 1/1.1, which is the same as during the non-time-saving game state, and the normal pattern fluctuation time is 0.2 seconds, which is shorter than during the non-time-saving game state. The operation time of the movable piece 16b when it becomes is set to 5 seconds longer than during the non-time-saving game state.

That is, during the non-time-saving game state (during the normal game state), there are many opportunities to win with a high probability in the normal symbol lottery executed when the game ball passes through the gate 20, and the movable piece 16b is opened. However, since the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 10 seconds and the operation time of the movable piece 16b is 0.05 second, the time from the closed state to the open state of the movable piece 16b is long (from the open state). Although the interval until the next open state is long), the time during which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the open state is extremely short. Therefore, during the non-time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is almost closed, so the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b almost never enters the second start winning opening 16.例文帳に追加

On the other hand, during the first time-saving game state (during the first low probability time-saving game state) and during the second time-saving game state (during the second low probability time-saving game state, during the high probability time-saving game state), non-time-saving game Since it becomes a hit with the same probability as during the state, there are many opportunities for the movable piece 16b to open as in the non-time-saving game state. And, since the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 0.2 seconds shorter than during the non-time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b is 5 seconds longer than during the non-time-saving game state, the state where the movable piece 16b is closed Although the time from opening to the opening state is short (the interval from the opening state to the next opening state is short), the time for which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the open state is long. Therefore, during the first time-saving game state and the second time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is almost opened, and the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b can enter the second start winning opening 16 with high frequency. becomes.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is generally extremely high in any of the non-time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state, and the second time-saving game state. Although it is set high, the possibility that the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 (that is, to the second starting winning opening 16 The frequency of entry of the game ball, in other words, the frequency of execution of the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16) is changed.
That is, during the first time-saving game state and during the second time-saving game state, unlike during the non-time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is maintained in an open state, so the game relatively moves to the second start winning opening 16 Easy to enter the ball. Therefore, during the first time-saving game state and the second time-saving game state, it is possible to obtain an opportunity for winning or losing lottery while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls accompanying the progress of the game more than during the non-time-saving game state.

(Outline of game state to be set)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, one of the normal game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state, or the high-probability time-saving game state is set. be done.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 101(b), when the jackpot is won by the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, and the winning lottery based on the second special random number When the jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X3 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination is set to the low probability game state, and is set to the second time reduction game state. , A second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. In addition, the number of times of time saving is set to 100 times.
Then, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, when the result of the win/fail lottery is lost for all 100 times, the second time-saving game state is changed to the non-time-saving game state, and the game state is changed to the normal game state. be done.

Also, as shown in FIG. 101(b), when a jackpot is won by a lottery based on the first special random number and the jackpot pattern X2 is determined, a jackpot is won by a lottery based on the second special random number. When the pattern X4 or X5 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination is set to the high probability game state, and is set to the second time reduction game state, so that the high probability Time saving game state is set. In addition, both the high-accuracy number of times and the time-saving number of times are set to 10000 times.
That is, after the end of the special game executed when the jackpot pattern X2, X4 or X5 is determined, the game state is set to the high-probability time-saving game state, and the result of the winning lottery is 10000 times without winning the jackpot. Until it is derived (until the number of fluctuations in the special symbol reaches 10000 times), the high-probability time-saving gaming state continues.
Then, during this high-probability time-saving game state, when the result of the winning lottery is all lost 10000 times, the high-probability game state is changed to a low-probability game state, and the second time-saving game state is changed to a non-time-saving game state. By doing so, the game state is changed to the normal game state. In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, as described above, the probability of winning the jackpot in the high-probability game state is about 6/300 (1/50), so that it is substantially possible to win the jackpot again. Until then, the high-probability time-saving gaming state will continue.

Further, as shown in FIG. 101(b), in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, after the low-probability game state (normal game state, second low-probability time-saving game state) is set, a jackpot is won. Without doing, when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaches a predetermined number of time-saving activations (900 times in another application example 10) (that is, in the low probability game state, the result of the winning lottery is all lost 900 times), The first low-probability time-saving game state is set by setting the first time-saving game state while keeping the low-probability game state as it is. When the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the number of times of time-saving is set to 1200 times.
After the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the first The low-probability time-saving game state continues.
Then, during the first low-probability time-saving game state, when the results of the winning lottery are all lost 1200 times, the low-probability game state remains as it is, and the first time-saving game state is changed to a non-time-saving game state. The state is changed to normal game state. In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, as described above, the winning probability of the jackpot in the low-probability game state is about 1/300, and the jackpot is almost certainly won during the first low-probability time-saving game state. You will be elected.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, the number of time-saving activations for counting the number of time-saving activations (900 times) in which the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (first time-saving gaming state) is set A counter is composed of a predetermined storage area in the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100 .
The count value of this time-saving activation number counter is that the RAM is cleared (reset) by a predetermined operation, that the special game ends, or that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (first time-saving gaming state) is set. It is reset when any one of the reset conditions is established.

When the RAM is cleared (reset), the subsequent game state is set to the normal game state (low-probability game state), so the time-saving activation counter starts counting from this point.
In addition, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 or X3 is completed, the subsequent game state is set to the first low-probability time-saving game state, and counting by the time-saving activation frequency counter is started from this point.
In addition, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbols X2, X4 or X5 ends, the subsequent game state is set to a high probability time-saving game state (high probability game state). Therefore, counting by the time saving activation number counter does not start from the time when the special game ends, and counting by the time saving activation number counter starts from the time when the normal game state (low probability game state) is set.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, after clearing the RAM (after resetting) or after the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot until the next jackpot is won, the first low probability time saving The game state can be set only once.
That is, after the count value of the time-saving activation counter reaches the number of time-saving activations (900 times) and the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set until the next big hit is won. Cannot be set again.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, after the count value of the time saving activation number counter is reset by setting the first low-probability time saving gaming state, the next jackpot is won or the RAM It is set so that the counting by the time saving activation number counter is stopped until it is cleared.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, setting the time-saving gaming state is not defined in the losing symbols (Z1, Z2). Therefore, the game state is not changed after the losing symbols are stopped, and the game state at the time of determination of the losing symbols continues.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting and the number of times of continuous probability variable setting like the above-described embodiment are not set, and when the jackpot pattern X2, X4 or X5 is determined Always, a high probability time-saving game state is set after the end of the special game based on the determination.

(Summary of control regarding determination of fluctuation pattern command)
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 10 includes a table A, a table B, a table C, and a table D as a variation pattern table 114 storing variation pattern commands associated with variation patterns (FIG. 102 ( a) see). Then, as in the above-described embodiment, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16, a variation pattern command is determined by referring to one of the variation pattern tables 114. be.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another low usage example 10, in order to improve the production effect after the special game is finished in balance with the executed special game, Differentiate the tendency of fluctuation patterns that can be determined (for example, only fluctuation patterns with relatively short fluctuation times are determined, fluctuation patterns with relatively long fluctuation times are more likely to be determined, etc.) In order to make it possible to execute an effect according to the number of fluctuations, after winning a jackpot and executing a special game, a fluctuation pattern command is determined according to the number of fluctuations of special symbols after the end of the special game. The variation pattern table 114 to be referred to when doing so can be switched.
That is, after the end of the special game, it is possible to determine a variation pattern command based on different variation pattern tables 114 according to the number of variations even during the same game state.

On the other hand, if the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to when determining the variation pattern command is switched according to the number of variations without executing the special game, even though the special game is not performed There is a possibility that the tendency of the variation pattern that is determined without change will change, giving the player a sense of discomfort in the presentation. Therefore, after clearing the RAM, it is prohibited to switch the variation pattern table 114 according to the number of variations of the special symbol after clearing the RAM until the first big win is won. A variation pattern command is determined based on the variation pattern table 114 associated with the game state.
In other words, during the period from when the RAM is cleared to when the first big win is won, if the game state is the same, the change pattern command is always issued based on the same change pattern table 114 corresponding to the game state being set. to be determined.

(Determination of reference fluctuation pattern table 114)
Here, the process of determining the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to when determining the variation pattern command in another application example 10 will be described.
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 10 includes a selection state value table for determining a selection state value, which will be described later, as a table used for determining the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to, and a variation pattern table to be referred to. 114 has a decision table. Then, when determining the variation pattern command, the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to is determined based on the information related to these tables.

The selection state value table defines selection state values used for determining the variation pattern table 114 . In this selection state value table, as shown in FIG. 102(b), selection state values are defined based on the winning of a jackpot or execution of RAM clearing (reset processing).
Then, when a jackpot is won by lottery, the type of jackpot pattern (X1, X2, X3, A selection state value corresponding to X4, X5) is acquired, and this acquired selection state value is set in a selection state flag constituted by a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103. FIG. Also, when the RAM clear is executed, a selection state value corresponding to the execution of the RAM clear is acquired, and the acquired selection state is set in the selection state flag described above.

As shown in FIG. 102(b), according to the selection state value table, when the jackpot symbol determined at the time of winning the jackpot is X1 or X3, the selection state value "01H" is acquired, and the jackpot is obtained. If the jackpot symbol determined at the time of winning is X2, X4 or X5, a selection state value of "02H" is acquired.
Also, when the RAM clear is executed, a selection state value of "00H" is obtained.

The decision table defines the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to.
In this determination table, as shown in FIG. 102(c), when the selection state value set in the selection state flag is "01H" or "02H" (that is, the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot) later), the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to is determined for each variation count after the end of the special game executed based on the winning of the jackpot.
Also, if the selection state value set in the selection state flag is "00H" (that is, if it is after the RAM is cleared), the time saving game flag (indicating that the first time saving game state is being The first time-saving game flag showing, the second time-saving game flag indicating that it is in the second time-saving game state) is turned on or off (that is, whether it is in the time-saving game state) The variation pattern table to be referred to 114 are defined.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, since the second time-saving game state is set via a special game based on the winning of the jackpot, the jackpot is not won after the RAM is cleared. As long as, only the first time-saving game state that does not go through the special game can be set. Therefore, when the selection state value is "00H", both the first time saving game flag and the second time saving game flag are turned off, or the first time saving game flag is turned on.

As shown in FIG. 102(c), according to the determination table, when the selection state value set in the selection state flag is "01H" (the jackpot is won by lottery based on the first special random number) When the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, when the jackpot is won by lottery based on the second special random number and the jackpot pattern X3 is determined), the special pattern changes after the special game based on the determination Table C is determined when the number of times is 1, Table B is determined when the number is 2 to 99, Table D is determined when the number is 100, Table A is determined when the number is 101 to 900, Table C is determined at the 901st time, Table B is determined at the 902nd to 2099th times, Table D is determined at the 2100th time, and Table A is determined at the 2101st and subsequent times.

That is, the variation pattern command is determined based on the table C for the first variation in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the above-mentioned jackpot pattern, and the second low probability The variation pattern command is determined based on Table B for the 2nd to 99th fluctuations during the time saving game state, and the 100th change during the second low probability time saving game state (the final in the second low probability time saving game state variation), a variation pattern command is determined based on Table D.
A variation pattern command is determined based on the table A for the 1st to 800th variations in the normal game state set after the end of the second low probability time saving game state described above. That is, the variation pattern command is always determined based on the table A during the normal game state.
A variation pattern command is determined based on the table C for the first variation in the first low probability time saving game state set after the end of the normal game state, and 2 to 2 in the first low probability time saving game state For the 1199th variation, the variation pattern command is determined based on the table B, and for the 1200th variation during the first low probability time saving game state (final variation during the first low probability time saving game state) To table D Based on this, a variation pattern command is determined.
A variation pattern command is always determined based on the table A for variation during the normal gaming state set after the end of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state described above.

Also, as shown in FIG. 102(c), when the selection state value set in the selection state flag is "02H" (the jackpot is won by the winning lottery based on the first special random number, and the jackpot pattern X2 is If it is determined, if the jackpot is won by a lottery based on the second special random number and the jackpot design X4 or X5 is determined), the number of times the special design changes after the end of the special game based on the determination Table C is determined at the first time, Table B is determined at the 2nd to 9999th times, Table D is determined at the 10000th time, Table A is determined at the 10001st to 10900th times, and 10901st time , table B is determined at the 10902nd to 12099th times, table D is determined at the 12100th time, and table A is determined at the 12101st and subsequent times.

That is, the variation pattern command is determined based on the table C for the first variation in the high probability time-saving gaming state set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the above-mentioned jackpot pattern, and during the high probability time-saving gaming state For the 2nd to 9999th fluctuations, the fluctuation pattern command is determined based on the table B, and the 10000th fluctuation during the high-probability time-saving gaming state (final fluctuation during the high-probability time-saving gaming state) Based on table D A variation pattern command is determined by
A variation pattern command is determined based on Table A for the 1st to 900th variation during the normal game state set after the end of the above-described high probability time saving game state. That is, the variation pattern command is always determined based on the table A during the normal game state.
A variation pattern command is determined based on the table C for the first variation in the first low probability time saving game state set after the end of the normal game state, and 2 to 2 in the first low probability time saving game state For the 1199th variation, the variation pattern command is determined based on the table B, and for the 1200th variation during the first low probability time saving gaming state (final variation during the first low probability time saving gaming state) To table D Based on this, a variation pattern command is determined.
A variation pattern command is always determined based on the table A for variation during the normal gaming state set after the end of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state described above.

Also, as shown in FIG. 102(c), when the selection state value set in the selection state flag is "00H" (when it is after the execution of RAM clear), the time saving game flag is turned off. When (that is, when both the first time-saving game flag and the second time-saving game flag are off), the table A is determined, and when the time-saving game flag is on (the first time-saving game flag is on ), table B is determined.

That is, the variation pattern command is always determined based on the table A for the variation during the normal game state set after the RAM is cleared. In addition, regarding the variation during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set by the count value of the time-saving activation counter reaching 900 during the normal gaming state, the variation pattern command is always determined based on the table B. be.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, as in the above-described embodiment, a variation counter for counting the number of executions of the win/fail lottery (the number of variations of the special symbols) is provided. The count value of this fluctuation number counter is reset by RAM clearing or the end of the special game, and is incremented by "1" each time a winning lottery (variation of special symbols) is executed, and the main CPU 101 controls this fluctuation number counter. By the count value of , it is possible to grasp the number of fluctuations after the end of the special game.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state that is set after the execution of the RAM clear (the first low-probability time-saving gaming state that is executed without going through the jackpot) In, the selection state value set in the selection state flag ("00H"), and depending on the ON or OFF of the time saving game flag (that is, the set game state), when determining the variation pattern command The variation pattern table 114 referred to is determined as table B. Then, during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set after the execution of RAM clearing, the variation pattern command is always determined based on the table B, and the table B is not switched to another variation pattern table 114. there is
As a result, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the tendency of the determined variation pattern is changed during the first low-probability time-saving game state that is set after the RAM is cleared, resulting in a sense of incongruity in the performance.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set via the jackpot, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the table B , table C, or table D is determined, and switching from table B to table C and switching from table C to table D are executed.
As a result, during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state, and the high-probability time-saving game state set via the big hit, it is possible to execute an effect according to the number of times the special symbol changes. , the production effect can be improved.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, both switching from table B to table C and switching from table C to table D are executed, but the present invention is limited to this. Instead, only switching from table B to table C may be executed, or only switching from table C to table D may be executed. Further, switching to another variation pattern table 114 different from the variation pattern table 114 may be executed.

Then, the variation mode command and the variation pattern command are determined with reference to the variation pattern table 114 determined as described above.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 102 (a), according to the table A, the lost pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined (that is, the result of the lottery is lost), and the pending number at the time of the determination When (the first reserved number in the case of the losing pattern Z1, the second reserved number in the case of the losing pattern Z2) is less than 2, the variation pattern of "13 seconds variation (variation time of special symbols is 13 seconds)" is associated with the variation pattern command “00H” (decision probability is 85%), and the variation pattern command “03H” (decision The probability is 10%), or the variation pattern command "04H" (decision probability is 5%) associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation (variation time of special symbol is 60 seconds)" is determined. be.
In addition, when the losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined and the number of reservations at the time of determination is 2 or more, the variation associated with the variation pattern of "6 seconds variation (variation time of special symbol is 6 seconds)" Either the pattern command "01H" (determination probability is 85%), the above-mentioned variation pattern command "03H" (determination probability is 10%), or the above-mentioned variation pattern command "04H" (determination probability is 5%) It is determined.
Also, when the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4 or X5 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations, the variation pattern command "A3H" (determination probability is 5%), or the variation pattern command "A4H" (decision probability is 95%) associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 102 (a), according to Table B, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations, the variation pattern associated with the variation pattern of "6 second variation" Either the command "02H" (determination probability is 85%), the above-mentioned variation pattern command "03H" (determination probability is 10%), or the above-mentioned variation pattern command "04H" (determination probability is 5%) is determined be done.
Also, when the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4 or X5 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations, the above-mentioned variation pattern command "A3H" (decision probability is 5%), or the above-mentioned variation pattern command One of "A4H" (decision probability is 95%) is decided.

As shown in FIG. 102(a), according to the table C, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations, the variation pattern associated with the variation pattern of "6 second variation" The command "0AH" (decision probability is 100%) is decided.
Also, when the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4 or X5 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations, the fluctuation pattern of "5 second fluctuation (variation time of special pattern is 5 seconds)" is associated. A variation pattern command "ABH" (determination probability is 100%) is determined.

As shown in FIG. 102(a), according to the table D, when the lost symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations, "10 second variation (variation time of special symbol is 10 seconds)". A variation pattern command "0BH" (decision probability is 100%) associated with the variation pattern of is determined.
Further, when the jackpot symbol X1, X2, X3, X4 or X5 is determined, the above-mentioned "ABH" (decision probability is 100%) is determined regardless of the number of reservations.

(Overview of control in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, an effect for suggesting switching of the game state is executed during the variable effect at the setting time and the end time of the first low-probability time-saving game state. there is

Specifically, in the case of a loss due to the success or failure lottery at the time of setting the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the loss variation production at the start is executed as a variation production to notify the loss, and the first low-probability time-saving gaming state When the winning lottery results at the end of , a loss variation effect at the end is executed as a variable effect for notifying the loss.

In the start-time loss variation effect, the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 performs a variable display of the performance symbol 50, and a predetermined end timing (for example, the performance symbol 50) from the start of the variable display (start of the variable effect) 3 seconds after the start of the variable display), the start notification production indicating that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state has been set (for example, "Chance mode start!" Display of the image (especially not illustrated )) is performed.
In addition, in the end time loss fluctuation effect, when the stop display is performed after the variable display of the effect pattern 50 is completed in the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21, the end notification indicating that the first low probability time saving gaming state has ended Effect (for example, display of an image "chance mode end" (not particularly shown)) is started, and when the remaining variation time elapses, the stop display of the effect pattern 50 and the end notification effect are terminated.
It should be noted that the above-mentioned start time loss variation effect is executed based on one moving image data (effect data) in which the execution contents of the variable display of the effect pattern 50 and the start notification effect are determined, and the above-mentioned start time loss change effect is performed , the variable display of the effect pattern 50 and the execution content of the end notification effect are executed based on one moving image data (effect data). That is, by reproducing the moving image data described above, the variable display of the effect pattern 50 and the start notification effect (or the end notification effect) are integrally executed.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, the variation effect including the above-described loss variation effect at the start and the loss variation effect at the end is a variation pattern command transmitted from the main control board 100 at the start of the variation of the special symbols. , and ends upon reception of a symbol confirmation command transmitted from the main control board 100 at the end of the variable display of the special symbols (at the time of stop display of the special symbols). In other words, unless the symbol confirmation command is received, the variable effect being executed does not end. For example, when the loss variation production at the start is executed, the stop display of the production pattern 50 is continuously performed until the symbol confirmation command is received, and when the loss variation production at the end is executed. , the stop display of the production pattern 50 and the end notification production are continuously performed until the pattern confirmation command is received.

Here, as described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, after winning the jackpot and executing the special game, according to the number of fluctuations of the special symbols after the end of the special game, The variation pattern table 114 referred to when determining the variation pattern command can be switched.
First low-probability time-saving gaming state (that is, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set via winning the jackpot) after execution of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbols X1, X2, X3, X4 or X5 At the time of setting, the variation pattern command is determined by referring to the table C (see FIGS. 102(b) and (c)). A variation pattern command of "0AH" is always determined (see FIG. 102(a)).
Also, at the end of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state after execution of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbols X1, X2, X3, X4 or X5, the variation pattern command is determined with reference to the table D ( 102 (b) and (c)), according to this table D, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined, the variation pattern command of "0BH" is always determined (see FIG. 102 (a) ).

The above-mentioned "0AH" variation pattern command is determined only when the loss occurs at the time of setting the first low probability time-saving gaming state set via winning the jackpot, and the above-mentioned The "0BH" variation pattern command is determined only when the loss occurs at the end of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set via winning the jackpot (Fig. 102 (a), See FIGS. 102(b) and (c)).
As a result, the sub-control board 300 receives the "0AH" variation pattern command transmitted from the main control board 100, so that the time point is the first low-probability time-saving game set via winning the jackpot Since it is possible to grasp that it is time to set the state, the sub CPU 301 of the sub-control board 300 can execute the above-described loss variation effect at the start based on this "0AH" variation pattern command. there is
In addition, the sub-control board 300 receives the "0BH" variation pattern command transmitted from the main control board 100, so that the time point is the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set via winning the jackpot Therefore, the sub-CPU 301 of the sub-control board 300 can execute the above-described loss variation effect at the end based on this "0BH" variation pattern command. .

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, after the RAM is cleared, until the first big win is won, the variation pattern table 114 corresponds to the number of variations of the special symbols after the RAM is cleared. is prohibited, and a variation pattern command is determined based on the variation pattern table 114 associated with the gaming state being set.
During the first low-probability time-saving gaming state after clearing the RAM (that is, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set without going through the winning of the jackpot), the variation pattern command is always determined with reference to the table B. However (see FIGS. 102(b) and (c)), according to this table B, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined, any variation of "02H", "03H" or "04H" A pattern command is determined (see FIG. 102(a)). That is, in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state after clearing the RAM, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined at the time of setting, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined at the end time, and at the time of setting and end Any of the cases where the losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined at a time other than the point in time, one of the variation pattern commands "02H", "03H" or "04H" is determined.

Then, during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set without going through the winning of the jackpot, the sub-control board 300 receives "02H", "03H" or "04H" transmitted from the main control board 100. By receiving the variation pattern command, although it can be grasped that the lost pattern Z1 or Z2 has been determined, with only the variation pattern command, whether the time is the setting time of the first low probability time saving gaming state, the end time, etc. Or, it cannot be determined whether it is other than the set time and the end time, and the above-described loss variation effect at the start and end time loss variation effect cannot be executed appropriately. Therefore, at the time of setting and the end of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state described above, when executing a variation production in the same manner as the loss variation production at the start and the loss variation production at the end, "02H", "03H ” or “04H” should be replaced with a mode similar to the above-described loss variation effect at the start or end time.

In addition, other than when setting and ending the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set via winning the jackpot, and during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state after clearing the RAM (without winning the jackpot) During the set first low-probability time-saving gaming state), since the variation pattern command is determined with reference to the table B (see FIGS. 102(b) and (c)), the winning pattern Z1 or When Z2 is determined, one of the variation pattern commands "02H", "03H" or "04H" is determined (see FIG. 102(a)).
Then, the sub-control board 300, only with this "02H", "03H" or "04H" variation pattern command, is in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set via winning the jackpot at the time point It cannot be determined whether it is in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set without going through the jackpot winning. Therefore, for example, during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set via winning the jackpot, and during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set without going through the winning of the jackpot, the effect to be executed (For example, the design mode of the production pattern 50, the mode of display that counts down the number of remaining time saving, the mode of display of a suggestive image that performs a predetermined suggestion during variable production, etc.) When performing control to change, There is a possibility that the mode of presentation cannot be appropriately changed.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, the main CPU 101 indicates that it is time to set the first low-probability time-saving gaming state when the special symbol starts to change at the time of setting the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. to the sub-control board 300, and when the special symbol starts to fluctuate at the end of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, at the end of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state A first low-probability time-saving end command indicating that there is is transmitted to the sub-control board 300 .

Concretely, when the fluctuation of the special symbol at the time of reaching the number of times of shortening working hours (900 times) is completed, the normal game state is finished and the first low-probability shortening working hours game state is set. The main CPU 101 transmits the first low-probability time-saving start command to the sub control board 300 based on the setting of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and the start of the variation of the special symbol.
In addition, when the variation of the special pattern ends 1200 times (the number of times of time saving) without winning a jackpot in the first low probability time saving game state, the first low probability time saving game state is ended and the normal game state is set. The main CPU 101 sub-controls the first low-probability time-saving end command based on the 1200th special symbol fluctuation starting without winning the jackpot after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. Transmit to substrate 300 .

Furthermore, the main CPU 101, during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state after clearing the RAM (during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set without going through the winning of the jackpot), at the start of the special symbol fluctuation, after clearing the RAM The first low-probability time-saving game state is in progress.
In addition, the control regarding the jackpot non-passing 1st low probability time saving command is explained in full detail later.

As a result, according to the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, in the sub control board 300, whether or not the first low probability time saving start command is received, whether or not the first low probability time saving end command is received, jackpot non Based on the presence or absence of reception of the via first low probability time saving command, the time point is the setting time of the first low probability time saving game state after clearing the RAM, the setting time and end of the first low probability time saving game state after clearing the RAM Other than the time point, the end time of the first low probability time saving game state after clearing the RAM, the setting time of the first low probability time saving game state set via the jackpot, the first low probability time saving game state set via the jackpot It is possible to determine whether it is the end time of the first low-probability time-saving game state set via the jackpot, other than the setting time and the end time of the game state. Then, based on this determination result, execution of the above-mentioned start time loss variation effect and end time loss change effect, replacement with the same mode as the start time loss change effect and end time loss change effect, via jackpot It is possible to execute different performances in the first low-probability time-saving game state set without going through the first low-probability time-saving game state and the first low-probability time-saving game state set without going through the jackpot.

(Details of control in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state)
Next, the control in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state will be described in detail.
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 10 is provided with two counters, a first low-probability time-saving counter A and a first low-probability time-saving counter B, as counters used for predetermined determination in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. It is Each of these counters is composed of a predetermined storage area in the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100 .
Then, when the special game is completed or the RAM is cleared, a predetermined start value is set to each of the first low-probability short working hours counter A and the first low-probability short working hours counter B, and each time the special symbols are changed. are counted by these counters. Predetermined determination is performed based on the count values of these counters.

Specifically, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 or X3 is completed, the main CPU 101 sets the first low-probability time-saving counter A to a predetermined start value of "900" (the second low-probability time-saving counter While setting the number of fluctuations (time reduction activation count)) until the first low probability time reduction game state is set through the game state and normal game state, the first low probability time reduction counter B is set as a predetermined start value " 2100 ”(The number of fluctuations until the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set through the second low-probability time-saving gaming state and the normal gaming state from that point (time-saving activation count Set the total value of 900 times and 1200 times of the time saving number of times of the first low probability time saving game state)).
In addition, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2, X4 or X5 ends, the main CPU 101 sets the first low-probability time-saving counter A to a predetermined start value of "10900" (from that time, the high-probability time-saving game state and The number of fluctuations until the first low-probability time-saving game state is set through the normal game state) is set, and the first low-probability time-saving counter B is set to “12100” as a predetermined start value (high probability from that point The number of fluctuations until the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set through the time-saving gaming state and the normal gaming state) is set.
Further, when the RAM is cleared, the main CPU 101 sets both the first low-probability short working hours counter A and the first low-probable short working hours counter B to "0" as a predetermined start value.

And, as described above, when a predetermined start value is set to the first low probability short working hours counter A and the first low probability short working hours counter B, counting by the counter is started.
When the lottery is performed based on the first special random number or the second special random number, the main CPU 101 determines the count value of the first low-probability short-time counter A and the first low-probability at the start of the fluctuation of the special symbol. The count value of the time saving counter B is decremented by "1". Then, the main CPU 101 determines whether the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter A after the decrementation and the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter B after the decrementation are less than "0" (negative value) judge. In addition, when it is determined that the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter A after the above decrement is less than "0", the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter A is set to "0" again. , When it is determined that the count value of the first low probability short working hour counter B after the above decrement is less than "0", the count value of the first low probability short working hour counter B is set to "0" again.

Here, as described above, when the RAM is cleared, "0" is set to the first low-probability time-saving counter A, and when the special game ends, the first low-probability time-saving counter A is set to "900" or "10900". ” is set.
Then, after the RAM is cleared, the first low probability short working hours counter A is decremented from "0" to the above "1", and it is determined that it is less than "0" as described above. Then, since "0" is set again, the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter A after the above-described decrement of "1" is always less than "0".
That is, in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state after clearing the RAM (the first low-probability time-saving gaming state that is set without going through the jackpot), at the setting point, the end point, and at any point other than the setting point and the end point Also, the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter A after the above-described decrement of "1" is always less than "0".

On the other hand, after the end of the special game, the first low-probability short working hours counter A is decremented from "900" or "10900" by the above-described "1". Further, as described above, the values of "900" and "10900" are the number of fluctuations until the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set.
Then, in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state after the end of the special game (the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set via a jackpot), the above-mentioned "1" decrementation was performed at the time of setting. The count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter A later becomes "0", and the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter A after the above-described decrement of "1" is performed at times other than the setting time and the end time becomes less than "0", and at the end point, the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter A after the above-described decrement of "1" is performed becomes less than "0".

Also, as described above, when the RAM is cleared, "0" is set to the first low-probability reduction of working hours counter B, and when the special game ends, "2100" or "12100" is set to the first low-probability reduction of working hours counter B. is set.
Then, after the RAM is cleared, the first low probability short working hours counter B is decremented from "0" to the above "1", and it is determined that it is less than "0" as described above. Then, since "0" is set again, the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter B after the above-described decrement of "1" is always less than "0".
That is, in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state after clearing the RAM, the setting time, the end time, and the first low time after the decrement of the above "1" is performed at any time other than the setting time and the end time The count value of the probability time saving counter B is always less than "0".

On the other hand, after the end of the special game, the first low-probability short working hours counter B is decremented from "2100" or "12100" by the above-described "1". Further, as described above, the values of "2100" and "12100" are the number of fluctuations until the first low-probability time-saving gaming state ends.
Then, in the first low-probability time-saving game state after the end of the special game, at the time of setting, the count value of the first low-probability time-saving counter B after the above-described decrement of "1" is from "0" Also becomes a large value, other than the setting time and the end time, the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter B after the above-mentioned decrement of "1" is a value larger than "0", at the end time , the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter B after the decrement of the above-mentioned "1" is "0".

According to the above content, always in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state after clearing the RAM, the count value of the first low-probability time-saving counter A after the above-mentioned "1" decrementation and the first low-probability time-saving All the count values of the counter B are less than "0" (see FIG. 103). On the other hand, in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state after the end of the special game, the count value of the first low-probability time-saving counter A after the above-mentioned decrement of "1" and the first low-probability time-saving counter B Both count values are never less than "0" (see FIG. 103).

(Discrimination of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state after clearing the RAM)
In the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the count value of the first low-probability time-saving counter A and the count value of the first low-probability time-saving counter B after the above-mentioned decrement of "1" are both less than "0" , it can be determined that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set after clearing the RAM (set without going through the jackpot). Then, in this case, the main CPU 101 transmits the first low-probability time-saving command not via the jackpot described above to the sub-control board 300 .
Further, as described above, the main CPU 101 transmits the first low probability time saving start command to the sub control board 300 at the time of setting the first low probability time saving game state, and at the end of the first low probability time saving game state , transmits the first low-probability time-saving end command to the sub control board 300 .

Then, when the sub-control board 300 receives the first low-probability time-saving command and the first low-probability time-saving start command in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the first low-probability time-saving start command after the RAM is cleared It can be understood that it is time to set the low-probability time-saving gaming state.
In this case, by determining the losing pattern Z1 or Z2, the variation pattern of "02H", "03H" or "04H" determined by referring to the variation pattern table 114 (table B) corresponding to the time point When receiving the command, the sub CPU 301 of the sub control board 300 replaces the variation performance (variation performance for informing loss) based on the variation pattern command with the mode of the above-described loss variation performance at the start and executes it.

In addition, the sub-control board 300 receives the first low-probability time-saving command and the first low-probability time-saving end command in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state without the jackpot, when the time point is the first after RAM clearing It can be grasped that it is the end point of the low-probability time-saving gaming state.
In this case, by determining the losing pattern Z1 or Z2, the variation pattern of "02H", "03H" or "04H" determined by referring to the variation pattern table 114 (table B) corresponding to the time point When the command is received, the sub CPU 301 of the sub control board 300 executes the variation performance (variation performance notifying of failure) based on the variation pattern command by replacing it with the mode of the loss variation performance at the end.

In addition, the sub-control board 300 receives the first low-probability time-saving command via the jackpot in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, but both the first low-probability time-saving start command and the first low-probability time-saving end command are received. If not, it can be understood that the time point is other than the setting time point and the end time point of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state after clearing the RAM.
In this case, the sub CPU 301 of the sub control board 300 determines "02H" by referring to the variation pattern table 114 (table B) corresponding to the point in time when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined. Even if the variation pattern command of '03H' or '04H' is received, the replacement as described above is not performed, and the variation performance based on the variation pattern command is executed as it is.

In addition, in any of the above cases, the sub CPU 301 of the sub control board 300 determines the variation pattern table 114 (table B) When the variation pattern command of "A3H" or "A4H" is determined with reference to B), the above-described replacement is not performed, and the variation effect based on the variation pattern command (variation effect to notify the big hit) is left as it is. perform in a manner.

(Discrimination of the first low-probability time-saving game state after the end of the special game)
On the other hand, in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, both the count value of the first low-probability time-saving counter A and the count value of the first low-probability time-saving counter B after the above-described decrement of "1" is performed is not less than "0", the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the end of the special game (set without going through the jackpot). . In this case, the main CPU 101 does not transmit the above-described jackpot non-passing first low probability time saving command to the sub control board 300 .
Further, as described above, the main CPU 101 transmits the first low probability time saving start command to the sub control board 300 at the time of setting the first low probability time saving game state, and at the end of the first low probability time saving game state , transmits the first low-probability time-saving end command to the sub control board 300 .

Then, the sub-control board 300, in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, does not receive the first low-probability time-saving command without the jackpot, but when it receives the first low-probability time-saving start command, the time point is It can be understood that it is time to set the first low-probability time-saving game state after the end of the special game.
In this case, when the "0AH" variation pattern command determined by referring to the variation pattern table 114 (table C) corresponding to the time point is received due to the determination of the lost pattern Z1 or Z2, the sub control The sub CPU 301 of the circuit board 300 executes the loss variation effect at the start based on the variation pattern command.

In addition, the sub-control board 300, in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, does not receive the first low-probability time-saving command without the jackpot, but when it receives the first low-probability time-saving end command, the time point is It can be grasped that it is the end point of the first low probability time saving game state after the end of the special game.
In this case, when the variation pattern command of "0BH" determined by referring to the variation pattern table 114 (table D) corresponding to the time is received due to the determination of the lost pattern Z1 or Z2, the sub control The sub CPU 301 of the circuit board 300 executes a loss variation effect at the end based on the variation pattern command.

In addition, the sub-control board 300 does not receive the first low-probability time-saving command via the jackpot in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the first low-probability time-saving start command and the first low-probability time-saving end command If neither is received, it can be understood that the time is other than the setting time and the end time of the first low probability time saving game state after the end of the special game.
In this case, the sub CPU 301 of the sub control board 300 determines "02H" by referring to the variation pattern table 114 (table B) corresponding to the point in time when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined. Even if the variation pattern command of '03H' or '04H' is received, the replacement as described above is not performed, and the variation performance based on the variation pattern command is executed as it is.

In addition, in any of the above cases, the sub CPU 301 of the sub control board 300 determines the variation pattern table 114 (table B, Table C or Table D) When the variation pattern command of "A3H", "A4H", "AAH" or "ABH" is determined with reference to Based variation performance (variation performance for notifying a big hit) is executed as it is.

By performing the above control, according to the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, even in the sub-control board 300, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state after clearing the RAM (that is, via the jackpot Other than the setting time of the first low probability time saving game state set without RAM clearing, the setting time and end time of the first low probability time saving game state after clearing the RAM, the end time of the first low probability time saving game state after clearing the RAM , At the time of setting the first low-probability time-saving game state after the end of the special game (that is, the first low-probability time-saving game state set via the jackpot), the first low-probability time-saving game state after the end of the special game Other than the set time and the end time of , it is possible to appropriately determine the end time of the first low-probability time-saving game state after the end of the special game.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state after RAM clearing (i.e., start time) and 1200th time (i.e., end time) fluctuations, RAM clear Under the same conditions as the fluctuations other than the first and 1200th times in the later first low probability time-saving gaming state (that is, with reference to the same fluctuation pattern table 114 (table B)), the fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation pattern is defined Command is determined. Then, the variation pattern command that can be determined by the first or 1200th variation in the first low probability time saving gaming state after clearing the RAM, and the first or 1200th variation in the first low probability time saving gaming state after clearing the RAM The variation pattern command that can be determined in will be similar. However, even if the same variation pattern command is determined, in the first variation in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state after clearing the RAM, the first low-probability time-saving start command is sent to the sub control board 300, Also, in the 1200th variation in the first low probability time saving game state after clearing the RAM, the first low probability time saving end command is transmitted to the sub control board 300, so that the sub control board 300 that received the command, RAM It can be grasped that it is the first or 1200th change in the first low probability time saving game state after clearing. Then, even if a similar variation pattern command is received, based on the reception of the first low probability time saving start command and the first low probability time saving end command, the first time in the first low probability time saving game state after clearing the RAM And during the fluctuation performance related to the 1200th fluctuation, the start notification performance indicating that the first low probability time saving gaming state has been set and the end notification performance indicating that the first low probability time saving gaming state has ended can be executed. It's like
As a result, according to the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, it is possible to execute an appropriate effect according to the number of fluctuations in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set without going through the jackpot. It is possible to prevent the above contradiction and the like from occurring.

Next, an overview of the progress of the above-described special figure game will be described with reference to a flowchart, focusing on points different from the above-described embodiment and another application example 6. FIG.
First, the special symbol variation start processing executed when the special symbol variation is started will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
Since the processing of steps 6000-6007 is almost the same as the processing of steps 801-808 of the special symbol variation start processing in the above-described embodiment, the explanation is omitted here and the process proceeds to step 6208.

In step 6008, the main CPU 101 executes determination processing for determining the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6009 .
In step 6009, the main CPU 101 executes time determination processing for determining whether or not the time is the start time or the end time of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6010.

At step 6010, the main CPU 101 executes variation pattern determination processing. In this variation pattern determination process, the process of acquiring the variation pattern table 114 referred to when determining the variation pattern command is different from the variation pattern determination process in the above-described embodiment, and the other processes are in the above-described embodiment. Since it is almost the same as the fluctuation pattern determination process, only the process of acquiring the fluctuation pattern table 114 will be described.
Specifically, in the variation pattern determination process in another application example 10, as described above, when the selection state value set in the selection state flag is "01H" or "02H", it is possible to win the jackpot. A variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the number of variations after the end of the special game executed based on the determination table is acquired based on the determination table. Further, when the selection state value set in the selection state flag is "00H", the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to ON or OFF of the time saving game flag is acquired based on the determination table.
Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6011.
Since the processing of step 6011 and the processing of step 6012 are substantially the same as the processing of step 810 and the processing of step 812 of the special symbol variation start processing in the above-described embodiment, the description is omitted here. Then, the special symbol variation start process is terminated.

Next, the determination processing of step 6008 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 6100, the main CPU 101 decrements the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter A by one. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6101 .
At step 6101, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter A is less than "0". If it is determined that it is not less than "0" (that is, it is greater than or equal to "0"), the process proceeds to step 6108 . On the other hand, if it is determined to be less than "0", the process proceeds to the next step 6102 .

In step 6102, the main CPU 101 sets the first low-probability short working hours counter A to "0". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6103.
At step 6103, the main CPU 101 decrements the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter B by one. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6104 .

At step 6104, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter B is less than "0". Then, when it is determined that it is not less than "0", the determination processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined to be less than "0", the process proceeds to the next step 6105 .
At step 6105, the main CPU 101 sets the first low-probability short working hours counter B to "0". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6106.

In step 6106, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the current time is in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (that is, the high-probability game flag indicating the high-probability time-saving gaming state is off, and in the first time-saving gaming state It is determined whether or not the first time-saving game flag indicating that there is ON. And, when it is determined that it is not in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the determination process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined to be in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 6107 .
In step 6107, the main CPU 101 sets the first low-probability time-saving command indicating that the game is in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state after clearing the RAM in the performance transmission data storage area. Thereby, the jackpot non-passing 1st low probability time saving command is transmitted to the sub-control board 300. FIG. Then, the determination processing is terminated.

Also, in step 6108, which proceeds when it is determined that the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter A is not less than 0 in step 6101 described above, the main CPU 101 decrements the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter B by 1. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6109 .
At step 6109, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter B is less than "0". Then, when it is determined that it is not less than "0", the determination processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined to be less than "0", the process proceeds to the next step 6110 .
At step 6110, the main CPU 101 sets the first low-probability short working hours counter B to "0". Then, the determination processing is terminated.

Next, the time determination processing of step 6009 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 6200, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not it is time to set the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (that is, whether the count value of the time-saving activation counter is 1200, which is the number of time-savings). And, when it is determined that it is not the setting time of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the process proceeds to step 6202 . On the other hand, when it is determined that it is time to set the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 6201 .
In step 6201, the main CPU 101 sets the first low-probability time-saving start command indicating that it is time to set the first low-probability time-saving gaming state in the effect transmission data storage area. Thereby, the first low-probability time-saving start command is transmitted to the sub-control board 300 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6202 .

In step 6202, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not it is time to end the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (that is, whether or not the count value of the time-saving activation counter is 0). And, when it is determined that it is not the end time of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the time determination process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that it is the end time of the first low probability time saving gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 6203 .
In step 6203, the main CPU 101 sets a first low-probability time-saving end command indicating that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state has ended in the effect transmission data storage area. Thereby, the first low probability time saving end command is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Then, the time determination process ends.

Next, the special game end processing executed when the special game ends will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
The processing of steps 6300 to 6303 is almost the same as the processing of steps 3200 to 3203 of the special game end processing in another application example 6, so the explanation is omitted here and the process proceeds to step 6304.
In step 6304, the main CPU 101 sets the first low-probability short working hours counter A to a predetermined start value (900) and sets the first low-probability short working hours counter B to a predetermined start value (2100). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6305 .

Since the processing of steps 6305-6306 is almost the same as the processing of steps 3204-3205 of the special game end processing in another application example 6, the description is omitted here.
In step 6307 to which it proceeds when it is determined in step 6305 that it is the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the main CPU 101 sets the selection state value "01H" to the selection state flag. Then, the special game ending process is terminated.
Also, in step 6308 to which it proceeds when it is determined that it is not in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state in step 6305 described above, the main CPU 101 sets the selection state value "02H" to the selection state flag. Then, the special game ending process is terminated.

Next, a description will be given of the RAM clear processing performed when the RAM is cleared, with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
The processing of steps 6400 to 6403 is almost the same as the processing of steps 3300 to 3303 of the RAM clearing processing in another application example 6, so the explanation is omitted here and the process proceeds to the next step 6404 .
In step 6404, the main CPU 101 sets the first low-probability short working hours counter A to a predetermined start value (0) and sets the first low-probability short working hours counter B to a predetermined start value (0). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6405.
At step 6405, the main CPU 101 sets the selection state value "02H" to the selection state flag. Then, the RAM clear processing ends.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, the post-stop process and the time-saving activation count execution process similar to those of the other application example 6 are also executed, but since the contents are almost the same, they will not be described here. Omit.

Next, control processing in the sub-control board 300 for executing various types of processing as described above will be described.
First, the jackpot non-passing 1st low probability short working hours command reception process performed when a jackpot non-passing 1st low probability short working hours command is received is demonstrated with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 6500, the sub CPU 301 turns on the post-RAM clearing flag indicating that the game is in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state after clearing the RAM. In the initial state (after shipment from the factory or after reset due to RAM clearing, etc.), the post-RAM-clear flag is off. And the jackpot non-passing 1st low probability time saving command reception process is complete|finished.

Next, the 1st low probability shortening working hours start command reception processing performed when a 1st low probability shortening working hours start command is received is demonstrated with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 6600, the sub CPU 301 turns on the setting point flag indicating that the setting point of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is reached. In the initial state described above, the setting time flag is off. And the 1st low probability time saving start command reception processing is ended.

Next, the 1st low probability time saving end command reception processing performed when the 1st low probability time saving end command is received is demonstrated with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 6700, the sub CPU 301 turns on an end point flag indicating that the first low probability time saving gaming state is ended. In the initial state described above, the end point flag is off. And the 1st low probability time saving end command reception processing is ended.

Next, the variation pattern command reception processing during the first low probability time saving gaming state executed when the variation pattern command is received during the first low probability time saving gaming state will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 112 .
In step 6800, the sub CPU 301 determines whether or not the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is in progress. In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, the information of the game state set after the end of the special game and the changed game state when the game state is changed are transmitted to the sub control board 300. In the sub-control board 300, the game state being set can be grasped based on the information. And, when it is determined that it is not in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the variation pattern command reception processing during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that it is in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 6801 .
In step 6801, the sub CPU 301 determines the aspect of the variation effect based on the received variation pattern command. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6802.

In step 6802, the sub CPU 301 determines whether the received variation pattern command is one of "02H", "03H" or "04H" (that is, the lost symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined and table B is (whether or not it is a variation pattern command determined by If it is determined that it is neither "02H", "03H", or "04H", the process proceeds to step 6808. On the other hand, if it is determined to be either "02H", "03H" or "04H", the process proceeds to the next step 6803.
At step 6803, the sub CPU 301 determines whether or not the post-RAM-clear flag is on. If it is determined that it is not on (that is, it is off), the process proceeds to step 6808 . On the other hand, if it is determined to be on, the process proceeds to the next step 6804 .

At step 6804, the sub CPU 301 determines whether or not the setting time flag is on. If it is determined that it is not on, the process proceeds to step 6806 . On the other hand, if it is determined to be on, the process proceeds to the next step 6805 .
At step 6805, the sub CPU 301 replaces the mode of the variable effect determined at step 6801 described above (that is, the mode of the variable effect for notifying of a loss) with the mode of the variable effect of loss at the start. Then proceed to step 6808 .

Also, in step 6806 to which the sub CPU 301 proceeds when it is determined in step 6804 that the setting time flag is not on, the sub CPU 301 determines whether or not the end time flag is on. If it is determined that it is not on, the process proceeds to step 6808 . On the other hand, if it is determined to be on, the process proceeds to the next step 6807 .
At step 6807, the sub CPU 301 replaces the mode of the variable effect determined at step 6801 (the mode of the variable effect for notifying the loss) with the mode of the change at the end of the losing effect. Then, go to the next step 6808 .

At step 6808, the sub CPU 301 sets a variable effect execution command corresponding to the mode of the variable effect determined at step 6801 described above and the mode of the variable effect replaced at step 6805 or step 6807 described above in the transmission buffer. The variable performance execution command set here is transmitted to various control boards, and these control boards perform control to execute the variable performance based on the received variable performance execution command. Then, go to the next step 6809 .
At step 6809, the sub CPU 301 turns off the post-RAM clearing flag, the setting time flag, and the end time flag. And, the variation pattern command receiving process during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is terminated.

(Modified example of pachinko machine P according to another application example 10)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, in any of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state after RAM clearing and the first low-probability time-saving gaming state after the end of the special game, the number of time-saving activations and the number of time-saving By, the setting time and end time of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state were determined, but the determination method is not limited to this.
As described above, after the RAM is cleared, the first low-probability time-saving counter A is decremented from "0" to the above-described "1", and is less than "0" as described above. Since "0" is set again when the determination is made, the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter A after the above-described decrement of "1" is always less than 0. Therefore, it is only after the end of the special game that the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter A after the above-described decrement of "1" is performed becomes "0". In addition, the value of "900" and "10900" set as a predetermined start value in the first low-probability time-saving counter A is the number of fluctuations until the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, as described above. The count value of the first low-probability time-saving counter A after the decrement of "1" is performed becomes "0" only at the time of setting the first low-probability time-saving gaming state.
Similarly, after the RAM clear is performed, the count value of the first low-probability shorter working hours counter B after the above-described decrement of "1" is always less than 0. Therefore, it is only after the end of the special game that the count value of the first low-probability short working hours counter B after the above-described decrement of "1" is performed becomes "0". In addition, since the value of "2100" and "12100" set as a predetermined start value to the first low probability short working hours counter B is the number of fluctuations until the first low probability short working hours gaming state ends, the above-mentioned The count value of the first low-probability time-saving counter B after the decrement of "1" is "0" is only at the end of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state.

From the above, the count value of the first low-probability time-saving counter A after the decrement of the above-mentioned "1" has become "0", this point is the first low-probability time-saving after the end of the special game It is determined that the game state is set at the time, and the count value of the first low-probability short working hour counter B after the above-mentioned decrement of "1" has become "0", so that this time is a special game. It may be determined that it is the end time of the first low probability time saving gaming state after the end. And, based on this determination result, the fact that it is in the first low probability time saving game state after the end of the special game, the fact that it is the setting point of the first low probability time saving game state, the end of the first low probability time saving game state A command may be sent to the sub-control board 300 to indicate that it is time.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the tenth application can be obtained.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 10, the sub CPU 301 receives the symbol confirmation command transmitted to the sub control board 300 at the time when the variable display of the special symbols is completed, and performs a loss variation effect at the start. Or, at the end, the loss fluctuation effect is ended, but it is not limited to this.
For example, the stop display time elapsed command transmitted to the sub-control board 300 when the variable display of the special symbol ends and the stop display time elapses, and the time when the variable display (variation effect) of the next special symbol is started Based on the reception of the variation pattern command transmitted to the sub-control board 300, it may be set so that the loss variation effect at the start and the loss variation effect at the end end.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the tenth application can be obtained.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, by reproducing one moving image data (effect data) in which execution contents of the start time loss variation effect and the end time loss change effect are determined, the effect symbol 50 is reproduced. , and the start notification effect (or the end notification effect) are integrally performed, but it is not limited to this.
For example, moving image data in which the contents of execution of a variable effect to notify a failure and moving image data in which the contents of execution of a start notification effect (or an end notification effect) are defined are separately provided, and based on these moving image data By superimposing and displaying moving images played back, the variable display of the effect pattern 50 and the start notification effect (or the end notification effect) may be executed. Also in this case, unless a predetermined command (symbol confirmation command, etc.) is received, the rendering (playback of the moving image) being executed may not end.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the tenth application can be obtained.
Further, the image of the end notification effect (the image of the end of the chance mode) may be continuously displayed even after the end of the variable effect (after receiving the pattern confirmation command or the like). For example, even during the customer waiting state in which the first special random number or the second special random number is not stored and the next special symbol variable display (variable effect) is not started, the image of the end notification effect continues to be displayed. Alternatively, the display of the end notification effect image may be continued until a predetermined period (for example, 10 seconds) elapses after the next special symbol variable display is started.
In this case, it is possible to more reliably notify that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state has ended.

(Another application example 11)
As with the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11 is not a so-called one-type two-type mixed pachinko machine or a so-called simultaneous rotation control pachinko machine, but a jackpot winning machine. It is configured so that a special game is executed based on.
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 11 is capable of deriving the determination result of winning of time reduction grant in the winning lottery during the low probability game state, and when the time reduction grant is won, it is based on the winning. It is different from the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10 in that a time-saving gaming state can be set.
Hereinafter, the same configuration as the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10 (structure in the game area 12 (structure of various members, installation position), etc.) will be omitted unless necessary, and other applications will be omitted. The description will be centered on the configuration different from that of the pachinko machine according to Example 10 (win/fail lottery, game state settings, etc.).

In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, the game states that can be set are the normal game state, the first low probability time saving game state, the second low probability time saving game state, and the high probability time saving game state in the other application example 10. In addition, the third low probability time-saving game state (hereinafter also referred to as the third low probability time-saving game state), which is a game state that combines the low probability game state and the third time-saving game state (time-saving game state) described later, low probability game state And a fourth low-probability time-saving game state (hereinafter also referred to as a fourth low-probability time-saving game state), which is a game state that combines the fourth time-saving game state (time-saving game state) described later, is provided, and any game state is It is set and the game progresses.

In the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 11, the non-time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state, the second time-saving game state, the third time-saving game state, and the fourth time-saving game state are connected to the second start winning opening 16 The frequency of game ball entry (difficulty of game ball entry, in other words, the frequency of lottery winning based on the entry of game balls into the second start prize-winning port 16) is set to a predetermined content.
As in the tenth application example, the normal game state is set in the initial state after shipment from the factory or after resetting.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, the game ball is directed to the first game area 12a so that the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 during the normal game state. Launch (so-called left-handed), during the first low-probability time-saving game state, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, during the third low-probability time-saving game state, during the fourth low-probability time-saving game state, high probability time-saving game During the state and during the special game, the game ball passes through the gate 20 and enters the second start winning hole 16, and the game ball enters the big winning hole 18, so that the player is asked to play the second game. A game ball is launched (so-called right-handed) toward the area 12b.
Then, based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting prize winning port 15 and the entry of the game ball into the second starting prize winning port 16, a lottery is executed.

As shown in FIG. 113(a), in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, the low-probability game state (normal game state, first low-probability time-saving game state, second low-probability time-saving game state, third low-probability Probability of time-saving gaming state, fourth low-probability of time-saving gaming state) is set. In the case of winning lottery, it is possible to win only the jackpot without winning the time saving grant.
Further, as shown in FIG. 113(a), the probability of winning the jackpot when the low probability gaming state is set is set to about 1/300, and the probability of winning the time saving award is set to about 3/300. , the probability of winning the jackpot when the high-probability gaming state is set is set to about 6/300.

In the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning hole 15, if the big win is won, the big win pattern X1 or X2 is determined, and the probability of determining the big win pattern X1 is 25/100. (25%), and the determination probability of the jackpot symbol X2 is set to 75/100 (75%). Also, in the above-mentioned lottery, if you win the time saving grant, the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, and the probability of deciding the time saving pattern J1 is 80/100 (80%), and the probability of deciding the time saving pattern J2 is It is set to 20/100 (20%). Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z1 is determined.
On the other hand, in the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16, if the big win is won, the big win pattern X3, X4 or X5 is determined, and the big win pattern X3 is determined. The probability is set to 25/100 (25%), the decision probability of the jackpot pattern X4 is set to 30/100 (30%), and the decision probability of the jackpot pattern X5 is set to 45/100 (45%). Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z2 is determined.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 11, when the time reduction provision is won by the winning lottery during the low probability game state, the low probability game state does not change. can be set. That is, when winning the time-saving provision, the third time-saving game state or the fourth time-saving game state is set without going through the jackpot winning and execution of the special game. For example, when winning the time-saving grant by winning lottery during the normal game state, the non-time-saving game state is changed to the third time-saving game state or the fourth time-saving game state while the low-probability game state remains as it is, thereby the third low probability. Shift to the time-saving game state or the fourth low-probability time-saving game state.
Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, since it is possible to win the time saving grant by the winning lottery during the low probability game state, not only during the normal game state (during the non-time saving game state) , During the first low-probability time-saving game state that is in the time-saving game state, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, during the third low-probability time-saving game state, and during the fourth low-probability time-saving game state If you win the time-saving grant There is
The control regarding the setting of the game state when winning the time saving grant will be described in detail later.
In addition, since the winning lottery during the high probability game state does not win the time saving grant, the game state does not change based on the winning of the time saving grant during the high probability time saving game state.

(Summary of Universal Figure Game)
Next, an outline of a normal game to be executed in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11 will be described. The performance of the non-time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state, and the second time-saving game state in other application example 11 (probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols, fluctuation time of normal symbols, operating time of movable piece 16b) Since it is the same as the example 10 of application, description is omitted and it demonstrates centering on the 3rd time saving game state and the 4th time saving game state here.
As shown in FIG. 113 (c), during the 3rd time saving game state (during the 3rd low probability time saving game state) and during the 4th time saving game state (during the 4th low probability time saving game state), lottery of normal symbols The probability of winning is during the non-time-saving game state (normal game state), during the first time-saving game state (during the first low-probability time-saving game state) and during the second time-saving game state (second low-probability time-saving game state Medium), about 1/1.1, the fluctuation time of the normal design is shorter than during the non-time-saving game state, 0.5 seconds longer than during the first time-saving game state and during the second time-saving game state, normal design The operation time of the movable piece 16b when winning by lottery is set to 3.5 seconds longer than during the non-time-saving game state and shorter than during the first time-saving game state and during the second time-saving game state. .

During the non-time-saving game state (normal game state), the lottery of the normal symbols executed when the game ball passes through the gate 20 wins with a high probability, and the movable piece 16b has many opportunities to open. However, since the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 10 seconds and the operation time of the movable piece 16b is 0.05 second, the time from the closed state to the open state of the movable piece 16b is long (from the open state). Although the interval until the next open state is long), the time during which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the open state is extremely short. Therefore, during the non-time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is almost closed, so the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b almost never enters the second start winning opening 16.例文帳に追加

Also, during the 3rd time-saving game state (during the 3rd low probability time-saving game state) and during the 4th time-saving game state (during the 4th low probability time-saving game state), the probability is the same as during the non-time-saving game state. Therefore, there are many opportunities for the movable piece 16b to open, as in the non-time-saving game state. Then, the normal pattern fluctuation time is 0.5 seconds shorter than during the non-time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b is 3.5 seconds longer than during the non-time-saving game state, so the movable piece 16b is closed. Although the time from the open state to the open state is short (the interval from the open state to the next open state is short), the time during which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the open state is long. Therefore, during the third time-saving game state and the fourth time-saving game state, the period in which the movable piece 16b is open is long, and the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b goes to the second start winning opening 16 with high frequency. It becomes possible to enter the ball.

Furthermore, during the first time-saving game state (during the first low probability time-saving game state) and during the second time-saving game state (during the second low probability time-saving game state), during the non-time-saving game state, during the third time-saving game state and Since the probability of winning is the same as during the fourth time-saving game state, there are many opportunities for the movable piece 16b to open, as in the non-time-saving game state, the third time-saving game state, and the fourth time-saving game state. And, the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 0.2 seconds, which is shorter than during the third time-saving game state and during the fourth time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b is during the third time-saving game state and during the fourth time-saving game state. Since it is 5 seconds, which is even longer than , the time required for the movable piece 16b to change from the closed state to the open state is extremely short, but the time during which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the open state is extremely long. Therefore, during the first time-saving game state and the second time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is almost opened, and the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b can enter the second start winning opening 16 at an extremely high frequency. becomes.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, in any of the non-time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state, the second time-saving game state, the third time-saving game state, and the fourth time-saving game state, In general, the probability of winning by lottery of normal patterns is set extremely high, but by varying the normal pattern fluctuation time and the operation time of the movable piece 16b, the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16. Possibilities (that is, the frequency of the game ball entering the second start prize winning port 16, in other words, the frequency of execution of the winning lottery based on the game ball entering the second start prize winning port 16) changes. It's like
That is, during the third time-saving game state and during the fourth time-saving game state, since the period in which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the open state is longer than during the non-time-saving game state, the second start than during the non-time-saving game state A game ball can easily enter the winning hole 16.例文帳に追加In addition, during the first time-saving game state and during the second time-saving game state, the period during which the movable piece 16b is kept open is longer than during the third time-saving game state and during the fourth time-saving game state. The game ball is more likely to enter the second start winning opening 16 than during the one-hour-shortening game state and the second hour-shortening game state. Therefore, during the third time-saving game state and during the fourth time-saving game state, during the non-time-saving game state, during the first time-saving game state and during the second time-saving game state, during the third time-saving game state and during the fourth time-saving game state An opportunity for winning or losing lottery can be acquired while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls accompanying the progress of the game more than during the game state.

In addition, during the first time-saving game state and during the second time-saving game state, the ease of entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 was the same, but it is not limited to this. . By changing one or more of the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols, the fluctuation time of normal symbols and the operation time of the movable piece 16b, during the first time reduction game state, the second time reduction game state is higher than during the second time reduction game state. It may be set so that the game ball can easily enter the 2 start winning hole 16, and during the second time saving game state, the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 more than during the first time saving game state. You can set it easily.
Similarly, during the third time-saving game state and the fourth time-saving game state, instead of making the ease of entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 the same, either one is more than the other It may be set so that the game ball can easily enter the second starting winning hole 16.例文帳に追加
In addition, the game ball is made easier to enter the second start winning hole 16 during the first time-saving game state and the second time-saving game state than during the third time-saving game state and the fourth time-saving game state. Rather than during the first time-saving game state and during the second time-saving game state, during the third time-saving game state and the fourth time-saving game state, it is easier for the game ball to enter the second start winning opening 16. can be
Also, during the first time-saving game state, the second time-saving game state, the third time-saving game state, and the fourth time-saving game state, the ease of entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 is It may be set differently, or may be set so that the easiness of entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 is the same for two or more time-saving gaming states.

(Overview of game state to be set)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, the normal game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state, the third low-probability time-saving game state, the fourth low-probability time-saving game state Either a game state or a high-probability time-saving game state is set.
In addition, when the first low probability short working hours gaming state, the second low probability short working hours gaming state, the third low probability short working hours gaming state, the fourth low probability short working hours gaming state or the high probability short working hours gaming state is set, the predetermined A time-saving number counter configured by a storage area starts counting the number of time-savings corresponding to each time-saving game state. Specifically, when the above-described time-saving gaming state is set, the time-saving number of times corresponding to each time-saving gaming state is set in the time-saving number counter, and the count value of the time-saving number counter is set every time the special symbol is displayed. Decremented by 1. In addition, the count value of the time saving number counter is reset by performing RAM clearing (reset) by a predetermined operation or by finishing the special game. Then, when the count value of the time saving number counter reaches the number of time saving times (that is, when the count value of the time saving number counter reaches 0), the time saving game state being set ends.

As shown in FIG. 113(b), regardless of the gaming state being set, if the jackpot is won by the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, and the second special random number In any case where the winning lottery based on the winning lottery wins the jackpot and the jackpot pattern X3 is determined, the game state after the special game based on the determination is set to the low probability game state and set to the second time saving game state. By doing so, the second low probability time saving gaming state is set. Also, the number of times of time saving is set to 100 times.
Then, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, when the result of the win/fail lottery is lost for all 100 times, the second time-saving game state is changed to the non-time-saving game state, and the game state is changed to the normal game state. be done.

Also, as shown in FIG. 113(b), regardless of the gaming state being set, if a big hit is won by a winning lottery based on the first special random number and the big hit design X2 is determined, the second special random number When the big hit is won by the lottery based on the winning lottery and the big winning pattern X4 or X5 is determined, the game state after the special game based on the determination is set to the high probability game state, and the second time saving game state By being set, a high probability time-saving gaming state is set. Moreover, both the number of times of high probability and the number of times of time saving are set to 10000 times.
That is, after the end of the special game executed when the jackpot pattern X2, X4 or X5 is determined, the game state is set to the high-probability time-saving game state, and the result of the winning lottery is 10000 times without winning the jackpot. Until it is derived (until the number of variations of the special symbol reaches 10000 times), the high-probability time-saving gaming state continues.
Then, during this high-probability time-saving game state, when the result of the winning lottery is all lost 10000 times, the high-probability game state is changed to a low-probability game state, and the second time-saving game state is changed to a non-time-saving game state. By doing so, the game state is changed to the normal game state. In the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 11, as described above, the probability of winning the jackpot in the high-probability game state is about 6/300 (1/50), so that it is substantially possible to win the jackpot again. Until then, the high-probability time-saving gaming state will continue.

Further, as shown in FIG. 113(b), in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, the number of fluctuations of the special symbols is a predetermined number of time-saving activations (other application In Example 11, 900 times) is reached (that is, when the result of the winning lottery is lost all 900 times in the low probability gaming state), the first low probability time saving gaming state is set. When the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the number of times of time-saving is set to 1200 times.
After the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the first The low-probability time-saving game state continues.
Then, when the result of the winning lottery is lost all 1200 times during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state is changed to a non-time-saving game state while maintaining the low-probability game state. Changed to normal game mode.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, the number of times of time reduction activation for counting the number of times of time reduction activation (900 times) in which the first low probability time reduction gaming state (first time reduction gaming state) is set A counter is composed of a predetermined storage area in the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100 .
The count value of this time-saving activation number counter is that the RAM is cleared (reset) by a predetermined operation, that the special game ends, or that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (first time-saving gaming state) is set. It is reset when any one of the reset conditions is established.

When the RAM is cleared (reset), the subsequent game state is set to the normal game state (low-probability game state), and counting by the time-saving activation number counter is started from this point.
In addition, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 or X3 is completed, the subsequent game state is set to the first low-probability time-saving game state, and counting by the time-saving activation frequency counter is started from this point.
In addition, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbols X2, X4 or X5 ends, the subsequent game state is set to a high probability time-saving game state (high probability game state). Therefore, counting by the time saving activation number counter does not start from the time when the special game ends, and counting by the time saving activation number counter starts from the time when the normal game state (low probability game state) is set.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, after the RAM is cleared (after reset) or after the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot until the next jackpot is won, the first low-probability time-saving The game state can be set only once.
That is, after the count value of the time-saving activation counter reaches the number of time-saving activations (900 times) and the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set until the next big hit is won. Cannot be set again.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, after the count value of the time saving activation number counter is reset by setting the first low probability time saving gaming state, the next big hit is won or the RAM It is set so that the counting by the time saving activation number counter is stopped until it is cleared.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting and the number of times of continuous probability variation setting like the above-described embodiment are not set, and when the jackpot pattern X2, X4 or X5 is determined Always, a high probability time-saving game state is set after the end of the special game based on the determination.

Further, as described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, it is possible to win the time saving grant by winning lottery during the low probability game state, and when winning the time saving grant, the third low probability time saving game state can be set. Further, as shown in FIG. 113 (b), when the time saving grant is elected, the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, and when the third low probability time saving gaming state is set based on the determination of the time saving pattern J1, the time saving number of times is set to 20 times, and when the third low-probability time-saving game state is set based on the determination of the time-saving pattern J2, the number of times of time-saving can be set to 40 times.

(Setting the game state when winning the time saving grant)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, since it is possible to win the time saving grant by the success or failure lottery during the low probability game state, the time saving grant is given during the normal game state in which the non-time saving game state is set. When winning, and during the first low-probability time-saving game state in which the time-saving game state is set, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, during the third low-probability game state, and during the fourth low-probability game state You may be eligible for a grant.
Below, when winning the time saving grant during the normal game state, during the 1st low probability time saving game state, during the 2nd low probability time saving game state, during the 3rd low probability time saving game state Game state in the case of winning the time saving grant are explained below.

(1) If you win the time saving grant during the normal game state In this case, when the time saving design J1 is determined based on the winning, the variable display of the special design based on the winning ends and the stop display time has elapsed , the game state is set to the third low-probability time-saving game state, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 20 times.
In addition, when the time saving pattern J2 is determined based on the winning, the game state is set to the fourth low-probability time saving game state when the stop display time has elapsed after the variable display of the special pattern based on the winning ends. Together with this, the number of times of shortening working hours is set to 40 times.
Then, the time-saving number counter starts counting the number of time-saving times, and when the count value of the time-saving number counter reaches the number of time-saving times, the third low-probability time-saving game state or the fourth low-probability time-saving game state ends and normal A game state is set.

(2) If elected to give time saving during the first low probability time saving game state or during the second low probability time saving game state The same control is performed during the first low probability time saving game state and the second low probability time saving game state Therefore, the control will be described here based on the first low probability time saving gaming state, and the explanation of the control in the second low probability time saving gaming state will be omitted.
In this case, even if the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined based on the winning of the time saving grant, at the time when the variable display of the special pattern based on the winning ends and the stop display time has elapsed, the third low probability time saving based on the winning Although the setting of the game state or the fourth low-probability time-saving game state is not performed and the first low-probability time-saving game state being set is maintained, the number of times of time-saving corresponding to the type of the determined time-saving pattern is the time-saving number counter. is set, and the count of the number of times of time saving is started. As a result, the count of the number of times of time reduction corresponding to the first low-probability time-saving gaming state being set, and the type of time-saving design (J1, J2) determined based on the above-mentioned winning are counted in parallel. is executed as

Then, when the count value of the time saving number counter that counts the number of time saving times in the first low probability time saving game state reaches the time saving number of times, the time saving number of times corresponding to the time saving pattern determined based on the above-mentioned winning is counted. If the count value of the counter is 1 or more, when the stop display time has elapsed after the variable display of the special symbol ends, the first low probability time saving game state being set ends and the third low probability time saving game state or A fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is set.
That is, when the first low-probability time-saving gaming state being set by the count value of the time-saving counter reaching the number of times of time-saving ends, and the number of times of time-savings based on the winning of time-saving grants remains, a new third A low-probability time-saving gaming state or a fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is set.
In other words, when winning the time reduction grant, the remaining number of time reductions in the first low probability time reduction gaming state being set is determined based on the winning of the time reduction grant Than the time reduction number corresponding to the type of time reduction design If it is smaller, when the first low-probability time-saving gaming state being set by the count value of the time-saving counter reaching the number of time-savings is completed, a new third low-probability time-saving gaming state or a fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is activated. set.

On the other hand, when the count value of the time saving number counter that counts the number of time saving times in the first low probability time saving game state reaches the time saving number of times, the time saving number corresponding to the time saving pattern determined based on the above-mentioned winning is counted. If the count value of the time saving number counter is not 1 or more (that is, it is 0 or less), the first low probability time saving game being set when the stop display time has elapsed after the end of the special symbol fluctuation display Although the state ends, the normal game state is set without newly setting the third low probability time saving game state or the fourth low probability time saving game state That is, the count value of the time saving number counter reaches the time saving number When the first low-probability time-saving gaming state being set ends, when the number of time-savings based on winning of time-saving grant does not remain, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is newly set. A normal game state is set without being set.
In other words, when winning the time saving grant, the remaining time saving number of times in the first low probability time saving game state being set is the time saving number corresponding to the type of time saving design determined based on the winning of the time saving grant. If there is, when the first low-probability time-saving gaming state being set by the count value of the time-saving counter reaches the number of time-savings, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. A normal game state is set without

(Specific example 1 of (2))
Specific example 1 of (2) will be described with reference to FIG.
For example, it is assumed that the time saving pattern J1 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the 1150th lottery during the first low probability time saving game state. That is, when the remaining number of times of time saving in the first low probability time saving game state is 50 times, it is determined that the third low probability of time saving game state with 20 times of time saving times can be set.
In this case, at the time when the variable display of the special symbols based on the winning lottery winning the time saving grant is completed and the stop display time has elapsed, the setting of the third low probability time saving gaming state based on the winning is not performed, and the second as it is. Although the 1 low probability time saving game state is maintained, the number of time saving times 20 times corresponding to the time saving pattern J1 is set in the time saving number counter, and the counting of the time saving number times is started. Thereby, the counting of the number of times of time saving in the first low probability time saving game state (50 times remaining) and the number of times of saving time corresponding to the time saving pattern J1 (20 times remaining) are performed in parallel.
Here, the remaining number of times of time saving in the first low-probability time saving game state (50 times) is greater than the number of times of time saving corresponding to the time saving pattern J1 (20 times). Then, before the count value of the time saving number counter for counting the number of time saving times in the first low probability time saving game state reaches the number of time saving times in the first low probability time saving game state (that is, the first low probability time saving game state ends ), the count value of the time saving counter for counting the number of times of time saving corresponding to the time saving pattern J1 reaches the number of times of saving time corresponding to the time saving pattern J1. Therefore, when the first low-probability time-saving gaming state ends, the count value of the time-saving number counter corresponding to the time-saving pattern J1 becomes 0 or less, so the third low-probability time-saving gaming state is set although the time-saving award is won. The normal game state is set without
That is, in the case described above, when the first low-probability time-saving gaming state of 1200 time-saving times ends, the normal gaming state is set as it is.

(Specific example 2 of (2))
Specific example 2 of (2) will be described with reference to FIG.
For example, it is assumed that the time saving pattern J2 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the 1190th lottery during the first low probability time saving game state. That is, when the remaining number of times of time saving in the first low probability time saving game state is 10 times, it is determined that the fourth low probability of time saving game state of 40 times of time saving times can be set.
In this case, at the time when the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning lottery that won the time saving grant is completed and the stop display time has elapsed, the setting of the fourth low probability time saving gaming state based on the winning is not performed, and the second as it is. Although the 1 low-probability time-saving game state is maintained, 40 time-saving times corresponding to the time-saving pattern J2 are set in the time-saving number counter, and counting of the time-saving times is started. Thereby, the counting of the number of times of time saving (remaining 10 times) in the first low-probability time saving game state and the counting of the number of times of time saving (remaining 40 times) corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 are performed in parallel.
Here, the remaining number of times of time saving in the first low-probability time saving game state (10 times) is less than the number of times of time saving corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 (40 times). Then, even if the count value of the time saving number counter for counting the number of time saving times in the first low probability time saving game state reaches the number of time saving times in the first low probability time saving game state, the number of time saving times corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 is counted. The count value of the time saving frequency counter for doing does not reach the time saving frequency corresponding to the time saving pattern J2. Therefore, when the first low-probability time-saving gaming state ends, the count value of the time-saving counter corresponding to the time-saving pattern J2 becomes 1 or more, so that the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is set.
In addition, at this point, the number of times of the remaining time saving in the fourth low probability time saving game state is 30 times. When the variable display of the special pattern is performed 30 times without winning the jackpot or the time saving grant, the number of time saving times corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 is reached, the fourth low-probability time saving game state is terminated, and the normal game state is set. .
That is, in the above case, when the first low-probability time-saving gaming state of the number of times of time-saving 1200 ends, the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and the fourth low probability until the special symbol fluctuation display is performed 30 times. The time saving game state can be continued. Then, when the variable display of the special symbol is performed 30 times during the fourth low-probability time-saving game state, the fourth low-probability time-saving game state is terminated and the normal game state is set.

(Specific example 3 of (2))
Specific example 3 of (2) will be described with reference to FIG.
For example, it is assumed that the time saving pattern J2 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the 30th lottery during the second low probability time saving game state. That is, when the remaining number of times of time saving in the second low probability time saving game state is 70 times, it is determined that the fourth low probability of time saving game state of 40 times of time saving times can be set.
In this case, at the time when the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning lottery that won the time saving grant is completed and the stop display time has elapsed, the setting of the fourth low probability time saving gaming state based on the winning is not performed, and the second as it is. 2 Although the low-probability time-saving game state is maintained, 40 time-saving times corresponding to the time-saving pattern J2 are set in the time-saving number counter, and counting of the time-saving times is started. Thereby, the counting of the number of times of time saving (remaining 70 times) in the second low-probability time saving game state and the counting of the number of times of time saving (remaining 40 times) corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 are performed in parallel.
Here, the remaining number of times of time saving in the second low-probability time saving game state (70 times) is greater than the number of times of time saving (40 times) corresponding to the time saving pattern J2. Then, before the count value of the time saving number counter for counting the time saving number of times in the second low probability time saving game state reaches the time saving number of times in the second low probability time saving game state (that is, the second low probability time saving game state ends ), the count value of a time saving number counter for counting the number of times of time saving corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 reaches the number of times of saving time corresponding to the time saving pattern J2. Therefore, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends, the count value of the time-saving counter corresponding to the time-saving pattern J2 becomes 0 or less, so the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is set even though the time-saving award is won. The normal game state is set without
That is, in the case described above, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state of 100 time-saving times ends, the normal gaming state is set as it is.

(Specific example 4 of (2))
Specific example 4 of (2) will be described with reference to FIG.
For example, it is assumed that the time saving pattern J1 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the 90th lottery during the second low probability time saving game state. That is, when the remaining number of times of time saving in the second low probability time saving game state is 10 times, it is determined that the third low probability of time saving game state with 20 times of time saving times can be set.
In this case, at the time when the variable display of the special symbols based on the winning lottery winning the time saving grant is completed and the stop display time has elapsed, the setting of the third low probability time saving gaming state based on the winning is not performed, and the second as it is. 2 Although the low probability time saving game state is maintained, the number of time saving times 20 corresponding to the time saving pattern J1 is set in the time saving number counter, and the counting of the time saving number of times is started. Thereby, the counting of the number of times of time saving (remaining 10 times) in the second low-probability time saving game state and the counting of the number of times of time saving (remaining 20 times) corresponding to the time saving pattern J1 are performed in parallel.
Here, the remaining number of times of time saving in the second low-probability time saving game state (10 times) is less than the number of times of time saving corresponding to the time saving pattern J1 (20 times). Then, even if the count value of the time saving number counter for counting the number of time saving times in the second low probability time saving game state reaches the number of time saving times in the second low probability time saving game state, the number of time saving times corresponding to the time saving pattern J1 is counted. The count value of the time saving frequency counter for doing does not reach the time saving frequency corresponding to the time saving pattern J1. Therefore, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends, the count value of the time-saving counter corresponding to the time-saving pattern J1 becomes 1 or more, so that the third low-probability time-saving gaming state is set.
In addition, at this point, the remaining number of times of time saving in the third low probability time saving game state is 10 times. When the variable display of the special pattern is performed 10 times without winning the jackpot or the time saving grant, the number of time saving times corresponding to the time saving pattern J1 is reached, the third low-probability time saving game state is terminated, and the normal game state is set. .
That is, in the above case, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state of 100 times of time-saving is completed, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and the third low probability until the special symbol variation display is performed 10 times. The time saving game state can be continued. Then, when the variable display of the special symbols is performed 10 times during the third low-probability time-saving game state, the third low-probability time-saving game state is terminated and the normal game state is set.

(3) If you win a time reduction grant during the normal game state and win a time reduction grant again while counting the number of time reduction based on the winning As described above, if you win the time reduction grant during the normal game state, based on the winning When the variable display of the special symbols is finished and the stop display time elapses, the third low-probability time-saving game state or the fourth low-probability time-saving game state is set, and the corresponding number of times of time-saving is started.
Then, while counting the number of times of time saving (that is, during the set third low probability time saving game state or during the fourth low probability time saving game state) When the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined again by winning the time saving grant again, At the time when the variable display of the special symbol based on the re-election ends and the stop display time has elapsed, the setting of the 3rd low probability time-saving gaming state based on the re-election and the setting of the 4th low probability time-saving gaming state are performed. Although the third low-probability time-saving gaming state or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state being set is maintained without being set, the number of time-saving times corresponding to the type of time-saving design determined based on the re-election is the number of time-saving times It is set in the counter, and counting of the number of times of time saving is started. As a result, the count of the number of times of time reduction corresponding to the third low-probability time-saving gaming state or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state set earlier, and the type of time-saving design determined based on the above-mentioned re-election (J1 , J2) are counted in parallel.

Then, when the count value of the time saving number counter that counts the number of time saving times in the previously set third low probability time saving game state or fourth low probability time saving game state reaches the number of time saving times, based on the above-mentioned re-election When the count value of the time saving number counter for counting the number of time saving times corresponding to the determined time saving pattern is 1 or more, when the variable display of the special pattern ends and the stop display has passed, the previously set third The low-probability time-saving gaming state or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is terminated, and the third low-probability time-saving gaming state or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state based on the above-described re-election is newly set.
That is, when the third low-probability time-saving gaming state or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state previously set by the count value of the time-saving number counter reaching the number of time-saving times ends, based on winning of time-saving grant again When the number of times of time saving remains, a third low-probability time-saving game state or a fourth low-probability time-saving game state is newly set.
Furthermore, in other words, when the time reduction grant is won again, the remaining number of time reductions in the previously set third low probability time reduction game state or the fourth low probability time reduction game state is determined based on the winning of the time reduction grant again. When it is smaller than the number of times of time saving corresponding to the type of time saving pattern, the count value of the time saving number counter reaches the number of time saving times, so that the third low probability time saving game state or the fourth low probability time saving game set earlier When the state ends, the third low probability time saving gaming state or the fourth low probability time saving gaming state is newly set.

On the other hand, when the count value of the time saving number counter that counts the number of time saving times in the third low probability time saving game state or the fourth low probability time saving game state reaches the number of time saving times, it is determined based on the above-mentioned winning again. If the count value of the time saving number counter that counts the number of time saving times corresponding to the time saving design is not 1 or more (that is, it is 0 or less), the variable display of the special design is completed and the stop display time has elapsed. , Although the third low-probability time-saving gaming state or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state set earlier ends, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is normally set without being newly set. A game state is set.
That is, when the third low-probability time-saving gaming state or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state previously set by the count value of the time-saving number counter reaching the number of time-saving times ends, based on winning of time-saving grant again When the number of times of time saving does not remain, the normal game state is set without newly setting the third low-probability time-saving game state or the fourth low-probability time-saving game state.
Furthermore, in other words, when the time reduction grant is won again, the remaining number of time reductions in the previously set third low probability time reduction game state or the fourth low probability time reduction game state is determined based on the winning of the time reduction grant again. If it is more than the number of times of time saving corresponding to the type of time saving pattern, the count value of the time saving number counter reaches the number of time saving times, so that the third low probability time saving game state or the fourth low probability time saving game set earlier When the state ends, the normal game state is set without newly setting the third low-probability time-saving game state or the fourth low-probability time-saving game state.

(Specific example 1 of (3))
Specific example 1 of (3) will be described with reference to FIG.
For example, the 40th low-probability time-saving game state is set by winning the time-saving grant in the winning lottery during the normal game state and the time-saving pattern J2 is determined, and the 10th time in the fourth low-probability time-saving game state. It is assumed that the time saving pattern J1 is determined by winning the time saving award again by lottery. That is, when the remaining number of times of time saving in the fourth low-probability time-saving game state is 30 times, it is again determined that the third low-probability time-saving game state with 20 times of time-saving times can be set.
In this case, when the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning of the time saving grant again ends and the stop display time has elapsed, the setting of the third low probability time saving gaming state based on the winning of the time saving grant again is not performed. , Although the fourth low-probability time-saving game state is maintained as it is, 20 times of the time-saving times corresponding to the time-saving pattern J1 based on the election of the time-saving grant again is set to the time-savings number counter, and the counting of the time-saving times is started. . As a result, the number of time saving times (30 times remaining) in the fourth low probability time saving game state set earlier and the number of time saving times (20 times remaining) corresponding to the time saving pattern J1 based on the winning of the time saving grant again are counted. are performed in parallel.
Here, the remaining number of times of time saving (30 times) in the fourth low-probability time saving game state previously set is greater than the number of times of time saving (20 times) corresponding to the time saving pattern J1 based on winning of time saving giving again. Then, before the count value of the time saving number counter for counting the number of time saving times in the fourth low probability time saving game state set earlier reaches the number of time saving times in the fourth low probability time saving game state (that is, set first (Before the fourth low-probability time-saving game state ends), the count value of the time-saving number counter for counting the number of times of time-savings corresponding to the time-saving pattern J1 based on the election of the time-saving grant again is time-saving corresponding to the time-saving pattern J1. number of times is reached. Therefore, when the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state set earlier ends, the count value of the time-saving number counter corresponding to the time-saving design J1 based on the election of the time-saving grant again becomes 0 or less, so for time-saving granting A normal game state is set without setting a third low-probability time-saving game state even though the player wins again.
That is, in the case described above, when the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state of 40 previously set time-saving times ends, the normal gaming state is set as it is.

(Specific example 2 of (3))
Specific example 2 of (3) will be described with reference to FIG.
For example, the 20th third low-probability time-saving game state is set by winning the time-saving grant in the winning lottery during the normal game state and the time-saving pattern J1 is determined, and the 10th time in the third low-probability time-saving game state. It is assumed that the time saving pattern J2 is determined by winning the time saving award again by lottery. That is, when the remaining number of times of time saving in the third low-probability time-saving game state is 10 times, it is again determined that the fourth low-probability time-saving game state of 40 times of time-saving times can be set.
In this case, when the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning of the time saving grant again ends and the stop display time elapses, the setting of the fourth low probability time saving gaming state based on the winning of the time saving grant again is not performed. , Although the third low-probability time-saving game state is maintained as it is, the number of times of time-saving corresponding to the time-saving pattern J2 based on the winning of the time-saving grant again is set to the time-savings number counter 40 times, and the counting of the time-saving number of times is started. . As a result, the number of times of saving time (10 times remaining) in the third low probability time saving game state set earlier and the number of times of saving time (40 times remaining) corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 based on the winning of the time saving grant again are counted. are performed in parallel.
Here, the remaining number of times of time saving (10 times) in the previously set third low-probability time saving game state is less than the number of times of time saving (40 times) corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 based on winning of time saving giving again. Then, even if the count value of the time saving number counter for counting the number of time saving times in the previously set third low probability time saving game state reaches the number of time saving times in the third low probability time saving game state, time saving is given again. A count value of a time saving number counter for counting the number of times of time saving corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 based on winning does not reach the number of times of time saving corresponding to the time saving pattern J2. Therefore, when the third low-probability time-saving gaming state set earlier ends, the count value of the time-saving number counter corresponding to the time-saving design J2 based on the election of the time-saving grant again becomes 1 or more, so the new second 4 low probability time saving gaming state is set.
It should be noted that, at this time point, the remaining number of times of time saving in the newly set fourth low probability time saving game state is 30 times. When the variable display of the special pattern is performed 30 times without winning the jackpot or the time reduction grant, the number of time reduction times corresponding to the time reduction design J2 based on the winning of the time reduction grant again is reached, and a new fourth low probability time reduction game state is established. It ends and the normal game state is set.
That is, in the above case, when the third low-probability time-saving gaming state of the number of times of time-saving 20 times ends, the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is newly set, and the new special symbol is displayed until the variable display is performed 30 times. The fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state can be continued. Then, when the variable display of the special symbols is performed 30 times during the new fourth low-probability time-saving game state, the new fourth low-probability time-saving game state is terminated and the normal game state is set.

(Specific example 3 of (3))
Specific example 3 of (3) will be described with reference to FIG.
For example, the 40th low-probability time-saving game state is set by winning the time-saving grant in the winning lottery during the normal game state and the time-saving pattern J2 is determined, and the 10th time in the fourth low-probability time-saving game state. It is assumed that the time saving pattern J2 is determined again by winning the time saving award again by lottery. That is, when the remaining number of times of time saving in the fourth low-probability time-saving game state is 30 times, it is again determined that the fourth low-probability time-saving game state of 40 times of time-saving times can be set.
In this case, when the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning of the time saving grant again ends and the stop display time elapses, the setting of the fourth low probability time saving gaming state based on the winning of the time saving grant again is not performed. , Although the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is maintained as it is, the time-saving number of times corresponding to the time-saving pattern J2 determined based on the winning of the time-saving grant again is set to the time-saving number counter 40 times, and the time-saving number of times is counted. is started. As a result, the number of time saving times (30 times remaining) in the fourth low-probability time saving game state set earlier and the number of time saving times (40 times remaining) corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 based on the winning of the time saving grant again are counted. are performed in parallel.
Here, the remaining number of times of time saving (30 times) in the previously set fourth low-probability time saving game state is less than the number of times of time saving (40 times) corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 based on winning of time saving grant again. Then, even if the count value of the time saving number counter for counting the number of time saving times in the fourth low probability time saving game state set earlier reaches the number of time saving times in the fourth low probability time saving game state, time saving is given again. A count value of a time saving number counter for counting the number of times of time saving corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 based on winning does not reach the number of times of time saving corresponding to the time saving pattern J2. Therefore, when the previously set fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state ends, the count value of the time-saving counter corresponding to the time-saving pattern J2 becomes 1 or more, so the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is newly set. be done.
It should be noted that, at this time, the remaining number of times of time saving in the fourth low-probability time saving game state newly set is 10 times. When the variable display of the special pattern is performed 10 times without winning the jackpot or the time reduction grant, the number of times of time reduction corresponding to the time reduction design J2 based on the winning of the time reduction grant again is reached, and the newly set fourth low probability time reduction. The game state ends, and the normal game state is set.
That is, in the above case, when the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state of the number of times of time-saving 40 times is completed, the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is newly set, and the new special symbol is displayed until the variable display is performed 10 times. The fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state can be continued. Then, when the variable display of the special symbols is performed 10 times during the new fourth low-probability time-saving game state, the new fourth low-probability time-saving game state is terminated and the normal game state is set. In other words, in this case, the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state continues over 50 special symbol variations.

(4) If you win the time saving grant during the first low probability time saving game state or the second low probability time saving game state and win the time saving again during the counting of the number of time saving based on the winning As described above, the first When winning the time saving game state during the low probability time saving game state or during the second low probability time saving game state, setting of the third low probability time saving game state based on the winning and setting of the fourth low probability time saving game state are not performed. While the first low-probability time-saving gaming state or the second low-probability time-saving gaming state being set is maintained, the number of time-savings corresponding to the type of time-saving design determined based on the winning is set in the time-saving number counter, Time saving count starts.
In addition, when the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined by winning the time saving design again while counting the number of time saving times based on the winning, the variable display of the special design based on the winning again ends and the stop display time has elapsed. At this time, without setting the third low-probability time-saving gaming state or setting the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state based on the re-election, it corresponds to the type of time-saving design determined based on the re-election. The number of times of time saving is set in the time saving number counter, and the counting of the time saving number of times is started.
As a result, the number of times of time reduction corresponding to the first low-probability time-saving gaming state or the second low-probability time-saving gaming state that was set first, and the time-saving design determined based on the winning of the first time-saving grant The count of the number of times of time reduction corresponding to the type (J1, J2) and the number of times of time reduction corresponding to the type of time reduction design (J1, J2) determined based on the winning of the time reduction grant again is executed.

Then, the count value of the time saving number counter (hereinafter also referred to as the first time saving number counter) that counts the number of time saving times in the first low probability time saving game state or the second low probability time saving game state that was set at the beginning is the number of time saving times When reaching , the count value of the time saving number counter (hereinafter also referred to as the second time saving number counter) that counts the number of time saving times corresponding to the time saving pattern determined based on the winning of the first time saving grant mentioned above is 1 If it is more than that, when the variable display of the special symbol ends and the stop display has passed, the 1st low probability time saving game state or the 2nd low probability time saving game state that was set at the beginning ends, and a new The 3rd low probability time saving game state or the 4th low probability time saving game state based on winning of the time saving provision of the first time is set.

Furthermore, when the third low-probability time-saving gaming state or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is newly set based on the winning of the first time-saving provision, the count value of the second time-saving counter has reached the time-saving number of times. At the time, the count value of the time saving number counter (hereinafter also referred to as the third time saving number counter) that counts the number of time saving times corresponding to the time saving pattern determined based on the winning of the time saving award again was 1 or more. In the case, when the variable display of the special symbol ends and the stop display has passed, the new 3rd low probability time saving game state or the 4th low probability time saving game state ends, and the winning of the time saving grant again newly mentioned above A third low-probability time-saving gaming state or a fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state based on is set.
On the other hand, when the third low-probability time-saving gaming state or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is newly set based on the winning of the first time-saving provision, the count value of the second time-saving counter has reached the time-saving number of times. At the time, if the count value of the third time saving counter is not 1 or more, when the special symbol fluctuation display ends and the stop display has passed, a new third low probability time saving game state or fourth low probability time saving game state The game state is ended, and the normal game state is set without setting a new third low-probability time-saving game state or fourth low-probability time-saving game state based on the winning of time-saving provision again.

On the other hand, if the count value of the second time saving number counter is not 1 or more when the count value of the first time saving number counter reaches the number of time saving times, the count value of the third time saving number counter is also 1 or more. When there is no, when the stop display time has elapsed after the end of the variable display of the special symbol, the first low probability time-saving gaming state or the second low probability time-saving gaming state that was set at the beginning ends, but the above-mentioned A new third low-probability time-saving game state or a fourth low-probability time-saving game state based on the winning of the first time-saving grant is not set, and a new third low-probability time-saving game state based on the winning of the time-saving grant again Neither the game state nor the fourth low-probability time-saving game state is set.
On the other hand, if the count value of the second time saving number counter is not 1 or more when the count value of the first time saving number counter reaches the time saving number counter, when the count value of the third time saving number counter is 1 or more , When the variable display of the special symbol ends and the stop display time has elapsed, the first low probability time saving game state or the second low probability time saving game state that was set at the beginning ends, and the above-mentioned first time saving Although the new 3rd low-probability time-saving gaming state or the 4th low-probability time-saving gaming state based on the award winning is not set, the new 3rd low-probability time-saving gaming state or the 4th low probability based on the winning of the time-saving grant again A probability reduction gaming state is set.

(Specific example 1 of (4))
Specific example 1 of (4) will be described with reference to FIG.
For example, the 90th lottery during the second low-probability time-saving game state wins the time-saving design J1, and the 95th lottery during the second low-probability time-saving game wins the time-saving design. Assume that J2 has been determined. That is, when the number of times of the remaining time-saving gaming state of the second low probability is 10 times, it is determined to be able to set the third low-probability of time-saving gaming state of the number of times of time-saving 20 times, the second low-probability of the time-saving gaming state When the remaining number of times of time saving is 5 times, it is assumed that a determination is made that the fourth low-probability time saving game state of 40 times of time saving can be set.
In this case, when the variable display of the special symbols based on the winning of the first time reduction grant is completed and the stop display time has elapsed, the setting of the third low-probability time reduction gaming state based on the first time reduction grant winning is performed. Although the second low-probability time-saving game state is maintained as it is, the number of time-savings is set to 20 times in the second time-savings number counter, and the counting of the number of times of time-savings is started. In addition, when the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning of the time saving grant again ends and the stop display time has elapsed, the setting of the fourth low probability time saving gaming state based on the winning of the time saving grant again is not performed. Although the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is maintained as it is, the number of time-savings is set to 40 times in the third time-savings counter, and counting of the number of time-savings is started. After that, the number of time reductions (5 times remaining) in the second low-probability time reduction game state that was set first, and the number of time reductions corresponding to the time reduction pattern J1 based on the election of the first time reduction grant (15 times remaining) ) and the counting of the number of times of time saving (remaining 40 times) corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 based on winning of the time saving award again are performed in parallel.
Here, the remaining number of times of time saving in the second low-probability time saving game state set first is smaller than the remaining number of times of time saving corresponding to the time saving pattern J1 based on the winning of the first time saving giving. Then, the count value of the first time saving number counter (counter for counting the number of time saving times in the second low probability time saving game state that was set first) reaches the number of time saving times in the second low probability time saving game state. Also, the count value of the second time saving frequency counter does not reach the time saving frequency corresponding to the time saving pattern J1. Therefore, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state set at the beginning ends, the count value of the second time-saving counter becomes 1 or more, so a new third low based on the election of the first time-saving grant A probability reduction gaming state is set.
Further, here, the remaining number of times of time saving in the newly set third low-probability time saving game state is smaller than the remaining number of times of time saving corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 based on winning of time saving grant again. Then, even if the count value of the second time saving number counter reaches the number of time saving times in the third low-probability time saving game state, the count value of the third time saving number counter does not reach the number of time saving times corresponding to the time saving pattern J2. Therefore, when the newly set third low-probability time-saving gaming state ends, the count value of the third time-saving counter becomes 1 or more, so a new fourth low-probability time-saving based on the election of the time-saving grant again A game state is set.
That is, in the above case, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state of the number of times of time-saving 100 times is completed, a new third low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and the new special symbol is displayed until the variable display is performed 10 times. The third low-probability time-saving gaming state can be continued. In addition, when the variable display of special symbols is performed 30 times and the new third low probability time saving gaming state is completed, the fourth low probability time saving gaming state is newly set, and the special symbol variation display is performed 25 times until the new A fourth low-probability time-saving game state can be continued. Then, when the variable display of the special symbols is performed 25 times during the new fourth low-probability time-saving game state, the new fourth low-probability time-saving game state is terminated and the normal game state is set.

(Specific example 2 of (4))
Specific example 2 of (4) will be described with reference to FIG. 117(b).
For example, the 70th lottery during the second low-probability time-saving game state wins the time-saving design J2, and the 75th lottery during the second low-probability time-saving game wins the time-saving design. Assume that J1 has been determined. That is, when the remaining number of times of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is 30 times, it is determined to be able to set the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state of the number of times of 40 times of time-savings, and the second low-probability of the time-saving gaming state When the remaining number of times of time saving is 25 times, it is assumed that the determination is made that the third low-probability time saving game state of 20 times of the number of times of time saving can be set.
In this case, when the variable display of the special symbols based on the winning of the first time reduction grant is completed and the stop display time has elapsed, the setting of the fourth low-probability time reduction gaming state based on the first time reduction grant winning is performed. Although the second low-probability time-saving game state is maintained as it is, the number of time-savings is set to 40 times in the second time-savings counter, and the counting of the number of time-savings is started. In addition, when the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning of the time reduction grant again ends and the stop display time has elapsed, the setting of the third low-probability time reduction gaming state based on the winning of the time reduction grant again is not performed. Although the second low probability time saving game state is maintained as it is, the number of time saving times 20 is set to the third time saving number counter, and the counting of the time saving number of times is started. After that, the number of time reductions (25 remaining times) in the second low-probability time reduction game state that was set first, and the number of time reductions corresponding to the time reduction pattern J2 based on the winning of the first time reduction grant (35 times remaining) ) and the counting of the number of times of time saving (remaining 15 times) corresponding to the time saving pattern J1 based on winning of the time saving award again are performed in parallel.
Here, the remaining number of times of time saving in the second low-probability time saving game state set first is smaller than the remaining number of times of time saving corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 based on the winning of the first time saving giving. Then, even if the count value of the first time saving number counter reaches the number of time saving times in the second low-probability time saving game state, the count value of the second time saving number counter does not reach the number of time saving times corresponding to the time saving pattern J2. Therefore, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state set at the beginning ends, the count value of the second time-saving counter becomes 1 or more, so a new fourth low based on the winning of the first time-saving grant A probability reduction gaming state is set.
Here, before the new fourth low-probability time saving gaming state is set, the count value of the third time saving number counter reaches the time saving number corresponding to the time saving pattern J1. That is, the remaining number of times of time saving in the newly set fourth low-probability time saving game state is greater than the remaining number of times of time saving corresponding to the time saving pattern J1 based on the winning of time saving grant again. Therefore, when the newly set fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state ends, the count value of the third time-saving counter becomes 0 or less, so a new third low-probability time-saving based on winning the time-saving grant again The game state is not set.
That is, in the above case, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state of the number of times of time-saving 100 times ends, the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is newly set, and the new special symbol is displayed until the variable display is performed 10 times. The fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state can be continued. Then, when the variable display of the special symbol is performed 10 times during the new fourth low-probability time-saving game state, the new fourth low-probability time-saving game state is terminated and the normal game state is set.

(Specific example 3 of (4))
Specific example 3 of (4) will be described with reference to FIG.
For example, the 50th lottery during the second low-probability time-saving game state wins the time-saving design J1 is determined, and the 55th lottery during the second low-probability time-saving game wins the time-saving design. Assume that J2 has been determined. That is, when the number of times of the remaining time-saving gaming state of the second low probability is 50 times, it is determined to be able to set the third low-probability of time-saving gaming state of the number of times of time-saving 20 times, and the second low-probability of the time-saving gaming state When the remaining number of times of time saving is 45 times, it is assumed that the determination is made that the fourth low-probability time saving game state of the number of times of time saving of 40 times can be set.
In this case, when the variable display of the special symbols based on the winning of the first time reduction grant is completed and the stop display time has elapsed, the setting of the third low-probability time reduction gaming state based on the first time reduction grant winning is performed. Although the second low-probability time-saving game state is maintained as it is, the number of time-savings is set to 20 times in the second time-savings number counter, and the counting of the number of times of time-savings is started. In addition, when the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning of the time saving grant again ends and the stop display time has elapsed, the setting of the fourth low probability time saving gaming state based on the winning of the time saving grant again is not performed. Although the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is maintained as it is, the number of time-savings is set to 40 times in the third time-savings counter, and counting of the number of time-savings is started. After that, the count of the number of time reductions (45 remaining times) in the second low probability time reduction game state that was set first and the number of time reductions corresponding to the time reduction pattern J1 based on the winning of the first time reduction grant (15 times remaining) ) and the counting of the number of times of time saving (remaining 40 times) corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 based on winning of the time saving award again are performed in parallel.
Here, the remaining number of times of time saving in the second low-probability time saving game state set first is greater than the remaining number of times of time saving corresponding to the time saving pattern J1 based on the winning of the first time saving giving. Then, before the count value of the first time saving number counter reaches the number of time saving times in the second low probability time saving game state (that is, before the second low probability time saving game state that was set first ends), the second The count value of the two-hour-shortening number counter reaches the number of hour-shortening times corresponding to the hour-shortening pattern J1. Therefore, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state that was set at the beginning ends, the count value of the second time-saving counter becomes 0 or less, so a new third based on the election of the first time-saving grant The setting of the low-probability time-saving gaming state is not performed.
Further, the remaining number of times of time saving in the second low-probability time saving game state set first is greater than the remaining number of times of saving time corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 based on winning of time saving again. Then, before the count value of the first time saving frequency counter reaches the time saving frequency of the second low probability time saving game state, the count value of the third time saving frequency counter reaches the time saving frequency corresponding to the time saving pattern J2. Therefore, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state that was set at the beginning ends, the count value of the third time-saving counter becomes 0 or less, so a new fourth low based on the election of the time-saving grant again The probability reduction gaming state is not set.
That is, in the case described above, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state of 100 time-saving times ends, the normal gaming state is set.

(Specific example 4 of (4))
Specific example 4 of (4) will be described with reference to FIG.
For example, the 70th lottery during the second low-probability time-saving game state wins the time-saving design J1 is determined, and the 80th lottery during the second low-probability time-saving game wins the time-saving design. Assume that J2 has been determined. That is, when the number of times of the remaining time-saving gaming state of the second low probability is 30 times, it is determined that the third low-probability of time-saving gaming state of the number of times of time-saving 20 times can be set, and the second low-probability of the time-saving gaming state When the remaining number of times of time saving is 20 times, it is determined that the fourth low-probability time saving game state of 40 times of time saving can be set.
In this case, when the variable display of the special symbols based on the winning of the first time reduction grant is completed and the stop display time has elapsed, the setting of the third low-probability time reduction gaming state based on the first time reduction grant winning is performed. Although the second low-probability time-saving game state is maintained as it is, the number of time-savings is set to 20 times in the second time-savings number counter, and the counting of the number of times of time-savings is started. In addition, when the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning of the time saving grant again ends and the stop display time has elapsed, the setting of the fourth low probability time saving gaming state based on the winning of the time saving grant again is not performed. Although the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is maintained as it is, the number of time-savings is set to 40 times in the third time-savings counter, and counting of the number of time-savings is started. After that, the count of the number of time reductions (20 remaining times) in the second low-probability time reduction game state that was set first, and the number of time reductions corresponding to the time reduction pattern J1 based on the winning of the first time reduction grant (10 times remaining) ) and the counting of the number of times of time saving (remaining 40 times) corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 based on winning of the time saving award again are performed in parallel.
Here, the remaining number of times of time saving in the second low-probability time saving game state set first is greater than the remaining number of times of time saving corresponding to the time saving pattern J1 based on the winning of the first time saving giving. Then, before the count value of the first time saving number counter reaches the number of time saving times in the second low probability time saving game state (that is, before the second low probability time saving game state that was set first ends), the second The count value of the two-hour-shortening number counter reaches the number of hour-shortening times corresponding to the hour-shortening pattern J1. Therefore, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state that was set at the beginning ends, the count value of the second time-saving counter becomes 0 or less, so a new third based on the election of the first time-saving grant The setting of the low-probability time-saving gaming state is not performed.
On the other hand, the remaining number of times of time saving in the second low-probability time saving game state set first is smaller than the remaining number of times of time saving corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 based on winning of time saving grant again. Then, even if the count value of the first time saving number counter reaches the number of time saving times in the second low-probability time saving game state, the count value of the third time saving number counter does not reach the number of time saving times corresponding to the time saving pattern J2. Therefore, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state set at the beginning ends, the count value of the third time-saving counter becomes 1 or more, so a new 4th low probability based on the election of the time-saving grant again Time saving game state is set.
That is, in the above case, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state of the number of times of time-saving 100 times is completed, the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is newly set, and the special symbol variation display is performed 20 times until the new The fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state can be continued. Then, when the variable display of the special symbols is performed 20 times during the new fourth low-probability time-saving game state, the new fourth low-probability time-saving game state is terminated and the normal game state is set.

(Specific example 5 of (4))
Specific example 5 of (4) will be described with reference to FIG.
For example, the 50th lottery during the second low-probability time-saving game state wins the time-saving design J2 is determined, and the 60th lottery during the second low-probability time-saving game wins the time-saving design. Assume that J1 has been determined. That is, when the number of times of the remaining time-saving gaming state of the second low probability is 50 times, it is determined that the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state of the number of times of time-saving 40 times can be set, and the second low-probability of the time-saving gaming state When the remaining number of times of time saving is 40 times, it is determined that the third low-probability time saving game state of the number of times of time saving of 20 times can be set.
In this case, when the variable display of the special symbols based on the winning of the first time reduction grant is completed and the stop display time has elapsed, the setting of the fourth low-probability time reduction gaming state based on the first time reduction grant winning is performed. Although the second low-probability time-saving game state is maintained as it is, the number of time-savings is set to 20 times in the second time-savings number counter, and the counting of the number of times of time-savings is started. In addition, when the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning of the time reduction grant again ends and the stop display time has elapsed, the setting of the third low-probability time reduction gaming state based on the winning of the time reduction grant again is not performed. Although the second low probability time saving game state is maintained as it is, the number of time saving times 20 is set to the third time saving number counter, and the counting of the time saving number of times is started. After that, the count of the number of time reductions (40 times remaining) in the second low-probability time reduction game state that was set first, and the number of time reductions corresponding to the time reduction design J2 based on the winning of the first time reduction grant (30 times remaining) ) and the counting of the number of times of time saving (remaining 20 times) corresponding to the time saving pattern J1 based on winning of the time saving award again are performed in parallel.
Here, the remaining number of times of time saving in the second low-probability time saving game state set first is greater than the remaining number of times of time saving corresponding to the time saving pattern J2 based on the winning of the first time saving giving. Then, before the count value of the first time saving number counter reaches the number of time saving times in the second low probability time saving game state (that is, before the second low probability time saving game state that was set first ends), the second The count value of the two-hour-shortening number counter reaches the number of hour-shortening times corresponding to the hour-shortening pattern J2. Therefore, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state that was set first ends, the count value of the second time-saving counter becomes 0 or less, so a new fourth based on the winning of the first time-saving grant The setting of the low-probability time-saving gaming state is not performed.
Further, the remaining number of times of time saving in the second low-probability time saving game state set first is greater than the remaining number of times of time saving corresponding to the time saving pattern J1 based on the winning of time saving giving again. Then, before the count value of the first time saving frequency counter reaches the time saving frequency of the second low probability time saving game state, the count value of the third time saving frequency counter reaches the time saving frequency corresponding to the time saving pattern J1. Therefore, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state that was set at the beginning ends, the count value of the third time-saving counter becomes 0 or less, so a new third low based on the election of the time-saving grant again The probability reduction gaming state is not set.
That is, in the case described above, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state of 100 time-saving times ends, the normal gaming state is set.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, winning a jackpot (determination of jackpot symbols X1, X2, X3, X4 or X5) and execution of a special game are more advantageous than the normal game state. Not only can it be shifted to a second low-probability time-saving game state with a high probability and a high-probability time-saving game state, but also the results of all 1200 times of the time-saving activation times during the low-probability game state will be lost. Alternatively, a first low-probability time-saving game state and a third low-probability time-saving game state that are more advantageous than the normal game state without going through the winning of a jackpot and the execution of a special game by winning the time-saving grant during the low-probability time-saving game state. Since the game state can be shifted to the fourth low-probability time-saving game state, it is possible to provide a novel game property and increase the interest of the player.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state If you win a time saving game state, you can continue the time saving game state until you reach the number of time saving games corresponding to the time saving game state during your stay. The corresponding number of times of time saving is counted, and when the number of times of saving time corresponding to the time saving game state during stay is reached and the time saving game state ends, the remaining number of times of saving time based on the winning of the above-mentioned time saving grant is 1 or more At the time, the time-saving gaming state based on the winning of the time-saving provision described above is set.
As a result, even if the time-saving game state can be overlapped by winning the time-saving game state during the time-saving game state, both time-saving game states are set appropriately within the range of the number of time-saving times. Therefore, there are many opportunities to set various time-saving game states, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.

Next, the outline|summary of the process relevant to winning of time saving provision is demonstrated using a flowchart.
First, with reference to the flow chart of Figure 119, you explain concerning time saving grant winning time processing which is executed at the time of election of time saving grant.
At step 7000, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the stop display time, which is the time for stop-displaying the special symbol after the end of the variable display of the special symbol, has elapsed. Then, when it is determined that the stop display time has not elapsed, the time reduction grant winning process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 7001 .
At step 7001, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the winning of the short working hours award is made by lottery. Then, when it is determined that the winning of the time saving provision is not made, the processing at the time of the time saving giving winning is ended. On the other hand, when it determines with having elected for time saving grant, it progresses to following step 7002. FIG.

At step 7002, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the game is in the normal game state. Then, it is determined that it is not in the normal game state (that is, in the first low probability time saving game state, in the second low probability time saving game state, in the third low probability time saving game state or in the fourth low probability time saving game state) If so, go to step 7004 . On the other hand, if it is determined that it is in the normal game state, the process proceeds to the next step 7003 .
At step 7003, the main CPU 101 sets a game state corresponding to the type of time saving symbol determined based on the winning of the time saving award. Specifically, when the time saving pattern J1 is determined, the third low probability time saving game state is set, and when the time saving pattern J2 is decided, the fourth low probability time saving game state is set. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 7004 .

At step 7004, the main CPU 101 sets the number of times of time saving corresponding to the type of time saving design determined based on the winning of the time saving award to the corresponding time saving number counter. As a result, counting of the number of time saving times corresponding to the set time saving game state is started, and the count value of the time saving number counter is decremented by 1 each time the variable display of the special symbol is executed. Then, the processing at the time of the time reduction grant winning is terminated.

Next, with reference to the flow chart of FIG. 120, the time-saving gaming state end processing executed when the number of time-saving games corresponding to the time-saving gaming state being set is reached and the time-saving gaming state ends will be described.
At step 7100, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the stop display time has elapsed. Then, when it is determined that the stop display time has not elapsed, the processing at the time of ending the time saving game state is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 7101 .
In step 7101, the main CPU 101 determines whether it is in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state. do. And, when it is determined that neither the first low probability time saving game state, the second low probability time saving game state, the third low probability time saving game state nor the fourth low probability time saving game state, the time saving game state ends. End time processing. On the other hand, during the first low probability reduced working hours gaming state, during the second low probability reduced working hours gaming state, during the third low probability reduced working hours gaming state or during the fourth low probability reduced working hours gaming state, proceed to the next step 7102 .

In step 7102, the main CPU 101 sets the time-saving gaming state being set (either the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state). It is determined whether or not the count value of the time saving number counter corresponding to has reached 0, that is, whether or not the number of time saving times corresponding to the time saving game state being set has been reached. Then, when it is determined that the count value of the corresponding time saving number counter has not reached 0, the time saving game state end processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the count value of the corresponding time saving frequency counter has reached 0, the process proceeds to the next step 7103 .
At step 7103, the main CPU 101 terminates the time-saving gaming state being set. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 7104 .

At step 7104, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not there is a time saving number counter with a current count value of 1 or more. Then, if it is determined that there is no time saving number counter with a count value of 1 or more, the process proceeds to step 7106 . On the other hand, if it is determined that there is a time saving number counter with a count value of 1 or more, the process proceeds to the next step 7105 .
In step 7105, the main CPU 101 sets the time saving game state (third low probability time saving game state) corresponding to the time saving number counter that started counting first among the time saving number counters whose current count value is 1 or more. Or 4th low probability time saving game state) is set. Then, the process at the time of finishing the time-saving game state is terminated.

In addition, in step 7106, which proceeds when it is determined in step 7104 that there is no time saving number counter with a count value of 1 or more, the main CPU 101 sets the normal game state. Then, the process at the time of finishing the time-saving game state is terminated.

(Modified example of pachinko machine P according to another application example 11)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, during the first low probability shortening working hours game state, during the second low probability shortening working hours gaming state, during the third low probability shortening working hours gaming state, during the fourth low probability shortening working hours gaming state, giving time saving If it is won, at the timing when the variable display of the special symbol executed at the time when the number of times of time reduction corresponding to each time reduction game state is reached (at the end of each game state) is completed and the stop display time has elapsed, set It was possible to set a new time-saving game state (third low-probability time-saving game state or fourth low-probability time-saving game state) after the middle time-saving game state ended, but the end of the time-saving game state during setting and a new The timing for setting the time-saving gaming state is not limited to this.
For example, the timing at which the variable display of the special symbol executed at the time when the number of times of reduced time corresponding to the reduced time gaming state being set is reached, and the variable display of the special symbol executed next to the variable display of the special symbol At the timing of starting, the time saving game state being set may be terminated and a new time saving game state may be set.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the eleventh application are obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state If the winning time reduction is won, the setting of the time reduction gaming state based on the winning of the time reduction grant is not performed until the time reduction gaming state being set is completed, but it is not limited to this.
For example, internally, at the time of winning the time saving grant, in addition to the time saving gaming state that was previously set, the time saving gaming state based on the winning of the time saving grant is redundantly set, but it is set first The setting of the time-saving game state based on the winning of the time-saving grant is disabled until the time-saving game state that was previously set is completed, and when the previously set time-saving game state ends, the time-saving gaming state is set based on the winning of the time-saving grant. can be set to be valid.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the eleventh application are obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, when the time reduction grant is won during the third low probability time reduction game state and the time reduction pattern J1 is determined, or during the fourth low probability time reduction game state, the time reduction grant is won. When the time-saving pattern J2 is determined, the time-saving game state is once terminated by reaching the time-saving number of times corresponding to the previously set time-saving game state, and then the same time-saving game state is renewed. Although it was supposed to be set, it is not limited to this.
For example, in the above case, even if the number of times of time reduction corresponding to the time reduction game state that was set earlier is reached, the time reduction game state is not ended, and only the number of time reductions is continued after continuing the time reduction game state. A new setting may be made.
In this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11 are obtained, and the time saving award is won, and the number of time saving times corresponding to the previously set time saving game state is reached. It is possible to reduce the processing load at the time.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, it was possible to derive the lottery results of both the winning of the jackpot and the winning of the short-time giving by winning or losing lottery, but it is not limited to this.
For example, in the winning lottery, the lottery result of winning the time saving grant may not be derived, and the lottery result of winning the time saving grant may be derived by another lottery different from the winning lottery.
Even if it is set in this way, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 11 can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state If you win the time reduction grant, you will not set the time reduction game state based on the winning time reduction grant until the time reduction gaming state being set ends, but the number of time reduction based on the winning time reduction grant will not be counted. , When the time saving game state being set ends, the control (hereinafter also referred to as control A) that sets the time saving game state based on the winning of the time saving game state is executed. The control in the case of winning is not limited to this, and the following control B or control C may be executed.

(Control B)
If you win a time saving grant during each time saving game state described above, when the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning ends and the stop display time has elapsed, the time saving game state being set is ended and the You may make it set the time saving game state based on winning.
(Specific example of control B)
For example, it is assumed that the time saving pattern J2 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the 20th lottery during the second low probability time saving game state. In this case, when the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning of the time saving grant ends and the stop display time has elapsed, the second low probability time saving gaming state being set ends and the 40th fourth based on the winning of the time saving grant A low-probability time-saving gaming state is newly set. Then, when the variable display of the special symbols is performed 40 times during the new fourth low-probability time-saving game state, the fourth low-probability time-saving game state is terminated and the normal game state is set. That is, in this case, the time saving gaming state can be continued until the variable display of the special symbols is executed 60 times.
Further, for example, it is assumed that the time saving design J2 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the 80th lottery during the second low probability time saving game state. In this case, when the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning of the time saving grant ends and the stop display time has elapsed, the second low probability time saving gaming state being set ends and the 40th fourth based on the winning of the time saving grant A low-probability time-saving gaming state is newly set. Then, when the variable display of the special symbols is performed 40 times during the new fourth low-probability time-saving game state, the fourth low-probability time-saving game state is terminated and the normal game state is set. That is, in this case, the time saving gaming state can be continued until the variable display of the special symbol is executed 120 times.
In the case of setting in this way, it is possible to reduce the processing load in the case of winning the time saving award during the time saving game state.

(Control C)
When the time saving provision is won during each time saving game state described above, the time saving game state based on the winning may not be set thereafter.
(Concrete example of control C)
Specifically, for example, it is assumed that the time saving design J2 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the 20th lottery during the second low probability time saving game state. However, in this case, the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state of 40 times based on winning of time-saving provision is not newly set. Therefore, when the variable display of the special symbols is performed 100 times during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is terminated and the normal game state is set. That is, in this case, the time saving gaming state can be continued until the variable display of the special symbol is executed 100 times.
Further, for example, it is assumed that the time saving design J2 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the 80th lottery during the second low probability time saving game state. However, also in this case, the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state of 40 times based on winning of time-saving provision is not newly set. Therefore, when the variable display of the special symbols is performed 100 times during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is terminated and the normal game state is set. That is, even in this case, the time-saving gaming state can be continued until the variable display of the special symbol is executed 100 times.
In the case of setting in this way, it is possible to reduce the processing load in the case of winning the time saving award during the time saving game state.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, even when the time saving provision is won during any time saving game state, the above-described control A is executed, but it is not limited to this. Instead, different control may be executed according to the time-saving gaming state being set.
For example, although the above-mentioned control A is executed when winning the time saving grant during the second low probability time saving game state, when winning the time saving grant during the first low probability time saving game state, the above control B may be executed.
In this case, the control in the case of winning the time saving award during the time saving game state becomes rich in variations, and various game properties can be provided.

(Another application example 12)
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 12 has substantially the same configuration as the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, and includes a lottery result derived by a winning lottery, a game state to be set, and a time-saving game state. The process of setting the game state in the case of winning the time saving grant is different from that of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11. - 特許庁
Hereinafter, the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12 will be described with a focus on the points that are different from the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11, and the description of the same configuration will be omitted unless necessary.

(Type of gaming state)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, as in the other application example 11, the game state that can be set is the normal game state, the first low probability time saving game state, the second low probability time saving game state, the third A low-probability time-saving game state, a fourth low-probability time-saving game state, and a high-probability time-saving game state are provided, and one of the game states is set to progress the game.
Here, the high-probability time-saving game state in another application example 12 is not a game state that combines the high-probability game state and the second time-saving game state as in the other application example 11, but the high-probability game state and the first time-saving game state. The game state is a combination of game states.

(Summary of winning lottery)
As shown in FIG. 121(a), in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, the low-probability game state (normal game state, first low-probability time-saving game state, second low-probability time-saving game state, third low-probability Probability of time-saving gaming state, fourth low-probability of time-saving gaming state) is set. ) is set, it is possible to win only a big win or a small win without winning a time-saving grant.
Then, the probability of winning a small win when the low-probability gaming state is set and the probability of winning a small win when the high-probability gaming state is set are both set to approximately 30/300. ing. In addition, if a small hit is won by a lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, and a small hit is won by a win or loss lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the second start prize winning port 16. In either case of winning, the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 is decided, and the probability of deciding the small winning pattern Y1 and the deciding probability of the small winning pattern Y2 are both set to 50/100 (50%). It is
In addition, the probability of winning the jackpot, the type of jackpot pattern determined when winning the jackpot, the probability of winning the time saving grant, the type of time saving design determined when winning the time saving grant, and the loss The types of the lost symbols are the same as those of the eleventh application example.

(Summary of determined fluctuation pattern)
Also, although not shown in particular, when the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined during the normal game state, the number of reservations at the time (first number of reservations, number of second reservations) and Variation pattern of "13 seconds variation (variation time of special symbol is set to 13 seconds)" regardless of the type of starting winning opening (first starting winning opening 15, second starting winning opening 16) into which the game ball enters A variation pattern command of "D0H" is determined.
In the first low-probability time-saving game state or high-probability time-saving game state, if a small hit is won and a small hit pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, the number of reservations at that time and the start winning opening where the game ball entered Regardless of the type, the "D1H" variation pattern command in which the variation pattern of "3 seconds variation (variation time of special symbols is set to 3 seconds)" is determined.
During the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the third low-probability time-saving gaming state or during the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, if a small hit is won and the small winning pattern Y1 is determined, the number of reservations at that time and A variation pattern command of "D2H" in which a variation pattern of "20 seconds variation (variation time of special symbols is set to 20 seconds)" is determined regardless of the type of starting winning hole into which the game ball enters, When the small winning pattern Y2 is determined, the variation of "D3H" in which the variation pattern of "20 seconds variation" is defined, regardless of the number of reservations at the time and the type of the start winning hole where the game ball entered A pattern command is determined.

Also, in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, if the time-saving design J1 or J2 is determined by winning the time-saving grant, regardless of the number of reservations at that time and the type of the start winning opening where the game ball entered, A variation pattern command of "E0H" in which a variation pattern of "45 seconds variation (variation time of special symbols is set to 45 seconds)" is determined.
During the second low-probability time-saving game state, during the third low-probability time-saving game state or during the fourth low-probability time-saving game state, when the time-saving design J1 is determined by winning the time-saving grant, the number of reservations and games at the time Regardless of the type of the starting winning hole where the ball entered, when the variation pattern command of "E1H" in which the variation pattern of "20 seconds variation" is determined is determined, and the time saving pattern J2 is determined, at that point The "E2H" variation pattern command, in which the "20-second variation" variation pattern is determined, is determined regardless of the number of reservations and the type of the starting winning hole into which the game ball enters.

(Outline of small winning game)
Further, as shown in FIG. 121(b), when a small prize is won and the small prize pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, the big prize opening 18 is opened once for 0.05 seconds, and the big prize is won. When 10 game balls enter while the opening 18 is open, a small winning game is executed in which the big winning opening 18 is closed. During this small winning game, as described above, the big winning hole 18 is opened only for 0.05 seconds, so it is almost impossible to let the game ball enter the big winning hole 18 .

(Outline of game state to be set)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, the normal game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state, the third low-probability time-saving game state, the fourth low-probability time-saving game state Either a game state or a high-probability time-saving game state is set.

In addition, when the first low probability short working hours gaming state, the second low probability short working hours gaming state, the third low probability short working hours gaming state, the fourth low probability short working hours gaming state or the high probability short working hours gaming state is set, the predetermined A time-saving number counter constituted by a storage area starts counting the number of time-savings corresponding to each time-saving game state. Specifically, when the above-described time-saving gaming state is set, the time-saving number of times corresponding to each time-saving gaming state is set in the time-saving number counter, and the count value of the time-saving number counter is increased each time the special symbol is displayed. Decremented by 1. As a result, the number of times of remaining time saving in each time saving game state is counted. Then, when the count value of the time saving number counter reaches the number of time saving times (that is, when the count value of the time saving number counter reaches 0), the remaining number of time saving times becomes 0. In addition, the count value of the time-saving number counter is reset by RAM clearing (resetting) by a predetermined operation, or by finishing the special game.

(1) 1st low probability reduced working hours gaming state As shown in FIG. 122, low probability gaming state (normal gaming state, 2nd low probability reduced working hours gaming state, 3rd low probability reduced working hours gaming state, 4th low probability reduced working hours gaming state) When the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaches a predetermined number of time-saving activations (900 times in other application example 12) without winning a jackpot (that is, in a low-probability gaming state, the result of the winning lottery is all 900 times other than the jackpot Then), the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. When the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the number of times of time-saving is set to 1200 times.

The first low-probability time-saving gaming state is to win a jackpot, or to derive the result of the winning lottery 1200 times, which is the number of time-saving times, without winning a jackpot (the number of fluctuations in special symbols reaches 1200 times 122).
Specifically, when the jackpot is won during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state ends as described above, and after the special game based on the winning, it is determined based on the winning. A game state is set according to the big winning pattern.
In addition, when the result of the winning lottery during the first low-probability time-saving game state is all 1200 times other than the big hit, the low-probability game state remains the same, and the first time-saving game state is changed to the non-time-saving game state. Thus, the first low-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, as described above, the probability of winning the jackpot in the low-probability gaming state is approximately 1/300. 1 low probability time saving game state will continue.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, the number of times of time reduction activation for counting the number of times of time reduction activation (900 times) in which the first low probability time reduction gaming state (first time reduction gaming state) is set A counter is composed of a predetermined storage area in the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100 .
The count value of the time-saving activation counter is set by a predetermined operation to clear (reset) the RAM, end the special game, or set the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (first time-saving gaming state). It is reset when any one of the reset conditions is established.

When the RAM is cleared (reset), the subsequent game state is set to the normal game state (low-probability game state), and counting by the time-saving activation number counter is started from this point.
Also, as will be described later, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 or X3 is completed, the subsequent game state is set to the second low probability time saving game state, so the time saving activation counter counts from this point. be started.
On the other hand, as will be described later, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbols X2, X4 or X5 ends, the subsequent game state is set to a high probability time-saving game state (high probability game state). Therefore, counting by the time saving activation number counter does not start from the time when the special game ends. Then, for example, when the winning lottery result is derived 10,000 times without winning the jackpot and the normal game state (low-probability game state) is set, counting by the time-saving activation frequency counter is started from this point.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, after the RAM is cleared (after reset) or after the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot until the next jackpot is won, the first low probability time saving The game state can be set only once.
That is, after the count value of the time-saving activation counter reaches the number of time-saving activations (900 times) and the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set until the next big hit is won. Cannot be set again.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, after the count value of the time saving activation number counter is reset by setting the first low probability time saving gaming state, the next jackpot is won or the RAM It is set so that the counting by the time saving activation number counter is stopped until it is cleared.

(2) High probability time-saving gaming state As shown in FIG. 122, regardless of the gaming state being set, if the jackpot is elected by the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the jackpot design X2 is determined, the second special When a jackpot is won by lottery based on random numbers and a jackpot pattern X4 or X5 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game based on the decision is set to a high probability game state, and the first By setting to the time saving game state, a high probability time saving game state is set. In addition, both the high-accuracy number of times and the time-saving number of times are set to 10000 times.

The high-probability time-saving gaming state is to win the jackpot, or to derive the result of the winning lottery 10000 times, which is the high-probability number and the time-saving number of times without winning the jackpot (the number of special symbol fluctuations is 10000 times 122).
Specifically, when the jackpot is won during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the high-probability time-saving gaming state ends as described above, and after the special game based on the winning, the jackpot design determined based on the winning A game state corresponding to is set.
In addition, when the result of the win/fail lottery 10000 times during the high-probability time-saving game state is all other than the jackpot, the high-probability game state is changed to the low-probability game state, and the first time-saving game state is changed to the non-time-saving game state. As a result, the high-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set as described above.

In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, as described above, the probability of winning the jackpot in the high-probability gaming state is approximately 6/300 (1/50). The high-probability time-saving gaming state continues until the game is won again.

(3) Second low-probability time-saving gaming state As shown in FIG. 122, regardless of the gaming state being set, if the jackpot is won by the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the jackpot design X1 is determined, and , When the jackpot is won by the lottery based on the second special random number and the jackpot pattern X3 is determined, the game state after the special game based on the decision is set to the low probability game state, A second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set by setting the second time-saving gaming state. Also, the number of times of time saving is set to 10000 times.

The second low-probability time-saving gaming state is winning the jackpot, deriving the result of the winning lottery 10000 times without winning the jackpot (the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 10000 times), and the number of time-saving activations. The count value of the counter reaches the number of time-saving activations (900 times), the determination of the small winning pattern Y1 based on the winning of the small winning is performed a predetermined number of times (three times in this example), or the time-saving provision The game ends when one of the ending conditions is met (see FIG. 122).
Specifically, when the jackpot is won during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends as described above, and after the special game based on the winning, it is determined based on the winning. A game state is set according to the big winning pattern.
In addition, when the result of the winning lottery during the second low probability time-saving gaming state is all 10000 times other than the jackpot, the second time-saving gaming state is changed to a non-time-saving gaming state while the low probability gaming state remains as it is. Thus, the second low-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set. In addition, when the count value of the time saving activation number counter reaches the time saving activation number during the second low probability time saving game state, the second time saving game state is changed to the first time saving game state while maintaining the low probability game state. , As described above, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends and the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. Here, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the count value of the time-saving activation number counter reaches the time-saving activation number before all 10,000 winning lottery results are other than the big hit, so the second low probability It is impossible that all 10,000 winning lottery results will be other than a big hit during the time saving game state, and in fact, the second low probability time saving game state is ended by satisfying this end condition, and the normal game state is set. will not be
Also, when the determination of the small hit symbol Y1 is performed three times during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second time-saving gaming state is changed to a non-time-saving gaming state while maintaining the low-probability gaming state. Thus, the second low-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set.
In addition, the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12 is provided with a determination number counter (constituted by a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103) for counting the number of times the small winning symbol Y1 is determined. Then, from the time the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, counting of the number of determinations of the small hit symbol Y1 by the determination number counter is started, and the count value of the determination number counter is the above-mentioned end When the number of establishment (three times) is reached, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends. The count value of the determination number counter is reset by performing a RAM clear (reset) by a predetermined operation, or by ending the second low-probability time-saving gaming state being set.
Furthermore, when the time reduction design J1 is determined by winning the time reduction grant during the second low probability time reduction game state, the second time reduction game state is terminated while the low probability game state is maintained, and the state is changed to the third time reduction game state. As a result, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends and the third low-probability time-saving gaming state is set as described above. More specifically, the second low-probability time-saving game state is ended and the third low-probability time-saving game state is set when the stop display time elapses after the end of the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning. On the other hand, when the time saving design J2 is determined by winning the time saving grant during the second low probability time saving game state, the second time saving game state is terminated while the low probability game state remains unchanged, and the state is changed to the fourth time saving game state. As a result, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends and the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is set as described above. More specifically, the second low-probability time-saving game state is ended and the fourth low-probability time-saving game state is set when the stop display time has elapsed after the end of the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning.
Thus, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, when winning the time saving grant during the second low probability time saving game state, a different type of time saving game state is set, but the time saving game state itself continues. It's like

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, as described above, the probability of winning the jackpot in the low-probability game state is approximately 1/300, and the probability of determining the small winning symbol Y1 is approximately 1/20 (the probability of winning the small winning) is approximately 1/20. The probability is 30/300 (1/10)×the probability of determining the small winning pattern Y1 when winning the small winning is 50/100 (1/2)). Therefore, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the count value of the time-saving activation counter does not reach the time-saving activation count, and as described above, the lottery result is 10000 without winning the jackpot. It is not derived twice.
Therefore, substantially, the second low-probability time-saving game state is terminated by winning the jackpot, winning the time-saving provision, or determining the small winning pattern Y1 three times. In particular, the probability of determining the small winning pattern Y1 (1/20) and the winning probability of the time saving grant (3/300 (1/100)) are higher than the winning probability of the big win (1/300) in the low probability gaming state. From there, the second low-probability time-saving game state ends when the time-saving provision is won or the small winning symbol Y1 is determined three times.

(4) 3rd low probability reduced working hours gaming state As shown in FIG. 122, during the normal gaming state, during the 2nd low probability reduced working hours gaming state, during the 3rd low probability reduced working hours gaming state or during the 4th low probability reduced working hours gaming state When the award is elected and the time saving pattern J1 is determined, the non-time saving game state, the second time saving game state, the third time saving game state or the fourth time saving game state ends while the low probability game state remains as it is. 3 Low probability time saving gaming state is set. Also, the number of times of time saving is set to 10000 times.

The third low-probability time-saving gaming state is winning the jackpot, deriving the result of the winning lottery 10000 times without winning the jackpot (the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 10000 times), and the number of time-saving activations. The count value of the counter reaches the number of time-saving activations (900 times), the determination of the small winning pattern Y1 based on the winning of the small winning is performed a predetermined number of times (three times in this example), or the time-saving provision The game ends when one of the ending conditions is met (see FIG. 122).
Specifically, when the jackpot is won during the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state ends as described above, and after the special game based on the winning is completed, it is determined based on the winning. A game state is set according to the big winning pattern.
Also, if the result of the winning lottery during the third low-probability time-saving gaming state is all 10000 times other than the jackpot, the low-probability gaming state remains the same, and the third time-saving gaming state is changed to a non-time-saving gaming state. Thus, the third low-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set. In addition, when the count value of the time saving activation number counter reaches the time saving activation number during the third low probability time saving game state, the third time saving game state is changed to the first time saving game state while maintaining the low probability game state. , As described above, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state ends and the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. Here, during the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, the count value of the time-saving activation number counter reaches the number of times of time-saving activation before all 10000 winning lottery results are other than the big hit, so the third low probability It is impossible that all 10,000 winning lottery results will be other than a big hit during the time-saving game state, and in fact, when this end condition is satisfied, the third low-probability time-saving game state is ended and the normal game state is set. will not be
In addition, when the determination of the small hit symbol Y1 is performed three times during the third low probability time saving game state, the low probability game state remains as it is and the third time saving game state is changed to a non time saving game state. Thus, the third low-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, from the time point when the third low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, counting of the number of determinations of the small winning pattern Y1 by the determination number counter is started. , When the count value of this determination number counter reaches the above-mentioned end establishment number (three times), the third low probability time saving gaming state ends. The count value of the determination number counter is reset by performing a RAM clear (reset) by a predetermined operation, or by ending the third low-probability time-saving gaming state being set.
Furthermore, when the time reduction design J1 is determined by winning the time reduction grant during the third low probability time reduction game state, the third time reduction game state is once terminated while the low probability game state remains unchanged, but after this end, the third time reduction again. A game state is set. More specifically, when the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning is completed and the stop display time has elapsed, the third low probability time saving game state is temporarily terminated, but based on the end, the third low probability time saving The game state is reset. That is, when the time saving pattern J1 is determined during the third low probability time saving game state, the third low probability time saving game state is substantially continued.
On the other hand, when the time saving design J2 is determined during the third low-probability time-saving game state, the third time-saving game state is terminated while the low-probability game state remains unchanged, and the state is changed to the fourth time-saving game state. As a result, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state ends and the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is set as described above. More specifically, the third low-probability time-saving game state is ended and the fourth low-probability time-saving game state is set when the variable display of the special symbols based on the winning ends and the stop display time elapses.
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, when the time saving provision is won during the third low probability time saving game state, the same or different kind of time saving game state is set, and the time saving game state itself continues. It's like

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the application example 12, as described above, the winning probability of the big win in the low probability game state is approximately 1/300, and the probability of determining the small winning symbol Y1 is approximately 1/20. Therefore, the result of the winning lottery will not be derived 10,000 times without winning the jackpot during the third low-probability time-saving gaming state.
On the other hand, as described above, the counting by the time saving activation counter starts from the time when the second low probability time saving gaming state is set, and the normal game state that can be set after the end of the second low probability time saving gaming state, the third low Since counting by the time-saving activation number counter continues even in the probability time-saving game state and the fourth low-probability time-saving game state, the count value of the time-saving activation number counter reaches the time-saving activation number during the third low-probability time-saving game state. sometimes.
Therefore, substantially, whether the big hit is won, the count value of the time saving activation number counter reaches the time saving activation number, winning the time saving grant, or the small winning pattern Y1 is determined three times. Thus, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state ends. In particular, the probability of determining the small winning pattern Y1 (1/20) and the winning probability of the time saving grant (3/300 (1/100)) are higher than the winning probability of the big win (1/300) in the low probability gaming state. From there, the third low-probability time-saving game state ends when the time-saving provision is won or the small winning pattern Y1 is determined three times.

(5) 4th low probability time saving game state As shown in FIG. 122, during the normal game state, during the 2nd low probability time saving game state, during the 3rd low probability time saving game state or during the 4th low probability time saving game state Time saving When the award is elected and the time saving pattern J2 is determined, the low probability game state remains as it is, the non-time saving game state, the second time saving game state, the third time saving game state or the fourth time saving game state ends, and the second time saving game state ends. 4 Low probability time saving gaming state is set. Also, the number of times of time saving is set to 10000 times.

The fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is winning the jackpot, deriving the result of the winning lottery 10000 times without winning the jackpot (the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 10000 times), and the number of time-saving activations. The count value of the counter reaches the number of time-saving activations (900 times), the determination of the small winning pattern Y1 based on the winning of the small winning is performed a predetermined number of times (5 times in this example), or the time-saving provision The game ends when one of the ending conditions is met (see FIG. 122).
Specifically, when the jackpot is won during the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state ends as described above, and after the special game based on the winning is completed, it is determined based on the winning. A game state is set according to the big winning pattern.
In addition, when the results of the winning lottery during the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state are all 10,000 times other than the jackpot, the fourth time-saving gaming state is changed to a non-time-saving gaming state while the low-probability gaming state remains unchanged. Thus, the fourth low-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set. In addition, when the count value of the time saving activation number counter reaches the time saving activation number during the fourth low probability time saving game state, the fourth time saving game state is changed to the first time saving game state while the low probability game state remains. , As described above, the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state ends and the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. Here, during the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, the count value of the time-saving activation number counter reaches the number of time-saving activations before all 10,000 winning lottery results are other than the jackpot, so the fourth low probability It is impossible that all 10000 winning lottery results are other than big hits during the time saving game state, and in fact, when this end condition is satisfied, the fourth low probability time saving game state ends and the normal game state is set. will not be
In addition, when the determination of the small hit symbol Y1 is performed 5 times during the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, the fourth time-saving gaming state is changed to a non-time-saving gaming state while maintaining the low-probability gaming state. Thus, the fourth low-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, from the time point when the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, counting of the number of determinations of the small winning pattern Y1 by the determination number counter is started. , When the count value of this determination number counter reaches the above-mentioned end establishment number (5 times), the fourth low probability time saving gaming state is terminated. The count value of the determination number counter is reset by performing a RAM clear (reset) by a predetermined operation, or by completing the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state being set.
Further, when the time reduction design J1 is determined by winning the time reduction grant during the fourth low probability time reduction game state, the fourth time reduction game state is terminated while the low probability game state is maintained, and the state is changed to the third time reduction game state. As a result, the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state ends and the third low-probability time-saving gaming state is set as described above. More specifically, the fourth low-probability time-saving game state is ended and the third low-probability time-saving game state is set when the variable display of the special symbols based on the winning ends and the stop display time elapses.
On the other hand, when the time saving design J2 is determined during the fourth low-probability time-saving game state, the fourth time-saving game state is once terminated while the low-probability game state remains unchanged, but after this end, the fourth time-saving game state is again. A game state is set. More specifically, when the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning ends and the stop display time has elapsed, the fourth low probability time saving gaming state ends once, but the fourth low probability time saving game state based on the end The game state is reset. That is, when the time saving pattern J2 is determined during the fourth low probability time saving game state, substantially, the fourth low probability time saving game state continues.
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, when the time saving provision is won during the fourth low-probability time saving game state, the same or different kind of time saving game state is set, and the time saving game state itself continues. It's like

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the application example 12, as described above, the winning probability of the big win in the low probability game state is about 1/300, and the probability of determining the small winning symbol Y1 is about 1/20. Therefore, the result of the winning lottery will not be derived 10000 times without winning the jackpot during the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state.
On the other hand, as described above, the counting by the time saving activation counter starts from the time when the second low probability time saving gaming state is set, and the normal game state that can be set after the end of the second low probability time saving gaming state, the third low Since counting by the time-saving activation number counter continues even in the probability time-saving game state and the fourth low-probability time-saving game state, the count value of the time-saving activation number counter reaches the time-saving activation number during the fourth low-probability time-saving game state. sometimes.
Therefore, substantially, whether the big hit is won, the count value of the time saving activation number counter reaches the time saving activation number, the time saving award is elected, or the small winning pattern Y1 is determined five times. Thus, the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state ends. In particular, the probability of determining the small winning pattern Y1 (1/20) and the winning probability of the time saving grant (3/300 (1/100)) are higher than the winning probability of the big win (1/300) in the low probability gaming state. From there, the fourth low-probability time-saving game state ends when the time-saving provision is won or the small winning pattern Y1 is determined five times.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, when winning the time saving in the second low probability time saving game state, the third low probability time saving game state, and the fourth low probability time saving game state, other applications Based on the control B in the modification of example 11, the game state is set.
That is, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, during the third low-probability time-saving game state, and during the fourth low-probability time-saving game state, if you win the time-saving game state, the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning is ended and the display is stopped. When the time elapses, the time-saving gaming state being set ends and the time-saving gaming state based on the winning is set.

Here, as described above, from the time the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state are set, the number of determinations of the small winning pattern Y1 by the determination number counter is counted. is started, and the count value of the determination number counter reaches the above-mentioned end establishment number (3 times or 5 times), the second low probability time saving game state, the third low probability time saving game state, the fourth low probability time saving game state ends.
Then, before the count value of the determination number counter reaches the above-mentioned end establishment number, when the time reduction grant is elected and the third low probability time reduction game state or the fourth low probability time reduction game state is newly set, the number of times determined The count value of the counter is reset, and the counting of the number of determinations of the small winning symbol Y1 by the determination number counter is newly started. That is, in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, the number of determinations of the small hit symbol Y1 reaches the above-mentioned end establishment number. From the time of setting the new third low-probability time-saving gaming state and the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, the number of determinations of the small winning symbol Y1 is counted again toward reaching the above-described end establishment number.

For example, after setting the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, when the time-saving grant is elected with the small winning pattern Y1 determined once and the time-saving design J1 is determined, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state being set Terminates and a new third low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. At this time, since the count value of the decision number counter is reset, the number of times the small winning symbol Y1 is decided becomes zero. Then, from the time of setting the new third low-probability time-saving gaming state, the count of the number of determinations of the small winning pattern Y1 is newly started, and when the number of determinations of the small winning pattern Y1 reaches 3 times, the third low during setting The probability time-saving gaming state ends.
Also, for example, after setting the above-described new third low-probability time-saving gaming state, when the time-saving design J1 is determined by winning the time-saving grant again in a state where the small winning design Y1 is determined twice, the setting number The 3 low-probability time-saving game state is temporarily terminated, and the third low-probability time-saving game state is newly set. At this time, since the count value of the determination number counter is reset in the same manner as described above, the number of times the small winning symbol Y1 is determined becomes zero. Then, when the third low-probability time-saving gaming state is reset, the count of the number of determinations of the small winning pattern Y1 is newly started, and when the number of determinations of the small winning pattern Y1 reaches 3 times, the reset number is set. 3 The low-probability time-saving gaming state ends.
Furthermore, for example, after resetting the above-mentioned third low-probability time-saving gaming state, when the time-saving design J2 is determined by winning the time-saving grant again in a state where the small winning pattern Y2 is determined once, the reset number The 3 low-probability time-saving gaming state is terminated, and a fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is newly set. At this time, since the count value of the determination number counter is reset in the same manner as described above, the number of times the small winning symbol Y1 is determined becomes zero. Then, from the time of setting the new fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, the count of the number of determinations of the small winning pattern Y1 is newly started, and when the number of determinations of the small winning pattern Y1 reaches 5 times, the fourth low during setting The probability time-saving gaming state ends.

Next, the outline of the processing related to the counting of the number of winning and completion establishment of time saving provision in another application example 12 will be described using a flowchart.
First, with reference to the flow chart of Figure 123, you explain concerning time saving grant winning time processing which is executed at the time of election of time saving grant.
At step 7200, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the stop display time, which is the time during which the special symbol is stopped and displayed after the end of the variable display of the special symbol, has elapsed. Then, when it is determined that the stop display time has not elapsed, the time reduction grant winning process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 7201 .
At step 7201, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the winning of the short working hours award is made by lottery. Then, when it is determined that the short working hours grant is not won, the process at the time of winning the short working hours grant is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the time saving award has been won, the process proceeds to the next step 7202 .

In step 7202, the main CPU 101 determines whether the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is in progress. When it is determined that neither the second low-probability time-saving game state, the third low-probability time-saving game state, nor the fourth low-probability time-saving game state is present, the time-saving giving winning process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that it is in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 7203 .
In step 7203, the main CPU 101 ends the currently set gaming state (second low-probability time-saving gaming state, third low-probability time-saving gaming state, fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state), and resets the count value of the determination counter. do. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 7204 .

At step 7204, the main CPU 101 sets a game state corresponding to the type of time saving symbol determined based on the winning of the time saving award. Specifically, when the time saving pattern J1 is determined, the third low probability time saving game state is set, and when the time saving pattern J2 is decided, the fourth low probability time saving game state is set. Moreover, even when any game state is set, the number of times of time saving is set to 10000 times in the time saving number counter. Further, the main CPU 101 sets the determination number counter to 3 times when the time saving pattern J1 is determined, and sets the determination number counter to 5 times when the time saving pattern J2 is determined. As a result, the count of the number of completion times corresponding to the set time-saving gaming state (counting of the number of determinations of the small winning pattern Y1) is started, and each time the small winning pattern Y1 is determined by winning the small winning, the above-mentioned determination is made. The count value of the number counter is decremented by one. Then, the processing at the time of the time reduction grant winning is terminated.

Next, the small winning design determination processing executed based on the determination of the small winning design Y1 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. It should be noted that this process at the time of determination of the small winning design is a process executed at the time of determination when a small winning design is determined in the lottery and the small winning design Y1 is determined.
At step 7210, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the small winning symbol Y1 is determined based on the winning of the small winning lottery. When it is determined that the small winning symbol Y1 is not determined, the small winning symbol determination processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the small winning symbol Y1 is determined, the process proceeds to the next step 7211 .
In step 7211, the main CPU 101 determines whether the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is in progress. Then, when it is determined that neither the second low-probability time-saving game state, the third low-probability time-saving game state, nor the fourth low-probability time-saving game state is performed, the process at the time of small winning symbol determination is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that it is in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 7212 .

At step 7212, the main CPU 101 decrements the count value of the determination number counter by one. In addition, the main CPU 101 stores a determination number command indicating the count value of the determination number counter after decrement in the effect transmission data storage area. As a result, the current count value of the determination number counter is transmitted to the sub control board 300, and the sub control board 300 can recognize the count value of the determination number counter. That is, the sub-control board 300 can grasp the number of determinations of the small hit pattern Y1 determined in the second low probability time saving game state, the third low probability time saving game state or the fourth low probability time saving game state being set. . Then, the process at the time of determining the small winning pattern is terminated.

Next, in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, the number of determinations of the small hit symbol Y1 reaches the number of completion establishments, and the time-saving gaming state during the setting The processing when reaching the number of times of establishment of termination, which is executed at the time of termination, will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 7220, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the stop display time has elapsed. Then, if it is determined that the stop display time has not elapsed, the processing at the time of reaching the end establishment count is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined that the stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 7221 .
In step 7221, it is determined whether or not during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, or during the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state. When it is determined that neither the second low-probability time-saving game state, the third low-probability time-saving game state nor the fourth low-probability time-saving game state is reached, the end establishment number reaching processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that it is in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 7222 .

At step 7222, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the count value of the number of determination counter has reached 0, that is, whether or not the number of times of determination of the small winning symbol Y1 has reached the number of completion establishments. Then, when it is determined that the count value of the determination number counter has not reached 0, the end establishment number reaching process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the count value of the determination number counter has reached 0, the process proceeds to the next step 7223 .
In step 7223, the main CPU 101 ends the currently set gaming state (second low-probability time-saving gaming state, third low-probability time-saving gaming state, fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state) and resets the count value of the determination number counter. do. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 7224.

At step 7224, the main CPU 101 sets the normal game state. Then, the process at the time of reaching the end establishment count ends.

In addition, as the processing when the time saving number of times corresponding to the time saving game state being set is reached and the time saving game state ends, the processing of steps 7100 to 7103 in the time saving game state end processing of another application example 11 is performed. Along with being executed, processing for setting the normal game state is executed after the end of step 7103 . In addition, the processing related to the execution of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot, the processing when the count value of the time saving activation number counter reaches the time saving activation number, and other processing are the other application examples 6 and 10. Since they are almost the same, the explanation is omitted.

(Summary of production)
Next, the high probability short working hours game state of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, the first low probability short working hour game state, the second low probability short working hour game state, the third low probability short working hour game state, the fourth low probability short working hour game An outline of the production executed in the state will be explained. Below, the display of the background image, and the second low probability time-saving game state, the third low probability time-saving game state, and the fourth low probability time-saving game state are executed, and the small hit pattern Y1 until the number of times of completion is reached. The explanation will be centered on the remaining number of determinations suggesting effect which suggests how many times the number of determinations remains.

(Outline of background image display)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, the normal background image corresponding to the normal game state (see FIGS. 127(a) and 130(e)) is used as the background image displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21. ), time-saving background image A corresponding to the high-probability time-saving gaming state (see FIG. 126 (a) to (e)), time-saving background image B corresponding to the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (FIG. 127 (b) to (c ) reference), the second low probability time saving game state, the third low probability time saving game state and the time saving background image C corresponding to the fourth low probability time saving game state (Fig. 128 (a) ~ (h), Fig. 129 (a) (g), see FIGS. 130(a) to (c)) are provided, and a corresponding background image is displayed on the display section 21a during each game state.

Specifically, the normal background image is displayed during the normal game state, and the time-saving background image A is displayed during the high-probability time-saving game state set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbols X2, X4, or X5. Displayed, the time-saving background image B is displayed during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set by the count value of the time-saving activation counter reaching the number of time-saving activations, and a special based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 or X3 During the second low-probability time-saving gaming state set after the end of the game, during the third low-probability time-saving gaming state set based on the determination of the time-saving design J1, and the fourth low set based on the determination of the time-saving design J2 A time saving background image C is displayed during the probability time saving game state.
When the game state is switched, the displayed background image is also switched accordingly.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, during the second low-probability time-saving game state in which the time-saving background image C is displayed, during the third low-probability time-saving game state, the fourth low-probability time-saving game When the time saving grant is elected during the state, the game state being set is terminated, and the third low probability time saving game state or the fourth low probability time saving game state is newly set, but the third low probability time saving game state is newly set. Alternatively, when the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the time-saving background image C displayed before the setting is not switched, and the time-saving background image C is continuously displayed.

(Overview of production in high-probability time-saving gaming state)
As described above, after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbols X2, X4 or X5, a high probability time-saving game state is set.
Then, along with the setting of the high-probability time-saving gaming state, display of the time-saving background image A on the display unit 21a, a display indicating that the high-probability time-saving gaming state has been set (for example, character display "Super chance mode start!" ) is performed, and thereafter, a variable effect is executed along with the variable display of the special symbols (see FIGS. 126(a) and 126(b)).

In addition, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, if the result of the lottery is a loss and a predetermined variation pattern is determined, or if the result of the lottery is a jackpot and a predetermined variation pattern is determined, a plurality of A BATTLE effect is executed in which notification is made based on the result of BATTLE by the character.
Specifically, when the variable effect based on the variation pattern described above is started, a BATTLE effect start image (for example, a character image saying "BATTLE start!") indicating the start of the BATTLE effect is displayed (Fig. 126(c)). ), and then a BATTLE image (not particularly shown) showing the contents of the BATTLE is displayed.
Then, if the result of the lottery is a big win, the above-mentioned BATTLE image is displayed for a predetermined time, and then a BATTLE result image (for example, "WIN!!" indicating that the specific character has won the BATTLE is displayed. ”) is displayed, and further, a jackpot notification image (for example, a character image “BONUS!!”) is displayed to notify that the player has won the jackpot, thereby notifying that the player has won the jackpot. (See FIGS. 126(d)-(e)).
On the other hand, if the result of the lottery is a loser, although not shown, after the BATTLE image is displayed for a predetermined period of time, a BATTLE result image (for example, , “LOSE .

(Outline of production in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state)
As described above, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the count value of the time-saving activation frequency counter reaches the time-saving activation frequency.
Then, for example, when the number of time-saving activations is reached during the normal game state, the normal background image displayed in the display unit 21a is switched to the time-saving background image B along with the setting of the first low-probability time-saving game state, and the first Display indicating that the low-probability time-saving gaming state has been set (for example, character display “Lucky time start!”), The rest for performing a countdown display of the number of times of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (1200 times) Display of the initial value of the number of times of time saving is performed (see FIGS. 127(a) and 127(b)).
After that, every time the variation (variation display) of the special symbol is executed, the countdown display of the number of remaining times of shortening is performed at the time when the stop display time in the variation has elapsed (see FIG. 127(c)).

In addition, although not particularly shown, in the first low probability time-saving gaming state, the result of the winning lottery is a loss and a predetermined variation pattern is determined, or the result of the winning lottery is a jackpot winning and a predetermined variation When the pattern is determined, the above-described BATTLE effect is executed and the result of the winning lottery is notified in the same manner as during the high-probability time-saving gaming state.

In addition, during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, a display indicating that the gaming state is in progress (for example, a character display of "during lucky time") may be performed. In addition, until the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, that is, during the counting by the time-saving activation counter, each time the special symbol variation (variation display) is performed, it is the time-saving activation count. A count-up display of the number of times toward 900 times may be performed.

(Second low-probability time-saving game state, third low-probability time-saving game state, overview of production in the fourth low-probability time-saving game state)
As described above, after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 or X3, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and after the end of the variable display of the special symbol based on the determination of the time-saving symbol J1, the third low A probability time-saving game state is set, and a fourth low-probability time-saving game state is set after the end of the variable display of the special symbols based on the determination of the time-saving pattern J2.
Then, with the setting of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, the display unit 21a displays the time-saving background image C, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, A display indicating that the third low-probability time-saving gaming state and the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state have been set (for example, a character display “Chance mode start!”) is performed, and then with the variable display of special symbols A variable effect is executed (see FIGS. 128(a) and 128(b)).

In addition, as described above, in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, the remaining determination number of times suggestion effect is executed.
The remaining determined number of times suggestion effect suggests how many times the number of times of determination of the small winning symbol Y1 is remaining until the number of times of completion is reached in each game state described above. The player can visually recognize whether or not the game is about to end.
Specifically, in the remaining determined number of times suggestion production in another application example 12, when the second low probability short working hours gaming state, the third low probability short working hours gaming state or the fourth low probability short working hours gaming state is set, a predetermined remaining Number-of-times suggestive images (for example, heart-mark images) are displayed for the number of times corresponding to the number of times the completion is established (see FIG. 128(a)). For example, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 or X3 is completed and the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, or when the time-saving design J1 is determined by winning the time-saving grant in the normal game state When the 3 low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, three remaining number-suggesting images corresponding to the number of completions (3 times) are displayed (see FIG. 128 (a)), and in the normal gaming state, the time-saving grant When the fourth low-probability time-saving game state is set by winning and determining the time-saving pattern J2, five remaining number-of-times suggesting images corresponding to the number of times of completion (5 times) are displayed.

After that, each time the small winning symbol Y1 is determined, the displayed remaining number suggesting image is erased one by one (see FIGS. 128(d) to (e)). As a result, it is reported that the small winning symbol Y1 has been determined.
Then, the number of times of determination of the small winning pattern Y1 reaches the number of completion establishment times and the time saving game state being set (second low probability time saving game state, third low probability time saving game state, fourth low probability time saving game state) 130(c)-(d), all the images suggesting the remaining number of times are erased. As a result, it is reported that the number of determinations of the small winning symbol Y1 has reached the number of completions and that the time-saving gaming state being set is completed.

On the other hand, when the remaining number of times suggestion image is displayed (2nd low probability time saving game state, 3rd low probability time saving game state, 4th low probability time saving game state) If you win time saving, time saving determined based on the winning A game state (3rd low probability time saving game state, 4th low probability time saving game state) is displayed as the number of remaining times suggestion images corresponding to the number of completion establishment times (see FIG. 128 (g)).
Specifically, if the number corresponding to the number of times the set time-saving gaming state is completed is greater than the number of remaining number suggesting images currently displayed, the remaining number corresponding to these differences A number-of-times suggestion image is additionally displayed (see FIG. 128(g)).
Also, although not shown in particular, if the number corresponding to the number of times the set time-saving gaming state has ended is less than the number of images suggesting the remaining number of times displayed at the present time, it corresponds to the difference between them. The number of remaining number suggesting images is erased.
Furthermore, although not shown in particular, if the number corresponding to the number of times that the set time-saving gaming state has ended is the same as the number of remaining number suggesting images currently displayed, the number of remaining times of the current number The suggestive image continues to be displayed.

(Concrete example of the number of remaining decisions suggested effect)
Hereinafter, the remaining determined number of times suggestion effect will be described in more detail by giving a specific example. In the following, mainly the second low probability time saving game state remaining decision number suggestion effect will be described as an example, but the third low probability time saving game state and the fourth low probability time saving game state Suggestion of the number of remaining decisions The same processing is performed for the production.

For example, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 is completed and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, as described above, it corresponds to the number of completions (three times) in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state. Three images suggesting the number of remaining times are displayed, and after that, a variable effect is executed along with the variable display of the special symbols (see FIGS. 128(a) and 128(b)).

Also, for example, a state in which three remaining number suggesting images are displayed in the second low probability time saving game state (that is, after the second low probability time saving game state is set, the small winning pattern Y1 is still determined) state), when a small prize is won by lottery and a small prize pattern Y1 is determined, one image indicating the number of remaining times is erased.
Here, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state becomes a small hit, and the above-mentioned “D2H” or “D3H” variation pattern command “20 Also when the variation pattern of "second variation" is determined, the above-described BATTLE effect is executed. Then, when the small winning symbol Y1 is determined based on the winning of the small winning described above, the BATTLE effect is executed, and the remaining number suggesting image is erased (FIGS. 128(c)-(e)). reference).
Specifically, when the small winning symbol Y1 is determined, the variation pattern of "20 second variation" related to the variation pattern command of "D2H" is determined. When the variation effect based on the determined variation pattern is started, a BATTLE effect start image is displayed (see FIG. 128(c)), and then a BATTLE image (not particularly shown) showing BATTLE contents is displayed. be. After the BATTLE image is displayed for a predetermined period of time, a BATTLE result image (for example, a character image saying "Damage!!") indicating that a specific character has received damage is displayed, and an image indicating the number of remaining times is displayed. is deleted, leaving two remaining number suggesting images (see FIGS. 128(d) to (e)). As a result, the small winning symbol Y1 is determined, and it is informed that the number of times of determination of the remaining small winning symbols Y1 until the number of times of establishment of the end is reached is two.

Also, for example, a state in which one remaining number of suggesting image is displayed in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (that is, after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the small winning pattern Y1 is determined twice. ), when a small prize is won by lottery and a small prize pattern Y1 is determined, the second low-probability time-saving game state being set is terminated. At this time, in the same way as described above, the images suggesting the remaining number of times are erased through execution of the BATTLE effect, and the number of images suggesting the number of remaining times being displayed becomes 0 (see FIGS. 130(a) to (c)). ). That is, all remaining number suggesting images are erased. In addition, along with this, an end display (for example, character display of "chance mode end") indicating that the second low-probability time-saving gaming state has ended is performed (see FIG. 130(d)). Thus, in the second low-probability time-saving game state, the number of determinations of the small winning symbol Y1 reaches three times, which is the number of completion establishment times, and notification is given to the effect that the second low-probability time-saving game state being set has ended.
Then, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends and the normal gaming state is set, the time-saving background image C displayed during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is switched to the normal background image (Fig. 130 (e) reference).

Also, for example, a state in which two remaining number of suggested images are displayed in the second low probability time saving game state (that is, after the second low probability time saving game state is set, the small winning symbol Y1 is determined once In this state), when time-saving provision is won by lottery and a time-saving pattern J2 is determined, the second low-probability time-saving game state being set is terminated and a fourth low-probability time-saving game state is set. In addition, along with this, the number corresponding to the number of times the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state ends (5 times) based on the determination of the time-saving pattern J2, and the number of remaining times suggested images currently displayed (2 ) are additionally displayed. In other words, five remaining number suggesting images corresponding to the number of times (5 times) the completion of the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state are displayed.
Here, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state will be elected for time-saving, and the above-mentioned “E1H” or “E2H” variation pattern command “20 Also when the variation pattern of "second variation" is determined, the above-described BATTLE effect is executed. Then, when the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined based on the winning of the time saving grant described above, after the execution of the BATTLE effect, an additional display of the remaining number of times suggestion image is performed (Fig. 128 (f) ~ ( g)).
Specifically, when the time saving pattern J2 is determined, the variation pattern of "20 second variation" related to the variation pattern command of "E2H" is determined. When the variation effect based on the determined variation pattern is started, a BATTLE effect start image is displayed (see FIG. 128(f)), and then a BATTLE image (not particularly shown) showing BATTLE contents is displayed. be. After the BATTLE image is displayed for a predetermined period of time, a BATTLE result image (for example, a character image of "Life Charge!") indicating that the damage of the specific character has been recovered is displayed, and three remaining characters are displayed. The number-of-times suggesting image is additionally displayed, and the number of remaining number-of-times suggesting images remains five (see FIGS. 128(g) to (h)). As a result, the time reduction grant is elected, the time reduction pattern J2 is determined, the second low probability time reduction game state is ended, the fourth low probability time reduction game state is set, and the remaining small winning patterns until the number of times of completion is reached. It is notified that the number of determinations of Y1 has reached 5 times.

In addition, although not shown in particular, for example, in a state where two remaining number suggesting images are displayed during the second low probability time saving game state, time saving design J1 was determined by winning time saving grant by lottery. In the case, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state being set ends and the third low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. In addition, along with this, the number corresponding to the number of times the third low-probability time-saving gaming state ends (3 times) based on the determination of the time-saving pattern J1, and the number of images that suggest the remaining number of times currently displayed (2 ) is additionally displayed. That is, three remaining number suggesting images corresponding to the number of times the third low-probability time-saving gaming state ends (three times) are displayed.
In addition, although not particularly shown, for example, in a state in which five remaining number suggesting images are displayed during the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, the time-saving design J1 is determined by winning the time-saving grant by lottery. In the case, the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state being set ends and the third low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. In addition, along with this, the number corresponding to the number of times the third low-probability time-saving gaming state ends (3 times) based on the determination of the time-saving pattern J1, and the number of images indicating the remaining number of times currently displayed (5 ) are deleted. That is, three remaining number suggesting images corresponding to the number of times the third low-probability time-saving gaming state ends (three times) are displayed. It should be noted that, when the image indicating the remaining number of times is deleted due to the winning of the time saving grant, the BATTLE result image indicating that a specific character has been damaged in the BATTLE production, as in the case where the small winning pattern Y1 is determined. is displayed.
In addition, although not particularly shown, for example, in a state in which three remaining number suggesting images are displayed during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the time-saving design J1 is determined by winning the time-saving grant by the winning lottery. In the case, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state being set ends and the third low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. In this case, the number corresponding to the number of times the third low-probability time-saving gaming state ends (3 times) based on the determination of the time-saving pattern J1 and the number of remaining times suggestion images currently displayed (3) are the same Therefore, the display of the current three remaining number suggesting images is maintained. In addition, if the display of the current number of remaining number suggesting images is maintained even though the time saving grant is won, a specific character similar to the case where the small winning pattern Y2 described later is determined in the BATTLE production will be damaged. A BATTLE result image (see FIG. 129(c)) is displayed to indicate that the battle has been avoided.

In addition, as described above, by winning the time saving grant, the second low probability time saving game state in the setting, the third low probability time saving game state or the fourth low probability time saving game state ends, and a new third low probability time saving game When the state or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the time-saving background image C displayed before the end is continuously displayed. That is, in this case, only the display of the remaining times suggestion image is changed without changing the display of the time saving background image C.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, although there is a case where a small winning pattern is determined by winning a lottery and a small winning pattern Y2 is determined, the determination of the small winning pattern Y2 is a second low probability time saving. It is not set as a condition for ending the game state, the third low-probability time-saving game state, and the fourth low-probability time-saving game state. Therefore, even if the small hit symbol Y2 is determined in the second low probability time saving game state, the third low probability time saving game state, and the fourth low probability time saving game state, the remaining number of times suggestion image being displayed is not erased (Fig. 129 ( c) to (d)).
And in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, even when the small winning pattern Y2 is determined in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, the above However, unlike the case where the small winning symbol Y1 is determined, even if the BATTLE effect is executed, the remaining number suggesting image being displayed is not erased.
For example, in a state in which two remaining number suggesting images are displayed in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (see FIG. 129 (a)), when a small hit is won and a small hit pattern Y2 is determined, "D3H" is determined. Then, when the variation effect based on the determined variation pattern is started, a BATTLE effect start image is displayed (see FIG. 129(b)), and then a BATTLE image (not particularly shown) showing BATTLE contents. is displayed. After the BATTLE image is displayed for a predetermined period of time, a BATTLE result image (for example, a character image saying "Damage avoidance!!") indicating that the specific character has avoided damage is displayed, and two remaining times are displayed. The suggestive image continues to be displayed (see FIGS. 129(c) to (d)). As a result, the small winning symbol Y2 is determined, and it is notified that the remaining number of determinations of the small winning symbol Y1 until reaching the number of times of establishment of completion is still two.

In addition, in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, the result of the winning lottery is lost and a predetermined variation pattern is determined, or the result of the winning lottery When a big hit is won and a predetermined variation pattern is determined, the above-mentioned BATTLE effect is executed in the same way as during the high probability time saving game state and the first low probability time saving game state, and the result of the winning lottery is notified. (See FIGS. 129(e)-(g)).

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, when the second low probability time saving game state, the third low probability time saving game state, and the fourth low probability time saving game state are elected for time saving, The time-saving game state being set ends and the time-saving game state (third low probability time-saving game state or fourth low probability time-saving game state) that is the same as or different from the time-saving game state is set, and the time-saving game state continues. ing. Then, when the number of determinations of the small winning symbol Y1 reaches the number of completion establishment times corresponding to the time-saving game state being set, the game state being set is ended and the normal game state is set.
That is, after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state are set, the same or different type of time-saving gaming state is switched to based on the winning of the time-saving grant, The time-saving game state continues until the normal game state is set after the number of times of determination of the small winning symbol Y1 reaches the number of times of completion establishment corresponding to the time-saving game state being set.
And, during the continuation of the time-saving gaming state, while the time-saving background image C continues to be displayed, based on the determination of the small winning pattern Y1 and the winning of the time-saving provision, the number of displayed remaining number suggesting images increases or decreases. It has become. Then, when the number of determinations of the small winning symbol Y1 reaches the number of completions corresponding to the time-saving gaming state being set, the number of displayed remaining number suggesting images becomes 0 (that is, all remaining number suggesting images erased).
Thus, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state are set, the small winning pattern Y1 Until the number of decisions reaches the number of completion times corresponding to the time-saving gaming state being set, there is a possibility of switching to the same or different type of time-saving gaming state based on the winning of the time-saving grant, but during this time-saving background image By continuing to display C, it is possible to give the player a strong impression that the time-saving game state continues without making the player aware of switching to the time-saving game state. In addition, the increase and decrease of the number-of-remaining suggestive images allow the player to visually recognize whether or not the time-saving game state is about to end.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300, the result of the lottery, the type of special symbol, the variation pattern (variation pattern command), the set game state, the time saving Count value of the activation count counter, the number of remaining times in the first low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state, the third low-probability time-saving game state or the fourth low-probability time-saving game state end establishment number, determination number Information such as the count value of the counter (the number of times the small winning symbol Y1 is determined) is transmitted. Then, the sub CPU 301 acquires the effect data stored in the sub ROM 302 based on the received information, and based on the effect data, displays the background image, the variable effect, the BATTLE effect, and the suggestion of the number of remaining determinations. Performs control to execute various effects such as effects.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, the winning of the jackpot (determination of the jackpot symbols X1, X2, X3, X4, or X5) allows the second player to win the second game, which has a higher advantage than the normal game state. Not only is the low-probability time-saving game state and the high-probability time-saving game state set, but the result of the winning lottery of all 1200 times, which is the number of times of time-saving activation during the low-probability game state, is lost. It is possible to set a first low-probability time-saving game state having a higher degree of advantage than the normal game state, and by winning the time-saving grant during the low-probability game state, the normal game state is bypassed by winning a jackpot. Since the third low-probability time-saving game state and the fourth low-probability time-saving game state, which are more advantageous, can be set, novel game properties can be provided, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, when winning the time saving grant during the second low probability time saving game state set through the winning of the big win, the second low probability time saving game state ends and the big win is won. It is possible to set a third low-probability time-saving game state and a fourth low-probability time-saving game state that do not involve winning. Then, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends and the third low-probability time-saving gaming state or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the time-saving gaming state continues following the second low-probability time-saving gaming state. However, the end condition for ending the game state (time-saving game state) being set can be changed.
Similarly, when the jackpot is won during the third low-probability time-saving gaming state or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state set without winning the jackpot and the jackpot symbol X1 or X3 is determined, the third low A second low-probability time-saving game state through the winning of a big win can be set after the special game based on the winning of the big win is finished after the short-time-probability game state and the fourth low-probability time-shortening game state are finished. Then, even when the third low probability short working hours gaming state and the fourth low probability short working hours gaming state are completed and the second low probability short working hours gaming state is set, the third low probability short working hours gaming state and the fourth low probability short working hours gaming state Although the time-saving game state continues after this, the end condition for ending the game state being set can be changed.
Furthermore, if you win the time saving during the 3rd low probability time saving game state or the 4th low probability time saving game state set without winning the jackpot, the 3rd low probability time saving game state or the 4th low probability time saving game It is possible to newly set a third low-probability time-saving game state and a fourth low-probability time-saving game state that do not involve the winning of a jackpot after the state ends. Then, even when the third low-probability time-saving gaming state and the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state are completed and the new third low-probability time-saving gaming state and the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state are set, it is set first Although the time-saving game state continues following the third low-probability time-saving game state and the fourth low-probability time-saving game state, the end condition for ending the game state being set can be changed.
That is, when a new time-saving gaming state setting opportunity occurs during a predetermined time-saving gaming state, a new time-saving gaming state is set and the time-saving gaming state continues, while the end conditions of the time-saving gaming state are changed. Variations until the end of the time-saving game state become abundant, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state are the small winning patterns Y1 based on the winning of the small winning. The game ends when the number of times of determination reaches a predetermined number of times of completion. In addition, in these gaming states, a display related to the winning of the small hit (display related to the determination of the small winning pattern Y1, that is, the display of the remaining number of suggested images) is performed, and a display not related to the winning of the small win (time saving background image C display) is performed. In addition, when winning the time saving grant in these game states, it is possible to change the display related to the winning of the small win (delete the image suggesting the remaining number of times, add display), and it is possible to continue the display not related to winning the small win. It has become.
As a result, the variety of effects executed until the time-saving game state ends is increased, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.

(Modified example of pachinko machine P according to another application example 12)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, and during the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, when winning the time-saving grant, during the setting The second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state are completed, and the time-saving gaming state (3rd low-probability time-saving gaming state or second 4 low-probability time-saving game state) was set, but the switching mode of the game state based on winning of time-saving grant is not limited to this.
For example, even when winning the time saving grant during the first low probability time saving game state, the first low probability time saving game state is ended, and the time saving game state is set according to the type of the determined time saving pattern. good too. In addition, when winning the time saving provision during the third low probability time saving game state or during the fourth low probability time saving game state, setting of a new time saving game state may not be performed. In addition, the time saving game state set when winning the time saving grant is not limited to the third low probability time saving game state or the fourth low probability time saving game state, but only one of these is set. Alternatively, other low-probability time-saving gaming states other than these may be set.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the twelfth application can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, the number of determinations of the small winning pattern Y1 ends. When the number of establishments is reached, the game state being set is terminated and the normal game state is set, but the condition for ending each time-saving game state is not limited to this.
For example, the number of determinations of the small winning pattern Y2 instead of the small winning pattern Y1 reaches a predetermined number, the number of small winning winnings reaches a predetermined number regardless of the type of the determined small winning pattern, and the small winning pattern. The number of determinations of both Y1 and Y2 reaches a predetermined number of times, the number of times of determination of the small winning pattern Y1 and the number of determinations of the small winning pattern Y2 each reach a predetermined number of times (the number of times may be the same or different), the small winning number The pattern Y1 and the small winning pattern Y2 are determined in a predetermined order, the small winning patterns other than the small winning patterns Y1 and Y2 are provided, and the number of determinations of the small winning pattern reaches a predetermined number. It may be used as a condition.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the application example 12 can be obtained, and the variety of timings for ending each time-saving game state can be increased, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.

In addition, instead of setting the content regarding the winning of a small hit as the termination condition of each time-saving gaming state, the content regarding the lottery or variation of normal symbols may be the termination condition of each time-saving gaming state.
For example, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, the number of times that the normal symbol lottery wins reaches a predetermined number of times, normal symbols The termination condition may be that the number of times of the variable display of reaches a predetermined number of times. In addition, in the case of setting in this way, at any timing from the start to the end of the variable display of normal symbols, the time-saving game state being set is ended and the type of time-saving symbols determined is displayed. A time saving game state may be newly set. Furthermore, when the time-saving game state is newly set, the counting of the number of times is started again, and the display control of the background image similar to the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12 and the effect of suggesting the number of remaining determined times are controlled. may be performed.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the application example 12 can be obtained, and the variety of timings for ending each time-saving game state can be increased, thereby increasing the interest of the player.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, the number of times of completion in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state and the third low-probability time-saving gaming state is 3 times, and the number of times of completion in the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state is 5. Although it was once, the end condition may have different contents for each time-saving game state, or may have the same contents.
For example, the number of times the end is established in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is 2 times, the number of times the end is established in the third low-probability time-saving gaming state is 3 times, and the number of times the end is established in the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state may be 5 times. , 2nd low probability shortening working hours gaming state, 3rd low probability shortening working hours gaming state, the number of completion establishment in the fourth low probability shortening working hours gaming state may be 3 times.
Also, for example, in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the end condition is that the number of winnings of the small hit reaches a predetermined number, and in the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, the number of determinations of the small winning pattern Y2 is a predetermined number. The end condition is to reach, and in the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, the end condition is that the number of determinations of both the small winning symbols Y1 and Y2 reaches a predetermined number.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the application example 12 can be obtained, and the variety of timings for ending each time-saving game state can be increased, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, when the time saving pattern J1 is determined during the third low probability time saving game state or when the time saving pattern J2 is determined during the fourth low probability time saving game state Although the same type of time-saving gaming state is set, once the 3rd low-probability time-saving gaming state and the 4th low-probability time-saving gaming state that were previously set are completed, the same new Although the third low-probability time-saving game state and the fourth low-probability time-saving game state are set, the control of switching the game state at the time of winning the time-saving grant is not limited to this.
For example, in the case described above, without ending the third low-probability time-saving gaming state or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state being set, it may be continued as it is.
In this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the application example 12 can be obtained, and the control of the switching of the game state at the time of winning the time-saving provision becomes simple, and the hardware such as the main CPU 101 can be easily controlled. Processing load on hardware resources can be reduced.

In the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, an external device of the pachinko machine P (hall computer, The data may be set to be output to a data display device or the like that displays the number of jackpots or the like.
Then, in the second low-probability time-saving game state, the third low-probability time-saving game state, and the fourth low-probability time-saving game state, the time-saving game state is terminated, and the third low-probability time-saving game state is newly established. Or when setting the fourth low probability time-saving gaming state, once the output of the above-mentioned external signal is stopped with the end of the time-saving gaming state being set, a new third low probability time-saving gaming state or second 4 You may make it start the output of the above-mentioned external signal again with the setting of the low probability time-saving gaming state.
In this case, it is possible to reliably transmit to the external device that the time saving game state has been newly set by winning the time saving award.

Also, in the second low-probability time-saving game state, the third low-probability time-saving game state, and the fourth low-probability time-saving game state, the time-saving game state is terminated and the third low-probability time-saving game state is newly established. Or when setting the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, the output of the above-described external signal may be continued without stopping.
In this case, since the output of the external signal is not stopped and started, the control of the output of the external signal at the time of winning the time reduction grant becomes simple, and the processing load on hardware resources such as the main CPU 101 can be reduced.

In addition, in the remaining decision number suggesting effect in another application example 12, the number of heart mark images (remaining number suggesting image) is displayed to increase or decrease. Although the number of determinations is notified, the mode of presentation is not limited to this. For example, in a predetermined meter image, the meter decreases each time a small winning pattern Y1 is determined, and the meter increases when winning a time saving grant is displayed, so that the remaining small winnings until the number of times of completion is reached. You may make it alert|report the determination frequency|count of pattern Y1.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the twelfth application can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the third low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state, when a jackpot is won, a small win is won. When the small winning pattern Y1 is determined, when the small winning is won and the small winning pattern Y2 is determined, and when the time saving award is won, the same BATTLE production is executed, and the result of winning and determination corresponds. However, it is not limited to this, and different types of effects are executed for each result of winning or decision, and after the execution of the effect, the result of winning or decision Notification or display corresponding to is performed.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the twelfth application can be obtained.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 12, the control B in the modification of the other application example 11 is adopted, and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state and the third low-probability game state being set based on the winning of the time-saving grant Probability of time-saving gaming state, the fourth low-probability of time-saving gaming state was terminated, and a new third low-probability of time-saving gaming state or fourth low-probability of time-saving gaming state was set, but it is not limited to this. Instead, the control A of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 11 may be adopted.
Specifically, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, during the third low-probability time-saving game state, and during the fourth low-probability time-saving game state, if the time-saving grant is won, the time-saving game state being set is terminated. Until then, although the third low-probability time-saving gaming state or the fourth low-probability time-saving gaming state based on the winning of the time-saving grant is not set, the number of determinations of the small winning pattern Y1 by the determination number counter based on the winning of the time-saving grant When the time saving game state being set is finished after counting, a third low probability time saving game state or a fourth low probability time saving game state may be set based on winning of time saving grant.
In addition, as the remaining determined number of times suggestion effect in this case, for example, at the time of winning the time saving grant, the display for updating the remaining number of times suggestion image is not performed, and the remaining number of times suggestion image is not displayed when the time saving game state being set is completed. Display an image that indicates that the number of suggested images may be updated (for example, a character image saying "Damage recovery?"), and when the time-saving game state being set ends, the time-saving grant will be won. If the number of determinations of the small winning pattern Y1 based on the number of times of completion has not reached the number of times of completion, the remaining number of times suggestion image is updated at this point, and the number of times of determination of the small winning pattern Y1 based on the winning of the time saving award has reached the number of times of completion. In this case, the remaining number suggesting image may not be updated.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the twelfth application can be obtained.

(Another application example 13)
(Outline of configuration and control)
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 13 is a so-called 1-type and 2-type mixed pachinko machine, similar to the other application example 3, and wins a big win or a small win based on winning a small win. A special game is executed when a game ball enters a special area, which will be described later, during a game.

The configuration of the game board 11 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, and the devices and members installed on the game board 11, are similar to the other application example 3, except for the attacker device 17. It is the same as Example 1 and another Application Example 2.
The attacker device 17 is the same as the above-described embodiment, etc., except that it has a special area that has the same structure as the specific area 57 in the above-described embodiment, but has a different function, as in the other application example 3. The internal structure of

During the special game based on the winning of the big win or the small winning game based on the winning of the small win, the big winning hole 18 is opened and the game ball can enter the big winning hole 18.例文帳に追加However, during the special game, the sorting member 59 is stopped at the first position, and the game balls entering the big winning opening 18 do not enter the special area, but all enter the general area 58.例文帳に追加On the other hand, during the small winning game, the distribution member 59 is stopped at the second position, and the game balls entering the big winning opening 18 do not enter the general area 58, and all enter the special area. It is designed to
That is, the game balls can enter the special area only during the small winning game, and thereby, a predetermined number (one in this example) of the game balls during the small winning game based on the winning of the small winning. A special game is executed by entering a special area.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, the game state after the end of the special game is set according to the big win pattern determined when winning the big win or the small winning pattern determined when winning the small win. It's like

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, as the game state that can be set, a normal game state, a low probability game state and a first time-saving game, which are game states combining a low-probability game state and a non-time-saving game state A first low-probability time-saving game state (hereinafter also referred to as a first low-probability time-saving game state), a low-probability game state, and a second time-saving game state (time-saving game state), which is a game state that combines the state (time-saving game state) A second low-probability time-saving game state (hereinafter also referred to as a second low-probability time-saving game state) is provided, and one of the game states is set to progress the game.
Thus, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, the low-probability game state is always set in any game state described above. Therefore, in any gaming state, the probability of winning the jackpot in the winning lottery does not change and is always the same (1/150) (see FIG. 131).

The non-time-saving gaming state, the first time-saving gaming state, and the second time-saving gaming state are the frequency of entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 (difficulty of entering the ball, in other words, the second starting winning opening 16 (Frequency of win/fail lottery based on the entry of the game ball to) is set to each predetermined content.
In addition, in the initial state after factory shipment or reset, the normal game state is set.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, during the normal game state, the player is instructed to launch a game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left hitting), and according to this instruction, the game ball is hit. As long as is hit, the game ball can enter the first start winning hole 15. - 特許庁On the other hand, during the first low-probability time-saving game state, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, during the special game, and during the small winning game, the player is instructed to launch the game ball toward the second game area 12b, As long as the game ball is launched in accordance with this instruction, the game ball can pass through the gate 20, enter the second start winning hole 16, and enter the big winning hole 18 (see FIG. 3). .
Then, based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 and the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning port 16, a lottery is executed.

As shown in FIG. 131(a), in the winning lottery when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, it is possible to win a big win. is determined. That is, during the normal game state, a special game is executed based on the winning of the jackpot (determination of jackpot symbols X1, X2 or X3).
As described above, the probability of winning the jackpot is set to 1/150, the probability of winning the jackpot pattern X1 is 50/100 (50%), and the probability of winning the jackpot pattern X2 is 50/100 (50%). 40/100 (40%), and the determination probability of the jackpot symbol X3 is set to 10/100 (10%). Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z1 is determined.
In addition, the upper limit number of the first special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 (upper limit number of the first reserved number) is set to four. It should be noted that the upper limit number of reserves of the first special random number is not limited to this.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 131(a), in the winning lottery when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, it is possible to win a big win or a small win, and if the big win is won, the big win pattern. X1, X2 or X3 is determined, and when a small winning is won, a small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined. That is, during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state or during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, a special game is executed based on the winning of the jackpot (determination of the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3), or the small hit A special game is executed through execution of a small winning game executed based on the winning of (determination of the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2).
In addition, the probability of winning the jackpot is set to 1/150 as described above, and the probability of determining the jackpot pattern X1 in the case of winning the jackpot is 50/100 (50%), and the probability of deciding the jackpot pattern X2. The probability is set to 40/100 (40%), the probability of determining the big winning pattern X3 is set to 10/100 (10%), and the probability of determining the small winning pattern Y1 when winning the small winning is 40/100 (40%). %), and the determination probability of the small winning pattern Y2 is set to 60/100 (60%). Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z2 is determined.
In addition, the upper limit number of the second special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 (upper limit number of the second reservation number) is set to four. It should be noted that the upper limit number of reserves of the second special random number is not limited to this.

Also, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, as in the above-described embodiment, etc., when a special symbol is determined, the variation time of the special symbol and the variation effect are determined based on the result of the determination. A variation pattern command corresponding to a variation pattern whose aspect etc. is determined is determined, and a stop display time (so-called symbol confirmation time), which is the time during which the special symbol is stopped and displayed after the variation display of the special symbol is completed, is determined. It is designed to be
Determination of the variation pattern command and stop display time will be described later in detail.

Then, as shown in FIG. 131(b), when a small prize is won and a small prize pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, the big prize opening 18 is opened for 0.45 seconds and then closed for 0.6 seconds. The mode is repeated four times, and a small winning game is executed which ends when 10 game balls enter while the big winning hole 18 is open. During the small winning game, if the player hits right as instructed, the game ball can enter the big winning hole 18.例文帳に追加

Also, when the big winning symbol X1 is determined, when the small winning symbol Y1 is determined and a predetermined number (one in this example) of game balls enter the special area during the small winning game based on the determination, 4 A special game is executed in which one round game is performed. Also, when the big hit pattern X2 or X3 is determined, when the small winning pattern Y2 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small winning game based on the determination, 10 round games are played. The special game to be played is executed.

(Summary of Universal Figure Game)
Next, an outline of a normal game to be executed in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 131(c), during the non-time-saving game state (normal game state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is about 1/1.1, the normal symbol fluctuation time is 10 seconds, The operation time of the movable piece 16b (the time during which the movable piece 16b is maintained in an open state) in the case of winning by lottery of normal symbols is set to 0.05 second. In addition, although not shown in particular, it is set in the same way during the special game and during the small winning game.
In addition, during the first time-saving game state (during the first low-probability time-saving game state) and during the second time-saving game state (during the second low-probability time-saving game state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is , Approximately 1/1.1, which is the same as during the non-time-saving game state, the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 0.2 seconds shorter than during the non-time-saving game state, and the movable piece 16b when the normal pattern is won by lottery. is set to 5 seconds longer than during the non-time-saving game state.

That is, during the non-time-saving game state (during the normal game state), there are many opportunities to win with a high probability in the normal symbol lottery executed when the game ball passes through the gate 20, and the movable piece 16b is opened. However, since the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 10 seconds and the operation time of the movable piece 16b is 0.05 second, the time from the closed state to the open state of the movable piece 16b is long (from the open state). Although the interval until the next open state is long), the time during which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the open state is extremely short. Therefore, during the non-time-saving game state, since the movable piece 16b is almost closed, the possibility that the game ball entering the second game area 12b enters the second start winning opening 16 is extremely low.

On the other hand, during the first time-saving gaming state (during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state) and during the second time-saving gaming state (during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state), with the same probability as during the non-time-saving gaming state Since it becomes a hit, there are many opportunities for the movable piece 16b to open as in the non-time-saving game state. And, since the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 0.2 seconds shorter than during the non-time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b is 5 seconds longer than during the non-time-saving game state, the state where the movable piece 16b is closed Although the time from opening to the opening state is short (the interval from the opening state to the next opening state is short), the time for which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the open state is long. Therefore, during the first time-saving game state and the second time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is almost opened, and the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b can enter the second start winning opening 16 with high frequency. becomes.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is generally extremely high in any of the non-time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state, and the second time-saving game state. Although it is set high, the possibility that the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 (that is, to the second starting winning opening 16 The frequency of entry of the game ball, in other words, the frequency of execution of the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16) is changed.
That is, during the first time-saving game state and during the second time-saving game state, unlike during the non-time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is maintained in an open state, so the game relatively moves to the second start winning opening 16 Easy to enter the ball. Therefore, during the first time-saving game state and the second time-saving game state, it is possible to obtain an opportunity for a winning lottery while suppressing the decrease in game balls accompanying the progress of the game more than during the non-time-saving game state.

In addition, during the first time-saving game state and during the second time-saving game state, the ease of entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 was the same, but it is not limited to this. . By changing one or more of the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols, the fluctuation time of normal symbols and the operation time of the movable piece 16b, during the first time reduction game state, the second time reduction game state is higher than during the second time reduction game state. It may be set so that the game ball can easily enter the 2 start winning hole 16, and during the second time saving game state, the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 more than during the first time saving game state. You can set it easily.

(Outline of game state to be set)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, any one of the normal game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state, or the second low-probability time-saving game state is set.
In addition, when the first low-probability time-saving gaming state or the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the time-saving number counter configured by a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103 counts the time-saving number of times corresponding to each time-saving gaming state. be started. Specifically, when the above-described time-saving gaming state is set, the time-saving number of times corresponding to each time-saving gaming state is set in the time-saving number counter, and the count value of the time-saving number counter is set every time the special symbol is displayed. Decremented by 1. In addition, the count value of the time saving number counter is reset by performing RAM clearing (reset) by a predetermined operation or by finishing the special game. Then, when the count value of the time saving number counter reaches the number of time saving times (that is, when the count value of the time saving number counter reaches 0), the time saving game state being set ends.

As shown in FIGS. 131(a) and (d), regardless of the gaming state being set, a jackpot is won by a winning lottery based on the first special random number or the second special random number, and the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination is set to the second low-probability time-saving game state.
In addition, if the jackpot pattern X1 is won during the non-time-saving game state (normal game state), the number of times of time-saving is set to 1 time, and during the time-saving game state (first low probability time-saving game state, second low probability When the jackpot symbol X1 is determined during the time saving game state, the number of times of time saving is set to 6 times. In addition, regardless of the game state being set (that is, in any of the non-time-saving game state and the time-saving game state), when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, the time-saving number of times is set to 6 times, When the jackpot symbol X3 is determined, the number of times of time saving is set to 200 times.
Then, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, when the special game is not executed and the set time-saving number of times is reached, the low-probability game state remains as it is and the second time-saving game state is non-time-saving. By changing to the game state, the game state is changed to the normal game state.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, if the game ball is launched according to the right-handed instruction during the second low-probability time-saving game state, the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16. It is possible to win a big win or a small win in a winning lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the second starting winning hole 16.例文帳に追加And since the probability of winning the jackpot in the lottery is 1/150 and the probability of winning the small win is 20/150 (1/7.5), when the number of times of time saving is set to 200 times , Substantially, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state until the special game is executed by winning the jackpot or the special game is executed through the small winning game based on the winning by winning the small win. will continue. In addition, since the probability of winning a small hit is much higher than the probability of winning a jackpot, the second low-probability short-time gaming state continues until a special game based on the winning of a jackpot is executed. There is a high possibility that the second low-probability time-saving game state will continue until a special game is executed through a small winning game based on the winning.

In addition, as shown in FIGS. 131 (a) and (d), regardless of the gaming state being set, the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined by winning the small winning lottery based on the second special random number, When a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small winning game based on the determination and the special game is executed, the game state after the end of the special game is the low probability game state and the second time saving game state By being set, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set.
In addition, regardless of the game state being set, when the small winning pattern Y1 is determined, the number of times of time saving is set to 6 times, and when the small winning pattern Y2 is determined, the number of times of time saving is set to 6 times. be.
Then, in the same manner as described above, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, when reaching the time-saving number of times when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol is set without executing the special game, the low-probability gaming state remains the second time-saving gaming state. The game state is changed to the normal game state by changing the game state to the non-time-saving game state.

Further, as shown in FIG. 131(d), in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, a special game is executed during the normal game state and during the second low-probability time-saving game state (during the low-probability game state). When the number of fluctuations of the special symbols reaches a predetermined number of times of shortening working hours (500 times in another application example 13) without any special symbols, the first low probability shortening working hours game state is set. When the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the number of times of time-saving is set to 200 times. In addition, the control related to the setting of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state will be described in detail later.
Then, during the first low-probability time-saving game state, when the special game is not executed and the set time-saving number of times is reached, the low-probability game state remains as it is and the first time-saving game state is non-time-saving. By changing to the game state, the game state is changed to the normal game state.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, the number of times of time reduction activation for counting the number of times of time reduction activation (500 times) in which the first low probability time reduction gaming state (first time reduction gaming state) is set A counter is composed of a predetermined storage area in the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100 .
The count value of the time-saving activation counter is set by a predetermined operation to clear (reset) the RAM, end the special game, or set the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (first time-saving gaming state). It is reset when any one of the reset conditions is established.
When the count value of the time saving activation frequency counter is reset, "500" corresponding to the time saving activation frequency (500 times) is set to the time saving activation frequency counter.

Then, when the RAM is cleared (reset), the subsequent game state is set to the normal game state (low-probability game state), and counting by the time-saving activation frequency counter is started from this point. In addition, when the special game ends, since the game state after that is set to the second low probability time saving game state (low probability game state), counting by the time saving activation number counter is started from this point.
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, when the variable display of the special symbols is completed, the count value of the time saving activation counter is decremented by 1, and the count value of the time saving activation counter is "1". ”, the count value of the time-saving activation counter has reached the number of times of time-saving activation.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, the first low-level The probability time-saving game state can be set only once. That is, after the count value of the time saving activation number counter reaches the time saving activation number (500 times) and the first low probability time saving game state is set, until the next special game is executed, the first low probability time saving game The state cannot be set again.
Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, after the count value of the time saving activation number counter is reset by setting the first low probability time saving game state, whether the special game is executed next Or until the RAM is cleared, it is set so that the counting by the time saving activation number counter is stopped.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, the number of continuous time reduction settings like the above-described embodiment is not set, and the second low probability time reduction game state is always set after the special game is finished. be.

(Details of control regarding the setting of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, the count value of the time saving activation number counter is "1" (that is, the count value of the time saving activation number counter reaches the time saving activation number (500 times)) Executed when When the winning lottery results in a loss, a first low-probability time-saving game state is set when the variable display of the special pattern (losing pattern) based on the loss ends.
That is, in this case, the first low-probability time-saving game state is set during the stop display of the special symbols after the variable display of the special symbols is finished. In other words, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set before the variable display of the next special symbol is started.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, the time when the count value of the time reduction activation number counter is "1" (that is, the count value of the time reduction activation number counter reached the time reduction activation number (500 times) At this point in time), it is in a normal game state, and in principle, game balls are launched toward the first game area 12a.
However, even during the normal game state, if the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b and enters the second start winning opening 16, the count value of the time-saving activation counter is "1" is performed based on the second special random number, and there is a possibility of winning a small hit. When a small winning is won, a small winning game based on the winning of the small winning is executed, but in this small winning game, when a predetermined number of game balls enter a special area in the big winning opening 18, a special game is played. is executed, and the special game is not executed when a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the special area.

Then, when a small win is won in a winning lottery executed when the count value of the time saving activation frequency counter is "1", a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small win game based on the winning. When the special game is not executed, the ending time (10 seconds in this example) set after the opening and closing of the big winning opening 18 based on the execution of the small winning game has passed (that is, the small winning game When finished), the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set.
On the other hand, when a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the above-mentioned small winning game and the special game is executed, the special game ends without the first low probability time saving game state being set. , A second low-probability time-saving gaming state (that is, a gaming state according to the type of small winning pattern determined when winning a small winning) is set.

In addition, in the case of a big win in the winning lottery executed when the count value of the time saving activation counter is "1", the first low probability time saving game state is not set, and based on the winning of the big win. When the special game ends, a second low-probability time-saving gaming state (that is, a gaming state corresponding to the type of jackpot symbol determined when the jackpot is won) is set.

(Overview of determination of variation pattern table 114 and determination of variation pattern command at the start of variation (at the time of lottery))
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, the variation pattern table 114 in which variation patterns (variation pattern commands) are defined includes a table PT0, a table PT1, a table PT2, a table PT3, a table PT4, a table PT5, a table PT6, A total of 12 types of table PT7, table PT8, table PT9, table PT10 and table PT11 are provided (see FIGS. 133 to 135 and 139).
Then, when the game ball enters the first start winning port 15 or the second starting winning port 16, one variation pattern random number is acquired within the numerical range of 0 to 249, and one of the variation pattern tables 114 is selected, and the variation pattern is determined based on the acquired variation pattern random number and the selected variation pattern table 114 .

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, the number of fluctuations from the end of the special game executed based on the winning of the big win or via the small winning game based on the winning of the small win (the number of special symbols The variation pattern table 114 to be selected when determining the variation pattern is determined according to the number of times the variation display is performed, in other words, the number of times the lottery is performed (see FIG. 132). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to this example, the variation pattern table 114 to be selected when determining the variation pattern can be switched according to the number of variations from the end of the special game.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, according to the game state at the time when the big win or the small win is won (when the lottery is performed), and the type of special symbol determined based on the winning , A variation pattern table 114 to be selected at the time of lottery (at the time of variation of special symbols) after the end of the special game is predetermined.
For example, as shown in FIG. 132 (a), when the jackpot is won during the normal game state (during the non-time-saving game state) and the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the number of times of variation from the end of the special game is the first time , the table PT7 is selected when the variation of the special symbol is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, and the special symbol is selected based on the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning port 16. The table PT1 is selected when the symbols are varied. When the number of times of variation from the end of the special game is 2 to 5 times, when the variation of the special symbol is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, the table PT0 is selected and the second start. Table PT2 is selected when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into the winning hole 16. - 特許庁When the number of fluctuations from the end of the special game is 6 to 499, when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, the table PT0 is selected, and the second start is selected. Table PT2 is selected when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into the winning hole 16. - 特許庁When the number of fluctuations from the end of the special game is the 500th, when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning hole 15, the table PT11 is selected and the second starting winning hole is selected. Table PT2 is selected when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into 16.例文帳に追加When the number of times of variation from the end of the special game is 501 to 700 times, when the variation of the special symbol is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, the table PT10 is selected, and the second start Table PT6 is selected when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into the winning hole 16.例文帳に追加When the number of fluctuations from the end of the special game is the 701st or later, when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, the table PT0 is selected and the second start prize winning is selected. Table PT2 is selected when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into the mouth 16.例文帳に追加

Also, as shown in FIG. 132 (b), when the jackpot is elected during the first low probability time saving game state or the second low probability time saving game state (during the time saving game state) and the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, usually During the game state, during the first low-probability time-saving game state or during the second low-probability time-saving game state, if the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X2 is determined, during the normal game state, during the first low-probability time-saving game state or second 2 When a small win is won during a low-probability time-saving game state and a small win pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, when the number of fluctuations from the end of the special game is the first time, the game ball to the first start winning hole 15 The table PT10 is selected when the special symbols are varied based on the entry of the ball, and the table PT3 is selected when the special symbols are varied based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16. selected. When the number of times of variation from the end of the special game is 2 to 5 times, when the variation of the special symbol is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, the table PT0 is selected and the second start. Table PT4 is selected when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into the winning hole 16.例文帳に追加When the number of fluctuations from the end of the special game is the 6th, when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the table PT10 is selected and the second starting winning opening is selected. Table PT8 is selected when the special symbol is varied based on the entry of the game ball into 16. When the number of times of variation from the end of the special game is the 7th to 10th, when the variation of the special symbol is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, the table PT0 is selected and the second start. When the special symbol is changed based on the game ball entering the winning hole 16, the table PT5 is selected. When the number of times of variation from the end of the special game is 11 to 499, when the variation of the special symbol is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the table PT0 is selected and the second start. Table PT2 is selected when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into the winning hole 16. - 特許庁When the number of fluctuations from the end of the special game is the 500th, when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning hole 15, the table PT11 is selected and the second starting winning hole is selected. Table PT2 is selected when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into 16.例文帳に追加When the number of times of variation from the end of the special game is 501 to 700 times, when the variation of the special symbol is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, the table PT10 is selected, and the second start Table PT6 is selected when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into the winning hole 16.例文帳に追加When the number of fluctuations from the end of the special game is the 701st time or later, when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, the table PT0 is selected and the second start prize winning is selected. Table PT2 is selected when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into the mouth 16.例文帳に追加

Also, as shown in FIG. 132 (c), during the normal game state, during the first low-probability time-saving game state or during the second low-probability time-saving game state, when the jackpot is elected and the jackpot symbol X3 is determined, the normal game During the state, during the first low-probability time-saving game state or during the second low-probability time-saving game state, when the small hit is won and the small hit pattern Y3 is determined, the number of fluctuations from the end of the special game is the 1st to 200th When the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, the table PT9 is selected when the special symbol changes based on the entering ball of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16. Table PT6 is selected when special symbols are changed. When the number of times of variation from the end of the special game is 201 to 204, when the variation of the special symbol is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the table PT0 is selected and the second start. When the special symbol is changed based on the game ball entering the winning hole 16, the table PT5 is selected. When the number of times of variation from the end of the special game is 205 to 499, when the variation of the special symbol is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the table PT0 is selected, and the second start is selected. Table PT2 is selected when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into the winning hole 16. - 特許庁When the number of fluctuations from the end of the special game is the 500th, when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning hole 15, the table PT11 is selected and the second starting winning hole is selected. Table PT2 is selected when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into 16.例文帳に追加When the number of times of variation from the end of the special game is 501 to 700 times, when the variation of the special symbol is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, the table PT10 is selected, and the second start Table PT6 is selected when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into the winning hole 16.例文帳に追加When the number of fluctuations from the end of the special game is the 701st time or later, when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, the table PT0 is selected and the second start prize winning is selected. Table PT2 is selected when the special symbol is changed based on the entry of the game ball into the mouth 16.例文帳に追加

Next, the determination process of the variation pattern table 114 selected when determining the variation pattern (variation pattern command) will be described.
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 13 includes selection state flag 1, selection state flag 2, selection counter 1, selection counter 2, selection counter 3, and an offset value as parameters for determining the variation pattern table 114. A first selection information setting table 122, a second selection information setting table 123, an offset value determination table 124, and a correspondence table 125 are provided as tables used for determining the variation pattern table 114. FIG. Based on these tables, the values of the various parameters described above are set, and the variation pattern table 114 is determined based on the values of the parameters.

The selection state flag 1 and the selection state flag 2 are for determining an offset value which will be described later, and predetermined flag values are set to these flags.
The selection counter 1, the selection counter 2, and the selection counter 3, together with the selection state flag 1 and the selection state flag 2, determine an offset value to be described later, and predetermined initial values are set in these counters. It's like

In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, the first selection information setting table 122 is referred to at the end of the special game executed through the special game based on the winning of the big win or the small winning game based on the winning of the small win. Then, the flag values are set to the selection state flag 1 and the selection state flag 2, the initial values are set to the selection counter 1, the selection counter 2 and the selection counter 3, and the second low which is set after the above-mentioned special game. At the end of the probability time-saving gaming state, with reference to the second selection information setting table 123, a new flag value is set to the selection state flag 1 and the selection state flag 2, and the selection counter 1, the selection counter 2 and the selection counter A new initial value can be set to 3.
In addition, each time the winning lottery (variation display of special symbols) is executed, the count values of the selection counter 1, the selection counter 2 and the selection counter 3 are decremented by 1 at the time when the variation display of the special symbols is completed, After the count value reaches zero, the count value is maintained at zero.
Then, based on the flag value set in the selection state flag 1, the flag value set in the selection state flag 2, the count value of the selection counter 1, the count value of the selection counter 2, and the count value of the selection counter 3, An offset value is determined.
As will be described later, when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, the flag value set in the selection state flag 1, the count value of the selection counter 1, and the count value of the selection counter 3 Offset value is determined. On the other hand, when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, the offset value is set based on the flag value set in the selection state flag 2, the count value of the selection counter 2, and the count value of the selection counter 3. It is determined.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 136, the first selection information setting table 122 includes the gaming state at the time when the big win or the small win is won (when the lottery is performed), and the game state determined at the time of the winning. A flag value to be set in the selection state flag 1 and the selection state flag 2, and an initial value to be set in the selection counter 1, the selection counter 2 and the selection counter 3 are predetermined for each type of special symbol. Then, at the end of the special game executed through the special game based on the winning of the big win or the small winning game based on the winning of the small win, the first selection information setting table 122 is referred to, and the big win or the small win is won. A flag value is set in the selection state flag 1 and the selection state flag 2 according to the game state at the time of winning and the type of special symbol determined at the time of winning, and the selection counter 1, the selection counter 2 and the selection counter 3 An initial value is set.

Further, as shown in FIG. 137, the second selection information setting table 123 includes a new selection state flag 1 and a selection state flag for each flag value set in the selection state flag 1 or the selection state flag 2. Contents such as the flag value to be set to 2, the initial values to be set to the selection counter 1, the selection counter 2, and the selection counter 3 are predetermined.
And, at the end of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state set after the above-mentioned special game, if the winning lottery at the end is based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 , the second selection information setting table 123 is referred to, new flag values are set to the selection state flag 1 and the selection state flag 2 according to the flag value set to the selection state flag 1, and the selection counter 1 , the selection counter 2 and the selection counter 3 are set to initial values.
On the other hand, if the winning lottery at the end of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state described above is performed based on the entry of the game ball to the second start winning opening 16, the second selection information setting Referring to the table 123, new flag values are set to the selection state flag 1 and the selection state flag 2 according to the flag value set to the selection state flag 2, and the selection counter 1, the selection counter 2 and the selection counter 3 are set. is set to an initial value.

As shown in FIG. 136, according to the first selection information setting table 122, during the non-time-saving game state (during the normal game state), when the jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the special game ends. flag value "2" for selection status flag 1, flag value "1" for selection status flag 2, initial value "5" for selection counter 1, initial value "1" for selection counter 2, initial value for selection counter 3 "500" is set.
Also, during the non-time-saving game state, if a big win is won and a big win pattern X2 is determined, or a small win is won and a small win pattern Y1, Y2 is determined, a selection state flag is displayed at the end of the special game. 1 is set to the flag value "7", the selection state flag 2 is set to the flag value "3", the selection counter 1 is set to the initial value "10", the selection counter 2 is set to the initial value "6", and the selection counter 3 is set to the initial value "500". be done.
Also, in the non-time-saving game state, if the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X3 is determined, at the end of the special game, the flag value "5" for the selection state flag 1 and the flag value "4" for the selection state flag 2 , the selection counter 1 is set to the initial value "200", the selection counter 2 is set to the initial value "200", and the selection counter 3 is set to the initial value "500".

On the other hand, during the time-saving game state (during the first low-probability time-saving game state, during the second low-probability time-saving game state), if the jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, at the end of the special game , the flag value "7" for the selection state flag 1, the flag value "3" for the selection state flag 2, the initial value "10" for the selection counter 1, the initial value "6" for the selection counter 2, the initial value "6" for the selection counter 3 500” is set.
Also, during the time-saving game state, when a big win is won and a big win pattern X2 is determined, or when a small win is won and small win patterns Y1 and Y2 are determined, a selection state flag 1 is displayed at the end of the special game. , the selection status flag 2 is set to the flag value ``3'', the selection counter 1 is set to the initial value ``10'', the selection counter 2 is set to the initial value ``6'', and the selection counter 3 is set to the initial value ``500''. be.
In addition, in the time-saving game state, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X3 is determined, at the end of the special game, the selection state flag 1 has a flag value of "5" and the selection state flag 2 has a flag value of "4". , the initial value "200" is set to the selection counter 1, the initial value "200" is set to the selection counter 2, and the initial value "500" is set to the selection counter 3.

Further, as shown in FIG. 137, according to the second selection information setting table 123, at the end of the second low probability time saving game state set after the end of the special game, the selection state flag 1 (second low probability time saving Refer to the case where the winning lottery at the end of the game state is based on the entry of the game ball to the first start winning opening 15) or the selection state flag 2 (at the end of the second low-probability time-saving game state If the winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16), when the flag value set in (see) is "1" or "2", the second low At the end of the probability time-saving gaming state, the flag value "0" in the selection state flag 1, the flag value "0" in the selection state flag 2, the initial value "0" in the selection counter 1, and the initial value "0" in the selection counter 2 Newly set. On the other hand, a new initial value is not set to the selection counter 3, and the count value at the end of the second low-probability time-saving game state is taken over as it is without being changed.
Also, at the end of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, when the flag value set in the selection state flag 1 or the selection state flag 2 is "3", "4", "5" or "7" , At the end of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the flag value "0" in the selection state flag 1, the flag value "6" in the selection state flag 2, the initial value "0" in the selection counter 1, the initial value in the selection counter 2 "4" is newly set. On the other hand, as described above, a new initial value is not set to the selection counter 3, and the count value at the end of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is taken over as it is without being changed.

Although not shown, when the normal game state is set after the RAM is cleared (reset), the selection state flag 1 has a flag value of "0", the selection state flag 2 has a flag value of "0", and the selection counter 1 is set to the initial value "0", the selection counter 2 is set to the initial value "0", and the selection counter 3 is set to the initial value "500".
Also, as described above, from the start of the special game until the end of the second low-probability time-saving game state set after the end of the special game, or during the first low-probability time-saving game state, so-called right-handed As long as it is instructed and the game ball is launched into the second game area 12b according to this instruction, the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16, and the time when the second low probability time saving game state ends or the first At the time when the low-probability time-saving game state ends, a maximum of four second special random numbers are reserved and stored. Then, even after the second low-probability time-saving game state or the first low-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set, the second special figure for the second reservation number that was held and stored at the end time Win/fail lottery based on random numbers and variable display of special symbols are performed.
Then, although not shown in particular, when the variable display of the special symbols is completed for all the second special random numbers (hereinafter also referred to as remaining suspension) that have been retained and stored at the end time, the selection state flag 1 Regardless of the set flag value and the flag value set in the selection state flag 2, the flag value "0" for the selection state flag 1, the flag value "0" for the selection state flag 2, and the initial value for the selection counter 1 "0" and the selection counter 2 is newly set to the initial value "0". On the other hand, a new initial value is not set to the selection counter 3, and the count value at the end of the variable display of the special symbol is taken over without being changed.

The offset value is for determining the variation pattern table 114 .
As shown in FIG. 138, the offset value determination table 124 stores the flag value set in the selection state flag 1 or the selection state flag 2, the count value of the selection counter 1 or the selection counter 2, and the count of the selection counter 3. An offset value is defined according to the value. Further, as shown in FIG. 139, the correspondence table 125 defines a variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the offset value.

Then, at the time of determination of the variation pattern (at the time of execution of the winning lottery), if the variation pattern is determined (winning lottery) based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the offset value The determination table 124 is referenced to determine the flag value set in the selection state flag 1, the count value of the selection counter 1, and the offset value corresponding to the count value of the selection counter 3, and the correspondence table 125 is referenced. Then, the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the determined offset value is determined.
On the other hand, when the above-described variation pattern is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16, the offset value determination table 124 is referred to, and the selection state flag 2 is set. The flag value, the count value of the selection counter 2, and the offset value corresponding to the count value of the selection counter 3 are determined, and the correspondence table 125 is referred to, and the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the determined offset value is determined.
As a result, the variation pattern table 114 to be selected when determining the variation pattern is determined.

As shown in FIG. 138, according to the offset value determination table 124, the flag value set in the selection state flag 1 is "0", the count value of the selection counter 1 is "0", and the count value of the selection counter 3 is "0". is "1", "11" is determined as the offset value for determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15.
Also, the flag value set in the selection state flag 1 is "0", the count value of the selection counter 1 is "0", and the count value of the selection counter 3 is other than "1", and the game state at that time is When it is in the non-time-saving gaming state (normal gaming state), "0" is determined as the offset value related to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15.
Also, the flag value set in the selection state flag 1 is "0", the count value of the selection counter 1 is "0", and the count value of the selection counter 3 is other than "1", and the game state at that time is When the time-saving gaming state (first low-probability time-saving gaming state), "10" is determined as the offset value related to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15.

On the other hand, when the flag value set in the selection state flag 2 is "0", the count value of the selection counter 2 is "0", and the count value of the selection counter 3 is "1", the second start “2” is determined as an offset value relating to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the game ball into the winning hole 16 .
Further, the flag value set in the selection state flag 2 is "0", the count value of the selection counter 2 is "0", and the count value of the selection counter 3 is other than "1", and the game state at that time is When it is in the non-time-saving gaming state (normal gaming state), "2" is determined as the offset value related to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16.
Further, the flag value set in the selection state flag 2 is "0", the count value of the selection counter 2 is "0", and the count value of the selection counter 3 is other than "1", and the game state at that time is When the time-saving gaming state (first low-probability time-saving gaming state), "6" is determined as the offset value related to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16.

Selection state flag 1 (refer to when the determination of the variation pattern is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15) or selection state flag 2 (determination of the variation pattern is the second starting winning opening 16) is set to "1", the selection counter 1 (determination of the variation pattern is determined by the game ball entering the first start winning opening 15) The count value of the selection counter 2 (refer to when the determination of the variation pattern is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16) is "1 ”, regardless of the count value of the selection counter 3, the offset value related to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, or the second starting winning opening 16 "1" is determined as an offset value relating to determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the game ball.

When the flag value set in the selection state flag 1 or the selection state flag 2 is "2" and the count value of the selection counter 1 or the selection counter 2 is "5", regardless of the count value of the selection counter 3, As an offset value related to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, or the offset value related to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 "7" is determined.

When the flag value set in the selection state flag 1 or the selection state flag 2 is "3" and the count value of the selection counter 1 or the selection counter 2 is "1", regardless of the count value of the selection counter 3, As an offset value related to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, or the offset value related to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 "8" is determined.
Further, when the flag value set in the selection state flag 1 or the selection state flag 2 is "3" and the count value of the selection counter 1 or the selection counter 2 is any one of "2" to "5", the selection Regardless of the count value of the counter 3, the offset value related to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, or based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 "4" is determined as the offset value for determination of the variation pattern.
Further, when the flag value set in the selection state flag 1 or the selection state flag 2 is "3" and the count value of the selection counter 1 or the selection counter 2 is "6", regardless of the count value of the selection counter 3, First, the offset value related to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the gaming ball into the first start winning opening 15, or the offset related to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the gaming ball into the second starting winning opening 16 "3" is determined as the value.

When the flag value set in the selection state flag 1 or the selection state flag 2 is "4" and the count value of the selection counter 1 or the selection counter 2 is any one of "1" to "200", the selection counter 3 Regardless of the count value, the offset value related to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the gaming ball into the first start winning opening 15, or the variation pattern based on the entry of the gaming ball into the second starting winning opening 16 "6" is determined as the offset value related to the determination of .

When the flag value set in the selection state flag 1 or the selection state flag 2 is "5" and the count value of the selection counter 1 or the selection counter 2 is any one of "1" to "200", the selection counter 3 Regardless of the count value, the offset value related to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the gaming ball into the first start winning opening 15, or the variation pattern based on the entry of the gaming ball into the second starting winning opening 16 "9" is determined as the offset value related to the determination of .

The flag value set in the selection state flag 1 or the selection state flag 2 is "6", the count value of the selection counter 1 or the selection counter 2 is any of "1" to "4", and the count value of the selection counter 3 is "1", the offset value related to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, or based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 "2" is determined as the offset value for determination of the variation pattern.
Also, the flag value set in the selection state flag 1 or the selection state flag 2 is "6", the count value of the selection counter 1 or the selection counter 2 is any one of "1" to "4", and the selection counter 3 When the count value is other than "1", the offset value related to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, or the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning port 16. "5" is determined as the offset value for determination of the variation pattern based on the sphere.

When the flag value set in the selection state flag 1 or the selection state flag 2 is "7" and the count value of the selection counter 1 or the selection counter 2 is "1", regardless of the count value of the selection counter 3, As an offset value related to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, or the offset value related to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 "9" is determined.
Further, when the flag value set in the selection state flag 1 or the selection state flag 2 is "7" and the count value of the selection counter 1 or the selection counter 2 is any one of "2" to "10", the selection Regardless of the count value of the counter 3, the offset value related to the determination of the variation pattern based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, or based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 "10" is determined as the offset value for determination of the variation pattern.

Then, as shown in FIG. 139, according to the correspondence table 125, when the determined offset value is "0", the fluctuation pattern table 114 of the table PT0 is determined, and the determined offset value is "1 ”, the variation pattern table 114 of the table PT1 is determined, and when the determined offset value is “2”, the variation pattern table 114 of the table PT2 is determined, and the determined offset value is If it is "3", the variation pattern table 114 of the table PT3 is determined, and if the determined offset value is "4", the variation pattern table 114 of the table PT4 is determined, and the determined offset When the value is "5", the variation pattern table 114 of the table PT5 is determined, and when the determined offset value is "6", the variation pattern table 114 of the table PT6 is determined and determined. When the offset value obtained is "7", the variation pattern table 114 of the table PT7 is determined, and when the determined offset value is "8", the variation pattern table 114 of the table PT8 is determined, When the determined offset value is "9", the variation pattern table 114 of the table PT9 is determined, and when the determined offset value is "10", the variation pattern table 114 of the table PT10 is determined. When the determined offset value is "11", the fluctuation pattern table 114 of the table PT11 is determined.

Next, regarding the determination process of the variation pattern table 114, (1) when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined during the normal game state (during the non-time saving game state) and the special game is executed, (2) the first low probability time saving During the game state or during the second low-probability time-saving game state (during the time-saving game state), the jackpot symbol X1 is determined and the special game is executed, or during the normal game state, during the first low-probability time-saving game state or the second low The jackpot symbol X2 is determined during the probability of time-saving game state and the special game is executed, or the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined during the normal game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state, or the second low-probability time-saving game state. When a special game is executed through a determined small winning game, and (3) during the normal game state, during the first low probability time saving game state or during the second low probability time saving game state The jackpot pattern X3 is determined A specific description will be given by taking as an example a case where a special game is executed.

Case (1) In this case, when the special game ends, the first selection information setting table 122 is referred to, the selection state flag 1 has the flag value "2", the selection state flag 2 has the flag value "1", and the selection The initial value "5" is set in the counter 1, the initial value "1" is set in the selection counter 2, and the initial value "500" is set in the selection counter 3 (see FIG. 136).
Here, since the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set from the end of the special game in this case to the end of the first variation display of the special symbol, toward the second game area 12b As long as the game ball is hit by the second start winning opening 16, the second special random number is obtained by entering the game ball. After that, if the 500th special symbol variation display is completed from the end of the above-mentioned special game without the special game being executed, during this time (2nd to 500th special symbol variation from the end of the above-mentioned special game Since the normal game state is set during the display is executed), as long as the game ball is launched toward the first game area 12a, the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 results in the first A special random number is obtained. Furthermore, after that, if the 700th special symbol fluctuation display from the end of the above-mentioned special game ends without the special game being executed, during this time (501st to 700th special symbols from the end of the above-mentioned special game Since the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set during the variable display), as long as the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b, the game ball to the second start winning opening 16 A second special random number is acquired by entering the ball.

Below, after the end of the above-mentioned special game, the 1st and 2nd to 5th success or failure lotteries are performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, and the 6th to 499th and 500th success or failure lotteries is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, the 501st to 700th lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning port 16, and the 701st The process will be described by taking as an example a case where a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of a game ball into the first start winning prize opening 15 and any winning lottery results in a loss.

As described above, when the winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16, the variation pattern table 114 is determined using the selection flag 2, the selection counter 2 and the selection counter 3.
Then, when the first winning lottery after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, the flag value set in the selection flag 2 at this time is "1", and since the count value of the selection counter 2 is "1", the offset value determination table 124 is referred to and "1" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). Further, since the determined offset value is "1", the table PT1 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .

And, when the fluctuation display of the special symbols for the first time after the end of the above-mentioned special game ends, the second low-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set.
As described above, when the winning lottery at the end of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is performed based on the entry of the game ball to the second start winning opening 16, based on the selection flag 2, the selection flag 1 and 2. The selection counters 1, 2 and 3 are set.
Then, since the first winning lottery after the end of the above-mentioned special game was performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, the second selection information setting at the end of the second low probability time saving game state Referring to the table 123, according to the flag value "1" set to the selection state flag 2, the flag value "0" for the selection state flag 1, the flag value "0" for the selection state flag 2, and the selection counter 1 The initial value "0" and the selection counter 2 are newly set to the initial value "0". In addition, the count value of the selection counter 3 is decremented by 1 and becomes "499" by completing the first variable display of the special symbol, but the selection counter 3 is not set to a new initial value. The current count value "499" is taken over as it is.

After that, when the winning lottery for the second to fifth times after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, the flag value set in the selection flag 2 at this time is "0", the count value of the selection counter 2 is "0", the count value of the selection counter 3 is either "496" to "499", and the time is in the normal game state (during the non-time-saving game state) Therefore, the offset value determination table 124 is referred to and "2" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). Further, since the determined offset value is "2", the table PT2 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .

Then, when the fifth special symbol variation display after the end of the special game ends, the special symbol variation display for all the remaining reserves ends.
As described above, when the variable display of the special symbols for all remaining pending ends, the flag value "0" for the selection state flag 1, the flag value "0" for the selection state flag 2, and the initial value "0" for the selection counter 1 , the selection counter 2 is newly set to the initial value "0". In addition, the count value of the selection counter 3 is decremented by 1 and becomes "495" by completing the fifth variable display of the special symbol. The current count value "495" is taken over as it is.

As described above, when the winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning hole 15, the variation pattern table 114 is determined using the selection flag 1, the selection counter 1 and the selection counter 3.
After that, when the winning lottery for the 6th to 499th times after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the flag value set in the selection flag 1 at this time is "0", the count value of the selection counter 1 is "0", the count value of the selection counter 3 is either "2" to "495", and the time is during the normal game state (during the non-time-saving game state) Therefore, the offset value determination table 124 is referred to and "0" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). Also, since the determined offset value is "0", the table PT0 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .

In addition, when the 500th winning lottery after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the flag value set in the selection flag 1 at this time is " 0”, the count value of the selection counter 1 is “0”, the count value of the selection counter 3 is “1”, and the time point is during the normal game state (during the non-time-saving game state), so the offset value determination table 124 , and "11" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). Further, since the determined offset value is "11", the table PT11 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .
In addition, the 500th success or failure lottery after the end of the above-mentioned special game and the variable display of the special symbol are performed immediately before the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. That is, when the fluctuation display of the 500th special symbol ends after the end of the above-mentioned special game, the first low-probability time-saving game state is set. And, although the normal game state is set during the execution of the 6th to 500th special symbol variation display from the end of the above-mentioned special game, the variation pattern table 114 (table PT0) selected in the 6th to 499th times. And, it is different from the variation pattern table 114 (table PT11) selected at the 500th time immediately before the first low probability time saving gaming state is set.

And, when the fluctuation display of the 500th special symbol ends after the end of the above-mentioned special game, the first low-probability time-saving game state is set.
After that, when the 501st to 700th success or failure lottery after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, the flag value set in the selection flag 2 at this time is "0", the count value of the selection counter 2 is "0", the count value of the selection counter 3 is "0", and the time is the first low probability time saving game state (during the time saving game state), By referring to the offset value determination table 124, "6" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). Further, since the determined offset value is "6", the table PT6 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .

Then, when the 700th special symbol variation display ends after the end of the above-mentioned special game, the first low-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set.
After that, when the 701st winning lottery after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the flag value set in the selection flag 1 at this time is "0", the count value of the selection counter 1 is "0", the count value of the selection counter 3 is "0", and the time point is during the normal game state (during the non-time-saving game state), so the offset value determination table 124 , and "0" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). In addition, since the determined offset value is "0", the table PT0 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .
On the other hand, when the 701st winning lottery after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, the flag value set in the selection flag 2 at this time is "0", the count value of the selection counter 2 is "0", the count value of the selection counter 3 is "0", and the time point is during the normal game state (during the non-time-saving game state), so the offset value determination table 124 , and "2" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). Further, since the determined offset value is "2", the table PT2 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .

Here, for example, when the first winning lottery after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the selection flag is set to 1 at this time Since the current flag value is "2" and the count value of the selection counter 1 is "5", the offset value determination table 124 is referred to and "7" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). Further, since the determined offset value is "7", the table PT7 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .
Then, the second low-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set by the end of the first fluctuation display of the special symbols after the end of the above-mentioned special game. Then, the winning lottery at the end of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state was performed based on the entry of the game ball to the first start winning opening 15, so based on the selection flag 1, the selection flags 1 and 2, selection Sets for counters 1, 2 and 3 are made.
Then, referring to the second selection information setting table 123 at the end of the second low probability time saving gaming state, according to the flag value "2" set in the selection state flag 1, the flag value "0" in the selection state flag 1 , the selection state flag 2 is newly set to the flag value "0", the selection counter 1 is newly set to the initial value "0", and the selection counter 2 is newly set to the initial value "0". In addition, the count value of the selection counter 3 is decremented by 1 and becomes "499" by completing the first variable display of the special symbol, but the selection counter 3 is not set to a new initial value, The current count value "499" is taken over as it is.

Case (2) In this case, when the special game ends, the first selection information setting table 122 is referred to, the selection state flag 1 has the flag value "7", the selection state flag 2 has the flag value "3", and the selection The initial value "10" is set in the counter 1, the initial value "6" is set in the selection counter 2, and the initial value "500" is set in the selection counter 3 (see FIG. 136).
Here, since the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set during the period from the end of the special game in this case to the end of the variation display of the 1st to 6th special symbols, the second game area 12b As long as the game ball is launched towards, the second special random number is obtained by entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16. After that, if the 500th special symbol variation display ends from the end of the special game without the special game being executed, during this time (7 to 500th special symbol variation from the end of the special game Since the normal game state is set during the display is executed), as long as the game ball is launched toward the first game area 12a, the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 results in the first A special random number is obtained. Furthermore, after that, if the 700th special symbol fluctuation display from the end of the above-mentioned special game ends without the special game being executed, during this time (501st to 700th special symbols from the end of the above-mentioned special game Since the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set during the variable display), as long as the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b, the game ball to the second start winning opening 16 A second special random number is acquired by entering the ball.

In the following, the first, second to fifth, sixth, and seventh to tenth lotteries after the end of the above-mentioned special game are performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16. The 499th and 500th winning lotteries are performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, and the 501st to 700th winning lotteries are based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16. The 701st winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, and the processing will be explained by taking as an example a case where any winning lottery is lost. . For the 501st and subsequent times, the processing is the same as in the case of (1) above, so the description is omitted here.

When the first winning lottery after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, the flag value set in the selection flag 2 at this time is "3". , the count value of the selection counter 2 is "6", the offset value determination table 124 is referred to, and "3" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). Further, since the determined offset value is "3", the table PT3 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .
In addition, when the winning lottery for the 2nd to 5th times after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, the flag value set in the selection flag 2 at this time is "3" and the count value of the selection counter 2 is any one of "2" to "5", the offset value determination table 124 is referred to and "4" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). . Further, since the determined offset value is "4", the table PT4 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .
In addition, when the sixth winning lottery after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, the flag value set in the selection flag 2 at this time is "3" and the count value of the selection counter 2 is "1", the offset value determination table 124 is referred to and "8" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). Also, since the determined offset value is "8", the table PT8 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .

Thus, during the second low-probability time-saving game state set after the end of the above-mentioned special game, the variation pattern table 114 (table PT3) selected in the first time, the variation pattern table selected in the second to fifth times 114 (table PT4) and the variation pattern table 114 (table PT8) selected in the sixth time are different. That is, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, it is possible to set a different variation pattern table 114 according to the number of variations after the end of the above-described special game.

And, when the variable display of the special symbol for the sixth time after the end of the above-mentioned special game ends, the second low-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set.
Then, since the sixth lottery after the end of the above-mentioned special game was performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, second selection information setting at the end of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state Referring to the table 123, according to the flag value "3" set to the selection state flag 2, the flag value "0" for the selection state flag 1, the flag value "6" for the selection state flag 2, and the selection counter 1 Initial value "0" and selection counter 2 are newly set to initial value "4". In addition, the count value of the selection counter 3 is decremented by 1 and becomes "495" by completing the variable display of the special symbols for the sixth time. The current count value "495" is taken over as it is.

After that, when the winning lottery for the 7th to 10th times after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, the flag value set in the selection flag 2 at this time is "6", the count value of the selection counter 2 is any one of "1" to "4", and the count value of the selection counter 3 is any one of "491" to "494". As a reference, "5" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). Further, since the determined offset value is "5", the table PT5 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .

Then, when the 10th special symbol variation display is completed after the end of the above-mentioned special game, the special symbol variation display for all the remaining reserves is completed.
As described above, when the variable display of the special symbols for all remaining pending ends, the flag value "0" for the selection state flag 1, the flag value "0" for the selection state flag 2, and the initial value "0" for the selection counter 1 , the selection counter 2 is newly set to the initial value "0". In addition, the count value of the selection counter 3 is decremented by 1 and becomes "490" by completing the 10th variable display of the special symbol, but the selection counter 3 is not set to a new initial value. The current count value "490" is taken over as it is.

After that, when the 11th to 499th success or failure lottery after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the flag value set in the selection flag 1 at this time is "0", the count value of the selection counter 1 is "0", the count value of the selection counter 3 is either "2" to "490", and the time is during the normal game state (during the non-time saving game state) Therefore, the offset value determination table 124 is referred to and "0" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). In addition, since the determined offset value is "0", the table PT0 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .

In addition, when the 500th winning lottery after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the flag value set in the selection flag 1 at this time is " 0”, the count value of the selection counter 1 is “0”, the count value of the selection counter 3 is “1”, and the time point is during the normal game state (during the non-time-saving game state), so the offset value determination table 124 , and "11" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). Further, since the determined offset value is "11", the table PT11 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .

Here, for example, when the first winning lottery after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the selection flag is set to 1 at this time Since the flag value is "7" and the count value of the selection counter 1 is "10", the offset value determination table 124 is referred to and "10" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). Further, since the determined offset value is "10", the table PT10 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .

Case (3) In this case, when the special game ends, the first selection information setting table 122 is referred to, the selection state flag 1 has the flag value "5", the selection state flag 2 has the flag value "4", and the selection The initial value "200" is set in the counter 1, the initial value "200" is set in the selection counter 2, and the initial value "500" is set in the selection counter 3 (see FIG. 136).
Here, since the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set from the end of the special game in this case to the end of the variation display of the 1st to 200th special symbols, the second game area 12b As long as the game ball is launched towards, the second special random number is obtained by entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16. After that, if the 500th special symbol variation display is completed from the end of the above-mentioned special game without the special game being executed, during this time (201st to 500th special symbol variation from the end of the above-mentioned special game Since the normal game state is set during the display is executed), as long as the game ball is launched toward the first game area 12a, the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 results in the first A special random number is obtained. Furthermore, after that, if the 700th special symbol fluctuation display from the end of the above-mentioned special game ends without the special game being executed, during this time (501st to 700th special symbols from the end of the above-mentioned special game Since the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set during the variable display), as long as the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b, the game ball to the second start winning opening 16 A second special random number is acquired by entering the ball.

Below, the 1st to 200th and 201st to 204th winning lotteries after the end of the above-mentioned special game are performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, and the 205th to 499th and 500th A win-or-fail lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize-winning port 15, and the 501st to 700th win-fail lottery is conducted based on the entry of the game ball into the second start prize-winning port 16, 701. The process will be described by taking as an example a case where the winning lottery for the first time is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning prize opening 15 and the winning lottery is lost in any winning lottery. For the 501st and subsequent times, the processing is the same as in the above-described cases (1) and (2), so the description is omitted here.

When the winning lottery for the 1st to 200th times after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, the flag value set in the selection flag 2 at this time is " 4", and since the count value of the selection counter 2 is any one of "1" to "200", the offset value determination table 124 is referred to and "6" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). Further, since the determined offset value is "6", the table PT6 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .

Then, when the 200th special symbol variation display ends after the end of the above-mentioned special game, the second low-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set.
Then, since the 200th winning lottery after the end of the above-mentioned special game was performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, the second selection information setting at the end of the second low probability time saving game state Referring to the table 123, according to the flag value "4" set to the selection state flag 2, the flag value "0" for the selection state flag 1, the flag value "6" for the selection state flag 2, and the selection counter 1 Initial value "0" and selection counter 2 are newly set to initial value "4". In addition, the count value of the selection counter 3 is decremented by 1 and becomes "301" by completing the 200th variable display of the special symbol, but a new initial value is not set to the selection counter 3. The current count value "301" is taken over as it is.

After that, when the 201st to 204th win-or-fail lottery after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16, the flag value set in the selection flag 2 at this time is "6", the count value of the selection counter 2 is any one of "1" to "4", and the count value of the selection counter 3 is any one of "297" to "300". As a reference, "5" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). Further, since the determined offset value is "5", the table PT5 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .

Then, when the 204th special symbol variation display is completed after the end of the above-mentioned special game, the special symbol variation display for all the remaining reserves is terminated.
As described above, when the variable display of the special symbols for all remaining pending ends, the flag value "0" for the selection state flag 1, the flag value "0" for the selection state flag 2, and the initial value "0" for the selection counter 1 , the selection counter 2 is newly set to the initial value "0". In addition, the count value of the selection counter 3 is decremented by 1 and becomes "297" by completing the 204th variable display of the special symbols, but the selection counter 3 is not set to a new initial value. The current count value "297" is taken over as it is.

After that, when the 205th to 499th lottery after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the flag value set in the selection flag 1 at this time is "0", the count value of the selection counter 1 is "0", the count value of the selection counter 3 is either "2" to "296", and the time is in the normal game state (during the non-time-saving game state) Therefore, the offset value determination table 124 is referred to and "0" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). In addition, since the determined offset value is "0", the table PT0 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .

In addition, when the 500th winning lottery after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the flag value set in the selection flag 1 at this time is " 0”, the count value of the selection counter 1 is “0”, the count value of the selection counter 3 is “1”, and the time point is during the normal game state (during the non-time-saving game state), so the offset value determination table 124 , and "11" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). Further, since the determined offset value is "11", the table PT11 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .

Here, for example, when the first winning lottery after the end of the above-mentioned special game is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the selection flag is set to 1 at this time Since the current flag value is "5" and the count value of the selection counter 1 is "200", the offset value determination table 124 is referred to and "9" is determined as the offset value (see FIG. 138). Further, since the determined offset value is "9", the table PT9 is determined as the variation pattern table 114 selected for determining the variation pattern by referring to the correspondence table 125 (see FIG. 139). .

Then, when the variation pattern table 114 is determined as described above, a variation pattern (variation pattern command) is determined based on the determined variation pattern table 114 .

As shown in FIG. 133(a), according to the table PT0 (refer to the case where the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 in the normal game state is performed), it becomes a losing pattern. When Z1 is determined and the current first pending number is 0 or 1, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 209, the fluctuation pattern "13 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time of the first half is 0 seconds, The variation pattern command "00H" associated with the variation pattern in which the variation time in the latter half is set to 13 seconds) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 210 to 229, the variation pattern "20 seconds variation" A variation pattern command "01H" associated with (a variation pattern in which the variation time in the first half is set to 13 seconds and the variation time in the second half is set to 7 seconds) was determined, and the variation pattern random number was 230 to 239. When the variation pattern command "02H" associated with the variation pattern "60 seconds variation" (the variation pattern in which the variation time in the first half is set to 15 seconds and the variation time in the second half is set to 45 seconds) is determined, When the fluctuation pattern random number was 240 to 249, the fluctuation pattern "90 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time in the first half was set to 15 seconds and the fluctuation time in the second half was set to 75 seconds) was associated. A variation pattern command "03H" is determined.
In addition, when it is lost and the losing pattern Z1 is determined, and the current first reservation number is 2 or more, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 209, the variation pattern of "3 second variation" (fluctuation in the first half The variation pattern command "04H" associated with the variation pattern in which the time is set to 0 seconds and the variation time in the latter half is set to 3 seconds is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 210 to 229, "20 seconds The variation pattern command "01H" associated with the variation pattern of "variation" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 230 to 239, the variation pattern command "02H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 second variation" ” is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the variation pattern command “03H” associated with the variation pattern of “90 second variation” is determined.
In addition, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined, the fluctuation pattern of "60 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 124 regardless of the current first reservation number The associated variation pattern command "12H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 125-249, the variation pattern command "13H" associated with the variation pattern of "90 second variation" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 133(b), the table PT1 (the second low-probability time-saving game state in which the number of times of time-saving is set once is set). is performed), when the losing pattern Z2 is determined, regardless of the current second pending number, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 249 (that is, the variation pattern random number is any value) A variation pattern command "05H" is determined.
In addition, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined, the fluctuation pattern of "40 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249 regardless of the current second reservation number The associated variation pattern command "15H" is determined.
Also, when a small hit is won and a small hit pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249, the fluctuation pattern of "40 seconds fluctuation" The associated variation pattern command "25H" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 133(c), table PT2 (the second low-probability time-saving game state in which the number of times of time-saving is set to 1 time is set to the remaining hold after the end of the game state (the second special random number that is held and stored at the time of the end) If a winning lottery is performed based on, or if a winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 is performed during the normal game state), it will be lost and the losing pattern Z2 will be determined. Then, regardless of the current second pending number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249, the fluctuation pattern is "30 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time in the first half is 0 seconds, and the fluctuation time in the second half is A variation pattern command "06H" associated with a variation pattern set to 30 seconds) is determined.
Also, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined, the fluctuation pattern of "30 second fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249 regardless of the current second reservation number The associated variation pattern command "16H" is determined.
Also, when a small hit is won and a small hit pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249, the fluctuation pattern of "30 seconds fluctuation" The associated variation pattern command "26H" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 133(d), the table PT3 (time saving number of times is set to 6 times) In the first time in the second low probability time saving game state, the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball to the second start winning opening 16 is performed), when the losing pattern Z2 is determined, regardless of the current second pending number, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 249, it is called "35 second variation" A variation pattern command "07H" associated with a variation pattern (a variation pattern in which the variation time in the first half is set to 0 seconds and the variation time in the second half is set to 35 seconds) is determined.
Also, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined, the fluctuation pattern of "35 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249 regardless of the current second reservation number The associated variation pattern command "17H" is determined.
Also, when a small hit is won and a small hit pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249, the fluctuation pattern of "35 seconds fluctuation" The associated variation pattern command "27H" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 133 (e), table PT4 (the second low probability time saving game state in which the number of time saving times is set to 6 times is based on the entry of the game ball to the second start winning opening 16 in the 2nd to 5th times (See when a lottery is performed), when the losing pattern Z2 is determined as a loss, regardless of the current second pending number, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 249, "25 second variation (variation pattern in which the first half of the fluctuation time is set to 0 seconds and the second half of the fluctuation time is set to 25 seconds) is associated with the fluctuation pattern command "08H".
Also, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined, the fluctuation pattern of "25 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249 regardless of the current second reservation number The associated variation pattern command "18H" is determined.
Also, when a small hit is won and a small hit pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249, the fluctuation pattern of "25 seconds fluctuation" The associated variation pattern command "28H" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 134 (a), according to the table PT5 (when the winning lottery based on the remaining hold after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set to 6 times or 200 times is performed) according to , When the losing pattern Z2 is determined as a loss, the variation pattern command associated with the variation pattern of "25 seconds variation" when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 249 regardless of the current second reservation number "09H" is determined.
Also, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined, the fluctuation pattern of "25 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249 regardless of the current second reservation number The associated variation pattern command "19H" is determined.
Also, when a small hit is won and a small hit pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249, the fluctuation pattern of "25 seconds fluctuation" The associated variation pattern command "29H" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 134 (b), according to the table PT6 (refer to the case where the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball to the second start winning opening 16 in the first low probability time saving gaming state is performed), When the losing pattern Z2 is determined as a loss and the second reservation number at the present time is 0 or 1, the variation associated with the variation pattern of "13 seconds variation" when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 229 The pattern command "00H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 230-249, the variation pattern command "02H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 second variation" is determined.
In addition, when it is lost and the losing pattern Z2 is determined, and the second pending number at the present time is 2 or more, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 229, the variation pattern of "2 second variation" (fluctuation in the first half A variation pattern command “0AH” associated with a variation pattern in which the time is set to 0 seconds and the variation time in the latter half is set to 2 seconds) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 230 to 249, “60 seconds A variation pattern command "02H" associated with the variation pattern of "Variation" is determined.
In addition, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249, the fluctuation pattern of "60 seconds fluctuation" The associated variation pattern command "12H" is determined.
Also, when the small hit is won and the small hit pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249, the fluctuation pattern of "60 seconds fluctuation" The associated variation pattern command "22H" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 134(c), the table PT7 (the second low-probability time-saving game state in which the number of times of time-saving is set once is set). is performed), when the losing pattern Z1 is determined, regardless of the current number of first reservations, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 249, "60 seconds variation" A variation pattern command "02H" associated with the variation pattern is determined.
Also, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined, the fluctuation pattern of "60 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249 regardless of the current first reservation number The associated variation pattern command "12H" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 134(d), table PT8 (6 times in the second low-probability time-saving game state in which the number of times of time-saving is set 6 times, the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball to the second start winning opening 16 is performed), when the losing pattern Z2 is determined, regardless of the current second pending number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249, "25 seconds fluctuation" A variation pattern command "0BH" associated with the variation pattern is determined.
Also, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined, the fluctuation pattern of "25 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249 regardless of the current second reservation number The associated variation pattern command "1BH" is determined.
Also, when a small hit is won and a small hit pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249, the fluctuation pattern of "25 seconds fluctuation" The associated variation pattern command "2BH" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 134 (e), the table PT9 (the second low probability time saving game state in which the number of times of time saving is set to 200 times is set to the first start winning port 15 or the second starting winning port 16 in the 1st to 200th times According to the case where the winning lottery based on the entering ball of the game ball is performed), it becomes a loss and the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined, and the current number of reservations (first number of reservations, number of second reservations) is 0 or In the case of 1, when the fluctuation pattern random number was 0 to 229, the fluctuation pattern command "00H" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "13 seconds fluctuation" was determined, and the fluctuation pattern random number was 230 to 249. A variation pattern command “02H” associated with a variation pattern of “60 seconds variation” is determined.
In addition, when it is lost and the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined, and the current number of reservations (first number of reservations, second number of reservations) is 2 or more, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 229, "3 The variation pattern command "04H" associated with the variation pattern of "second variation" is determined, and the variation pattern command "04H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 second variation" when the variation pattern random number is 230 to 249 02H" is determined.
In addition, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249, the fluctuation pattern of "60 seconds fluctuation" The associated variation pattern command "12H" is determined.
Also, when the small hit is won and the small hit pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249, the fluctuation pattern of "60 seconds fluctuation" The associated variation pattern command "22H" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 135 (a), the table PT10 (in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, or in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state in which the number of time-savings is set to 6 times 1st to 6th time in the first start winning opening 15 according to the case where the winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball to 15), when the losing pattern Z1 is determined and the current first reservation number is 0 or 1, the change When the pattern random number was 0 to 229, the variation pattern command "00H" associated with the variation pattern of "13 seconds variation" was determined, and when the variation pattern random number was 230 to 249, "60 seconds variation ” is determined as the variation pattern command “02H” associated with the variation pattern.
In addition, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined as a loss and the current first reservation number is 2 or more, the variation pattern of "2-second variation" is associated when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 229. The variation pattern command "0AH" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 230-249, the variation pattern command "02H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 second variation" is determined.
In addition, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined, the fluctuation pattern of "60 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249 regardless of the current first reservation number The associated variation pattern command "12H" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 135 (b), table PT11 (first low probability time saving gaming state is set immediately before (when the count value of the time saving activation number counter becomes 0) game to the first start winning opening 15 According to the case where a lottery is performed based on the entry of a ball), when a losing pattern Z1 is determined, the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 99 regardless of the current number of first reservations. When the variation pattern command “00H” associated with the variation pattern of “13 seconds variation” was determined, and when the variation pattern random number was 100 to 229, the variation pattern of “60 seconds variation” was associated. When the fluctuation pattern command "02H" is determined and the fluctuation pattern random number is 230 to 249, the fluctuation pattern "18 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time in the first half is set to 0 seconds, and the fluctuation time in the second half is set to 18 seconds. The variation pattern command "0BH" associated with the variation pattern) is determined.
In addition, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined, the fluctuation pattern of "60 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 124 regardless of the current first reservation number The associated variation pattern command "12H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 125-249, the variation pattern command "1BH" associated with the variation pattern of "18 second variation" is determined.

In this way, in the first time in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state in which the number of times of time-saving is set once is set, when the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 is performed, "40 seconds Fluctuation pattern, when a lottery is performed based on the remaining hold after the end of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (2nd to 5th lottery is performed after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set case), a variation pattern of “30 variations” can be determined (see FIGS. 133(b) and 133(c)).
Also, in the first time in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state in which the number of times of time-saving is set to 6 times, when the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 is performed, "35 seconds fluctuation" Variation pattern of, when the lottery based on the game ball to the second start winning opening 16 is performed in the 2nd to 5th time during the second low probability time saving gaming state, the variation pattern of "25 seconds variation", the second 2 When the winning lottery based on the game ball to the second start winning opening 16 is performed in the 6th time during the low probability time saving game state, the variation pattern of "25 seconds fluctuation", after the end of the second low probability time saving game state When the winning lottery based on the remaining hold is performed (when the 7th to 10th winning lottery is performed after the second low probability time saving gaming state is set), the variation pattern of "25 fluctuation" can be determined ( 133(d), 133(e), 134(a) and 134(d)).
Also, in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state in which the number of times of time-saving is set to 200 times, when a winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 is performed, "2 second fluctuation", "13 Second variation” or “60 second variation” variation pattern, when a winning lottery based on the remaining hold after the end of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is performed (201 to 204 after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set When the winning lottery is performed for the first time), the fluctuation pattern of "25 fluctuations" can be determined (see FIGS. 134(a) and 134(e)).
In this way, the type of the number of times the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set (1 time, 6 times, 200 times), depending on the number of fluctuations (Nth time in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, remaining pending) different variation patterns can be determined. As a result, it is possible to execute a variation production (variation display of special symbols) by a mode (variation time) according to the type of time saving number of times when the second low probability time saving gaming state is set and the number of variations.
In addition, the same variation pattern may be determined instead of different variation patterns depending on the number of times of time saving and the number of variations for which the second low probability time saving gaming state is set.

Also, in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state in which the number of times of time-saving is set to 200 times, if the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 results in a loss, the "3-second variation" is set. The variation pattern can be determined, and if the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball to the second start winning opening 16 during the first low probability time saving game state loses, "2 second variation ” can be determined.
That is, during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, compared to the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the progress pace of the variable display of the special symbols is faster, so the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is the second low. It becomes easier to win a big win or a small win earlier than during the probability time-saving game state.
In the second low probability time saving game state, if the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball to the second start winning prize port 16 results in a loss, the second start winning prize port 16 during the first low probability time saving game state It may be set so that a variation pattern with a shorter variation time can be determined than in the case of a loss due to a winning lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the game ball, or in any case, the same variation time may be set so that a variation pattern in which is defined can be determined. Further, even when a lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning hole 15, the variation pattern may be determined by the same setting contents as described above.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, at the end of the special game based on the winning of the big win or the special game executed through the small winning game based on the winning of the small win, the fluctuation Information for determining the variation pattern table 114 used when the pattern is determined (flag value of selection state flag 1, flag value of selection state flag 2, count value of selection counter 1, count value of selection counter 2, The count value of the selection counter 3, etc.) is set, and the above-mentioned information is newly set at the end of the second low-probability time-saving game state set after the end of the above-mentioned special game.
Thereby, while determining the variation pattern table 114 used for determining the variation pattern according to the number of times of variation display of the special symbols from the end of the special game, special symbols from the end of the second low probability time-saving game state Since it is possible to determine the variation pattern table 114 according to the number of times of variation display, after the end of the special game and after the end of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, respectively, variation production (variation display of special symbols) It is possible to enrich the variation of the aspect of (1), and to improve the performance effect.

Also, for example, when the second low probability time saving game state set after the end of the special game is set to end when the number of winnings of the small hit reaches a predetermined number, the second low probability time saving The timing at which the game state ends is not constant. Then, since the number of times of variable display of special symbols from the end of the special game and the number of times of variable display of special symbols from the end of the second low probability time-saving game state may not match, only at the end of the special game When the above-described information is set, the variation pattern table 114 cannot be determined according to the number of times of variation display of special symbols from the end of the second low probability time saving gaming state.
Therefore, like the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, not only at the end of the special game, but also at the end of the second low-probability time-saving game state set after the end of the special game, the above-mentioned information By setting, it is possible to determine the variation pattern table 114 according to the number of times of fluctuation display of special symbols from the end of the second low probability time saving game state, and the timing at which the second low probability time saving game state ends is constant. Even if it is not, it is possible to enrich the variations of the variable performance (variable display of special symbols) after the end of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, and to improve the performance effect. .

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, based on the above-described information (flag value of the selection state flag 1) set at the end of the special game, the second low set after the end of the special game. New above-mentioned information is designed to be set at the end of the probability time-saving gaming state.
As a result, according to the aspect of the variation production (variation display of special symbols) during the second low probability time saving game state set after the end of the special game, the variation production after the end of the second low probability time saving game state (special Since it is possible to set the aspect of variable display of symbols), the aspect of variable production (variable display of special symbols) can be set continuously from the second low probability time saving game state to after the end of the second low probability time saving game state can be made high, and the performance effect can be improved.

(Summary of determination of stop display time for special symbols)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, after the variable display of the special symbol is completed based on the count value of the selection counter 3, the result of the winning lottery, and the determined variation pattern command (variation pattern), the special symbol is displayed. Stop display time for stopping display is determined.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 140, the main ROM 102 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13 stores the count value of the selection counter 3, the result of the lottery, and the stop command corresponding to the determined variation pattern command. A stop display time determination table 126 in which display times are defined is stored. Then, when the lottery is performed and the variation pattern command is determined as described above, the stop display time determination table 126 is referred to, the count value of the selection counter at that time, the result of the lottery, the determined variation pattern command is determined based on.

As shown in FIG. 140, according to the stop display time determination table 126, when the count value of the selection counter 3 is "1" (when executing the winning lottery and the variable display of the special symbol, the first low probability time saving Right before the game state is set (when the number of times the special symbols are changed and displayed after the end of the special game is the 500th time), lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15. is performed and when the winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, when the result of the winning lottery is lost, the determined variation pattern A pause display time of "18 seconds" is determined regardless of the command.
Also, in the above case, when the winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning opening 15, and the winning or losing lottery based on the entering of the gaming ball into the second starting winning opening 16. Regardless of the timing, if the lottery results in winning a jackpot, the stop display time of "0.5 seconds" is determined regardless of the determined variation pattern command.
Further, in the above case, when the winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, if the result of the winning lottery is a small win, the determined variation pattern command is executed. Regardless, a stop display time of "15 seconds" is determined.

In addition, when the count value of the selection counter 3 is other than "1", when the winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 and to the second start prize winning port 16 When the winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball, if the determined variation pattern command corresponds to a loss (the result of the winning lottery is a loss), "0. A pause display time of 5 seconds is determined.
Also, in the above case, when the winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning opening 15, and the winning or losing lottery based on the entering of the gaming ball into the second starting winning opening 16. Regardless of when it is performed, if the determined variation pattern command corresponds to winning a jackpot (the result of the winning lottery is winning a jackpot), the stop display time of "0.5 seconds" is displayed. It is determined.
Also, in the above case, when the winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, the determined variation pattern command corresponds to the winning of the small winning (of the winning lottery). If the result is a small win), the stop display time of "15 seconds" is determined.

That is, after the end of the special game, the number of times the special symbol variation display reaches the 500th time without the special game being executed (that is, immediately before the first low probability time saving game state is set) In the case of a loss due to a winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 or the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning port 16, after the special symbol fluctuation display is completed, the A special design (losing design) is stopped for 18 seconds, and if a big hit is won by the above-mentioned success or failure lottery, the special design (big hit design) will be displayed for 0.5 seconds after the fluctuation display of the special design is completed. When a small win is won by the winning lottery, the special symbol (small winning symbol) is stopped and displayed for 15 seconds after the variable display of the special symbol is finished.
In addition, in the case of a loss or a big hit by lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 or the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning port 16 at a time other than the above-mentioned time point , After the special symbol fluctuation display is completed, the special symbol (losing symbol, jackpot symbol) is stopped and displayed for 0.5 seconds, and if a small win is won by the above-mentioned lottery, the fluctuation of the special symbol After the display is finished, the special symbol (small hit symbol) is stopped and displayed for 15 seconds.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, when determining the above-mentioned stop display time, first, whether the count value of the selection counter 3 is "1", that is, whether the variation pattern command It is determined whether or not the time of determination is just before the first low-probability time-saving game state is set (the number of times of variable display of special symbols from the end of the special game is the 500th time). When the count value of the selection counter 3 is "1", the stop display time ("18 seconds", "0. 5 seconds" or "15 seconds").
On the other hand, if the count value of the selection counter 3 is not "1", after judging the determined variation pattern command, the stop display time ("0.5 seconds" or " 15 seconds”).

It should be noted that the types of stop display time to be determined are not limited to those described above.
For example, when the count value of the selection counter 3 is not "1", different stop display times may be determined according to the type of the determined variation pattern command.
Specifically, for example, if the determined variation pattern command corresponds to the loss determined during the first low probability time-saving gaming state or during the second low probability time-saving gaming state, it is determined A longer or shorter stop display time may be determined than when the variation pattern command corresponds to a loss determined during the normal game state.
Also, for example, when the determined variation pattern command corresponds to the loss determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, the determined variation pattern command is the first A longer stop display time or a shorter stop display time may be determined than in the case corresponding to the loss determined based on the entry of the game ball into the 2-start winning hole 16.例文帳に追加
Also, when the variation pattern command corresponding to the winning of the small win is determined, even when the variation pattern command corresponding to the winning of the big win is determined, the stop display time is determined in the same manner as described above. good.

(Overview of execution of notification that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state has been set)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, when the number of times of variable display of special symbols reaches the 500th time without execution of the special game from the end of the special game, the first low is displayed after the end of this variable display. A probability time-saving gaming state is set, and although not particularly shown, the sub CPU 301 of the sub-control board 300 notifies that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state in the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 has been set (for example, A character display of "Lucky Time Start!") is performed for a predetermined period (6 seconds in this example).

Specifically, in the case of a loss in the success or failure lottery executed when the 500th time is reached, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is at the end of the variable display of the special pattern (losing pattern). set. That is, in this case, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set at the time when the stop display of the losing pattern is started (when the stop display time is started). Therefore, the game state during stop display of the losing pattern is the first low-probability time-saving game state.
In this case, the notice that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state has been set is started from the time point when the stop display of the losing pattern is started. In addition, the stop display time determined in the above case is 18 seconds, and is longer than 6 seconds, which is the period in which the notification that the first low probability time saving gaming state is set is performed, so the first low probability time saving The notification that the game state has been set ends during the stop display of the losing symbols.

In addition, if a small winning lottery is won in the winning lottery executed when the 500th time is reached, a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the special area during the small winning game based on the winning. When the game is not executed, the ending time (10 seconds) set after the opening and closing of the big winning opening 18 based on the execution of the small winning game has passed (when the small winning game ends). 1 low probability time saving gaming state is set. That is, at this time, the game state during the stop display of the small hit symbol is not the first low-probability time-saving game state but the normal game state.
Then, at this time, the notification that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state has been set is started from the time the small winning game ends, and after the start of the next special symbol fluctuation display, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is The notification to the effect that it has been set ends. That is, at this time, unlike the case of losing, during the stop display of the small hit pattern, notification that the first low probability time saving gaming state is set is not performed (that is, the first low probability time saving game The notification that the state has been set is restricted).

On the other hand, if a small hit is won in the winning lottery executed when the 500th time is reached, a special game is played when a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small winning game based on the winning. is executed. At this time, since the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is not set, the notification that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state has been set is not performed.

In addition, when a big win is won in the winning lottery executed when the 500th time is reached, a special game is executed based on the winning. At this time, since the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is not set, the notification that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state has been set is not performed.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, after the end of the special game, the number of times of variable display of the special symbols reaches the 500th time without the special game being executed. When the winning lottery results in a loss, the game state during the stop display of the losing pattern becomes the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set during the stop display of the losing pattern. Notification to that effect is executed.
As a result, the setting of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and the notification that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state has been set before the start of the variable display of the next special symbol can be completed. It is possible to reduce the processing load on the hardware resources such as the main CPU 101 after the stop display of the missing symbols is finished. In addition, in conjunction with the setting of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, since the notification that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state has been set is executed, the timing of setting the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and the first It is possible to prevent a situation in which there is a time lag between the timing of notification that the low-probability time-saving gaming state has been set and the player feels uncomfortable.

Further, after the end of the special game, when the number of times of variable display of the special symbols reaches the 500th time without the execution of the special game, and the winning lottery executed at this time results in a loss, the first low is performed. Longer than the time (6 seconds) in which the notification that the probability time-saving gaming state has been set is set when the winning lottery executed when the number of variable display of special symbols is other than the 500th time. A stop display time (18 seconds) different from the stop display time (0.5 seconds) is set.
As a result, when the number of times of variable display of special symbols is 500th, notification of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is surely completed during the stop display of the losing symbols, and in the case of the 500th time, there is a loss. Since the stop display time and the stop display time when it is lost in cases other than the 500th time are different, depending on the length of the stop display of the losing pattern, the number of times the special symbol is changed is displayed for the 500th time. It is possible to comprehend.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, the number of times of variable display of the special symbols reaches the 500th time without executing the special game after the end of the special game, and a win-or-fail lottery is executed at this time. If a small hit is won, the game state during the stop display of the small hit pattern becomes a normal game state (non-time-saving game state), and during the stop display of this small hit pattern, the first low-probability time-saving game The notification that the state has been set is not executed (that is, the execution of the notification is restricted), and the first low-probability time-saving game state is set at the end of the small winning game after the stop display of the small winning symbol. It is designed to be
As a result, even when the small hit is won, in addition to the setting of the first low probability time saving gaming state, the notification that the first low probability time saving gaming state has been set is executed, so the first low probability time saving To prevent a situation in which a player feels uncomfortable by notifying that a first low-probability time-saving game state is set even though the game state is not set.

In addition, when the number of times of variable display of the special symbol is the 500th time, the stop display time (18 seconds) at the time of losing is longer than the stop display time (15 seconds) at the time of winning the small hit. It's becoming
As a result, during the stop display of the losing symbols, there are more variations in the processing and performance that can be executed than during the stop display of the small winning symbols, and the performance effect can be improved.

Next, among the processes in the main control board 100 of another application example 13, a flowchart is used, centering on the processes related to the determination of the variation pattern, the determination of the stop display time, and the setting of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. , and the description of other processes is omitted.

First, the variation pattern determination process for determining the variation pattern at the start of variation will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 7500, the main CPU 101 determines the current gaming state, the number of reservations (the number of first reservations, the number of the second reservations), the starting winning opening into which the game ball entered (the first starting winning opening 15, the second starting winning opening 16). ). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 7501 .
At step 7501, the main CPU 101 refers to the offset value determination table 124, and when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, the flag value of the selection state flag 1, the count value of the selection counter 1, the selection counter Based on the count value of 3 and the current game state, the corresponding offset value is determined, and when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, the flag value of the selection state flag 2 and the count of the selection counter 2 A corresponding offset value is determined based on the value, the count value of the selection counter 3, and the current gaming state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 7502 .

At step 7502, the main CPU 101 refers to the correspondence table 125 and selects the corresponding variation pattern table 114 based on the offset determined at step 7501 described above. Then, it proceeds to the next step 7503 .
In step 7503, the main CPU 101 refers to the variation pattern table 114 selected in step 7502 described above, the determined special symbol type, the acquired variation pattern random number, and the number of reservations confirmed in step 7500 described above. A variation pattern command (variation pattern) is determined based on (the number of first reservations or the number of second reservations). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 7504 .

At step 7504, the main CPU 101 sets the variation pattern command determined at step 7503 in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 7505.
At step 7505, the main CPU 101 refers to the variation pattern table 114 selected at step 7502 described above, and acquires the variation time associated with the variation pattern command determined at step 7503 described above. Further, the main CPU 101 sets the obtained variable time in the variable time timer counter. Then, the variation pattern determination process is terminated.

Next, the stop display time determination process for determining the stop display time clocked after the end of the variable display of the special symbols will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 142 .
At step 7600, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not it is time to end the variable display of the special symbols (that is, whether or not the time has elapsed for the special symbols to vary). When it is determined that the variable display of the special symbol is not finished, the stop display time determination process is finished. On the other hand, when it is determined that it is time to end the variable display of the special symbols, the process proceeds to the next step 7601 .
At step 7601, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the count value of the selection counter 3 is 1, that is, at this point in time, the number of times of variable display of special symbols has reached 500 without the special game being executed since the end of the special game. It is determined whether or not it is the time (immediately before the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set) when the second time is reached. In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, since the count value of the selection counter 3 and the count value of the time reduction activation number counter match, here, whether the count value of the time reduction activation number counter is 1 You may make it determine whether or not. Then, when it is determined that the count value of the selection counter 3 is 1, the process proceeds to step 7604 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the count value of the selection counter 3 is not 1, the process proceeds to the next step 7602 .

In step 7602, the main CPU 101 refers to the stop display time determination table 126, and determines the determined variation pattern command (variation pattern command corresponding to the loss, variation pattern command corresponding to the big win, variation pattern command corresponding to the small win). determines the stop display time (0.5 seconds, 0.5 seconds, 15 seconds) according to The determined stop display time is set in the stop display time timer counter, and the stop display time is measured. Then, it proceeds to the next step 7603 .
At step 7603, the main CPU 101 decrements the count values of the selection counters 1, 2 and 3 by one. Then, the stop display time determination process ends.

In addition, in step 7604, which proceeds when it is determined that the count value of the selection counter 3 is 1 in step 7601 described above, the main CPU 101 refers to the stop display time determination table 126 and refers to the result of the executed lottery (loss). A stop display time (18 seconds, 0.5 seconds, 15 seconds) is determined according to the winning (, big winning, small winning). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 7605.
At step 7605, the main CPU 101 decrements the count values of the selection counters 1, 2 and 3 by one. Then, go to the next step 7606 .

At step 7606, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the executed lottery is a loss. Then, when it is determined that there is no losing (that is, it is a big win or a small win), the stop display time determination process is terminated. Incidentally, when it is determined that there is no loss, then the process for executing the special game based on the winning of the big win or the process for executing the small winning game based on the winning of the small win is performed. On the other hand, if it is determined to be a loss, the process proceeds to the next step 7607 .
In step 7607, the setting of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the first low-probability time-saving gaming state setting processing for setting the number of times of time-saving, etc. are executed. Then, the stop display time determination process ends.

Next, when winning a small hit, the first low probability time saving gaming state setting process for setting the first low probability time saving gaming state will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 143 .
In step 7700, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the small winning game has ended, that is, whether or not the ending time set at the end of the small winning game has elapsed. And when it is determined that it is not the time when the small winning game ends, the small winning first low probability time saving game state setting process is ended. On the other hand, when it is determined that it is time to end the small winning game, the process proceeds to the next step 7701 .
In step 7701, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the count value of the time saving activation number counter is "1", that is, when the special game is not executed after the end of the special game, and the special symbols are displayed variably. It is determined whether or not the number of times reaches the 500th time (immediately before the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set). In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, since the count value of the selection counter 3 and the count value of the time saving activation number counter match, here, whether the count value of the selection counter 3 is 1 or not You may make it determine whether. And when it is determined that the count value of the time saving activation number counter is not 1, the first low-probability time saving game state setting process at the time of small hit is ended. On the other hand, when it is determined that the count value of the time saving activation number counter is 1, the process proceeds to the next step 7702 .

At step 7702, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a predetermined number of game balls have entered the special area within the big winning opening 18 during the small winning game. And when it is determined that it has entered, the predetermined setting of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state at the time of the small hit is terminated. In addition, when it is determined that the game has entered, a process relating to the execution of the special game is performed thereafter. On the other hand, if it is determined that the vehicle has not entered, the process proceeds to the next step 7703 .
At step 7703, the main CPU 101 executes a first low-probability time-saving gaming state setting process. Then, the first low-probability time-saving game state setting process at the time of small hit is terminated.

Next, a special game end time information setting process for setting the selection state flags 1 and 2 and the selection counters 1, 2 and 3 at the end of the special game will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 7800, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special game has ended. When it is determined that the special game is not finished, the information setting process at the time of special game finish is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined that the special game has ended, the process proceeds to the next step 7801 .
In step 7801, the main CPU 101 refers to the first selection information setting table 122, and the game state (non-time-saving game state, time-saving game state) at the time when the winning lottery that triggered the execution of the special game was performed, and , The flag value and initial value based on the special pattern (big hit pattern X1, X2 or X3, small hit pattern Y1 or Y2) determined based on the result of the lottery, selection state flags 1 and 2, selection counter 1, Set to 2 and 3 respectively. Then, the information setting process at the end of the special game is terminated.

Next, at the end of the second low probability time-saving gaming state selection state flags 1 and 2, selection counters 1, 2 and 3 For information setting processing at the end of the second low probability time-saving gaming state, the flowchart of FIG. will be described with reference to
At step 7900, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not it is time to end the second low-probability time-saving gaming state. And, when it is determined that it is not the time when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state end information setting process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the second low-probability time-saving gaming state has ended, the process proceeds to the next step 7901 .
In step 7901, the main CPU 101 refers to the second selection information setting table 123, and the winning lottery at the time when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends is based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15. If it is done, the flag value and initial value based on the flag value set in the selection state flag 1, the winning lottery at the time when the second low probability time saving game state ends The game to the second start winning opening 16 The flag value and the initial value based on the flag value set in the selection state flag 2 are newly set to the selection state flags 1 and 2 and the selection counters 1 and 2, respectively, when the operation is performed based on the entry of the ball. set. A new initial value is not set in the selection counter 3, and the current count value is taken over as it is. Then, the information setting process at the end of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is terminated.

In addition, although not shown, the main CPU 101, at the time when the RAM clear is performed, and at the time when the variable display of the special symbols for all the remaining pending after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends, Processing related to setting flag values for selection status flags 1 and 2 and setting initial values for selection counters 1, 2 and 3 is executed.

A modification of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13 will be described below.
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, at the end of the second low-probability time-saving game state set after the end of the special game, the flag that was set to the selection state flag 1 or the selection state flag 2 at that time According to the value (flag value set at the end of the special game), new settings are made for selection status flag 1, selection status flag 2, selection counter 1, selection counter 2, and selection counter 3. However, the timing for making the setting is not limited to this.
For example, even at the end of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, depending on the flag value set in the selection flag 1 or the selection flag 2 at that time, the selection state flag 1, the selection state flag 2, the selection counter 1, New settings may be made for the selection counters 2 and 3 .
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 13 are exhibited, and the variation of the variation pattern determined after the first low-probability time-saving game state ends is enriched. can be done.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, the variation pattern table 114 used when determining the variation pattern is set based on the selection state flag 1, the selection state flag 2, the selection counter 1, the selection counter 2, and the selection counter 3. However, the parameter (information) for determining the variation pattern table 114 is not limited to this.
For example, one or a plurality of flags and counters may be provided in addition to the above, and the fluctuation pattern table 114 may be determined using these flags and counters.
Further, the variation pattern table 114 may be determined using some of the flags and counters described above. Specifically, only the selection state flag 1, the selection counter 1 and the selection counter 3 are provided, and when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15, when the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16 In either case, the selection state flag 1, the selection counter 1, and the selection counter 3 may be used to determine the variation pattern table 114. FIG.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the thirteenth application can be obtained.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, the number of times of variable display of special symbols reaches a predetermined number of times of reduced working hours, a first low probability reduced working hours gaming state and a second low probability reduced working hours gaming state was supposed to end, but the condition for ending the first low-probability time-saving gaming state or the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is not limited to this.
For example, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and second 2 You may set so that a low probability time-saving game state may be completed. And, even when set in this way, similarly to the above, at the end of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state or the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the selection state flag 1, the selection state flag 2, the selection counter 1, the selection New settings may be made for the counter 2 and selection counter 3 .
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the thirteenth application can be obtained.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, at the end of the special game, the selection counter 3 has an initial Although the value "500" is set, it is not limited to this.
For example, the selection counter 3 is set to an initial value "700" corresponding to the number of times (700 times) that the special symbols are displayed fluctuating from the end of the special game to the end of the first low-probability time-saving game state. good too. Then, for example, when the count value of the selection counter 3 is "201", it is determined that it is just before the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set (the number of times of variable display of special symbols is the 500th time). , the same processing as described above may be executed.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the thirteenth application can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, when the number of times of variable display of the special symbols after the end of the special game is the 500th time and the result is a loss in the lottery, the winning symbols are stopped and displayed. is started, the notification that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state has been set is executed, but the execution time of the notification is not limited to this.
For example, the above notification may be executed after a predetermined time (for example, 1 second or the like) has elapsed after the start of stop display of the missing symbols. Further, the above notification may be terminated after the stop display is completed instead of being terminated during the stop display of the losing symbols.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the thirteenth application can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 13, the number of times of variable display of the special symbols reaches the 500th time without executing the special game from the end of the special game, and a winning lottery is executed at this time. If a small hit is won, the game state during the stop display of the small hit pattern becomes a normal game state (non-time-saving game state), and during the stop display of this small hit pattern, the first low-probability time-saving game By not executing the notification that the state has been set, the execution of the notification is restricted, but the mode of restriction is not limited to this.
For example, although the notification to the effect that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state has been set is executed, the execution of the notification is restricted by performing a concealed display that hides the notification in addition to the notification. good.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the thirteenth application can be obtained.

It should be noted that various settings and controls of the above-described embodiments, modifications, and other application examples may be combined with each other as long as there is no contradiction.
Further, the main CPU 101 that executes the success/fail determination process in another application example 13 (above-described embodiment) corresponds to the determining means of the present invention. Also, the special pattern in another application example 13 corresponds to the pattern of the present invention. Further, the main CPU 101 that executes the variable display and the stop display of the special symbols in the application example 13 corresponds to the display means of the present invention. In addition, the second start winning opening 16 in another application example 13 corresponds to the entry area of the present invention. In addition, the normal game state in another application example 13 corresponds to the non-time-saving game state of the present invention. Further, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state in another application example 13 corresponds to the time-saving gaming state of the present invention. Also, the pachinko machine P in another application example 13 corresponds to the gaming machine of the present invention.

P Pachinko machine 100 Main control board 101 Main CPU
102 Main ROM
103 Main RAM
300 sub control board 301 sub CPU
302 sub-ROM
303 sub-RAM

Claims (1)

A big win associated with the execution of a special game that is advantageous to the player, a small win associated with the execution of a small win game that is a game different from the special game, or a loss that is neither the big win nor the small win. a determining means capable of determining any of
display means capable of variably displaying a symbol corresponding to the result of the determination, and stop-displaying the symbol until a predetermined stop display time elapses after the variably displaying of the symbol;
A setting means capable of setting either a non-time-saving game state in which game balls are relatively difficult to enter a predetermined entry area, or a time-saving game state in which game balls are relatively easy to enter the entry area. ,
The special game can be executed based on a predetermined number of game balls entering a predetermined special area during the small winning game,
The setting means can set the time-saving gaming state based on the fact that the symbol is displayed a predetermined number of times during the non-time-saving gaming state,
When the result of the determination for the predetermined number of times is a loss, the time-saving game state is maintained from the end of the variable display of the pattern for the predetermined number of times to the time when the stop display time elapses. In addition, it is possible to notify that the time-saving gaming state has been set,
When the result of the determination for the predetermined number of times is a small hit, the non-time-saving game state is entered during the period from the end of the variation display of the symbol until the stop display time elapses,
When a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the special area during the small winning game executed after the stop display time elapses, the variable display of the symbols is executed a predetermined number of times after the small winning game is finished. Set the time-saving gaming state based on and execute notification that the time-saving gaming state has been set,
When a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small winning game, the time-saving game state corresponding to the winning of the small winning is set after the special game based on the entry is completed. game machine.

Images